. a) PAAR RC eA RIA AR Le i

ra | tty * rik : a 7 8 5a c
Rey RR KR VaR Li eae
Fh ae ae A oH a

vo : nig ane : "yews Pe datae Aree ge aay in China
<> Ty le # t :. Ua Vhs eee ek “ : 79 Shy Aven

ih oY
baa . ‘ ‘ i} y yt ae
‘ brag’ sy. 7 ! i i : 73 h % wre herds
Ot pwe rages ' 4 ‘ ‘ Oe Be as Pn Wa WG ee
KS t. ' i , + ‘ q t + ' d ry say
; r+ ‘ a4 1 y BY 1
taka € a ot KA « “ys
Vera yds ' of ae ee & x a: 3 BET a tanet
£ ‘ - ¢4 v4 : at 2 Woe aed
’ oh hot . . " : , p A ea
. ' ‘ sy
whe #3 \
x ‘ 1 ; 4 4 : i J
1 vt ‘ en eh d > 2 i i Ley Ata ¢ Un ea aD re A ea
aan) i 5 13 4 Soya eae
. 34 Be
Re ory
‘* ‘
san /
‘ . oo Sag hs 5
‘ sa ve Ca ie es
bes \ ry fete eye
‘ ‘ Wed arg
t ‘ » ‘s thy
+s rs evga '
\ v0
big saed 3 Os . 7 :
. iu wh ek
$ t ; an eh Net
. aa
4 :
. , Nad .
ya ha
. : ‘. ee ; , em ’ ‘ . . S M Y ‘ 4
. 1 ty : 7 ; 4
‘
‘ , : pea
a t
4 :
: ' +
' '
: eee |
: ‘ tee Z
: ; ‘

= = = ~ = < =
= oe = z= \, at z= aa
g Oa 3 : 2 ws Ae? :
ae Pe he 2 KE Av 2 = 2
>" = YY £ Be, caer 2 Ca = >
NIAN_INSTITUTION | NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS | S3 1YVudit LIBRARI ES (SMITHSONIAN INSTI
Yeo = 2 Qe = 2 = We %
. we ere a a4 4 ‘t,o
aS < = a, _< vat _ Z" fed A
“f Cc fed ~ ’ : raed Cc ~ i Vy, 4. cS
of in = : ee, Ov 4” oe
aD. o SY jaa) = oO * hie
z a _ _ a wl =
LINS S3INVNGIT LIBRARIES _oMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWNS $31y
z = as = ce sal z |
we = : i - 2 SNS
> w p> 0 | . § SY
. a > = > = > ® E
a s) - a a ee) —_
\ 2 2 or oD zZ @ . 2
NIAN NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3Itu¥vugit ES SMITHSONIAN
| — w = w a op) od
< = Ne. = ~< = <=
S = é =n Si, : z
Zz g 2 oY a O 4
= 2 ie z iE Zz a
— — — > —,
cee ae Ss 2 o ein a
LIWS Saiuvugi7a LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31uy
a < <— Nf za a Hl
. S : : ee : g =
oy = : ~ a as :
ie ss <S = < a <
y 2 5 2 5 a 5 s
— = es ae —! z wail
NIAN_INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI SStYyVYudIT LIBRARIES
- z c z 2 z a
‘3 oO — o = oO = a
py, a 28 a AAA a ay 5 Yi fs a
Was > ra > We - > ria j >
f. 7 “aa wD > “ a es) = a: ‘ ©
a a im Sie jen weer. a
wo = w Me = w = w

LIWS SSIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN ANSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S31Iw’

‘ n

= z Zz a z z =

= = = = = 5 Y

= Oo ie oO ra ge, & She ,

wn ” 77) ap, Ca 0 Q 4p,

: = WR : g a4

AS > > >"

2 a Be lies a a a hs
NIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ LIBRARIES INSTI1
Zp, = : = r 4 e A

3S = S wi 2 5 pag 5

po J = ond Pas pur = :
LINS SAJINYVHYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NYINOSHLINS S314)

z je = bi = | - z ce

pa ow es) - = . pa
= a ar ee) x 3g -

, 2 Ee e f = 4 = (ee
rT = B ta = i Wee
s Z ” = yi he bi oa
NIAN INSTITUTION | NOB Lior pea! yvUud! Toul BRARI ES |,SMITHSONIAN _ INSTI:
. < a s = < HSON/S = as NS = WS¥M = \
Le Zz = =. [4 Oe oe ey ee AS a Kate = ~
MEGS F 5 (AMA)? AG ELS 2 GME SS
oS] = eS ‘eo + (\c er CC] CO tf, > RA o> ice ~ wo 2 WS

} = < = 6“ < = = =
; = z = z 4 =
Mf: 2 O a
ENN NE-- = 27 YY = Z E No z
JOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_
| an sh > ” = - z
| 7) a 77) a w ps Y
et a = ow = oc =
a _< ~ = 2 eS :
= . oc or cae fe rs a =
> Si 3 gh 5 ) = ¢
= onl = oad - —j =
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOJLOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa31yvVugIT LIBRARIES
ee oS = PANN Cc pa .
- YGF Y4, > = QF > r
= “Yi Be) ns SS = 2
Vii ca ben os
a ar z 5; z 2 :
—_ on ate oe on : to -
NVINOSHLINS SS3IYVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILALILSNI
= = = a oe z n z
| = = c= SG < = S
} Tr oO 4 Be O. = Oo
= Zz ES Zz iE z t
¢ = > = > s > ;
i 79) = wo ah yee w ce ¢
BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ pNOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVve at
| a ae ul 6 Se 8 3 .
Lf ZY a. < = LN < G :
= Yy — = | \N co — :
fear = eS S cs S eS S :
a ae is =z ad = az = o
JOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUdIT LIBRARIES
EG 2 a a ~ 6 ;
‘ os = a = = rm f
2) a = , = ’
> te > free > few
4 a a re 7 oe as :
” ae nr oo 7p) :
y 3 Zz ce = He Z
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SS1YVUSIT_ LIBRARIES
2 a) ae: eS iy:
- Sas igi. = 5 Wh,- Ww |
: 2 \y i &? 5 YY, |
: MD ~ Nr @ JERE n wn fit N é
S - A "sg \ Oo YG tej, I O Yas x
= aa NS a=, ¢ f = =, te
Ri Tee eS 5 S a re
_NVINOSHLINS SAIYVYGIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOLLNLILSNI.
oe Z ne Zz
on ul us yg tu {
4 _< = x Yi" fp 7 A <
a a S o Y fs? 5 o2
° ioe Oo a ° a |
= a) 2 a BA
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOJLNLILSNI Saiuyvudii LIBRARIES
z eS = i = - |
= 0 = x fe) a
5. wv = 2) 5) a
Ey > ra >: ra >
= ta = 2 = =
if “) ep) naw
NOILOLILSNI SJIYVUGIT_LIBRARIES. SMITHSONIAN
ii we (dp) ee wee dp <. op]
1 Pes = mS RN = SV. <f =
ih = 5 be Va Se w : \ a en M oD) > =
PFO FR 3G 3 Qe 3 EMA) 5: 3
ae 0 GY GY Tr Wd Oo Re 8! x ro)

Supplement to The Australian Zoologist, Vol. 14, part 3, 1968

THE

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST

Volume 14

1967-1968

Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales,
c/o Taronga Zoological Park, Mosman, New South Wales, 2088.

Registered at the G.P.O., Sydney, for transmission by post as a_ periodical.

GOT Mig he A OES ry ose ne, ote ot Ppesiveabvesiil a

Te
ee ae Bigtxotsve Se ee el
oP ” } ,
iain aale We Bioie wait veaiel. BI

INDEX TO VOLUME XIV

(1) INDEX TO SUBJECTS

Amphibians of the Bathurst district ‘tose
Bathurst district, reptiles and soestians of the ....
Blandowski, William ke id SU Mae RS sb
Book reviews (see Reviews) .
Books; early natural history... .... _ 2...
Burgh, Henry B. K., obituary notice oe
Catalogue of the Psocoptera of the World .
Caves, Pseudoscorpionidea from at
Chtonobdella limbata Ae
Circular Head Scientific Journal ...
Crab, homolid ; MR
Crab, Latreillia australiensis hi
Crab, new, of the genus Trichopeltarion
Darwin, Charles, and Strzelecki’s book .
Darwin, sepulid worms from ....
Dietrich, Amalie .... Lae
Dinopis subrufus
Fishes, galaxiid .... ae
Fishes of New Guinea, book | review ie,
Frog calls and the species a ee
Fruit-sucking moths ..... tt
Galaxiid fishes
Genera of nudibranchs
Homolid crabs Sty
Insects, collection and Preservation sae
Land-leech |e anon eas
Latreillia australiensis
Leech
Megalopa stage of homolid crabs
Moths, fruit-sucking .... . ies
Murray, P. D. F., obituary notice ne
Net of spider, Dinopis subrufus ....
New Guinea, Fishes of, book review ....
Nomenclator Zoologicus .... raft
Nudibranch genera
Obituary:

Burgh, Henry B. K. ....

Murray, P. D. F.

188, 198, 228,

“Physical description of New South Wales and Van ‘Diemen’s s Land”

Pseudoscorpionidea__....
Psocoptera* of the World

* A detailed index to the Psocoptera appears on pages

Reptiles and amphibians of the Bathurst district ....

Reviews:
“The Collection and Preservation of Insects”
“The Fishes of New Guinea” .... ie
“Nomenclator Zoologicus” a
“Underwater guideposts. Homing of salmon”

Roboastra hy

Serpulid worms from Darwin...
Sharks of the Australasian region ....
Shrimp genus Stenopus .. i
Species problem, frog calls and the ...

127-145.

Sperm-web of spider, Dinopis subrufus ....
Spider, Dinopis sees eis fab dons
Stenopus at ;

Strzelecki’s book, “Physical description lete.)"
Tasmanian galaxiid fishes .... .... "
Tasmanian natural history manuscripts ae
Three early natural history books ....
Trichopeltarion he dy
“Underwater guideposts” reviewed ....
Wassell, Joseph L. cn tise:

Worms, serpulid, from Darwin .... ee
“Zoology and Botany of New Holland” .

189
189
218
246
268
Passi!
Pap
2S
228
229
222
251.

(2) INDEX TO AUTHORS

Beier, M.
Some Pseudoscorpionidea from Australia, chiefly from caves ....
Burn, R.
Notes on an overlooked nudibranch genus, Roboastra Bergh 1877,
and two allied genera (Mollusca: Gastropoda) ... ... 2.0.0...
Clyne, D.
Notes on the construction of the net and sperm-web of a cribellate
spider Dinopis subrufus (Koch) (Araneida: Dinopidae) .... cas
Dell, R. K.
A new crab of the genus Trichopeltarion from Australia ....
Frankenberg, R.
Two new species of Galaxiid fishes from the Lake Pedder begin
Of southern Tasmania 2.5. 6c.) en neccaee Lear be
Hindwood, K. A.
Three early natural history books ....
Iredale, T. & Whitley, G. P.
The Circular Head Scientific Journal and some other early Tasmanian
natural history manuscripts Lek (CREST ee ts Rae eo
Littlejohn, M. J.
Frog calls and the species problem ....
Lowie, R. H.
Amalie Dietrich ....
McAlpine, D. K.
Review: The Collection and Preservation of Insects ....
McArtney, I. B.
Reptiles and amphibians of the Bathurst district
McGill, A. R.
Obituary: Lieutenant-Colonel Henry Bertram Knowlding Burgh ....
Marks, E. N.
Joseph Leathom Hole Wassell and his contribution to Australian
natural history ED nu i a igh ee
Mosse-Robinson, I.
Fruit-sucking moths (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)
Paszkowski, L.
Charles Darwin and Strzelecki’s book “Physical description of New
South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land” ... ae
William Blandowski—the first Government Zoologist of Victoria ....
Richardson, L. R.
Observations on the Australian land-leech, Chtonobdella limbata
(Grube, 1866) (Hirudinea: Haemadipsidae) .... Se cee
Smithers, C. N.
A Catalogue of the Psocoptera of the World ....
Straughan, D.
A small collection of serpulid worms Chee poncnaee? from
Darwin, Northern Territory, Australia... .. ... .. Re.
Talbot, F. H.
Review: Underwater guideposts. Homing of Salmon ....
Whitley, G. P.
Obituary: Dr. P. D. F. Murray .... _....
Review: The Fishes of New Guinea ....
Review: Nomenclator Zoologicus ....
Sharks of the Australasian Region...
(See also Iredale, T. & Whitley, G. P.)
Williamson, D. I.
The megalopa stage of the homolid crab Latreillia australiensis
Henderson and comments on other homolid megalopas ....
Yaldwyn, J. C.
Records of, and observations on, the coral shrimp genus pede in
Australia, New Zealand and the south-west Pacific ....

199

217

rik -

i
Se ee
ee" a

my "eS}

we oe ‘ Hie woeat i yaa

ae isi vin. :
Crihiaave Pd Br ‘

ae G3 eta nie rita, Hae 6 Ra Obs ied tals
(ye ae at aks tx A paaiauset, Paint CE La

Te ik oe int wi mn satan “iN 8 Maney

moray Jebel ae! sity. vost arial ee a

rote Licnceiers

ge anesthe cue 2
Mowe ashe ay ong, ‘iN Pe ays

| ok aes

. Ptiivcs,

i? Saree | rah de abit) maT
“ag eh ite . atyhaib, Sennittaet rae ate risk: siti Poe os
Sm ken gnliey, tai iy at. ‘wenial a Hinolas 3. er

site, OR ae ethan he aie ig oron Me sishe stein

ee i f - aiid Sait | tainealings 1), ait: in ai

Hat sd ta pois Golngttr’ woe ehikeisteeik, has ai
i. a IE “a eieaeh pee bee,
a ee angteld to elgo a Momaneron, La ah ‘kee f

il oti iste ats on fie .

mi a ny he Peer
AO bac

DATES OF PUBLICATION

ater Pare eeS: Ta UAG ye ior or Hee eee se cr denrcuceangivedaevusoaenss January 31, 1967
Part: 2 mages 147-226, "plates: FIV ooo oii ose cae. August 2, 1967
Part.3, pases 229-307, plates WeXVI 20.60. PE Aa July 5, 1968

*

Printed and published for the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales,
c/o Taronga Zoological Park, Mosman, New South Wales, 2088
by
Surrey Beatty & Sons, Rickard Road, Chipping Norton, New South Wales, 2170

TR euaarieat
UR IS

T in tana Piney he ggetaay eR Wwe or,

ni
x
-
: =
-
ir :
:
i '
yt
my

way v Ay Wi te, wae

An

DES yal hg

GTES goals aaa

ak 2, la
? < I -_,

yg PNT

MEE CL CCL ORL

wee
LEH

THE
AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST

DIHDQHDH®2

WN
LI [AY “F7

NY

Issued by the

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES

VOLUME XIV — Part 1
JANUARY 31, 1967

SZ)

Price: Two Dollars

SSSS
LZ

=

Issued by the
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales,
c/o The Australian Museum,
P.O. Box A.285, Sydney South, N.S.W.

WDHDVDHDz

DS

Registered at the G.P.O., Sydney, for transmission by post
as a periodical.

BDD2

Y] WS
—<)

\

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES
Established 1879

Registered under the Companies Act, 1899 (1917).

Patron:

His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, Sir Arthur Roden Cutler,
V.C., K.C.M.G., C.B.E., Kt.St.J.

Vice-Patron:
Sir Edward Hallstrom, K.B., F.R.ZS.

COUNCIL, 1966-67

President:
Basil Joseph Marlow, B.Sc.

Vice-Presidents:
John Cameron Yaldwyn, M.Sc., Ph.D.

Ernest Jeffery Gadsden, F.R.ZS.
Henry John de Suffren Disney, M.A.
Ronald Strahan, M.Sc.
Hon. Secretary: Mrs. Leone Harford
Hon. Editor: Gilbert Percy Whitley, F.R.Z.S., R.A.O.U.
Hon. Treasurer: John Miles Campbell, J.P.

Members of Council:

John Miles Campbell Anthony Irwin Ormsby, LI.B.

Henry John de Suffren Disney Peter Edward Roberts, B.A.

Ernest Jeffery Gadsden Courtenay Neville Smithers, M.Sc.

Maxwell Hall Gregg Ronald Strahan, M.Sc.

Lawrence Courtney-Haines, A.Mus.A., Frank Hamilton Talbot, M.Sc., Ph.D.
i ia is Ort 8 Ellis Le Geyt Troughton, F.R.ZS.,

John Hallstrom C.M.Z.S.

Mrs. Leone Harford Gilbert Percy Whitley

Frank McCamley Mrs. Olive Wills

Basil Joseph Guy Marlow John Cameron Yaldwyn

OFFICERS

Honorary Solicitor:
Honorary Auditors: Messrs. Peat, Marwick, Mitchell and Company
Honorary Librarian:
Assistant Honorary Secretary: Mrs. Olive Wills
Assistant Honorary Treasurer: (Vacant)
Entomological Section: Junior Group:
Chairman: Mr. Rex Gilroy Chairman: Mrs. L. Harford
Hon. Secretary: Mrs. O. Thacker
Conchological Section: Ornithological Section:

Chairman: Mr. F. McCamley | Chairman: Mr. L. C. Haines
Hon. Secretary: Mrs. O. Wills Hon. Secretary: Mr. P. E. Roberts

THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST

VOLUME XIV PART 1

A CATALOGUE OF THE
PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

by C. N. SMITHERS
Australian Museum, Sydney

IN GRO DU-C T1,0.N

It is one hundred years since a catalogue of the species of Psocoptera was
published at which time Hagen (1866. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 16: 201-220)
listed 135 species in 21 genera. Since 1866 much has been accomplished in the
study of these insects but the group is still relatively poorly known and the
present list contains 1605 species in 197 genera. Revisions are needed in many
families. It was felt that the publication of a synomymic list of known species,
with bibliographic references, might encourage students to take an interest in
the Order and assist them by reducing the drudgery of list compilation and
bibliographic work which is so necessary before constructive contributions
can be made. This list, therefore, like the Bibliography of the Psocoptera
already published (Smithers, 1965d) and to which it is complementary, is to
be regarded as a working tool to be used in increasing knowledge of the
insects, and not as an attempt to be in any way final in itself. It is hoped that
any errors and omissions will not detract too greatly from its practical usefulness
and that psocidologists will publish corrections.

The list, inevitably, has been compiled largely from the literature; it
does not include any nomenclatural or systematic changes which have not
already been established or implied by publication. Many desirable changes,
based on recent unpublished research, are known to psocidologists and although
these are not included notes are sometimes made in the appropriate places to
indicate where future changes will probably be made and which species groups
are in particular need of study. Work on this list was completed on 30th June,
1965; material coming to the notice of the author after that date is not
usually included.

ARRANGEMENT OF THE LIST

In broad terms the classification used is that of Badonnel (1951, In Grasse
P. Traite de Zoologie 10 (2): 1301-1340) together with a few more recent
changes. Badonnel (loc. cit.) used what is essentially a combination of the
classifications of Pearman (1936. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 5: 58-62) and
Roesler (1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 117-166) in that he retained the family
and family group arrangement of Pearman but used the sub-ordinal arrangement
of Roesler. In most cases the arrangement of subgenera is that of Roesler.
_ Genera are listed alphabetically within the families (or subfamilies or
tribes where these are recognised) and species are so listed within the genera.
A bold type heading is given for each genus. Following this is a bibliographic

Css aia ‘
MA i rout

IMCTITIINVAN

2 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

reference to the current name (in italics) with a citation of the type species.
How type species have been designated is not indicated. Generic synonyms,
if any (in italics), are then similarly listed. Where subgenera have been
recognised these follow in parentheses and in bold type, again with bibliographic
references and type species citation. A reference to the author responsible for
the subgeneric status is given in cases where the subgenus was first proposed as
a full genus. Following the generic name (or subgeneric names when present)
is a list of species in the genus. For each species the current specific name is
given in bold type at the left, followed by the name of its author. The broad
geographical distribution of the species is given at the right. Where applicable, the
appropriate subgeneric name is given in bold type in parentheses after the
specific name and author. This arrangement leads to the currently accepted
names in all categories being in bold type. Bibliographic citations for original
descriptions and synonyms are given for each species, each combination which
has appeared in the literature being included.

Many groups now regarded as subgenera were orginally established as
full genera but the authors responsible for their subgeneric status have not
usually referred by name to all the species involved when making the change
in status. This has resulted in the name combination which is used in the list
having not previously appeared in the literature although it has been implied
by the author making the change of status. In such cases, it has been considered
unnecessary to repeat the current name at the end of the list of synonyms
as perusal of the citations relating to the subgenera should make the situation
clear. The same applies to cases where genera have been synonymized but the
responsible authors have not listed all the species involved.

In some genera in which subgenera have been recognised not all species
have been sufficiently characterised to enable subgeneric placing to be made;
such species have not been referred to any particular subgenus but are to be
regarded for the time being, as belonging to the genus sens. Jat.

It has been the aim to include in the list all living species as well as
those known from amber. Fossil species are not included.

The distribution data for each species are usually given in broad terms
only and may not be complete in some cases.

Many of the species described by L. Navas are difficult to recognise
and place with certainty. These are listed under the genera in which they
were described unless placed elsewhere in subsequently published work.

Titles of papers have been omitted from the references. These can be
obtained from Smithers (1965c). A supplementary bibliography only is given
at the end of this paper.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This list has been prepared from a card index which has been compiled
over the past ten years during which time I have received help and encouragement
from many sources. I would like, in particular, to record my thanks to
Dr. A. Badonnel and Mr. J. V. Pearman for supplying information on synonyms
in Philotarsus, Mesopsocus and Amphigerontia and Dr. E. Mockford for
providing information on some American species. Mr. A. M. Nadler allowed
access to a list in his possession. Much of the necessary final bibliographical
work was carried out in America and Britain whilst on a trip, undertaken
primarily for other reasons, various parts of which were financed by the
Commonwealth Science and Industry Endowment Fund, the Rockefeller
Foundation, the Society of the Sigma-Xi and the British Council. Their
financial assistance is gratefully acknowledged. Thanks are due also to the
library staff of the Australian Museum for assistance in obtaining literature,
Miss C. Gow for preparing the typescript of this paper, to my wife for assistance
in checking typescript and Miss J. Walsh for proof reading.

SMITHERS 3

Order PSOCOPTERA
Suborder TROGIOMORPHA
Group ATROPETAE
Family LEPIDOPSOCIDAE
Subfamily THYLACELLINAE
Genus Thylacella Enderlein

Thylacella Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 439.
Type species: Thylacella eversiana Enderlein.
Udamolepis Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 301.
Type species: Udamolepis pilipennis Enderlein.
congolensis (Badonnel). Congo, Nigeria.
Udamolepis congolensis Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. sci. nat. Belge
25: 6, figs. 1-8.

eversiana Enderlein. Zanzibar (in copal).
Thylacella eversiana Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 349,

figs. 95, 96.
fasciata Badonnel. Angola, Congo, Nigeria.

Thylacella fasciata Badonnel, 1955. Pub. Cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 26, figs. 8-12.

fenestrata Smithers. Madagascar.
Thylacella fenestrata Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 213,

figs. 1-4.
immaculata Badonnel. Angola.

Thylacella immaculata Badonnel, 1955. Pub. Cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 27, figs. 13-16.
madagascariensis Smithers. Madagascar.
Thylacella madagascariensis Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr.
70: 215, figs. 5-8.
pilipennis (Enderlein). East Africa.
Udamolepis pilipennis Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 301, figs. 1, 2.

Genus Thylax Hagen

Thylax Hagen, 1866. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 172.
Type species: Thylax fimbriatum Hagen.
fimbriatum Hagen. Zanzibar (in copal).
Thylax fimbriatum Hagen, 1866. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 172.
Thylax fimbriata Hagen. Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien
16: 200.
Thylax fimbricatus Hagen. Kolbe, 1885. Berl. ent. Z. 29: 183, 186.
Thylax madagascariensis Kolbe. Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 77.
Note.

Subfamily PERIENTOMINAE

Genus Lepium Enderiein
Lepium Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 81.
Type species: Lepium chrysochlorum Enderlein.
chrysochlorum Enderlein. India.
Perientomum morosum Hagen. Enderlein, 1903. .4nn. hist.-nat. Mus.
hung. 1: 323, figs. 8-10; pl. XIII, figs. 64, 64a; pl. XIV, fig. 64b.
Lepium chrysochlorum Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 81, fig. 15.

enderleini Banks. Formosa.
Lepium enderleini Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 268, pl. 2, fig. 18.
luridum Enderlein. Ceylon.
Lepium luridum Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 83, figs. 16, 64,

65, 73

Genus Nepticulomima Enderlein

Nepticulomima Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 95. ;
Type species: Nepticulomima sakuntala Enderlein.

a THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

biroiana (Enderlein). New Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, Java, Samoa.
Perientomum biroianum Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. hung.
1: 327, fig. 12; pl. XI, fig. 60b; pl. XII, figs. 60a, 60c.
Nepticulomina biroiana (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906.
Spolia zeylan. 4: 97, figs. 17, 79, 84, 85.
brasiliensis (Enderlein). Brazil.
Perientomum brasiliense Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 24: 88.
Nepticulomima brasiliensis (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906.
Spolia zeylan. 4: 99, figs. 19, 78, 86, 87.
chalcomelas Enderlein. Ceylon.
Nepticulomima chalcomelas Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 100,
figs. 21, 76, 88, 89, 99.
essigkeana Enderlein. : Ceylon.
Nepticulomima essigkeana Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 97,
figs. 17, 79, 84, 85.

hosemanni (Enderlein). Cameroons, Ivory Coast, Congo.
Perientomum hosemanni Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 19: 3;
pl. I, figs. 1-9.

Nepticulomima hosemanni (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan.
4: 99, figs. 18, 90, 91, 110.

jacobsoni Enderlein. Java.
Nepticulomima jacobsoni Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 66.

latisquama Enderlein. Java.
Nepticulomima latisquama Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 67.

mortua (Hagen). Zanzibar (in copal).

Perientomum mortuum Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 152.
Nepticulomima mortua (Hagen). Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 102.

penicillata Enderlein. Java.
Nepticulomima penicillata Enderlein, 1926. Zool Meded. 9: 67.
sakuntala Enderlein. Ceylon, Java, England (stored products).

Nepticulomima sakuntala Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 96, figs.
DOP AMO2: NO3., 117 sl 5:

saltuaria Smithers. Australia.
Nepticulomima saltuaria Smithers, 1965. J. ent. Soc. Qd. 4: 72, figs.

6-10.
scottiana Enderlein. Seychelles.

Nepticulomima scottiana Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Coola) @) 193.222), fisss 7,08: pl.’ 15, fieaGr

Genus Notolepium [Enderlein
Notolepium Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 74.
Type species: Notolepium paraguayense Enderlein.
paraguayense Enderlein. Paraguay.
Notolepium paraguayense Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.
1910: 74, fig. 8

Genus Parasoa Thornton
Parasoa Thornton, 1962 Pacific Ins. 4: 449.
Type species: Parasoa haploneura Thornton.
haploneura Thornton. Batu Caves (Malaya).
Parasoa haploneura Thornton, 1962. Pacific Ins. 4: 452, figs. 18-29.

Genus Perientomum Hagen

Perientomum Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 151.
Type species: Amphientomum trichopteryx Hagen.

acutipenne Enderlein. Ceylon.
Perientomum acutipenne Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 94, figs.

66, 67, 72.
argentatum Enderlein. Ceylon.

Perientomum argentatum Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 88, figs.
14, SOs 5:

SMITHERS 5

ceylonicum Enderlein. Ceylon.
Perientomum triste Hagen. Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus.
hune. 23255 fee lisp XM ycfigs: 65,.65a.
Fe ee Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 92, figs.
13,,.45, :
chrysargyrium Enderlein. Ceylon.
Perientomum chrysargyrium Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 86,
figs. 9, 48, 74, 101.
fortunatum Navas. Canary Islands.
Perientomum fortunatum Navas, 1917. Mem. Accad. Nuovi Lincei
(2) 3: 20, fig. 9. (Probably an Amphientomid; cf. Badonnel,
1944. Rev. france. Ent. 11: 33).

fucatum Smithers. Australia.
Perientomum fucatum Smithers, 1965. J. ent. Soc. Od. 4: 74, figs. 4, 5.
greeni Enderlein. Ceylon.
Perientomum greeni Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 87, figs. 10, 51,

SV AICTE
gregarium (Hagen). Ceylon.

Amphientomum gregarium Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 149.
Perientomum gregarium (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 204.
incultum (Hagen). Probably Zanzibar (in copal).
Amphientomum incultum Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 149.
Perientomum incultum (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 210.
Amphientomum lepidopterum Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 204.
morosum Hagen. Ceylon.

Perientomum morosum Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 152.
Amphientomum morosum (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 204.
(Not Perientomum morosum Hagen. Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus.
hung. 1: 323, figs. 8-10; pl. XIII, figs. 64, 64a; pl. XIV, fig. 64b).
Perientomum morosum Hagen. Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 90,
figs.. 11, 47,. 49,69:

trichopteryx (Hagen). Ceylon.
Amphientomum trichopteryx Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien. 9: 205.
Perientomum trichopteryx (Hagen). Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag.
De
triste Hagen. Ceylon.

Perientomum triste Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 152.
Amphientomum triste Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16:
204.
(Not Perientomum triste Hagen. Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hune..1+ 1325, hex Lis, pl... Xt ohies. 65,1652).

Genus Proentomum Badonnel

Proentomum Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 23.
Type species: Proentomum personatum Badonnel.

personatum Badonnel. Ivory Coast.
Proentomum personatum Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 23,
figs. 1-6.

Genus Soa Enderlein

Soa Enderlein, 1904. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 20: 109.
Type species: Soa dahliana Enderlein.
angolana Badonnel. Angola.
Soa angolana Badonnel, 1955. Pub. Cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 24, figs. 1-6.
dahiiana Enderlein. Bismarck Archipelago, Guam.
Soa dahliana Enderlein, 1904. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 20: 110; pl. 7,
figs. 2-9.

6 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

flaviterminata Enderlein. England, Germany, Angola, Congo, Ivory Coast,
Sierra Leone, Seychelles, Ceylon, Java, Tahiti, Rio de Janiero.
Soa flaviterminata Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 79, figs. 8, 41,

44, 59.

Subfamily LEPIDOPSOCINAE

Genus Cyptophania Banks

Cyptophania Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 7: 440.
Type species: Cyptophania hirsuta Banks.

Pteroxaniella Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 7 (4): 122.

Type species: Pteroxaniella bifurcata Karny.

Subgenera:

(Cyptophania) Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 7: 440.

Type species: Cyptophania hirsuta Banks. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 133.

(Ptenocorium) Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.) (2) 19: 223.
Type species: Ptenocorium alutaceum Enderlein. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 133.

alutacea (Enderlein). (Ptenocorium). Seychelles.
Ptenocorium alutaceum Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.

(Zool.) (2) 19: 224, figs. 9, 10; pl. 15, fig. 68.
Cyptophania (Ptenocorium) alutacea (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 133.

hirsuta Banks. (Cyptophania). Hawaii, Samoa, Laysan Island.

Cyptophania hirsuta Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 7: 440; pl.
MIT tie.) 1s ple Vi aie. 7: pL Dx, fie. 5.

Pteroxaniella bifurcata Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 7 (4): 123, fig. 5.

Cyptophania (Cyptophania) hirsuta Banks. Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.
Figo NOS 133.

Genus Echinopsecus Enderlein

Echinopsocus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. hung. 1: 331.
Type species: Echinopsocus erinaceus Enderlein.
erinaceus Enderlein. New Guinea.
Echinopsocus erinaceus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1: 332; pl. X, figs. 63c-63f; pl. VI, fig. 63b; pl. XII, figs. 63a, 63g.

Genus Echmepteryx Aaron
Echmepteryx Aaron, 1886. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 38: 17.
Type species: Amphientomum hageni Packard.
Subgenera:
(Echmepteryx) Aaron, 1886. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 38: 17.
Type species: Amphientomum hageni Packard. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 133.
(Thylacopsis) Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 348.
Type species: Thylax mihira Enderlein. Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 133.
(Thylacomorpha) Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 303.
Type species: Thylacomorpha symmetrolepis Enderlein. Subgeneric
status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 133.
(Oxypsocus) Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 178.
Type species: Oxypsocus hamiltoni Tillyard. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944). Stettin. ent. ‘Zte.. TOS: 133.
(Loxopholia) Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.) (2) 19: 225.
Type species: Loxopholia pinnula Enderlein. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 133.
acutipennis Enderlein. (Echmepteryx). Seychelles.
Echmepteryx acutipennis Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
(Zool yi) 19: 231, figs. 29, 30:.pl. 16, fig. 77.
aesculana Enderlein. (Echmepteryx). Seychelles.
Echmepteryx aesculanus Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
(Zooly, @y 19: 229, figs. 23, 24; pl. 15, fig: 74.

SMITHERS i

albida (Badonnel). (Thylacopsis). Ivory Coast, Iles Glorieuses,
Victoria Island, Queensland.
Thylacopsis albidus Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 25, figs.

3-17.
Echmepteryx albidus (Badonnel). Badonnel, 1962. Biol. l’Amerique
australe 1: 186.
annulitibia (Enderlein). (Loxopholia). Seychelles.
Loxopholia annulitibia Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
(Zool.) "@ YyM9en 227, hes.» 49.20; pl.15, fig. 72.
argentifasciata (Enderlein). (Loxopholia). Seychelles.
Loxopholia argentifasciata Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
(Zool:) (Qye T9E 227s. 147, 2185) pl. 15, fig. 71.

armillata Enderlein. (Echmepteryx). Paraguay.
Echmepteryx armillata Enderlein, 1910. Zool. Anz. 36: 167.
brunnea Smithers. (Loxopholia). Australia.

Echmepteryx (Loxopholia) brunnea Smithers, 1965. J. ent. Soc. Qd.
4: 75, figs. 11-16.

cubana Banks. (Echmepteryx). Cuba.
Echmepteryx cubana Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15:

393, fig. 20.
desquamata Karny. (Echmepteryx). Samoa.
Echmepteryx desquamata Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 7 (4): 122, fig. 4.
dryas (Enderlein). (Thylacopsis). Seychelles.

Thylacopsis dryas Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.) (2)
19: 232, nestusl.. 322) ple 16.) Temes

falco (Badonnel). (Thylacopsis). Ivory Coast, Madagascar.
Thylacopsis falco Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 24, figs. 8-12.
fastigata (Enderlein). (Thylacopsis). Seychelles.

Thylacopsis fastigata Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 193° 236; figs. 41, 42; pl. 16, fig. 83.
hageni (Packard). (Echmepteryx). North America.
Amphientomum hageni Packard, 1870. Proc. Boston Soc. nat. Hist.
13: 405, figs. a-d.
Echmepteryx agilis Aaron, 1886. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 38:
17, figs. 4-9.
Echmepteryx hageni (Packard). Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 104.
(Not Echmepteryx hageni (Packard). Mockford, 1950. Proc. Ind. Acad.
Sci. 60: 193).
Echmepteryx (Echmepteryx) hageni (Packard). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ént...Z%t2. (pe, 132.
hamiltoni (Tillyard). (Oxypsocus). New Zealand.
Oxypsocus hamiltoni Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 178, figs.
5, 63. pl 18) )ne— E
Echmepteryx (Oxypsocus) hamiltoni (Tillyard). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 105: 133.

hartmeyeri Enderlein. (Loxopholia). S.W. Australia.
Echmepteryx hartmeyeri Enderlein, 1907. Fauna S.W. Austr. (1)
52238"

Loxopholia hartmeyeri (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc.
Lond. (Zool.) (2) 19: 225.
hebes (Enderlein). (Loxopholia). Seychelles.
Loxopholia hebes Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 219) 228). fiesi821;\223 pli AS, fig: 173.
hieroglyphica Enderlein. (Echmepteryx). Seychelles.
Echmepteryx hieroglyphica Enderlien, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
(Zool). (2) G49 5230% figs. 27, 28ple: 155. fig.-.76:

laccinipennis Enderlein. (Echmepteryx). Java.
Echmepteryx laccinipennis Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 68.
maculimargo Enderlein. (Echmepteryx). Seychelles.

Echmepteryx maculimargo Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
(Zool. (2) 19: 230, figs. 25, 26; pls 15, fig.c 75.2

8 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

madagascariensis (Kolbe). (Thylacopsis). Madagascar, East Africa,
Seychelles, Germany (introduced).
Thylax madagascariensis Kolbe, 1885. Berl. ent. Z. 29: 184; pl. IVB,
besoeilas 1b, lc:
Thylacopsis madagascariensis (Kolbe). Enderlein, 1911. Palaeonto-
graphica 58: 348.
mahensis (Enderlein.). (Thylacopsis). Seychelles.
Thylacopsis mahensis Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 19: 234, figs. 35, 36; pl. 16, fig. 80. ’
mihira Enderlein. (Thylacopsis). Ceylon.
Echmepteryx mihira Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 107, figs. 22,
81, 106, 122. (Mis-spelt “mihara,” p. 43).
Thylax mihira (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1908. Reise in Ostafrika 2:
256; pl. 11, fig. 12.
Thylacopsis mihira (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica
58: 348.
Echmepteryx (Thylacopsis) mihira Enderlein. Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent: Zits. O52 2.133%
monticola (Enderlein). (Thylacopsis). Seychelles.
Thylacopsis monticola Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
(Zool.) (2) 19: 233, figs. 33, 34; pl. 16, fig. 79.
nigra (Enderlein). (Loxopholia). Seychelles.
Loxopholia nigra Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 19: 226, figs. 15, 16.

pallida Smithers. (Thylacopsis). Australia.
Echmepteryx (Thylacopsis) pallida Smithers, 1965. J. ent. Soc. Qd.

4: 75, figs. 1-3.
pinnula (Enderlein). (Loxopholia). Seychelles.

Loxopholia pinnula Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 19.2225 fies) 13. 14s ple 1S fig.” 70:
Echmepteryx (Loxopholia) pinnula (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 105: 133.
pretiosa Banks. (Echmepteryx). Guam.
Echmepteryx prétiosa Banks, 1942. Bull. Bishop Mus. Honolulu
1723 QS figs. wile. alice
psyche (Enderlein). (Thylacopsis). Seychelles.
Thylacopsis psyche Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 19: 234, figs. 37, 38; pl. 16, fig. 81.
punctulata (Enderlein). (Thylacopsis). Seychelles.
Thylacopsis punctulata Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
(Zool.) (2) 19: 236, figs. 43, 44; pl. 16, fig. 84.
quadrimaculata Smithers. (Loxopholia). Australia.
Echmepteryx (Loxopholia) quadrimaculata Smithers, 1965. J. ent. Soc.
Qd. 4: 78, figs. 17-20.
scotti (Enderlein). (Thylacopsis). Seychelles.
Thylacopsis scotti Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 19: 235, figs. 39, 40; pl. 16, fig. 82.
sericea Enderlein. (Echmepteryx). Ceylon.
Echmepteryx sericea Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 108, figs. 23,
80, 104, 105, 107.
similis Badonnel. (Echmepteryx). Angola.
Echmepteryx (Echmepteryx) similis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 28, figs. 17-22.
symmetrolepis (Enderlein). (Thylacomorpha). Seychelles.
Thylacomorpha symmetrolepis Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 303.
Echmepteryx (Thylacomorpha) symmetrolepis (Enderlein). Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 133.
terricolis Badonnel. (Echmepteryx). Chile.
Echmepteryx terricolis Badonnel, 1963. Biol. l’Amerique australe
2: 294, figs. 1-3, 6-15.

SMITHERS 9

Genus Lepidopsocus Enderlein
Lepidopsocus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 328.
Type species: Lepidopsocus nepticulides Enderlein.
costalis (Banks). Hawaii.
Echmepteryx costalis Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 7: 439,
ply Vil, fig. 33apk Villy fig... 33: pl. EX, fig. 4.
Lepidopsocus costalis (Banks). Zimmerman, 1948. Ins. Hawaii 2: 224,
figs. 123, 124b.
fasciatus Enderlein. Seychelles.
Lepidopsocus fasciatus Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 192238) figs 5%, 52; pl. 16, fig. 87.

hopkinsi Karny. Samoa.
Lepidopsocus hopkinsi Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 7 (4): 120, fig. 3.
marmoratus (Banks). Hawaii.

Echmepteryx marmorata Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 7: 439.
Lepidopsocus marmoratus (Banks). Zimmerman, 1948. Ins. Hawaii
Den 225s che, 24e
nepticulides Enderlein. Singapore.
Lepidopsocus nepticulides Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1: 330; ‘pl Deis 62a> pL X, figs. 62d-62f; pl. XI, fig. 62b;
pl. XII, fig. 62c, 62¢g.
ochreus Enderlein. Seychelles.
Lepidopsocus ochreus Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
(Zool.) (2) 19: 238, figs. 49, 50; pl. 16, fig. 86.
unicolor (Banks). Hawaii.
Echmepteryx unicolor Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 7: 439.
Lepidopsocus unicolor (Banks). Zimmerman, 1948. Ins. Hawaii 2: 225,
fig. 124a.

Genus Pteroxanium Enderlein
Lepidilla Ribaga, 1905. Redia 2: 99.
Type species: Lepidilla kelloggi Ribaga.
Pteroxanium Enderlein, 1922. Ent. mon. Mag. 58: 102.
Type species: Pteroxanium squamosum Enderlein.
Tasmanopsocus Hickman, 1934. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1933: 77.
Type species: Tasmanopsocus litoralis Hickman.
Pteroxanium Enderlein, Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13.
Type species: Pteroxanium kelloggi (Ribaga). (Lepidilla preocc.).
funebris Badonnel. Chile.
Pteroxanium funebris Badonnel, 1963. Biol. PAmerique australe
2: 298, tiss:, 4.°5, 16-21,
kelloggi (Ribaga). North America, Europe, Tasmania,
New Zealand, Argentina.
Lepidilla kelloggi Ribaga, 1905, Redia 2: 100; pl. IX, figs. 1-9; pl. X,
fies. 10,” PL
Hyperetes britannicus Harrison, 1916. Lanc. Nat. 9: 108.
Pteroxanium squamosum Enderlein, 1922. Ent. mon. Mag. 58: 103,
figs. 1-6.
Tasmanopsocus litoralis Hickman, 1934. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 933:
78, figs.la-le, 2a-2g.
Pteroxanium kelloggi (Ribaga). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13.

Genus Scolopama Enderlein
Scolopama Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 110.
Type species: Scolopama halterata Enderlein.
halterata Enderlein. Ceylon.
pepy a eere et Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 110, figs. 108,

10 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Subfamily LEPOLEPIDINAE

Genus Lepolepis Enderlein

Lepolepis Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 112.
Type species: Lepolepis ceylonica Enderlein.
bicolor Broadhead. England.
Lepolepis bicolor Broadhead, 1955. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
24: 9, figs. 4-13.
ceylonica Enderlein. Ceylon, Formosa.
Lepolepis ceylonica Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 113, figs. 24,-
114-116, 118-120.
Lepolepis ceylonica var. formosana Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 772.

occidentalis Mockford. Eastern North America.
Echmepteryx hageni (Packard). Mockford, 1950. Proc. Ind. Acad.
Sci. 60: 193.
Lepolepis occidentalis Mockford, 1955. Amer. Mid. Nat. 53: 436;
pl. 1, figs. 1-4.

Family TROGIIDAE
Subfamily EMPHERIINAE

Genus Empheria Hagen

Empheria Hagen, 1856. Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen Reste 2 (1):
64. Type species: Empheria reticulata Hagen.
Subgenera:
(Empheria) Hagen, 1856. Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen Reste 2
(1): 64. Type species: Empheria reticulata Hagen. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 129.
(Bebiosis) Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 344.
Type species: Bebiosis pertinens Enderlein. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 130.
pertinens (Enderlein). (Bebiosis). East Prussia (in amber).
Bebiosis pertinens Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 344, figs.
81,87, 90, 93: fies. R, 'S.
Empheria (Bebiosis) pertinens (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.
Ztg. 105: 130.
reticulata Hagen. (Empheria). Prussia (in amber).
Empheria reticulata Hagen, 1856. Die im Bernstein béfindlichen
organischen Reste 2 (1): 64; pl. 8, fig. 6.
Empheria (Empheria) reticulata Hagen. Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.
Zig, WOS: 7129.

Genus Trichempheria Enderlein

Trichempheria Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 345.
Type species: Empheria villosa Hagen.
villosa (Hagen). East Prussia (in amber).
Empheria villosa Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 221; pl. I, fig. 9.
Trichempheria villosa (Hagen). Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica
58: 345, figs. 80, 84, 86, 88, 94.

Subfamily TROGIINAE

Genus Cerobasis Kolbe

Hyperetes Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 132.
Type species: Hyperetes guestfalicus Kolbe.
Cerobasis Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 212.
Type species: Cerobasis muraria Kolbe.
Tichobia Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 212.
Type species: Tichobia alternans Kolbe.
Albardia Jacobson and Bianchi, 1904. Orth. Neuropt. Russ. Emp. p. 496.
Type species: Tichobia alternans Kolbe. (Tichobia preocc.).
Myopsocnema Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. Zool. Exped. Egypt 18: 17.
Type species: Clothilla annulata Hagen.

SMITHERS 1]

Cerobasis Kolbe. Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13.
Type apie Se Hyperetes guestfalicus Kolbe. (Hyperetes, Albardia
preocc.).
Zlinia Obr, 1948. Pub. Fac. Sci. Univ. Masaryk 306: 93, 103.
Type species: Zlinia multispinosa Obr.
annulata (Hagen). Europe, North America, Canary Island.
Clothilla annulata Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 122.
Atropos annulata (Hagen). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss.
Kanst 8713353. pl Ver fie: 24.
Myopsocnema annulata (Hagen). Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. Zool.
Exped. Egypt 18: 17, figs. 3-6; pl. 2, fig. 10.

australica (Enderlein). S.W. Australia.
Hyperetes australicus Enderlein, 1907. Fauna S.W. Austr. (1) 3: 239,
fig. 6.
Cerobasis australicus (Enderlein). Smithers, 1965. J. ent. Soc. Qd.
A> TY:
canariensis (Enderlein). Canary Islands.

Myopsocnema canariensis Enderlein, 1910. Zool. Anz. 36: 169, figs.

9 .

chrysops Badonnel. Chile.
Cerobasis chrysops Badonnel, 1963. Biol. Amérique australe 2: 302,

figs. 23, 24.
guestfalica (Kolbe). Europe, North America, Morocco, St. Paul

Island, Argentina, Australia, South Africa.
(Widespread, domestic sp.).
Hyperetes guestfalicus Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst
Se E7205 IO DVR FR 227
Hyperetes pinicola Kolbe, 1881. Ent. Nachr. 7: 227.
Tichobia alternans Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 212.
Cerobasis muraria Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 212.
Hyperetes tessulatus Hagen, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 216.
Albardia alternans (Kolbe). Jacobson and Bianchi, 1904. Orth. Neuropt.
Russ. Emp. p. 496.
Cerobasis guestfalica (Kolbe). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13.
lapidaria Badonnel. Angola.
Cerobasis lapidarius Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 32, figs. 25, 26.
multispinosa (Obr). Moravia.
Zlinia multispinosa Obr, 1948. Pub. Fac. Sci. Univ. Masaryk 306: 93,
104, figs. 184-190.

Genus Lepinotus Heyden

Lepinotus Heyden, 1850. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 11: 84.
Type species: Lepinotus inquilinus Heyden.
Paradoxides Motschulsky, 1851. Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Moscou 24: 510.
(Not Paradoxides Brongniart, 1822. N. H. Crust. foss. 31).
Paradoxenus Motschulsky, 1852. Etudes ent. 1: 19.
Type species: Paradoxides psocoides Motschulsky. (Paradoxideés preocc.).
Cuixa Navas, 1927. Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. 59: 151.
Type species: Cuixa canaria Navas.
Heterolepinotus Obr, 1948. Pub. Fac. Sci. Univ. Masaryk 306: 95, 105.
Type species: Heterolepinotus quadrispinosus Obr.

angolensis Badonnel. Angola, Rhodesia, Tanganyika.
Lepinotus angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola

26.29 figs :23:
inquilinus Heyden. Cosmopolitan (domestic sp.).

Termes pulsatorium Scopoli, 1763. Entomologica Carniolica p. 380.

(Not Termes pulsatorium Linnaeus, 1761. Fauna Suecica p. 474).

Lepinotus inquilinus Heyden, 1850. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 11: 84.

Paradoxides psocoides Motschulsky, 1851. Bull. Soc. imp. Nat. Moscou
24: 510-511, 1 fig. :

12 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

faradee psocoides (Motschulsky). Motschulsky, 1852, Etudes ent.
19.

Clotnatte inquilina (Heyden). Brauer, 1857. Neuroptera austriaca, p. 32.

Clothilla picea Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll.

Atropos inquilina (Heyden). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss.

Kunst... 8: 136, fig. 25.

Atropos sericea Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 86.

Lepinotus piceus (Hagen). Hagen, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 314.

Atropos distincta Kolbe, 1888. Jber. Ver. Naturk. Zwickau 1887: 190,
191.

Atropos picea (Hagen). Kolbe, 1888. Jber. Ver. Naturk. Zwickau
1887: 190, 191.

Clothilla distincta (Kolbe). Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 372.

Lepinotus sericeus (Kolbe). Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 373, 384.

Cuixa canaria Navas, 1927. Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. 59: 151, figs. 2a, b, c.

lepinotoides (Ribaga). South Africa.

Atropos lepinotoides Ribaga, 1911. Redia 7: 156, fig. 1.

Lepinotus lepinotoides (Ribaga). Pearman, 1931. Ent. mon. Mag.
67: 47.

patruelis Pearman. Europe, North America, Argentina.
Lepinotus patruelis Pearman, 1931. Ent. mon. Mag. 67: 47, figs. 1-4.
quadrispinosus (Obr). Czechoslovakia, Angola.

Heterolepinotus quadrispinosus Obr, 1948. Pub. Fac. Sci. Univ. Masaryk
306: 97, 105, figs. 191-194.

Lepinotus (Heterolepinotus) quadrispinosus (Obr). Badonnel, 1955.
Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 31, fig. 24.

reticulatus Enderlein. Widespread (domestic sp.).
Clothilla inquilina (Heyden). Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 526;
plo Thy fies 6.

Atropos inquilina (Heyden). Kolbe, 1888. Jber. Ver. Naturk. Zwickau
1887: 190, 191.

Lepinotus reticulatus Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. Exp. Egypt 18: 31,
figs S29 ple ae ties: a". ple 2 hess 2s 19 2s. ;
Lepinotus tasmaniensis Hickman, 1934. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1933:

81, figs. 3a-3d.

Genus Myrmicodipnella Enderlein

Myrmicodipnella Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici 3: 329.
Type species: Myrmicodipnella aptera Enderlein.

aptera Enderlein. San Francisco.
Myrmicodipnella aptera Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab. zool. Portici 3: 337,
figs. 1-3.

Genus Trogium Illiger

Trogium IUlliger, 1798. Kugelann Verzeichniss der Krafer preussens p. 500.
Type species: Termes pulsatorium Linnaeus.
Atropos Leach, 1815. Edinburgh Encyclopaedia 9: 139.
Type species: Termes lignarium de Geer.
Clothilla Westwood, 1841. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 6: 480.
Type species: Clothilla studiosa Westwood.
pulsatorium (Linnaeus). Widespread (domestic sp.).
Termes pulsatorium Linnaeus, 1758. Systema Naturae p. 610.
Hemerobius pulsatorius Fabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae p. 311.
Termes lignarium de Geer, 1778. Memoires pour servir a lhistoire
des Insectes 7: 314; pl. 4, fig. 1. (part), (not figs. 2, 3, 4).
Trogium pulsatorium (Linnaeus). Illiger, 1798. Kugelann Verzeichniss
der Kafer Preussens etc. p. 500.
Atropos lignaria (de Geer). Leach, 1815. Edinburgh Encyclopaedia
pe pale 32 be
Psylla pulsatoria Billburg, 1820. Enumeratio insectorum 4: 94.
Psocus pee a. Nitzsch, 1821. Germar’s Magaz. Entom.
A: 27620 pe

SMITHERS 13

Troctes pulsatorius (Linnaeus). Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch der
Entomologie 2: 773.

Clothilla studiosa Westwood, 1841. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 6: 480.

Clothilla pulsatoria (Linnaeus). Hagen, 1866. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 122.

Atropos pulsatoria (Linnaeus). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer.
Wiss. Kunst 8: 91, 135, fig. 23.

Clothilla ocelloria Weber, 1906. N.Y. Med. J. 84: 886, fig. 2.

Family PSOQUILLIDAE
Genus Balliella Badonnel

Balliella Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. sci. nat. Belg. 25: 9.
Type species: Balliella ealensis Badonnel.

ealensis Badonnel. Congo.
Balliella ealensis Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. sci. nat. Belg. 25: 10,
figs. 9-13.

Genus Eosilla Ribaga

Eosilla Ribaga, 1908. Redia 5: 20.
Type species: Eosilla jacobsoni Ribaga.
Subgenera:
(Eosilla) Ribaga, 1908. Redia 5: 20.
Type species: Eosilla jacobsoni Ribaga. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 119.
(Empheriella) Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 305.
Type species: Empheriella denervosa Enderlein. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 119.
denervosa (Enderlein). (Empheriella). Seychelles.
Empheriella denervosa Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 305.
Eosilla (Empheriella) denervosa (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 105: 130
jacobsoni Ribaga. (Eosilla). Java.
Eosilla jacobsoni Ribaga, 1908. Redia 5: 20; pl. II, figs. 1-12.
Eosilla (Eosilla) jacobsoni Ribaga. Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Zig.
105: 130.

Genus Psoquilla Hagen

Psoquilla Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 123.
Type species: Psoquilla marginepunctata Hagen.
Heteropsocus Verrill, 1902. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 11: 817.
Type species: Heteropsocus dispar Verrill.

infuscata Badonnel. Ivory Coast.
Psoquilla infuscata Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 27, figs. 18-23.
marginepunctata Hagen. Paraguay, Brazil, North America, Bermuda,

Hawaii, Malaya, England, Germany(?),
Congo, Gold Coast, Ivory Coast, Angola.
Psoquilla marginepunctata Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 123.
Heteropsocus dispar Verrill, 1902. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 11:
S75, tres, 192. 1922: 192b;

Genus Rhyopsocus Hagen

Rhyopsocus Hagen, 1876. Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. 1 (3): 55.
Type species: Rhyopsocus eclipticus Hagen.
Deipnopsocus Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 358.
Type species: Deipnopsocus spheciophilus Enderlein.
Rhyopsocopsis Pearman, 1929. Ent. mon. Mag. 65: 107.
Type species: Rhyopsocopsis peregrinus Pearman.
afer (Badonnel). Congo, Ivory Coast, Angola, South Africa,
Tanganyika.
rag OS afer Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 267, figs.

Rhyopsocus afer (Pearman). Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg.

14 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

bentonae Sommerman. U.S.A.
Rome pana Sommerman, 1956. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 46: 146,

‘ i. gs. 1-12.
disparilis (Pearman). England. (In stored products, introduced?).

Deipnopsocus spheciophilus var. disparilis Pearman, 1931. Ent. mon.
Mag. (67: 96, fig. :25
Bear enes disparilis Pearman. Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent.
eA H

eclipticus Hagen. Kerguelen Island.
_ Rhyopsocus eclipticus Hagen, 1876. Bull. U.S. nat. Mus. 1 (3): 52.
peregrinus (Pearman). England (introduced?).
Rhyopsocopsis peregrinus Pearman, 1929. Ent. mon. Mag. 65: 107,

figs. 3a, 3b
phillipsae Sommerman. North America.
ROE Soe phillipsae Sommerman, 1956. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 46: 146,

gs. 13-17.

spheciophilus (Enderlein). Peru.

Deipnopsocus spheciophilus Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
18: 259; pl. 17, figs.) 4-8.
Squamosus Mockford and Gurney. Texas.
Rhyopsocus squamosus Mockord and Gurney, 1956. J. Wash. Acad.
Sci. 46: 357, figs. 1-4.
texanus (Banks). North America.
Deipnopsocus texanus Banks, 1930. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 37: 223, figs.
Rhyopsocus texanus (Banks). Sommerman, 1956. J. Wash. Acad. Sci.
46: 145.

Group PSOCATROPETAE
Family PSYLLIPSOCIDAE

Genus Dolopteryx Smithers

Polopteryx.Smithers,, 1958. J. ents) Soe. S. Agr: 22 113s!
Type species: Dolopteryx domestica Smithers.

domestica Smithers. Rhodesia.
Dolopteryx domestica Smithers, 1958. J. ent. Soc. S. Afr. 21: 114,
figs. 1-6.

Genus Dorypteryx Aaron

Dorypteryx Aaron, 1883. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 11: 37.
Type species: Dorypteryx pallida Aaron.

astizi Brethes. Buenos Aires.
Dorypteryx astizi Brethes, 1923. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1923: 117, figs. 1, 2.
hageni Banks. Mammoth Cave (Kentucky).
Dorypteryx? hageni Banks, 1897. Amer. Nat. 31: 382; pl. X, fig. 4.
pallida Aaron. North America, Europe.

Dorypteryx pallida Aaron, 1883. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 11: 38;
pi 9. figs. 25 3.
Dorypteryx albicans Ribaga, 1907. Redia 4: 1; pl. IV, figs. 1-8.

Genus Psocatropos Ribaga

Psocatropos Ribaga, 1899. Riv. Pat. veg. Padova 8: 156.
Type species: Psocatropos lachlani Ribaga.

Psocinella Banks, 1900. Ent. News 11: 431.
Type species: Psocinella slossonae Banks.

Axinopsocus Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 19: 2.
Type species: Axinopsocus microps Enderlein.

Vulturops Townsend, 1912. Ent. News 23: 267.
Type species: Vulturops termitorum Townsend.

Gambrella Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.) (2) 19: 221.
Type species: Gambrella pilipennis Enderlein.

floridanus (Corbett and Hargreaves). Florida.
Vulturops floridanus Corbett and Hargreaves, 1915. Psyche, Camb.

Mass. 22: 142-143, 14 figs.

SMITHERS 15

lachlani Ribaga. Italy, Florida, Texas, Hawaii.
Psocatropos lachlani Ribaga, 1899. Riv. Pat. veg. Padova 8: 157;
pl. VII.
Psocinella slossonae Banks, 1900. Ent. News 11: 432, figs. on p. 431.
microps (Enderlein). Cameroons, Mozambique, Angola, Congo,

East Africa, Formosa, Java.
Axinopsocus microps Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 19: 3; pl. I,
figs. 10-18.
Psoquilla microps (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 776.
Psocatropos lesnei Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14: 254,

figs. 30-37.
Psocatropos microps (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1944. Rev. franc. Ent.
Lie 59:
pilipennis (Enderlein). Seychelles, India.

Gambrella pilipennis Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 195.2205 fis 46:
Psocatropos pilipennis (Enderlein). Menon, 1942. Indian J. Ent.
13, figs. 16-29.
termitorum (Townsend). Peru
Vulturops termitorum Townsend, 1912. Ent. News. 23: 269, figs. 1-3.

Genus Psyllipsocus Selys-Longchamps
Psyllipsocus Selys-Longchamps, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 145.
Type species: Psyllipsocus ramburii Selys-Longchamps.
Nymphopsocus Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Anz. 27: f
Type species: Nymphopsocus destructor Enderlein.
Ocelloria Weber, 1906. N.Y. Med. J. 84: 858.
Type species: Ocelloria gravonymphia Weber.
Ocellataria Weber, 1907. Ent. News. 18: 189.
Type species: Ocellataria gravinympha Weber.
Fita Navas, 1913. Rev. Acad. Madr. 12: 332.
Type species: Fita vestigator Navas.
Fabrella Lacroix, 1915. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1915: 194.
Type species: Fabrella convexa Lacroix.
Subgenera:
(Psyllipsocus) Selys-Longchamps, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 145.
Type species: Psyllipsocus ramburii Selys-Longchamps. Subgeneric
status: Thornton, 1962. Pacific Ins. 4: 449.
(Parempheria) Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 306.
Type species: Parempheria sauteri Enderlein. Subgeneric status:
Thornton, 1962. Pacific Ins. 4: 449.

banksi Cockerell. (Psyllipsocus). Burma (in amber).
Psyllipsocus banksi Cockerell, 1916. Amer. J. Sci. 42: 136, figs. 2, 3.
batuensis Thornton. (Psyllipsocus). Batu Caves (Malaya).
Psyllipsocus batuensis Thornton, 1962. Pacific Ins. 4: 442, figs. 1-4,
T0-12.. V6 cee:
bombayensis Menon. (Psyllipsocus). India.
Psyllipsocus bombayensis Menon, 1942. Indian J. Ent. 4: 38, figs.
0-34.
collarti Badonnel. (Psyllipsocus). Congo.
Psyllipsocus collarti Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 140,
NES) So 7- Wh
delamarei Badonnel. (Psyllipsocus). Argentina.

Psyllipsocus delmarei Badonnel, 1946. Biol. de lAmerique australe
br tere fess 1-5: p

edentulus Menon. (Psyllipsocus). | India.
5 Psyllipsocus edentulus Menon, 1942. Indian J. Ent. 4: 40, figs. 35-38.
hirsutus Thornton. (Parempheria). Batu Caves (Malaya).

Psyllipsocus (Parempheria) hirsutus Thornton, 1962. Pacific Ins. 4:
447, figs. 5-8, 9, 13-15.
metamicropterus (Enderlein). (Parempheria). Formosa.
cian ae metamicroptera Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 775,
g

16 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Psyllipsocus metamicropterus (Enderlein). Gurney, 1943. Ann. ent.
Soc. Amer. 36: 205.
Psyllipsocus (Parempheria) metamicropterus (Enderlein). Thornton,
1962. Pacific Ins. 4: 449.
minutissimus (Enderlein). (Parempheria). Hawaii.
Parempheria minutissima Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 43: 458.
Psyllipsocus minutissimus (Enderlein). Gurney, 1943. Ann. ent. Soc.
Amer. 36: 205.
Psyllipsocus (Parempheria) minutissimus (Enderlein). Thornton, 1962.
Pacific Ins. 4: 449.
oculatus Gurney. (Psyllipsocus). | Mexico, Texas.
Psyllipsocus oculatus Gurney, 1943. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 36: 214,
figs. 35, 36, 38-40.
ramburii Selys-Longchamps. (Psyllipsocus). North America, Europe, Algeria,
Guam, Angola, Australia, Afghani-
stan, Armenia. (Widespread
domestic and cave sp.).
Psocus pedicularius Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes.
Ds 323:
Psyllipsocus ramburii Selys-Longchamps, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 145.
Nymphopsocus destructor Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Anz. 27: 76.
Ocelloria gravonymphia Weber, 1906. N.Y. Med. J. 84: 885, fig. 1.
Ocellataria gravinympha Weber, 1907. Ent. News. 18: 189, figs. 1-5.
Nymphopsocus troglodyta Enderlein, 1909. Arch. Zool. exp. gén.
5 (1): 536; pl. 18, figs. 9-11, 13, 14.
Nymphopsocus troglodyta var. algericus Enderlein, 1909. Arch. Zool.
exp. gén. 5 (1): 538.
Fita vestigator Navas, 1913. Rev. Acad. Madr. 12: 333, fig. 4.
Fabrella convexa Lacroix, 1915. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1915: 194.
Psyllipsocus (Nymphopsocus) troglodytes Enderlein. Badonnel, 1935.
Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 40: 201.
Psyllipsocus ramburii brachypterus Badonnel, 1943. Faun. Fr. 42: 131.
Psyllipsocus ramburii destructor (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1943. Faun.

Fira 42: 132.
Psyllipsocus ramburii troglodytes (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1943. Faun.
Bir AD: 132
sauteri (Enderlein). (Parempheria). Japan, Formosa.

Parempheria sauteri Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 307, fig. 1.
Psyllipsocus sauteri (Enderlein). Gurney, 1943. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer.

36: 203.
Psyllipsocus (Parempheria) sauteri (Enderlein). Thornton, 1962. Pacific
Ins. 4: 449.
spinosus Badonnel. (Psyllipsocus). Anggla.

Psyllipsocus spinosus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
DG 355, MoS! eo)
yucatan Gurney. (Psyllipsocus). Yucatan.
Psyllipsocus yucatan Gurney, 1943. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 36: 212,
figs. 18, 19, 21, 29-31, 33, 34-37.

Genus Speleketor Gurney
Speleketor Gurney, 1943. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 36: 197.
Type species: Speleketor flocki Gurney.
flocki Gurney. Arizona (in caves).
Speleketor flocki Gurney, 1943. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 36: 197, figs.
1-12, 15, 24-28.

Family PRIONOGLARIDAE

Genus Prionoglaris Enderlein

Prionoglaris Enderlein, 1909. Arch. Zool. exp. gén. 1: 533.
Type species: Prionoglaris stygia Enderlein.

Scoliopsyllopsis Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 304. |
Type species: Scoliopsyllopsis latreillei Enderlein.

SMITHERS 17

lindbergi Badonnel. Afghanistan.
Prionoglaris lindbergi Badonnel, 1962. K. fysiogr. Sdllsk. Lund. Forh.
32:2, hess, va >.
stygia Enderlein. France, Belgium, Balkans, Portugal.
Prionoglaris stygia Enderlein, 1909. Arch. Zool. exp. gén. 1: 534;
pl. XVIII, figs. 1-8.
Scoliopsyllopsis latreillei Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 304.

Suborder TROCTOMORPHA

Group AMPHIENTOMETAE

Family AMPHIENTOMIDAE
Subfamily ELECTRENTOMINAE
Genus Electrentomum Enderlein

Electrentomum Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 337.
Type species: Electrentomum klebsianum Enderlein. .
klebsianum Enderlein. East Prussia (in amber).
Electrentomum klebsianum Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58:
328. figs: -70-/6.079:

Genus Manicapsocus Smithers

Manicapsocus Smithers, 1966. J. ent. Soc. S. Afr. 28: 46.
Type species: Manicapsocus alettae Smithers.

alettae Smithers. Rhodesia.
Manicapsocus alettae Smithers, 1966. J. ent. Soc. S. Afr. 28: 46,
fies: 1-3, 1.5%

Genus Parelectrentomum Roesler
Parelectrentomum Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 228.
Type species: Parelectrentomum priscum Roesler.
priscum Roesler. East Prussia (in amber).
Parelectrentomum priscum Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 228, fig. 4.

Subfamily COMPSOCINAE
Genus Compsocus Banks

Compsocus Banks, 1930. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 37: 184.
Type species: Compsocus elegans Banks.

elegans Banks. Panama.
Compsocus elegans Banks, 1930. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 37: 184, fig. 4.

Subfamily TINEOMORPHINAE

Genus Cymatopsocus Enderlein
Cymatopsocus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 314.
Type species: Cymatopsocus opalinus Enderlein.
opalinus Enderlein. Malacca, Kuala Lumpur.
Cymatopsocus opalinus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1: 315; pl. IX, figs. 56a, b, d; pl. X, figs. 56e-g, k, 1; pl. XI,
fig. 56c; pl. XII, fig. 56h, i, m.

Genus Tineomorpha Enderlein
Tineomorpha Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 49.
Type species: Tineomorpha greeniana Enderlein.
angolana Badonnel. Angola.
Tineomorpha angolana Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 36, figs. 32-38.
greeniana Enderlein. - Ceylon.
Tineomorpha greeniana Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 49, figs. 1,
25, 68, 94, 97, 100.
Tineomorpha greeniana var. major Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan.
AS Sy tie 126;
jacobsoniana Enderlein. . Java.
Tineomorpha jacobsoniana Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 63.

18 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Subfamily AMPHIENTOMINAE
Genus Amphientomum Pictet
Amphientomum Pictet, 1854. Traite de Palaeontologie 2: 376.
Type species: Amphientomum paradoxum Pictet.
Amphicetomum Pictet. Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien. 9: 205.
Mis-spelling.
Subgenera:
(Amphientomum) Pictet, 1854. Traite de Palaeontologie 2: 376.
Type species: Amphientomum paradoxum Pictet. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 138.
(Palaeoseopsis) Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 106.
Type species: Amphientomum colpolepis Enderlein. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 138.
acuminatum Smithers. (Palaeoseopsis). Madagascar.

Amphientomum (Palaeoseopsis) acuminatum Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool.
Bot. afr. 70: 217, figs. 9-13.

aelleni Badonnel. Congo.
Amphientomum aelleni Badonnel, 1959. Rev. suisse zool. 66: 58,

figs. 1-6.
colpolepis Enderlein. (Palaeoseopsis). East Prussia (in amber).

Amphientomum paradoxum Hagen. Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
43: 268 (part).
Amphientomum colpolepis Enderlein, 1905. Zool. Anz. 29: 577,
figs. 2, 3 (not 1, 2 as in publication).
Palaeoseopsis colpolepis (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 106.
Amphientomum (Palaeoseopsis) colpolepis Enderlein. Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 138.
flexuosum Badonnel. (Palaeoseopsis). Angola.
Amphientomum (Palaeoseopsis) flexuosum Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult.
Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 38, figs. 39-45.
leptolepis Enderlein. (Amphientomum). East Prussia (in amber).
Amphientomum paradoxum Hagen. Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
43: 268 (part).
Amphientomum leptolepis Enderlein, 1905. Zool. Anz. 29: 580, fig. 6.
paradoxum Pictet. (Amphientomum). East Prussia (in amber).
Amphientomum paradoxum Pictet, 1854. Traite de Palaeontologie
2: 376, pl. 40, fig.
Amphientomum paradoxum Pictet. Hagen, 1856. Die im Bernstein
befindlichen organischen Reste p. 61; pl. 7, fig. 2; pl. 8, fig. 10.
Amphientomum paradoxum Pictet. Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Zig.
43: 268; pl. I, fig. VI, 1-8.
Amphientomum (Amphientomum) paradoxum Pictet. Roesler, 1944.
Siettin.. ent. 262.4105: aS.
pauliani Smithers. (Palaeoseopsis). Madagascar.
Amphientomum (Palaeoseopsis) pauliani Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool.
Bot. afr. 70: 219, figs. 14-17.

Genus Hemiseopsis Enderlein

Hemiseopsis Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 73.
Type species: Amphientomum fulleborni Enderlein.
fulleborni (Enderlein). East Africa, Congo.
Amphientomum fulleborni Enderlein, 1902. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl.
2 eens. Bs. pl. 5) figs: TaiaeaG no. 10;> 14,
Hemiseopsis fulleborni (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan.
4: 73.
machadoi Badonnel. Angola.
Hemiseopsis machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 40, figs. 46-53.

SMITHERS 19

Genus Marcenendius Navas

Marcenendius Navas, 1913. Rev. Acad. Madr. 12: 334.
Type species: Marcenendius nostras Navas.

illustris Navas. Spain.
Marcenendius illustris Navas, 1923. Arx. Inst. Cienc. Barcelona 8:

11, fig.
nostras Navas. Spain.

Marcenendius nostras Navas, 1913. Rev. Acad. Madr. 12: 334, fig. 5.

Genus Nephax Pearman

Nephax Pearman, 1935. Stylops 4: 134.
Type species: Nephax sofadanus Pearman.
angolensis Badonnel. Angola.
Nephax angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 49, figs. 80-87.

capensis Pearman. South Africa.
Nephax capensis Pearman, 1935. Stylops 4: 136, fig. B.
sofadanus Pearman. Palestine.

Nephax sofadanus Pearman, 1935. Stylops 4: 134, fig. A.

Genus Paramphientomum Enderlein

Paramphientomum Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 63.
Type species: Paramphientomum nietneri Enderlein.
Subgenera:
(Paramphientomum) Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 63.
Type species: Paramphientomum nietneri Enderlein. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 139.
(Hormocoria) Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 65.
Type species: Hormocoria tristigata Enderlein. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 139.
nietneri Enderlein. (Paramphientomum). Ceylon, Java.
Paramphientomum nietneri Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 63,
figs. 7, 27-29, 34, 56, 112.
Paramphientomum (Paramphientomum) nietneri Enderlein. Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 139.
nigriceps Banks. (Paramphientomum). Formosa.
Paramphientomum nigriceps Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 276; pl.

tristigata (Enderlein). (Hormocoria). Java.
Hormocoria tristigata Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 65.
Paramphientomum (Hormocoria) tristigata (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 139.

yumyum Enderlein. (Paramphientomum). Japan, Formosa.
Paramphientomum yumyum Enderlein, 1907. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 68:
102: figs ies:

Genus Pseudoseopsis Badonnel

Pseudoseopsis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 46.
Type species: Pseudoseopsis vilhenai Badonnel.
helmani Mockford and Gurney. Texas.
Pseudoseopsis helmani Mockford and Gurney, 1956. J. Wash. Acad.
Sci. 46: 358, figs. 15-18.
vilhenai Badonnel. Angola.
Pseudoseopsis vilhenai Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
2G 5 Ade MOS L3-19.

Genus Seopsis| Enderlein

Seopsis Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan 4: 67.
Type species: Seopsis vasantasena Enderlein.

luzonica Banks. Philippines.
Seopsis luzonica Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 134; pl. 1, fig. 5.

20 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

metallops Enderlein. Ceylon.
Seopsis metallops Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 74, figs. 4, 33,
37 02 93-121.
pavonius Badonnel. Angola.
Seopsis pavonius Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 41, figs. 54-62.
superba (Hagen). Ceylon.
Amphientomum superbum Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 150.
Perientomum superbum (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 210
Seopsis superba (Hagen). Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 69.
termitophilus Badonnel. Angola.

Seopsis termitophilus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 44, figs. 63-69.

tricolor Banks. Philippines.
Seopsis tricolor Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 133; pl. 1, fig. 3.
vasantasena Enderlein. Ceylon.

Seopsis vasantasena Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 67, figs. 5, 30,
31. 35,, 585, 03.

Seopsis (Seopsis) vasantasena Enderlein, Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.
Ztg. 105: 138

Genus Seopsocus Roesler

Seopsocus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 229.
Type species: Seopsocus acuminatus Roesler.

acuminatus Roesler. Brazil.
Seopsocus acuminatus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 231, figs. 5, 7,

9, 11-13
annulipes Badonnel. Argentina.
Seopsocus annulipes Badonnel, 1962. Biol. !Amerique australe 1: 189,

figs. 6-13
rotundatus Roesler. Brazil.

Seopsocus rotundatus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 233, figs. 6, 8,
4.

]

Genus Stigmatopathus Enderlein

Stigmatopathus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 312.
Type species: Stigmatopathus horvarthi Enderlein.
horvarthi Enderlein. India, Malacca, Kuala Lumpur, Java.
Stigmatopathus horvarthi Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1293.13. pl. EX, sigs. Svan sfewpl Xx, fis: 57d: pl. XI. fie. 57b:
pl. XII, fig. 57c.

Genus Stimulopalpus Enderlein

Stimulopalpus Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 65.
Type species: Stimulopalpus japonicus Enderlein.
africanus Enderlein. East Africa, Angola, Rhodesia, South Africa.
Stimulopalpus africanus Enderlein, 1907. Schwed. Exp. Kilimandjaro
15: 37, figs. A-F.

biocellatus Badonnel. Ivory Coast.
Stimulopalpus biocellatus Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 37,
figs. 41-47.
japonicus Enderlein. Japan.
Stimulopalpus japonicus Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 65, figs.
127-130.
Seopsis elec). jatonieas (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Zits. 105: 139

Genus Syllysis Hagen
Syllysis Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 151.
Type species: Amphientomum caudatum Hagen.

Subgenera:
(Syllysis) Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 151.

SMITHERS Zl

Type species: Amphientomum caudatum Hagen. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 139.
(Colposeopsis) Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 71.
Type species: Colposeopsis sinipennis Enderlein. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 139.
caudata (Hagen). (Syllysis). Ceylon.
Amphientomum caudatum Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 150.
Syllysis caudata (Hagen). Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 151.
Syllysis (Syllysis) caudata (Hagen). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
105: 139.

erato Enderlein. ( Syllysis). | Ceylon.
Syllysis erato Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 53, figs. 2, 37, 38,
A? 43.55. 95554 02:

samarangana Enderlein. (Syllysis). Java.
Syllysis samarangana Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 64.
sinipennis (Enderlein). (Colposeopsis). Paraguay.

Colposeopsis sinipennis Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.

1910: 72, figs. 2-7.
Syllysis (Colposeopsis) sinipennis (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.

ent. Ztg. 105: 139.
ritusamhara Enderlein. (Syllysis). Ceylon.
Syllysis ritusamhara Enderlein, 1906. Spolia zeylan. 4: 57, figs. 3,

39, 40; 54: 96; 111.

Family PLAUMANNIDAE

Genus Plaumannia Roesler

Plaumannia Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 236.
Type species: Plaumannia separata Roesler.

separata Roesler. Brazil.
Plaumannia separata Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 237, figs. 15-20.

Group NANOPSOCETAE
Family LIPOSCELIDAE
Subfamily EMBIDOPSOCINAE

Genus Belapha Enderlein

Belapha Enderlein, 1917. Zool. Anz. 49: 254.
Type species: Belapha schoutedeni Enderlein.

Semnopsocus Laing, 1925. Entomologist 58: 289.
Type species: Semnopsocus globifer Laing.

globifer (Laing). British Guiana.
Semnopsocus globifer Laing, 1925. Entomologist 58: 289, figs. A-L.
Belapha globifer (Laing). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant

Angola 26: 92.

schoutedeni Enderlein. Congo, Angola.

Belapha schoutedeni Enderlein, 1917. Zool. Anz. 49: 254, figs. 1-3.

Genus Belaphopsocus Badonnel

Belaphopsocus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 96.
Type species: Belaphopsocus vilhenai Badonnel.
vilhenai Badonnel. Angola.
Belaphopsocus vilhenai Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26:- 96, figs. 191-199, Il D, Ill E.

Genus Belaphotroctes Roesler

Eutroctes Ribaga, 1911. Redia 7: 165.
Type species: Eutroctes trdgardhi Ribaga.
Belaphotroctes Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13.
Type species: Eutroctes trdgardhi Ribaga. (Eutroctes preocc.).
angolensis Badonnel. Angola.
Belaphotroctes angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 90, figs. 182-186.

22 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

ghesquierei Badonnel. Congo.
Belaphotroctes ghesquierei Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg.
25: 20, figs. 25-30.
hermosus Mockford. Texas, New Mexico.
Belaphotroctes hermosus Mockford, 1963. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 56:
27, figs. 4, 5, 10, 14a-c, 15, 17, 18, 23, 44, 49, 50, 54, 63, 64.
okalensis Mockford. Florida.
Belaphotroctes okalensis Mockford, 1963. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 56:
31, figs.’ 9,:011-13, 16a, b-h, 19-22, 24:..28a-b, 42. 53, 55, G5:
tragardhi (Ribaga). South Africa.
Eutroctes trdgardhi Ribaga, 1911. Redia 7: 166, figs. 7-9.
Belophotroctes trdgardhi (Ribaga). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
104: 13.

Genus Embidopsocus Hagen

Embidopsocus Hagen, 1866. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 170.
Type species: Embidopsocus luteus Hagen.
Tropusia Hagen, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 296.
Type species: Atropos oleagina Hagen.
Stenotroctes Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. zool. Exp. Egypt 18: 43.
Type species: Troctes needhami Enderlein.
Embidotroctes Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. zool. Exp. Egypt 18: 48.
Type species: Embidotroctes paradoxus Enderlein.
Trigonosceliscus Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 75.
Type species: Trigonosceliscus leucomelas Enderlein.
ambiguus Badonnel. Angola.
Embidopsocus ambiguus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 86, figs. 162-165, 173, 180.
angolensis Badonnel. Angola.
Embidopsocus angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 72, figs. 128-135, 139-141.
antennalis Badonnel. Congo.
Embidopsocus antennalis Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg.
25: 16, figs. 19-24.
citrensis Mockford. North America.
Embidopsocus citrensis Mockford, 1963. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 56: 35,
figs. (3:98, 31, S22 43587 Sea On 78 OF.
congolensis Badonnel. Congo, Ivory Coast, Angola.
Embidopsocus congolensis Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40:
273, figs. 18-24.
distinctus Badonnel. Angola.
Embidopsocus distinctus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 81, figs. 147, 150-152.
echinus Badonnel. Angola.
Embidopsocus echinus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 77, figs. 136-138, 142.
enderleini (Ribaga). Italy, England, Switzerland,
Argentina, South Africa.
Stenotroctes enderleini Ribaga, 1905. Redia 2: 106, pl. 10, figs. 12,
en beye
Embidotroctes rectivenis Pearman, 1925. Ent. mon. Mag. 61: 127,

fig. 2.
Re aopsocns enderleini (Ribaga). Pearman, 1935. Ent. mon. Mag.
P12" BS.
femoralis (Badonnel). Mozambique, Angola.
Stenotroctes femoralis Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. ser. 10,
14: 252, figs. -26-29.
Embidopsocus femoralis (Badonnel). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 88, figs. 167-168, 174-179, 181. :
flexuosus Badonnel. _ Argentina.
Embidopsocus flexuosus Badonnel, 1962. Biol. l'Amerique australe
1: 215, figs. 74-77.

SMITHERS 23

granulosus Badonnel. Congo.
Embidopsocus granulosus Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg.
25: 13, figs: . 14-18.
laticeps Mockford. North America.
Embidopsocus laticeps Mockford, 1963. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 56: 33,
figs. 2, 7, 25a-b, 26, 27a-b, 29, 30, 33, 34, 45, 46, 51, 59, 66, 68.
leucomelas (Enderlein). Paraguay, Argentina.
Trigonosceliscus leucomelas Enderlein, 1910. §.B. Ges. naturf. Fr.
Berl. 1910: 76, figs. 9, 10.
Embidopsocus leucomelas (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1962. Biol. l Amerique
australe 1: 210, figs. 63-73.

luteus Hagen. Cuba, Porto Rica.
Embidopsocus luteus Hagen, 1866. Ent. mon. mag. 2: 171.
machadoi Badonnel. Angola.

Embidopsocus machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 79, figs. 143-146, 148, 149.
needhami (Enderlein). North America.
Troctes needhami Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 360,
fies, UG) 22 2s
Stenotroctes needhami (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. Zool.
Exp. Egypt 18: 44.
Embidopsocus needhami (Enderlein). Mockford, 1963. Ann. ent. Soc.
Amer. 56: 36, figs. 1, 6, 37-41, 47, 48, 58a, 58b, 60-62.
oleagina (Hagen). Ceylon, England, Germany.
Atropos oleagina Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 121.
Tropusia oleagina (Hagen). Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 526;
pl. I, fig. VIII.
?Stenotroctes minor Pearman, 1931. Ent. mon. Mag. 67: 95, fig. 1.
2Embidopsocus minor (Pearman). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 70 (in key).
Embidopsocus oleagina (Hagen). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 70 (in key).
pallidus Badonnel. Angola.
Embidopsocus pallidus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 84, figs. 153-156.
paradoxus (Enderlein). Cameroons, Ivory Coast.
Embidotroctes paradoxus Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. zool. Exp.
Egypt 18: 50, fig. 10; pl. 4, figs. 44-48.
Embidopsocus paradoxus (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 78.
pauliani Badonnel. Ivory Coast, Angola.
?Embidopsocus paradoxus Enderlein. Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent.
16: 30, figs. 24-27.
Embidopsocus pauliani Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 78, figs. 169, 170.

trichurensis Menon. India.
; Embidopsocus trichurensis Menon, 1942. Indian J. Ent. 4: 27, figs. 5-10.
vilhenai Badonnel. Angola.

Embidopsocus vilhenai Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 82, figs. 157-162, 171, 172.
virgatus (Enderlein). ?Argentina, Paraguay.
Stenotroctes virgatus Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. zool. Exp. Egypt
18: 44, figs. 29,. 31. .33
Embidopsocus virgatus (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1962. Biol. l Amerique
australe 1: 206, figs...52-55; 57, 58.

Genus Troctulus Badonnel
Troctulus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 94.
Type species: Troctulus machadoi Badonnel.
machadoi Badonnel. Angola.
Troctulus machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 94, figs. 187-190; III, C.

24 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Subfamily LIPOSCELINAE
Genus Liposcelis Motschulsky

Termes Muller, 1776. Zoologiae Danicae prodromus p. 184.
Type species: Termes fatale Linnaeus.
(Not Termes Linnaeus, 1758. Syst. Nat. p. 609).
Trogium auct.
(Not Trogium Illiger, 1798. Kugelann Verzeichniss der Kafer Preussens etc.
p. 500. Type species: Hemerobius pulsatorium Linnaeus).
Atropos auct.
(Not Atropos Leach, 1815. Edinburgh Encyclopaedia 9: 139.
Type species: Termes lignarium De Geer).
Troctes auct.
(Not Troctes Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch der Entomologie p. 774.
Type species: Termes pulsatorium Linnaeus).
Liposcelis Motschulsky, 1852. Etudes entomologiques 1: 19.
Type species: Liposcelis brunneus Motschulsky.
Note: Whether this genus should be referred to as Liposcelis Motschulsky or
Troctes Burmeister has been discussed in the following papers to which
reference should be made:
Enderlein, G. 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 353.
Gurney, A. B. 1939. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 29: 510, 513.
Pearman, J. V. 1951. Ent. mon. Mag. 87: 84.
Broadhead, E. 1952. Ent. mon. Mag. 88: 83.
Pearman, J. V. 1952. Ent. mon. Mag. 88: 150.
abdominalis Badonnel. Argentina.
Liposcelis abdominalis Badonenl, 1962. Biol. lAmerique australe
ft: 193, figs: 19-23; , 37:
albothoracicus Broadhead. England (in Turkish millet).
Liposcelis albothoracicus Broadhead, 1955. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
(B) 24: 7, figs. 1-3.
angolensis Badonnel. Angola.
Liposcelis angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 53, figs. 88-92; I, A-C.
Liposcelis angolensis subsp. areolatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 57; I, D.
annulatus Badonnel. Angola.
Liposcelis annulatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
DOewOr eics. p LO OS iishs Ol OED Te
anomalus Badonnel. Angola.
Liposcelis anomalus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 64, figs. 99, 104, 111, 118, 125.
atavus Enderlein. East Prussia (in amber).
Atropos succinica Hagen, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 296 (part).
Liposcelis atavus (Hagen). Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58:
354, fig. 103. .
bicolor (Banks). Europe, North America.
Troctes bicolor Banks, 1900. Ent. News 11: 559.
Troctes bicolor Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 361, figs.

17, 20.
Liposcelis bicolor (Banks). Roesler, 1939. Zool. Anz. 125: 138.
bicoloripes Badonnel. Angola.

Liposcelis bicoloripes Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola

D663 aes a0 lA 7. S24
bostrychophilus Badonnel. Cosmopolitan.

Liposcelis bostrychophilus Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. ser.
HO N4ss 250. hes. 22,.523%

Liposcelis divergens Badonnel, 1943. Faune de France 42: 139, figs.
351, 035452356:

Liposcelis granicola Broadhead and Hobby, 1944. Ent. mon. Mag. 80:
47, figs. 1-14 .

Liposcelis bostrychophilus granulosus Badonnel, 1962. Biol. l’Amerique
australe 1: 205, figs. 47-51.

SMITHERS 25

brunneus Motschulsky. Valaam (Finland).
Liposcelis brunneus Motschulsky, 1852. Etudes entomologiques 1: 19.
castrii Badonnel. Chile.
Liposcelis castrii Badonnel, 1963. Biol. lAmerique australe 2: 310,

figs. 38-43.
chilensis Badonnel. Chile.

Liposcelis chilensis Badonnel, 1963. Biol. ’ Amerique australe 2: 312,
figs. 44-49, 56-57.

delamarei Badonnel. Argentina.
Liposcelis delamarei Badonnel, 1962. Biol. PAnenaue australe 1: 197,
figs. 28-31.
deltachi Sommerman. Texas.
Liposcelis deltachi Sommerman, 1957. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 59: 127,
figs. 3-5.
deserticus Badonnel. Angola.

Liposcelis deserticus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 66, figs. 100, 112, 126.

discalis Badonnel. Argentina.
Liposcelis discalis Badonnel, 1962. Biol. !Amerique australe 1: 202,

figs. 41-42.
distinctus Badonnel. Angola.

Liposcelis distinctus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 57, figs. 93, 94, 106, 120; 1E-1G.
divinatorius (Miller). Widespread.
Termes pulsatorium Linnaeus, 1775. Systema naturae (Ed. P.LS.
Muller) p. 1024; pl. 29, fig. 5.
Termes divinatorium Muller, 1776. Zoologiae Danicae prodromus etc.
p. 184.
Termes lignarium de Geer, 1778. Memoires pour servir da histoire
des Insectes| 7+ 41: pl.: 4.) fig. 2.. (not.figs.. 1, 3,.4) (part.).
Atropos pulsatorius (L.) Stephens, 1829. Systematic Catalogue of
British Insects etc. p. 313.
Troctes fatidicus Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch der Entomologie 2: 774.
Atropos fatidicus (L.) Walker, 1853. Cat. Neur. Brit. Mus. p. 500.
Atropos divinatorius (Muller). Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 8.
Troctes divinatorius (Muller). Kolbe, 1880. Jber westf. ProvVer. Wiss.
Kunst 8: (133. hee 21.
Troctes corrodens Heymons, 1909. Dtsch. ent. Z. 1909: 452, 3 figs.
Liposcelis divinatorius (Muller). Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica
38: 353
entomophilus (Enderlein). Europe, East Africa, Central Africa,
Portuguese Guinea, Japan, Chile,
New Hebrides, Australia.
Troctes entomophilus Enderem. 1907. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 68: 34, 1 fig.
Liposcelis bakeri Pearman, 1928. Ent. mon. Mag. 64: 133, figs. e745
See virgulatus Pearman, 1929. Ent. mon. Mag. 65: 106, figs.
a2 2b:
Liposcelis entomophilus (Enderlein). Broadhead, 1947. Proc. R. ent.
Soe: ~Eond. (B) 16: VO9. iong.
exiguus Badonnel. Mozambique.
Liposcelis exiguus Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. ser. 10, 14:
DON, hiss. +245 25%
fasciatus (Enderlein). Formosa.
Troctes fasciatus Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 778, fig. 3.
Liposcelis fasciatus (Enderlein). Broadhead, 1950. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. 101: 381.
formicarius (Hagen). Europe.
Atropos formicaria Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 121.
Troctes formicarius (Hagen). Rostock, 1878. Jber. Ver. Naturk.
Zwickau 1877-1878: 93. -

26 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

(Not Liposcelis formicarius (Hagen). Kimmins, 1941. J. Soc. Brit..

Ent23% 95),
Liposcelis Rea aaleaaitite Broadhead, 1947. Proc. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. (B) 16: 36.
gallicus (Pearman). Scilly Islands, France.

Troctes gallicus Pearman, 1951. Ent. mon. Mag. 87: 87, fig. 3.
! Liposcelis meridionalis Rosen. Kimmins, 1941. J. Soc. Brit. Ent. 2: 95.

hirsutus Badonnel. Congo.
Liposcelis hirsutus Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 270,

figs. 7-17.
kidderi (Hagen). England, France, Kerguelen, Japan.

Atropos divinatoria var. kidderi Hagen, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 293.

Liposcelis simulans Race A Broadhead, 1950. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
101 B53 hes G13 5 pl. . Pofiga2:

Troctes kidderi (Hagen). Pearman, 1951. Ent mon Mag. 87: 85.

lacinia Sommerman. Texas.
Liposcelis lacinia Sommerman, 1957. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 59: 125,
figs. 1, 2
liparoides Badonnel. Argentine, Chile.
Liposcelis liparoides Badonnel, 1962. Biol. lAmerique australe 1: 191,
figs. 14-18.
liparus Broadhead. England.

Liposcelis liparus Broadhead, 1947. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 98: 42,
figs. 1, 4-9; pl. 1, figs. 1-4.

mendax Pearman. England, France, Italy.
Liposcelis mendax Pearman, 1946. Entomologist 79: 243, figs. 11-18.
meridionalis (Rosen). Europe.
Troctes meridionalis Rosen, 1911. Munchen Mitt. ent. Ges. 1911: 9,

figs. 2-6.
(Not Liposcelis meridionalis Rosen. Kimmins, 1941. J. Soc. Brit. Ent.

Hie 2) 4
Liposcelis meridonalis (Rosen). Enderlein, 1927. Die Tierwelt Mitte-
leuropast ANF ey a b2 iS. 27.
myrmecophilus Broadhead. England.
! Liposcelis formicarius (Hagen). Kimmins, 1941. J. Soc. Brit. Ent. 2: 95.
Liposcelis myrmecophilus Broadhead, 1950. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
1017363. neous; pls i... figs. 9... 10:
nasus Sommerman. Texas.
Liposcelis nasus Sommerman, 1957. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 59: 128,
tes. "G27
niger (Banks). North America.
Troctes niger Banks, 1900. Ent. News 11: 560.
Liposcelis niger (Banks). Mockford, 1950. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.
60: 194.

nigrocinctus Badonnel. Argentine.
Liposcelis nigrocinctus Badonnel, 1962. Biol. l’Amerique australe
P25 195-" thas!" 24-27 5 ae oo:
nigrofasciatus Badonnel. Chile.
Liposcelis nigrofasciatus Badonnel, 1963. Biol. l’Amerique australe
2: 307, figs. 30-37.

obscurus Broadhead. England.
Liposcelis obscurus Broadhead, 1954. Ent. mon. Mag. 90: 10.
paetulus Broadhead. England.

Liposcelis paetulus Broadhead, 1950. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 101:
378, He. 28; pl. Ti, fig. “TS:

paetus Pearman. India, England, Rhodesia.
Liposcelis paetus Pearman, 1942. Ent. mon. Mag. 78: 289, figs. 1, 2.

palatinus Roesler. Germany.
Liposcelis palatinus Roesler, 1954. Beit. Ent. 4: 559.

parvulus Badonnel. Chile.

Liposcelis parvulus Badonnel, 1963. Biol. Amerique australe 2: 316,
figs. 50-55.

SMITHERS 2)

perforatus Badonnel. Angola.
Liposcelis perforatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26:59! fesmno7, 1023080115, 1223.1, A:
pictus Ball. Cyprus, Lebanon, Morocco.
Liposcelis pictus Ball, 1940. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg. 16: 1, 2 figs.
prenolepidis (Enderlein). California.
Troctes prenolepidis Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab. zool. Portici 3: 328,
fig. 4.
Liposcelis prenolepidis (Enderlein). Broadhead, 1950. Trans. R. ent.
Soc. Lond, 4002-381; .

priesneri Enderlein. Albania.
Liposcelis priesneri Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 107.
puber Badonnel. Angola.

Liposcelis puber Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 58; fies. S396, 107, 014, 121: LS.
pubescens Broadhead. England, Argentine, Tristan da Cunha.
Liposcelis pubescens Broadhead, 1947. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
98: 46, fies se pk Je fie.) 6.

purpureus (Aaron). North America.
Atropos purpurea Aaron, 1883. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 11: 37; pl. 9,
fe. Ie
Troctes purpurea (Aaron). Banks, 1900. Ent. News 11: 559.
resinatus (Hagen). Zanzibar (in copal).

Atropos resinata Hagen, 1866. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 121.
Troctes resinatus (Hagen). Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. zool. Exp.

Egypt 18: 43.
Liposcelis resinatus (Hagen). Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58:
3555
reticulatus Badonnel. Argentine.
Liposcelis reticulatus Badonnel, 1962. Biol. l Amerique australe 1: 199,
figs. 32-36, 40.
rufus Broadhead. England, Chile.

Liposcelis rufus Broadhead, 1950. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 101: 366,
is. Zizspeoiomes, oft, 12.

rugosus Badonnel. Morocco.
Liposcelis rugosus Badonnel, 1945. Rev. franc. Ent. 12: 34, figs. 1-4.
setosus Badonnel. Chile.
Liposcelis setosus Badonnel, 1963. Biol. l Amerique australe 2: 305,

figs. 25-29.
silvarum (Kolbe). Europe.

Troctes silvarum Kolbe, 1888. Ent. Nachr. 14: 234.
meaner Hae (Kolbe). Enderlein, 1927. Die Tierwelt Mitteleuropas
ties sa 12:
simulans Broadhead. England.
Liposcelis simulans Race B Broadhead, 1950. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond, JOE%356;" pl: >t, fie: -3:
subfuscus Broadhead. England, Japan, Chile.
Liposcelis subfuscus Broadhead, 1947. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
O8:"'°48, te. 3; pl. tne. 7.

terricolis Badonnel. Morocco, Angola, Europe, Argentine, Chile.
Troctes bicolor Banks var. decolor Pearman, 1925. Ent. mon. Mag.
Gi: 126.

Liposcelis terricolis Badonnel, 1945. Rev. franc. Ent. 12: 35, figs. 5-8.

! Liposcelis divinatorius (Muller). Pearman, 1946. Entomologist 79:
238, figs. 1-10.

Liposcelis luridus Broadhead, 1947. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 98: 45,
hes) 45, 46: pi. 1s fiese 2. 5.

Note: The synonymy of Troctes bicolor Banks var. decolor Pearman and
Liposcelis terricolis is not agreed upon by all authorities; the name decolor
has priority over terricolis in the event of synomymy being established. (Cf.
Badonnel, 1963. Biol. ! Amerique australe 2: 315).

28 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

transvaalensis (Enderlein). South Africa, India.
Troctes transvaalensis Enderlein, 1909. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 70: 272, fig. 3.
Liposcelis transvaalensis (Enderlein). Menon, 1942. Indian J. Ent.
4s/ 3% fissesi<4.
varians Badonnel. Angola.
Liposcelis varians Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
263461, “figs: 98, 103). 109.416: 1233, TheB. neunD

Family PACHYTROCTIDAE
Subfamily TAPINELLINAE
Genus Psylloneura Enderlein

Psylloneura Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. hung. 1: 317.
Type species: Psylloneura simbangana Enderlein.

Note: This genus may be synonymous with Pachytroctes Enderlein (cf. Badonnel,
1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 99).

aliena Banks. Cuba.
Psylloneura aliena Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15: 393,
Tes 75 PA
perantiqua Cockerell. Burma (in amber).
Psylloneura ? perantiqua Cockerell, 1919. Entomologist 52: 241,
fies’ 2.
simbangana Enderlein. New Guinea, Guam.

Psylloneura simbangana Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. hung.
1: 318;eplk EX, fig. (58a;oplh XOetisi= 58b; pl) Xa hie: 58c.

ugandana Karny. Uganda.
Psylloneura ugandana Karny, 1924. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 14: 245,
figs. a-d.

Genus Tapinella Enderlein
Tapinella Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 772.
Type species: TYapinella formosana_ Enderlein.
Nanopsocus Pearman, 1928. Ent. mon. Mag. 64: 134.
Type species: Nanopsocus oceanicus Pearman.

africana Badonnel. Congo, Japan.
Tapinella africana Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 276, fig. 25.
bilineata (Smithers). Nigeria.

Pachytroctes bilineata Smithers, 1958. Ent. mon. Mag. 94: 55, figs.
bee Baur4,
Tapinella bilineata (Smithers). Smithers, 1959. Ent. mon. Mag. 94: 274.

castanea Pearman. England.
Tapinella castanea Pearman, 1932. Stylops 1: 240, fig. 1.
curvata Badonnel. Congo, Angola.

Tapinella africana curvata Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg.
2c 28sunes. 34, 359.437, SS:

Tapinella curvata Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 108, figs. 214-216, 220-222; III G.

formosana Enderlein. Formosa, India.
Tapinella formosana Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 774, fig. 1.
maculata Mockford and Gurney. Texas.

Tapinella maculata Mockford and Gurney, 1956. J. Wash. Acad. Sci.
46: 360, figs. 19-24.

oceanica (Pearman). New Hebrides.
Nanopsocus oceanicus Pearman, 1928. Ent. mon. Mag. 64: 134.

pallida Badonnel. Ivory Coast.
Tapinella pallida Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 36, figs. 30, 35.

Squamosa Badonnel. Angola.

Tapinella squamosum Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
2620 111° figs. 223, 224.°217 eee
williamsi (Banks). Hawaii.
Psylloneura williamsi Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. Ent. Soc. 7: 439:
pl: Wilks figsiv85..93. pl: VIM. fieieG;, phy 1X,» fig,-7.
Tapinella williamsi (Banks). Menon, 1942. Indian J. Ent. 4: 9.

SMITHERS 29

Subfamily PACHYTROCTINAE
Genus Antilopsocus Gurney

Antilopsocus Gurney, 1965. Ent. News 76: 1.
Type species: Antilopsocus nadleri Gurney.

nadleri Gurney. Brazil, Trinidad.
Antilopsocus nadleri Gurney, 1965. Ent. News 76: 4, 21 figs.

Genus Pachytroctes Enderlein

Pachytroctes Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. Exp. Egypt 18: 46.
Type species: Pachytroctes aegyptius Enderlein.
Psyllotroctes Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 226.
Type species: Psyllotroctes plaumanni Roesler.

Subgenera:
(Pachytroctes) Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. Exp. Egypt 18: 46.
Type species: Pachytroctes aegyptius Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 136.
(Psacadium) Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 777.
Type species: Psacadium bilimbatum Enderlein. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 136.
(Peritroctes) Ribaga, 1911. Redia 7: 162.
Type species: Peritroctes natalensis Ribaga. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 136.
(Nymphotroctes) Badonnel, 1931. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 56: 342.
Type species: Nymphotroctes denisi Badonnel. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 135.
(Neotroctes) Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 136.
Type species: Pachytroctes brasilianus Roesler.
aegyptius Enderlein. (Pachytroctes). Egypt.
Pachytroctes aegyptius Enderlein, 1905. Res. Swed. Exp. Egypt 18: 46,
figs. 9, 37-43.
Pachytroctes (Pachytroctes) aegyptius Enderlein. Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 105: 136.

aglyphus Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). Angola.
Pachytroctes aglyphus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola

262. 107:
ambiguus Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). Angola.

Pachytroctes ambiguus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 105; fig. IV ..P:
angolensis (Badonnel). (Peritroctes). Angola.
Peritroctes angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26:4 WiSsenes. 218. 219. 225-227: it J.
aurantiacus Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). Ivory Coast.
Pachytroctes aurantiacus Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 35,
figs. 34, 38, 40.

australis Ribaga. (Pachytroctes). South Africa.
Pachytroctes australis Ribaga, 1911. Redia 7: 159, figs. 2, 3.
bicoloripes Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). Ivory Coast.
Pachytroctes bicoloripes Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 33,
nes, 29: 37.
bilimbatus (Enderlein). (Psacadium). Formosa.

Psacadium bilimbatum Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 777.
Pachytroctes (Psacadium) bilimbatum (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 136.
brasilianus Roesler. (Neotroctes). Brazil.
Pachytroctes brasilianus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 228.
Psyllotroctes plaumanni Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 227, figs. 2, 3.
Pachytroctes (Neotroctes) brasilianus Roesler. Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 105: 136. .
brunneus Ribaga. (Pachytroctes). South Africa.
Pachytroctes brunneus Ribaga, 1911. Redia 7: 161, fig. 4.

30 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

cochinensis (Menon). (Peritroctes). India.

Peritroctes cochinensis Menon, 1938. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. (B) 8: 283,
fig. B; fig. 2, A-E.

denisi (Badonnel). (Nymphotroctes). France.
Nymphotroctes denisi Badonnel, 1931. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 56: 344,
figs. 1-5.

Pachytroctes (Nymphotroctes) denisi (Badonnel). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
enti Zia. 105s ,135:
dichromoscelis Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). : Ivory Coast.
Pachytroctes dichromoscelis Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 32,
figs. 28, 32; 36,39
dundoensis Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). Angola.
Pachytroctes dundoensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 99, figs. 200, 203, 204; IV A, B.

ealensis Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). Congo, Angola.
Pachytroctes ealensis Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg. 25: 23,

figs. 31-33.
enigmaticus Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). Angola.

Pachytroctes enigmaticus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 104, figs. 209-211; IV G.
georgi (Menon). (Psacadium). India.
Psacadium georgi Menon, 1938. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. (B) 8: 250,
figs. A; 1, A-E.
granuiosus Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). Angola.
Pachytroctes granulosus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 100, figs. 205, 206; IV C.
natalensis (Ribaga). (Peritroctes). South Africa.
Peritroctes natalensis Ribaga, 1911. Redia 7: 163, figs. 5, 6.
Pachytroctes (Peritroctes) natalensis (Ribaga). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 105: 136.
nivecinctus Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). Angola.
Pachytroctes nivecinctus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 102, figs. 201, 207, 208; IV D, E.
tapinelloides Badonnel. (Pachytroctes). Angola.
Pachytroctes tapinelloides Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 106, figs. 212, 213; IV H.

Family SPHAEROPSOCIDAE
Genus Badonnelia Pearman

Badonnelia Pearman, 1953. Ent. mon. Mag. 89: 262.
Type species: Badonnelia titei Pearman.

castrii Badonnel. Chile.
Badonnelia castrii Badonnel, 1963. Biol. lAmerique australe 2: 327,
figs. 72-74.
similis Badonnel. Chile.
Badonnelia similis Badonnel, 1963. Biol. lAmerique australe 2: 329,
figs. 60-63, 75.
titei Pearman. England, France.

Badonnelia titei Pearman, 1953. Ent. mon. Mag. 89: 262.

Genus Sphaeropsocopsis Badonnel

Sphaeropsocopsis Badonnel, 1963. Biol. l’Amerique australe 2: 322.
Type species: Sphaeropsocopsis chilensis Badonnel.
argentinus (Badonnel). Argentine.
Sphaeropsocus argentinus Badonnel, 1962. Biol. l’Amerique australe
1: 218, figs. 78-88.
Sphaeropsocopsis argentinus (Badonnel). Badonnel, 1963. Biol.
V’Amerique australe 2: 323 (in key).
chilensis Badonnel. Chile.
Sphaeropsocopsis chilensis Badonnel, 1963. Biol. l’Amerique australe
D2: 323" hes. °58-62,"'65, 67,69," 7:

SMITHERS 31

microps Badonnel. Chile.
Sphaeropsocopsis microps Badonnel, 1963. Biol. l Amerique australe
2: 326, figs. 66, 68, 70.

recens (Hickman). Tasmania.
Sphaeropsocus recens Hickman, 1934. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1933: 83,
figs. 4A-4F.

Sphaeropsocopsis recens (Hickman). Badonnel, 1963. Biol. l Amerique
australe 2: 323 (in key).

Genus Sphaeropsocus Hagen
Sphaeropsocus Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 225.
Type species: Sphaeropsocus kunowii Hagen.
Palaeotroctes Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 350.
Type species: Atropos succinica Hagen.

kunowii Hagen. East Prussia (in amber).
FEN ae kunowii Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 226; pl. 2,
g. 1

Atropos succinica Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 231; pl. 2, fig. 3.

Troctes succinicus (Hagen). Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 190.

Palaeotroctes succinicus (Hagen). Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica
58: 350, figs. 99, 102.

Suborder PSOCOMORPHA
Group EPIPSOCETAE
Family EPIPSOCIDAE
Subfamily GOJINAE

Genus Goja Navas
Goja Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 58.
Type species: Goja ditata Navas.
ditata Navas. Costa Rica.
Goja ditata Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 51, fig.

Subfamily NEUROSTIGMINAE

Genus Neurostigma Enderlein
Neurostigma Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 157.
Type species: Neurostigma chaetocephalum Enderlein.
chaetocephalum Enderlein. Peru.
Neurostigma chaetocephalum Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
14> 1582 ple EX, fig. 24.
dispositum Roesler. Brazil.
Neurostigma dispositum Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 3, figs. 40-48.

Subfamily EPIPSOCINAE

Genus Epipsocopsis Badonnel
Epipsocopsis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 118.
Type species: Epipsocopsis machadoi Badonnel.
machadoi Badonnel. Angola.

Epipsocopsis machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 118, figs. 237-240.

spatulatus Smithers. Madagascar.
Epipsocopsis spatulatus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 221,

figs. 18-20.
stuckenbergi Smithers. Madagascar.
Epipsocopsis stuckenbergi Smithers, 1957. Nat. malgache 9: 274,

fies.) 1-3.) 3.
vilhenai Badonnel. Angola.

Epipsocopsis vilhenai Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 120, figs. 241-243.

32 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Genus Epipsocus Hagen
Epipsocus Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16: 203.
Type species: Psocus ciliatus Hagen.
Bertkauia Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 208.
Type species: Bertkauia prisca Kolbe.
Lapithes Bertkau, 1883. Arch. Naturgesch. 49: 180.
Type species: Lapithes pulicarius Bertkau.
angolensis Badonnel. Angola.
Epipsocus (Epipsocidus) angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 117, figs. 233-236.
antillanus Banks. Jamaica.
Epipsocus antillanus Banks, 1924. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 65:
422: pl. Te fig.9.

argentinus Badonnel. . Argentine.
Epipsocus argentinus Badonnel, 1962. Biol. l Amerique australe 1: 221,

figs. 89-92.
avus (Roesler). East Prussia (in amber).

Psocus ciliatus Ragen, 1856. Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen
Reste etc. p. 59; pl. 5, figs. 10, 10b-10e.

(Not Psocus ciliatus Latreille, 1794. Bull. Soc. philom. Paris 1: 85).

Epipsocus ciliatus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 207.

Psocus avus Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13.

Epipsocus avus (Roesler). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13.

beguiristaini Williner. Bolivia.

Epipsocus beguiristaini Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent.

Cienc. nat. 1: 99, fig. 2.

bogotanus Roesler. Columbia.
Epipsocus bogotanus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 8, figs. 61, 62.
borgmeieri R. Karny. Brazil.
Epipsocus borgmeieri R. Karny, 1926. Pub. Mus. nac. Rio de J.
Secs:
conspersus Banks. Assam.
Epipsocus conspersus Banks, 1914. Rec. Indian Mus. 8: 351; pl. 25,
fig. 3.
costalis Banks. India.
Epipsocus costalis Banks, 1914. Rec. Indian Mus. 8: 352, pl. 25, fig. 1.
crosbyanus (Chapman). North America.

Bertkauia crosbyana Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 364.
Epipsocus lepicidinarius (Chapman). Mockford, 1950. Proc. Ind. Acad.

Sci. 60: 195.
dubius Karny. Sarawak.
Epipsocus dubius Karny, 1925. Sarawak Mus. J. 3: 67.
fasciicornis Okamoto. Japan.

Epipsocus fasciicornis Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
8: 191; pl. 3, fig. 4.

flavipennis Roesler. Brazil.
Epipsocus flavipennis Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 9, fig. 65.
fumipennis Banks. Philippines.
Epipsocus fumipennis Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
64: 310.
hageni Banks. y Formosa.
Epipsocus hageni Banks, 1917. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 266.
hyalinus. Banks. Singapore.
Epipsocus hyalinus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 310.
icarus Banks. Santo Domingo.
Epipsocus icarus Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15: 392,
fig. 1.
inornatus Banks. Philippines.
Epipsocus inornatus Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 199; pl. 1, fig. 4.
latistigma Roesler. Brazil.

Epipsocus latistigma Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 6.

SMITHERS 33

lepicidinarius (Chapman). North America.
Bertkauia lepicidinaria Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 363;

pl. 19; figs.) Seo
Epipsocus lepicidinarius (Chapman). Mockford, 1950. Proc. Ind. Acad.

Sci. 60: 195.
longiceps Enderlein. Java.
Epipsocus longiceps Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 57.
lucifugus (Rambur). Europe.

Psocus lucifugus Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes p. 342.

Bertkauia prisca Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 208.

Lapithes pulicarius Bertkau, 1882. Arch. Naturgesch. 49: 100; pl. 1,
fig. 3a-d.

Bertkauia lucifuga (Rambur). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-
Lonechamps'3.~@)= 2ieigs: 3-53) (pl. 2, fig. 8.

Epipsocus lucifugus (Rambur). Pearman, 1935. Ent. mon. Mag. 71: 85.

molinai Williner. Bolivia.

Epipsocus molinai Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent. Cienc.

hat. hi: 10 liens:

murcus Enderlein. Malaya.
Epipsocus murcus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 257;
pl. 6, fig. 31.
nebulosus Roesler. Brazil.
Epipsocus (Bertkauia) nebulosus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 4,
figs. 49-53
nepos Enderlein. Peru.
Epipsocus nepos Enderlein, 1900. Berl. ent. Z. 45: 108, figs. 1-3.
nubilipennis Karny. Sarawak.
Epipsocus nubilipennis Karny, 1925. Sarawak Mus. J. 3: 66; pl. 3,
hows:
pechi Williner. Bolivia.

Epipsocus pechi Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent. Cienc.
nat. Ve OTe. ole

petensis Mockford. Guatamala.
Epipsocus (Epipsocus) petensis Mockford, 1959. Ent. News 68: 200,
figs. 9-11.
pictus Banks. Brazil.
Epipsocus pictus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 309;
pls figaot:

plaumanni Roesler. Brazil.
Epipsocus (Bertkauia) plaumanni Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 6,
M1285. 54. (One
prominens Banks. Philippines.
Epipsocus prominens Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 132; pl. 1, fig.
10; pl 2 anenial 72
quercus Roesler. Brazil.
Epipsocus quercus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 9, figs. 63, 64.
serenus Roesler. Brazil.
Epipsocus serenus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 7, figs. 59, 60.
tahitiensis Karny. Tahiti.
Epipsocus tahitiensis Karny, 1926. Bull. ent. Res. 16: 288, fig. 2.

Family PTILONEURIDAE
Genus Cladiopsocus Roesler

Dendroneura Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 354.
Type species: Dendroneura ramulosa Enderlein.
(Not Dendroneura Walsingham, 1891. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1891: 509).
Cladiopsocus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 238.
Type species: Dendroneura ramulosa Enderlein. (Dendroneura preocc.).
ramulosus (Enderlein). Peru.
Dendroneura ramulosa Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 355;
pl. 18, figs. 12-15.

34 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Genus Euplocania Enderlein

Euplocania Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 69.
Type species: Euplocania amabilis Enderlein.
amabilis Enderlein. Paraguay.
Euplocania amabilis Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.
1910: 69, fig. 1.
chulumanensis Williner. Bolivia.
Euplocania chulumanensis Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent.
Cienc. nat. 1: 106, fig. 5.

Genus Ptiloneura Enderlein

Ptiloneura Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 147.
Type species: Ptiloneura bidorsalis Enderlein.

Subgenera:

(Ptiloneura) Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 147.
Type species: Ptiloneura bidorsalis Enderlein. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 140.

(Loneura) Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 49.
Type species: Loneura crenata Navas. Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 140.

bidorsalis Enderlein. (Ptiloneura). Peru.
Ne eae bidorsalis Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 149; pl.
9, fig. 14.
Ptiloneura bidorsalis var. octoplumosa Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst. 14: 149.
Ptiloneura (Ptiloneura) bidorsalis Enderlein. Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.
Ztg. 105: 140.
boliviana (Williner). (Loneura). Bolivia.

Loneura boliviana Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent. Cienc.
Nat. Vs AG3, he, A:

brasiliensis (Roesler). (Loneura). Brazil.
Loneura brasiliensis Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 238, figs. 21, 22.
crenata (Navas). (Loneura). Costa Rica.

Loneura crenata Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 49, fig.
Ptiloneura (Loneura) crenata (Navas). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.
Ztg. 105: 140.
quinaria Navas. (Loneura). Bolivia.
Ptiloneura quinaria Navas, 1920. Bol. Soc. ent. Esp. 4: 92.
Loneura quinaria (Navas). Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus.
argent. Cienc. nat. 1: 105.
splendida (Mockford). (Loneura). Guatemala.
Loneura splendida Mockford, 1957. Ent. News 68: 197, figs. 1, 2, 7, 8.

Genus Ptiloneuropsis Roesler

Ptiloneuropsis Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. Berl. 7: 236.
Type species: Ptiloneuropsis immaculata Roesler.

immaculata Roesler. Brazil.
Ptiloneuropsis immaculata Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent.
Berl, 72 (236:

Genus Triplocania Roesler
Triplocania Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 239.
Type species: Triplocania magnifica Roesler.
africana Badonnel. Angola.
Triplocania africana Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
262) 114.0 fies, (228-232:

dolosa Roesler. Brazil.
Triplocania dolosa Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 242, figs. 38, 39.

lurida Roesler. Brazil.
Triplocania lurida Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 242, figs. 35-37.

magnifica Roesler. Brazil.

Triplocania magnifica Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 240, figs. 23-31.

SMITHERS 35

marginepicta Roesler. Costa Rica.
Triplocania marginepicta Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. Berl.
2 DOE
reflexa Roesler. Brazil.
Triplocania reflexa Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 129: 241, figs. 32-34.
spinosa Mockford. Guatemala.

Triplocania spinosa Mockford, 1957. Ent. News 68: 199, figs. 3, 5, 12.

Family CALLISTOPTERIDAE
Genus Callistoptera Enderlein

Callistoptera Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 240.
Type species: Callistoptera anna Enderlein.

anna Enderlein. New Guinea.
Callistoptera anna Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 248;
pl V, fig: 23:

Group CAECILIETAE
Family CALOPSOCIDAE
Genus Calopsocus. Hagen

Calopsocus Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16: 203.
Type species: Psocus infelix Hagen.

Subgenera:

(Calopsocus) Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16: 203.
Type species: Psocus infelix Hagen. Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944.
wien. ent. Zig 1053 154:

(Mindaus) Navas, 1927. Mem. Acad. Nuovi Lincei (2) 10: 25.
Type species: Mindaus irretitus Navas. Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 154.

infelix (Hagen). (Calopsocus). Ceylon, New Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago,

Sarawak, Malaya, Java.

Psocus infelix Hagen, 1858. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien. 8: 475.
Calopsocus infelix (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien

16: 206.
Calopsocus (Calopsocus) infelix (Hagen). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.
Ztg. 105: 154.
iridescens Banks. (Calopsocus). Borneo, Sarawak.
Calopsocus iridescens Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
64: 314.
irretitus (Navas). (Mindaus). Philippines.
Mindaus irretitus Navas, 1927. Mem. Accad. Nuovi Lincei (2) 10: 25,
s Toa sy
Calopsocus (Mindaus) irretitus (Navas). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.
Ztg. 105: 154.
rizali Banks. (Calopsocus). Philippines.

Calopsocus rizali Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 198; pl. 1, figs. 1, 2.

Genus Dirla Navas

Dirla Navas, 1924. Broteria ser. zool. 21: 138.
Type species: Dirla javana Navas.

jJavana Navas. Java.
Dirla javana Navas, 1924. Broteria ser. zool. 21: 138, fig. 7.

Genus Neurosema McLachlan

Neurosema McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 346.
Type species: Neurosema apicalis McLachlan.

apicalis McLachlan. New Guinea, Salwatty Island.
Neurosema apicalis McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 347.

36 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Family CAECILIIDAE
Subfamily DYPSOCINAE
Genus Coryphosmila Enderlein

Coryphosmila Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 106.
Type species: Dypsocus dolobrata (Hagen).
Subgenera:
(Coryphosmila) Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 106.
Type species: Dypsocus dolobrata (Hagen). Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 155. —
(Mepachycera) Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 106.
Type species: Dypsocus parvulus Banks. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 155.
(Coryphocopis) Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 55.
Type species: Coryphocopis jacobsoni Enderlein. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 155.
dolobrata (Hagen). (Coryphosmila). Ceylon, Formosa.
Psocus dolobratus Hagen, 1858. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 8: 475.
Dypsocus dolobratus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 207.
Coryphosmila dolobrata (Hagen). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 106.
Caecilius dolobratus (Hagen). Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 263.
Coryphosmila (Coryphosmila) dolobrata (Hagen). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent Zig) LOS 1355
jacobsoni (Enderlein). (Coryphocopis). Java.
Coryphocopis jacobsoni Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 55.
Coryphosmila (Coryphocopis) jacobsoni (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944.
SLCtiin. Ene Zies NOS 15S:
parvula (Banks). (Mepachycera). Singapore.
Dypsocus parvulus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 313.
Mepachycera parvula (Banks). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 106.
Coryphosmila (Mepachycera) parvula (Banks). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent Zie. W052 155:

Genus Dypsocus Hagen

Dypsocus Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16: 207.
Type species: Psocus coleoptratus Hagen.

Protodypsocus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung 1: 251.
Type species: Protodypsocus fissiceps Enderlein.

Coryphaca Enderlein, 1910. Zool. Anz. 36: 164.
Type species: Coryphaca inka Enderlein.

apicatus Banks. Philippines.
Dypsocus apicatus Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 203; pl. 2, figs. 14, 15.
coleoptratus (Hagen). Ceylon, Japan, Java.

Psocus coleoptratus Hagen, 1858. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 8: 474.
Dypsocus coleoptratus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 207.
corporaali Navas. Sumatra.
Dypsocus corporaali Navas, 1924. Broteria ser. Zool. 21: 139, fig. 8.
fissiceps (Enderlein). New Guinea.

Protodypsocus fissiceps Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
feo Sicepie Sesion o6.

inka (Enderlein). Peru, Brazil.
Coryphaca inka Enderlein, 1910. Zool. Anz. 36: 164.
machadoi Badonnel. Angola.

Dypsocus machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 159, figs. 344-347.

misionarius Williner. nied Argentine.
Dypsocus misionarius Williner, 1943. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 12: 118.
tappanensis Okamoto. Formosa.

Dypsocus tappanensis Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
$2 186;"pl.. 3, fig. V1.

SMITHERS 37

Genus Isophanes Banks
Isophanes Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 256.
Type species: Isophanes decipiens Banks.
angolensis Badonnel. Angola.
Isophanes angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 161, figs. 348-352.

capeneri Smithers. South Africa.
Isophanes capeneri Smithers, 1956. J. ent. Soc. S. Afr. 19: 29, figs. 1-4.
decipiens Banks. Formosa.
Isophanes decipiens Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 256; pl. 3, fig. 30.
palliatus (Hagen). Ceylon.

Psocus palliatus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 203.

Copostigma palliatum (Hagen). Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hung. 1: 230.

Clematostigma palliatum (Hagen). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 103.

Isophanes palliatus (Hagen). Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. SGRMG22 7256:

Subfamily CAECILIINAE
Genus Caecilioidus Badonnel

Caecilioidus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 140.
_ Type species: Caecilius oxystigma Badonnel.
oxystigma (Badonnel). Ivory Coast, Angola.
Caecilius oxystigma Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 40, figs. 50-52.

Genus Caecilius Curtis

Caecilius Curtis, 1837. British Entomology 14: 648.
Type species: Psocus flavidus Stephens.

abjectus Costa. Sardinia.
Caecilius abjectus Costa, 1885. Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. 17: 243.

ademimensis Badonnel. Morocco.
Caecilius ademimensis Badonnel, 1945. Rev. franc. Ent. 12: 38, figs.

15-17.

africanus Ribaga. South Africa.
Caecilius africanus Ribaga, 1911. Redia 7: 169, fig. 11.

albiceps Pearman. Uganda, Congo, Angola.
Caecilius albiceps Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 129, fig. 8

albomarginatus Enderlein. Brazil.
Caecilius albomarginatus Enderlein, 1910. Zool. Anz. 36: 166.

alcinus Banks. Santo Domingo.
Caecilius alcinus Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15: 390,

fie: 2

amaenus Navas. India.
Caecilius amaenus Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 44.

ambiguus Pearman. Kenya.
Caecilius ambiguus Pearman, 1932. Stylops 1: 93, fig. 4.

amicus Kolbe. Madagascar.
Caecilius amicus Kolbe, 1885. Berl. ent. Z. 29: 191.

analis Banks. Hawaii, Marquesas Is.

Caecilius analis Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 7: 437; pl. 7,
Hea Pleo. he 2° pl. 9. fie. 3.
andromimus Badonnel. Angola.
Caecilius andromimus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 133, figs. 276-280.
angustipennis Badonnel. Congo.
Caecilius angustipennis Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. sci. nat. Belg.
25: 32, figs. 40-43.
angustus Enderlein. New Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago.
Caecilius angustus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 273;
pls; 7) fies 41:

38 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

annulicornis Enderlein. New Guinea.
Caecilius annulicornis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 270.
(Not Caecilius annulicornis Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
Sy 204) pl. 4s fis.” 4).
anomalus Badonnel. Congo.
Caecilius anomalus Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc nat. Albert Mission
G.F. de Witte (1933-35). 95: 7, figs. 5-11.
antennalis Badonnel. Congo.
Caecilius antennalis Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 286,
figs. 27, 36-38.

antillanus Banks. Cuba.
Caecilius antillanus Banks, 1958. Rev. Ent. Rio de J. 9: 288.
apicipunctatus Tillyard. New Zealand.
Caecilius apicipunctatus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 189; fig. 14;
plhVi8i fis. 9
aridus (Hagen). Philippines, Ceylon, Formosa.

Psocus aridus Hagen, 1858. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 8: 474.
Caecilius aridus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien

16: 205
arotellus Banks. Guam.
Cones arotellus Banks, 1942. Bull. Bishop Mus. Honolulu 172: 26,
OSe lacie:
atricornis McLachlan. Europe.
Caecilius atricornis McLachlan, 1869. Ent. mon. Mag. 5: 196.
aurantiacus (Hagen). North America.

Psocus aurantiacus Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 14.
Caecilius aurantiacus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 205.
australis Enderlein. Australia.
Caecilius australis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 275;
pl. 7, fig. 39.
badiostigma Okamoto. Japan.
sine badiostigma Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 8: 206;
pl. 4, fig. 6.
bamboutensis Badonnel. Cameroons.
Caecilius bamboutensis Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 37: 144,
figs. 14, 20.
bambusae Soehardjan and Hamann. Sumatra.
Caecilius bambusae Soehardjan and Hamann, 1959. Idea 2: 6; pl. 2,
figs. 23, 24.
basidentatus Enderlein. East Africa.

Caecilius basidentatus Enderlein, 1907. = BOE Zool. Exp. Kilimandjaro
157/34; pls, tie. 10:

bataviensis Enderlein. Java.
Caecilius bataviensis Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 60.
bilineatus Williner. Bolivia.

Caecilius bilineatus Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent. Cienc.
nat. 1: 115, fig. 10.

boggianii Ribaga. Bolivia.
Caecilius boggianii Ribaga, 1908. Redia 5: 106; pl. 6, fig. 10.

borneensis Karny. Sarawak.
Caecilius borneensis Karny, 1925. Sarawak Mus. J. 3: 69; pl. 3, fig. 5.

brevihirtus Banks. Jamaica.
Caecilius brevihirtus Banks, 1938. Rev. Ent. Rio de J. 9: 287.

brunellus Tillyard. New Zealand, Tasmania.
Caecilius brunellus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 190, fig. 15;

pl. 18, fig. 10.
brunneofilavus Badonnel. Madagascar.

Caecilius brunneoflavus Badonenl, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S.
18: 107; pl: 3, fig. 5

SMITHERS a7

brunneonitens Pearman. Kenya, Congo, Angola.
Caecilius brunneonitens Pearman, 1932. Stylops 1: 96, fig. 8.
Caecilius enigmaticus Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 146,
fisst/ 13, 283A. .B:
Caecilius brunneonitens subsp. orophilus Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc
nat. Albert, Mission G.F. de Witte (1933-1935) 95: 5.
burmeisteri Brauer. Europe.
Psocus pedicularius Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch der Entomologie 2: 776.
gh aR A st (Stephens). McLachlan, 1867. Ent. mon. Mag.

3S ;

(Not Caecilius obsoletus (Stephens). McLachlan, 1883. Ent. mon. Mag.
1921 83)2

Caecilius burmeisteri Brauer, 1876. Festschr. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
Dp. (295.

Caecilius (Caecilius) burmeisteri var. helveticus Kolbe, 1880. Jber.
westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 121.

?Caecilius abjectus Costa, 1885. Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. 17: 243.

Caecilius rufus Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 372, 381.

Caecilius minutus Reuter, 1894. Acta Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 9: 15;
Plat, tie. 2:

Caecilius burmeisteri ab. lipsiensis Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst, 1425415 pls 353 hig

cabrerai Navas. Canary Island.
Caecilius cabrerai Navas, 1920. Bol. Soc. ent. Esp. 4: 39.
caligonus Banks. Santo Domingo.
Caecilius caligonus Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15: 390,
hiss 5:
caloclypeus Mockford and Gurney. Texas.

Caecilius caloclypeus Mockford and Gurney, 1956. J. Wash. Acad. Sci.
46: 361, figs. 33-38.

canei Williner. Argentine.
Caecilius canei Williner, 1944. Act. zool. lilloana 2: 294, fig. 1.
capella Navas. (from amber).
Caecilius capella Navas, 1914. As. Esp. Progr. Cienc. Congr. de Madrid
52 41.
casarum Badonnel. Mozambique.
Caecilius casarum Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14: 234,
nes .-6, 07:
castellus Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius castellus Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 202; pl. 2, fig. 11.
ceylonicus Enderlein. India, Ceylon.

Caecilius ceylonicus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 277;
pl 14. fis. 78:

cincticornis Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius cincticornis Badonnel, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
64: 311.
claggi Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius claggi Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 130; pl. 1, fig. 4.
collarti Badonnel. Congo.

Caecilius collarti Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 151, figs.
27: 30, 34, 35, 39, 40.
confluens (Walsh). North America.
Psocus confluens Walsh, 1863. Proc. ent. Soc. Philad. 2: 185.
Caecilius confluens (Walsh). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
205

16: ,
Caecilius umbrosus Banks, 1915. Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad. 66: 612.
confusus Banks. Formosa.
Caecilius confusus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 263; pl. 3, fig. 28.
congolensis Badonnel. Congo, Natal, South Africa.

Caecilius congolensis Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 149,
hes. iS eine 22: 23, 30A. 31B; 36) 372

40 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

conspicuus Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius conspicuus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 129; pl. 2,

fig.
cornutus Navas. Spain.

Caecilius cornutus Navas, 1915. Bol. Soc. aragon. Cienc. nat. 14: 44.
?Caecilius gynapterus 3; cf. Badonnel, 1943. Faune Fr. 42: 151,

corsicus Kolbe. Corsica.
Caecilius corsicus Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 209.
crassicornis Enderlein. Seychelles.

Caecilius crassicornis Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool).
(2). 19: 215; plata. figs: .584. 59:
cribrarius (Hagen). Ceylon.
Psocus cribrarius Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 202.
Caecilius cribrarius (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 205.
croesus Chapman. North America.
Caecilius croesus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 326; pl. 21,
ng. 7.
dahli Badonnel. Azores.
Caecilius (?) dahli Badonnel, 1963. Bol. Mus. Funchal 17: 68, figs. 1-6.
dardanus Banks. Santo Domingo.

Caecilius dardanus Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15: 389,

fie2 6,
debilis (Hagen). East Prussia (in amber).
Psocus debilis Hagen, 1856. Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen
iReste sp. 60: pl: 5; fies. Ll; ib:
Epipsocus debilis (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. Zool. -bot. Ges. Wien

16: 207.
Caecilius debilis (Hagen). Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 284;
pl. I, fig. 4.
deceptor Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius deceptor Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 311.
delamarei Badonnel. Ivory Coast.
Caecilius delamarei Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 39, figs.
48, 49.
descolei Williner. Argentine.
Caecilius descolei Williner, 1944. Acta Zool. lilloana 2: 296, fig. 2.
despaxi Badonnel. Europe.
(Not Psocus obsoletus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology

62.5123).

(Not Caecilius obsoletus (Stephens). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer.
Wiss. Kunst 8: 122).

! Caecilius obsoletus (Stephens). Enderlein, 1906. Ber. westpreuss. bot.
-zool. Ver. 28: 80.

! Caecilius obsoletus (Stephens). Badonnel, 1931. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr.
56: 104 (part).

!Caecilius obsoletus (Stephens). Holzapfel, 1936. Rev. suisse Zool.
43: 344.

Caecilius despaxi Badonnel, 1936. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 41: 25.

dubius Badonnel. Congo.

Caecilius dubius Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 154,

figs. 18, 19, 26, 38, 42.

duies Navas. Costa Rica.
Caecilius duies Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 47.
dundoensis Badonnel. Angola.

Caecilius dundoensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 128, figs. 262-265.

elongatus Smithers. Madagascar.
Caecilius elongatus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 224, figs.

21-24.
falciferrens Williner. Bolivia.

Caecilius falciferrens Williner, 1949. Rev. Invest. Mus. argent Cienc.
nal. T1138) fig 7S

SMITHERS 41

fallax Badonnel. Con
Caecilius fallax Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 283, figs. 57,

39-42.
fasciatus Enderlein. Brazil.
Caecilius fasciatus Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 24: 82;
pl. 6, fig. 2.
fastuosus Navas. Spain.

Caecilius fastuosus Navas, 1915. Mem. R. Acad. Barcelona 11: 479,
fig. 10. (Species merits re-examination; cf. Badonnel, 1943.
Faune Fr. 42: 151).
ferrugineus Badonnel. Morocco.
ecu. ferrugineus Badonnel, 1945. Rev. franc. Ent. 12: 36, figs.
9-1

(Not Caecilius ferrugineus Soehardjan and Hamann, 1959. Idea 12: 7;
pl. 2, figs. 25, 26).

flavatus Navas. India.
Caecilius flavatus Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 41.
flavicosta Banks. Queensland.
Caecilius flavicosta Banks, 1939. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 85:

439, fig. 21.
flavidorsalis Okamoto. Japan, Formosa.

Caecilius flavidorsalis Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
82208; pl: 5; fies, 3:

filavidus (Stephens). Europe, Canary Islands.
Psocus flavidus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
62122.

Psocus ochropterus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
: 2

Psocus flavicans Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology

Geesl2 se
Psocus subpunctatus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6: 126

Caecilius strigosus Curtis, 1837. British Entomology p. 648.

Psocus boreellus Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica p. 1053.
Psocus striatus Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica p. 1053.
Caecilius flavidus (Stephens). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 205.
flavipennis Costa. Sardinia.
Caecilius flavipennis Costa, 1885. Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. 17: 243.
flavistigma Tillyard. New Zealand.
Caecilius flavistigma Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 189, fig. 13;
pl. 18, fig. 8.
fortunatus Enderlein. Canary Islands.
Caecilius fortunatus Enderlein, 1929. Zool. Anz. 84: 233, fig. 2.
fraternus Banks. Formosa.
Caecilius fraternus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 262.
furculatus Navas. India.
Caecilius furculatus Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 39.
fuscopterus (Latreille). Europe, Tonkin.
Psocus fuscopterus Latreille, 1799. Illustr. Icon. Insect. 1: 10; pl. 2,
fig. 2

Psocus vittatus Dalman, 1823. Analecta Entomologica p. 58.

Caecilius fenestratus Curtis, 1837. British Entomology p. 648, fig.

Caecilius fuscopterus (Latreille). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 205.

Caecilius vittatus (Dalman). Rostock, 1878. Jber. Ver. Naturk. Zwickau
1877-1878: 57.

Caecilius (Caecilius) fuscopterus var. affinis Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf.
ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 123.

Caecilius fuscopterus var. tonkinensis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat.
Mus. hung. 1: 269.

42 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

gelaberti Navas. (in amber).
Caecilius gelaberti Navas, 1914. As. Esp. Progr. Cienc. Congr. de

Madrid 5: 40.
ghesquierei Badonnel. Congo.

Caecilius ghesquierei Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 152,
figs. 29A, 29B, 41.

gilvus Pearman. Kenya.
Caecilius gilvus Pearman, 1932. Stylops 1: 94, fig. 7.
globiclypeus Enderlein. Australia.
Caecilius globiclypeus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
a AY
glossopterus Badonnel. Mozambique.
Caecilius glossopterus Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14:
230;) figsii2; 93.
gonostigma Enderlein. Japan, Formosa.
Caecilius gonostigma Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 253;
ple 11, ihe, 12:
gracilis Okamoto. Japan.
Caecilius ne Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 8: 211;
Pls fe:
gridelli Navas. Canary Islands.
Caecilius gridelli Navas, 1927. Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. 59: 150, fig. 1a,
1b, Ic.
guttulatus Banks. Philippines.

Caecilius guttulatus Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 202; pl. 2, fig. 12.
?Aaroniella guttulatus (Banks). Thornton, 1959. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. 111: 344.

gynapterus Tetens. Europe.
Caecilius gynapterus Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 372, 380.
hemipsocoides Badonnel. Madagascar.

Caecilius hemipsocoides Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S.
18: 110; pl. 3, figs. 9, 10.
himalayanus Enderlein. Darjeeling.
Caecilius himalayanus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
268s ply Janes 79)
imbecillus (McLachlan). Mauritius, Seychelles.
Psocus imbecillus McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5:351.
Caecilius imbecillus (McLachlan). McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc.
Lond) (3) 52) 352.

inaequalis Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius inaequalis Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 202; pl. 2,
he 13:
indicus Navas. India.
Caecilius indicus Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 42.
inguinatus Enderlein. East Africa.
Caecilius inquinatus Enderlein, 1902. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 2: 9.
interruptus Enderlein. Comoro Is., Seychelles.
Caecilius interruptus Enderlein, 1908. Reise in Ostafrika 2: 250; pl. 11,
fig. 6.
jamaicensis' Banks. Jamaica.
Caecilius jamaicensis Banks, 1938. Rev. Ent. Rio de J. 9: 288.
japanus Enderlein. Japan, Formosa.
Caecilius japanus Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 254; pl.
10s tres; 9:
javanus Enderlein. Java.
Caecilius javanus Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 116.
iamakurensis Okamoto. Japan.

Caecilius kamakurensis Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
S202 1034s 5, fig. 5.
kamatambanus Badonnel. Congo.
Caecilius kamatambanus Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc nat. Albert,
Mission G.F. de Witte (1933-35) 95: 6, figs. 1-4.

SMITHERS 43

kansuensis Enderlein. South China.
Caecilius kansuensis Enderlein, 1936. Ark. Zool. 27 (A): 2, figs. 1, 2.
kivuensis Badonnel. Congo.

Caecilius kivuensis Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc nat. Albert Mission
G.F. de Witte (1933-35) 95: 12, figs. 18-21.

klebsi Enderlein. East Prussia (in amber).
Caecilius klebsi Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 320, figs. 37,
40.
kolbei Tetens. Europe.
Caecilius kolbei Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 372, 382.
! Caecilius piceus var. brevipennis Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
1822 393:
kraepelini Navas. Costa Rica.
Caecilius kraepelini Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 48.
labratus Navas. India.
Caecilius labratus Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 40.
lateralis Badonnel. Angola, Congo.

Caecilius lateralis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 124, figs. 248, 249.

latistigma Navas. Argentine.
Caecilius latistigma Navas, 1922. Estudios 22: 366.

lemniscellus Enderlein. Java.
Caecilius lemniscellus Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 118.

linguipennis Badonnel. Cameroons.
Caecilius linguipennis Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 37: 142,

fies. 135130) ,33:
longistylus Badonnel. Madagascar.

Caecilius longistylus Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S. 18:
109:> pls "3, figs. -7, 8.

longulus Navas. Argentine.
Caecilius longulus Navas, 1933. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 104.
luachimensis Badonnel. Angola.

Caecilius luachimensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 139, figs. 299-302.

lucidus Pearman. Kenya.
Caecilius lucidus Pearman, 1932. Stylops 1: 94, fig. 6.
lundensis Badonnel. Angola.

Caecilius lundensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 136, figs. 286-288.

luridus Enderlein. New Guinea.
Caecilius luridus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 274.
luteovenosus Okamoto. Japan.

Caecilius luteovenosus Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
$21 2102 plins,. ne. 4.
machadoi Badonnel. Angola.
Caecilius machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 1252, fies. 250-257.

macrops Enderlein. Singapore, Java.
Caecilius macrops Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 273;

plo tenis 42.
macrostigma Enderlein. Ceylon, Australia.

Caecilius macrostigma Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
Pe 222 pla Ts. Aig. 3 72
Caecilius macrostigma ab. pedunculatus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist.
-nat. Mus. hung. 1: 273.
maculistigma Enderlein. Ceylon, Java.
Caecilius maculistigma Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
fh: 22652) 9126, fig..-\33.
manteri Sommerman. Connecticut.
Caecilius manteri Sommerman, 1943. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 45: 29,
figs. 1-15.

at THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

marcidus Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius marcidus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 129.
marginalis Badonnel. Angola.

Caecilius marginalis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 134, figs. 281-285.
marmoratus (Hagen). Madeira.
Psocus marmoratus Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 9.
Caecilius marmoratus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 205.
melanocnemis Enderlein. Java.
Caecilius melanocnemis Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 119.
mexicanus Enderlein. Mexico.
Caecilius mexicanus Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici 3: 333.
mjobergi Karny. Sarawak.
Caecilius mjobergi Karny, 1925. Sarawak Mus. J. 3: 70; pl. 3, fig. 5.
mokotensis Badonnel. Congo.

Caecilius mokotensis Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg. 25: 33,
figs. 44, 45, 48.

morosus Banks. Queensland.
Caecilius morosus Banks, 1939. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 85: 439.
muggenbergi Enderlein. Philippines, Formosa, Singapore, Java.

Caecilius muggenbergi Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1 2692 (ple, fe.) 34.
Caecilius muggenbergi var. attavisticus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist.
-nat. Mus. hung. 1:
nigricornis Okamoto. Japan.
Caecilius nigricornis Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
Se 208s ply Se te...

nigroticta Williner. Brazil.
Caecilius nigroticta Williner, 1946. Act. zool. lilloana 3: 233, 1 fig.
nigrotuberculatus Curran. Canada (in food from Argentine).
Caecilius nigrotuberculatus Curran, 1925. Canad. Ent. 57: 292, fig. 1.
nitoris Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius nitoris Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 130; pl. 1, fig. 2.
novoguineensis Enderlein. New Guinea, Fiji, Samoa.

Caecilius novoguineensis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
ee 276s uplt gd, tiGe 743:

obscurus Pearman. Kenya.
Caecilius obscurus Pearman, 1932. Stylops 1: 93, fig. S.

occulatus Kolbe. Italy.
Caecilius occulatus Kolbe, 1884. Berl. ent. Z. 28: 381.

oculatus Navas. India.
Caecilius oculatus Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 43.

okamotoi Banks. Formosa.

Caecilius annulicornis Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
S204. pl. 4. fie. 4.

Caecilius okamotoi Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 262. (Caecilius
annulicornis preocc.).

olitorius Banks. Puerto Rico.
Caecilius olitorius Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15:

389, fig. 15.
ornatipennis (Blanchard). Chile.

Psocus ornatipennis Blanchard, 1851. In Gay, C. Historia fisica y
politica de Chile 6: 95.

Caecilius ornatipennis (Blanchard). Enderlein, 1923. Zool. Anz. 5S:
245

otiosus Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius otiosus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 632 131; ple 45 %ee 7:
oxycopeus Ribaga. South Africa.
Caecilius africanus var. oxycopeus Ribaga, 1911. Redia 7: 171, fig. 12.
oyamai Enderlein. Japan.

Caecilius oyamai Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 252; pl. 10,
fie) 18:

SMITHERS 45

pallicornis Badonnel. Angola.
Caecilius pallicornis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 129, figs. 266, 267.

pallidus Pearman. Kenya.
Caecilius pallidus Pearman, 1932. Stylops 1: 92, fig. 2.
palmarum Mockford and Gurney. Texas.

Caecilius palmarum Mockford and Gurney, 1956. J. Wash. Acad. Sci.
46: 361, figs. 27-32.

paraguayensis Enderlein. Paraguay.
Caecilius paraguayensis Enderlein, 1910. Zool.. Anz. 36: 166.

parviareola Enderlein. Java.
Caecilius parviareola Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 59.

pectinatus Badonnel. Angola.

Caecilius pectinatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: +1355) mes. 5289-293.
perplexus Chapman. North America.
Caecilius perplexus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 326; pl. 21,
6

g. 6.
- petchkovskya Badonnel. Angola.
Caecilius petchkovskya Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 132, figs. 271-275.
piceus Kolbe. Europe.
Caecilius piceus Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 210.
Caecilius piceus var. megastylus Reuter, 1894. Act. Soc. Fauna Flor.
fenn. 9: 45.
(Not Caecilius piceus var. brevipennis Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst. L825 .573)).
Caecilius piceus ab. pedunculata Priesner, 1926. Jber. oberost. Musealver

Sie 372.
pictipennis McLachlan. Ceylon.
Caecilius pictipennis McLachlan, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 76.
pinicola Banks. North America.
Caecilius pinicola Banks, 1903. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 11: 238.
plagogus Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius plagogus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 131.
podacromelas Enderlein. Formosa.
Caecilius podacromelas Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 768.
podacrophaeus Enderlein. Mexico.
Caecilius podacrophaeus Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab. zool. Portici
: 334.
posticus Banks. North America.
Caecilius posticus Banks, 1915. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 66: 612;
pie 28) fie. 1S.
proavus (Hagen). East Prussia (in amber).

Psocus proavus Hagen, 1856. Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen

Reste p: 59; pi. 8,, fis. 7-
Caecilius proavus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien

16: 206.
prometheus Enderlein. East Prussia (in amber).
Caecilius prometheus Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 318, figs.
35, 41, fig. E.
protritus Enderlein. Seychelles.
Caecilius protritus Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 19: 214.
psicensis Badonnel. Mozambique, Angola, Congo.
Caecilius psicensis Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14: 233,
figs. 4, 5
pubes Enderlein. Surinam.
Caecilius pubes Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 356; pl. 17,
fig. 11.
pygmaeus Enderlein. New Guinea.

Caecilius pygmaeus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1: (276sepl. 7; fig. 40.

46 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

quercus Edwards. Tasmania.
Caecilius quercus Edwards, 1950. Pap. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1949: 131,

figs. 111-117.
quillayute Chapman. Washington.

Caecilius quillayute Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 330; pl. 16,
HE Wasrupl 2s tie, 22h.

reductus Banks. Philippines.
Caecilius reductus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 310;
Dich, aie. 6.
rhenanus Tetens. Europe.
Caecilius rhenanus Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 372, 381.
rodriquezi Williner. Argentine.
Caecilius rodriquezi Williner, 1944. Acta zool. lilloana 2: 298, fig. 3.
rosor Navas. Costa Rica.
Caecilius rosor Navas, 1930. Rev. chil. Hist. nat. 34: 306.
rutshuruanus Badonnel. Congo.
Caecilius rutshuruansis Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 285,
figs. 28, 43-45.
sanchezlabratori Williner. Bolivia.

Caecilius sanchezlabratori Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus.
argent. Cienc. nat. 1: 117, fig: 11.

scriptus Enderlein. Japan.
Caecilius scriptus Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 312.
senepipedus Enderlein. East Prussia (in amber).
Caecilius senepipedus Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 316,
figs. 46, 49.
seychellensis Enderlein. Seychelles.

Caecilius seychellensis Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2): 192215, plo 14) fie. 60:

seyrigi Badonnel. Madagascar.
Caecilius seyrigi Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S. 18: 106;
pl. 3, figs. 2-4.
signatipennis Enderlein. Kenya, Congo, Madagascar.
Caecilius signatipennis Enderlein, 1907. Schwed. Zool. Exp. Kilimandjaro
PON Gilley) yeas is
similaris Banks. Formosa.
Caecilius similarus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 263; pl. 3, fig. 23.
similis Badonnel. Congo.

Caecilius similis Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg. 25: 35,
figs. 46, 47, 49-51.

simplex Navas. Costa Rica.
Caecilius simplex Navas, 1930. Rev. chil. Hist. nat. 34: 305.
sinuofasciatus Badonnel. Madagascar.

Caecilius sinuofasciatus Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S.
18: 108; pl. 3, fig. 6
soehardjani Smithers. Bogor.
Caecilius ferrugineus Soehardjan and Hamann, 1959. Idea 12: 7;
Dl 2 fies 255" 26:
(Not Caecilius ferrugineus Badonnel, 1945. Rev. franc. Ent. 12: 36,
figs. 9-14).
Caecilius soehardjani Smithers, 1965. Aust. Zool. 13: 136. (Caecilius
ferrugineus preocc.).
soleili Badonnel. Congo.
Caecilius soleili Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 148, figs. 14,
DON 24. 43ae
sommermanae Mockford. North America.
Caecilius aurantiacus (Hagen). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38:
320; iiple 06.) fies, 23) ply 2 fie, Mean (part. ).
(Not Caecilius aurantiacus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot.
Ges.’ Wien 16: 205).
Caecilius sommermanae Mockford, 1955. Amer. Mid. Nat. 53: 438:
pl. 2, figs. 1-4.

SMITHERS 47

spissicornis Badonnel. Cameroons.
Caecilius spissicornis Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 37: 145,
fies: 175 (246730
stigmaticus Okamoto. Japan, Formosa.
Caecilius stigmaticus Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
8: 2072 ipl. Sees

subflavus Aaron. Texas.
Caecilius subflavus Aaron, 1886. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 38: 13.

sucinicaptus Enderlein. East Prussia (in amber).
Caecilius sucinicaptus Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 320,

figs. 38, 44.

suffusus Navas. Argentine.
Caecilius suffusus Navas, 1931. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 3: 320.

suturalis Badonnel. Angola.

Caecilius suturalis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 138, figs. 294-298.

tenuicornis Karny. Sarawak.
Caecilius tenuicornis Karny, 1925. Sarawak Mus. J. 3: 68; pl. 3,
fic. 74.
thiemi Enderlein. Columbia.
Caecilius thiemi Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 356; pl. 17,
fig. 10.
transversalis Badonnel. Congo.
Caecilius transversalis Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 281,
figs. 26, 31-35.
trigonostigma Enderlein. Java.
Caecilius trigonostigma Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 117.
umbratus Navas. Chile.
Caecilius umbratus Navas, 1922. Estudios 22: 366.
umbripennis Navas. Argentine.
Caecilius umbripennis Navas, 1932. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16:
165.
unicolor Enderlein. Singapore, Java.
Caecilius unicolor Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 271;
PLA, Ae nase

Caecilius unicolor ab. transversalis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat.
Mus. hung. 1: 272
varians Badonnel. Angola.
Caecilius varians Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 131, figs. 268-270.

vau Enderlein. Seychelles.
Caecilius vau Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.) (2)

19s 213%
vilhenai Badonnel. Angola.

Caecilius vilhenai Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 127, figs. 258-261.
villiersi Badonnel. Cameroons.
Caecilius villiersi Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Uool. Bot. afr. 37: 143, figs.
tS, 16, 5295732:

vittidorsum Enderlein. Java.
Caecilius vittidorsum Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 119.
voov Enderlein. Seychelles.

Caecilius voov Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.) (2)
POE 22 <) ple 14 fis.) ar.
wittei Badonnel. Congo.
Caecilius wittei Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc nat. Albert Mission G.F.
de Witte (1933-1935) 95: 9, figs. 12, 13.

wolfhugelianus Enderlein. Argentine.
Caecilius wolfhugelianus Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 313.
zelandicus Tillyard. New Zealand.

Caecilius zelandicus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 188, fig. 12;
pl ASs fies 7.

48 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Genus Dasydemella Enderlein

Dasydemella Enderlein, 1909. Bol. Lab. zool. Portici 3: 329.
Type species: Dasydemella silvestrii Enderlein.

gynopeza_ Roesler. Brazil.
Dasydemella gynopeza Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 19, figs. 91, 92.
Dasydemella gynopeza ab. defasciata Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 19.

setosa Roesler. Brazil.
Dasydemella setosa Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 18.
silvestrii Enderlein. Mexico, Brazil.

Dasydemella silvestrii Enderlein, 1909. Bol. Lab. zool. Portici 3: 332.

Genus Enderleinella Badonnel

Enderleinella Badonnel, 1932. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 37: 77.
Type species: Caecilius perlatus Kolbe.

obsoleta (Stephens). Europe.
Psocus obsoletus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6: 123:

Caecilius (Caecilius) obsoletus (Stephens). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf.
ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: I,

Caecilius (Caecilius) obsoletus var. perlatus Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf.
ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 122.

Caecilius perlatus Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 210.

Enderleinella perlata (Kolbe). Badonnel, 1932. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr.
37: 77, figs. 1-4.

(Not Caecilius obsoletus (Stephens). Holzapfel, 1936. Rev. suisse Zool.
43: 344).

Enderleinella obsoleta (Stephens). Badonnel, 1943. Faune de Fr. 42:
125. figs), 300; 324.525. 3295330:

Genus Eocaecilius Badonnel

Eocaecilius Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc nat. Albert, Mission G.F. de Witte
(1933-1935) 95: 13.
Type species: Eocaecilius wittei Badonnel.
wittei Badonnel. Congo.
Eocaecilius wittei Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc nat. Albert, Mission G.F.
de Witte (1933-1935) 95: 13, figs. 22-25.

Genus Fulleborniella Enderlein

Fulleborniella Enderlein, 1902. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 2: 10.
Type species: Fulleborniella nyassica Enderlein.
anomala Badonnel. Congo.
Fulleborniella anomala Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg.
25: 39, figs. 55-58.

capensis Enderlein. South Africa.
Fulleborniella capensis Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 106.
comorensis Enderlein. Comoros, Seychelles.
Fulleborniella comorensis Enderlein, 1908. Reise in Ostafrika 2: 249;
pl. 11, fig. 4.
distincta Badonnel. Angola.

Fulleborniella distincta Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 152, figs. 323-326.
dubia Badonnel. Angola.
Fulleborniella dubia Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 149, figs. 321, 322.

fulva Badonnel. Cameroons, Congo.
Fulleborniella fulva Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 37: 148,
figs. 23-28.

Fulleborniella fulva var. congolensis Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot.
afr. 40: 289, figs. 47-49A, 50A.
fusca Badonnel. Angola.
Fulleborniella fusca Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 155, figs. 338-339.

SMITHERS 49

intermedia Badonnel. Congo, Ivory Coast, Angola, Uganda.
Fulleborniella intermedia Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 160,
fig. 52

Fulleborniella intermedia Badonnel. Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci.
not. Bele. 25° 38.aCoy not 2) )%:

maculistigma Enderlein. Java.
Fulleborniella maculistigma Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 56.
nigricornis Badonnel. Angola.

Fulleborniella nigricornis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 153, figs. 335-337, 340.

nimbensis Badonnel. French Guinea, Angola.
Fulleborniella nimbensis Badonnel, 1948. Rev. franc. Ent. 15: 83, fig. 6.
nyassica Enderlein. East Africa, Angola.
Fulleborniella nyassica Enderlein, 1902. Mitt. Mus. zool. Berl. 2: 11,

nes 4s
parva Badonnel. Congo, French Guinea, Angola.
Fulleborniella parva Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 159,

heer

Fulleborniella intermedia Badonnel. Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci.

nat. Belg. 25: 38, figs. 52-54. (2 not ¢).
parviramosa Enderlein. Australia.
Fulleborniella parviramosa Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.

serpentina Enderlein. Java.
Fulleborniella serpentina Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 55.
singaporensis Enderlein. Singapore.

Fulleborniella singaporensis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -mat. Mus.
hung. 1: 28; pl. VIII, fig. 36.
tuberculata Badonnel. Angola.
Fulleborniella tuberculata Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 153, figs. 329-334.

Genus Lacroixiella Badonnel

~ Lacroixiella Badonnel, 1943. Faune de Fr. 42: 126.

Type species: Caecilius martini Lacroix.
martini (Lacroix). France.
Caecilius martini Lacroix, 1919. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1919: 80, 1 fig.
Lacroxiella martini (Lacroix). Badonnel, 1943. Faune de Fr. 42: 126,
fig. 331.

Genus Maoripsocus Tillyard

Maoripsocus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 191.
Type species: Maoripsocus semifuscatus Tillyard.
semifuscatus Tillyard. New Zealand.
Maoripsocus semifuscatus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 191,
fig. 16; pl. 18, fig. 11.

Genus Mepleres Enderlein

Mepleres Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 61.
Type species: Mepleres maeandricus Enderlein.

Subgenera:

(Mepleres) Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 61.
Type species: Mepleres maeandricus Enderlein. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 158.

(Hageniola) Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 7: 438.
Type species: Hageniola solitaria Banks. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 158.

angolensis Badonnel. (Mepleres). Angola.
Mepleres angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola

26: 141, figs. 308-310. ;

50 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

lanatus (Hagen). (Mepleres). Ceylon.
Psocus lanatus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 202.
ge ee lanatus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 207.
Hageniella lanata (Hagen). Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hung. 1: 259.
Hemicaecilius lanatus (Hagen). Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii ent. Soc.

7: 438.
Mepleres lanatus (Hagen). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 124.
limbatus (Enderlein). (Mepleres). Formosa.

Hemicaecilius limbatus Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 770.

Mepleres limbatus (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 124.
maeandricus Enderlein. (Mepleres). Java.

Mepleres maeandricus Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 61.

Mepleres (Mepleres) maeandricus Enderlein. Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.

Zte, AlOd20 158:
medialis (Banks). (Mepleres). Queensland.
Hemicaecilius medialis Banks, 1939. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
85: 440, fig. 1.
Mepleres medialis (Banks). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 124.
nigroguttatus (Karny). (Mepleres). Sarawak.
Hemicaecilius nigroguttatus Karny, 1925. Sarawak Mus. J. 3: 73;
fo) Cn Yay a ean fe
Mepleres nigroguttatus (Karny). Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 4: 128.
ornatus Banks. (Mepleres). Guam.
Mepleres ornatus Banks, 1942. Bull. Bishop Mus. Honolulu 172: 27,
fig. ih.
solitaria (Banks). (Hageniola). Hawaii.
Hageniola solitaria Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 7: 438; pl.

VU, fig. 5.
Mepleres solitaria (Banks). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 124.
Mepleres (Hageniola) solitaria (Banks). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.
Ztg. 105: 158.

submarginalis Karny. (Mepleres). Samoa.
Mepleres submarginalis Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 7 (4): 127, fig. 8.
suzukii (Okamoto). (Mepleres). Japan.

Hemicaecilius suzukii Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
8:1, 1933) pli3,ofte San
Mepleres suzukii (Okamoto). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 124.

transversus (Banks). (Mepleres). Formosa, Thailand.
Hemicaecilius transversus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 265; pl. 3,
fig. 27.

Mepleres transversus (Banks). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 124.

Genus Paracaecilius Badonnel

Paracaecilius Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14: 235.
Type species: Paracaecilius berlandi Badonnel.
berlandi Badonnel. Mozambique.
Paracaecilius berlandi Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14:
23 le MPSiy S, 198

Genus Ptenolasia Enderlein
Ptenolasia Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 321.
Type species: Caecilius pilosus Hagen.
pilosa (Hagen). East Prussia (in amber).
Caecilius pilosus Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 283; pl. 1, fig. 3.
Ptenolasia pilosa (Hagen). Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 321,
figs. F, 45.

Genus Ptenopsila Enderlein

Ptenopsila Enderlein, 1923. Zool. Anz. 55: 246.
Type species: Psocus delicatellus Blanchard.

SMITHERS 51

delicatella (Blanchard). Chile.

Psocus delicatellus Blanchard, 1851. In Gay, C. Historia fisica y
politica de Chile 6: 94; pl. 2, fig. 1.

Psocus costalis Blanchard, 1851. In Gay, C. Historia fisica y politica de
Chile 6: 94.

Caecilius altus Navas, 1922. Rev. Chil. Hist. nat. 21: 444.

Ptenopsila delicatella (Blanchard). Enderlein, 1923. Zool. Anz. 55:
247, 1 fig.

Genus Tagalopsocus Banks

Tagalopsocus Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 201.
Type species: Tagalopsocus luzonensis Banks.

hyalinus Banks. Philippines.
Tagalopsocus hyalinus Banks, 1931. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 38: 58.
luzonensis Banks. Philippines.
Tagalopsocus luzonensis Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 201; pl. I,
figs. 9, 10.

Genus Teliapsocus Chapman
Teliapsocus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 334.
Type species: Psocus conterminus Walsh.
conterminus (Walsh). North America.
Psocus conterminus Walsh, 1863. Proc. ent. Soc. Philad. 2: 185.
Elipsocus conterminus (Walsh). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 207.
Psocus canadensis Provancher, 1876. Nat. canad. 8: 177.
Caecilius definitis Aaron, 1883. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 11: 38; pl. 9,
fie. 4,
Teliapsocus conterminus (Waish). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc.
B8:) 334: plo 16) fies. 4, 8; pl. 20; fig. 29.

Genus Ypsiloneura Pearman

Ypsiloneura Pearman, 1932. Stylops 1: 91.
Type species: Ypsiloneura kirkpatricki Pearman.

‘kirkpatricki Pearman. East Africa.
Ypsiloneura kirkpatricki Pearman, 1932. Stylops 1: 91, fig. 1.
monostyla Badonnel. Angola.

Ypsiloneura monostyla Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 157, figs. 341-343.

Subfamily SCHIZOPECHINAE
Genus Schizopechus Pearman

Schizopechus Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 131.
Type species: Schizopechus marshalli Pearman.

marshalli Pearman. Uganda, French Guinea, Congo.
Schizopechus marshalli Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 132, fig. 12.

Subfamily STENOPSOCINAE

Genus Epikodamaius Kuwayama

Epikodamaius Kuwayama, 1961. Nature and Life in S.E. Asia 1: 203.
Type species: Epikodamaius ikomai Kuwayama.

ikomai Kuwayama. Thailand.
Epikodamaius ikomai Kuwayama, 1961. Nature and Life in S.E. Asia
TeZ0s ine. 71:

Genus Graphopsocus Kolbe
Graphopsocus Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 124.
Type species: Hemerobius cruciatus Linnaeus.
Teratopsocus Reuter, 1894. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 9: 43.
Type species: Teratopsocus maculipennis Reuter.

52 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

cruciatus (Linnaeus). Europe, Morocco, Angola, Canary Islands,
North America, Japan, China.
Hemerobius cruciatus Linnaeus, 1768. Syst. nat. Ed. XIII, 3: 225.
Hemerobius quadripunctatus Fabricius, 1787. Mantissa Insectorum 1:

248.

Psocus quadripunctatus (Fabricius). Fabricius, 1798. Suppl. Ent. syst.
. 204.

Psocus subocellatus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6: 124

Psocus costalis Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology

Psocus nervosus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
62.4126

Psocus cruciatus (Linnaeus). Brauer, 1857. Neuroptera austriaca p. 32.

Stenopsocus cruciatus (Linnaeus). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 219.

Graphopsocus cruciatus (Linnaeus). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer.
Wiss. Kunst 8: 125, fig. 18.

Teratopsocus maculipennis Reuter, 1893. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn.
9: 29, 44, fig::5.

Stenopsocus cruciatus var. nervosus (Stephens). McLachlan, 1881. Zool.
Rec. 1880: 211.

Graphopsocus cruciatus var. brevipennis Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt.
SSE. wlsey S72 .

infirmus Banks. Philippines.

Graphopsocus infirmus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.

64: 308

mexicanus Enderlein. Mexico, Brazil.
Graphopsocus mexicanus Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab. zool. Portici
327 S51L.

subaequalis Banks. Singapore.
Graphopsocus subaequalis Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.

64: 308.
uniformis (Hagen). Philippines, Ceylon, Java.

Psocus uniformis Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 200.

Stenopsocus uniformis (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 218, 219.

Graphopsocus uniformis (Hagen). Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hung, 242) pl. VN, pies 20.

Graphopsocus uniformis var. frontalis Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp.
Zool. Harv. 64: 309.

Genus Kodamaius Okamoto
Kodamaius Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 138.
Type species: Kodamaius brevicornis Okamoto.
Stenepipsocus Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 155.
Type species: Stenepipsocus collarti Badonnel.
angolensis (Badonnel). Angola.
Stenepipsocus angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 162, figs. 353, 354.
brevicornis Okamoto. Formosa, Japan.
Kodamaius brevicornis Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc.
2: (139: plslpuissp2:
Kodamaius pilosus Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc.
2: 140; pl. Il, fig. 7.

collarti (Badonnel). Congo.
Stenepipsocus collarti Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 155,

figs. 43-48
curvatus (Navas). Congo.

Amphigerontia nervata Navas, 1932. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 22: 282, fig. 1.
Amphigerontia curvata Navas, 1932. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 22: 282,
fig. 81. (Multiple original spelling).

SMITHERS 53

Stenepipsocus curvatus (Navas). Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr.
39: 157 (footnote).

lamottei (Badonnel). French Guinea.
Stenepipsocus lamottei Badonnel, 1948. Rev. franc. Ent. 15: 81, figs.
1-4.

Genus Matsumuraiella Enderlein

Matsumuraiella Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 248.
Type species: Matsumuraiella radiopicta Enderlein.

enderleini Banks. Formosa.
Matsumuraiella enderleini Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 260.
radiopicta Enderlein. Japan.

Matsumuraiella radiopicta Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23:
248; pl. 10, fig. 3.

Genus Stenopsocus Hagen
Stenopsocus Hagen, 1886. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16: 203.
Type species: Psocus immaculatus Stephens.
apertus (Hagen). Ceylon.
Psocus apertus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 204.
Stenopsocus apertus (Hagen). Hagen, 1886. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien

16: 219.
aphidiformis Enderlein. Japan, Formosa.
Stenopsocus aphidiformis Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 249;
pi. Oe figs:
bicoloripes Enderlein. South China.
Stenopsocus bicoloripes Enderlein, 1936. Ark. Zool. 27A: 2.
chusamensis Navas. China.
Stenopsocus chusamensis Navas, 1933. Notes Ent. chin. 9: 14.
dissimilis Banks. Philippines.
Stenopsocus dissimilis Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 127.
externus Banks. Formosa.
Stenopsocus externus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 259; pl. 3, fig. 22.
' formosanus Banks. Formosa.
Stenopsocus formosanus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 259.
immaculatus (Stephens). Europe.
Psocus immaculatus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
Gtali2o2
Psocus rufescens Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
635-125:
Psocus flavescens Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
2 125%
Psocus venosus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
70921.

Psocus strigosus Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch der Entomologie p. 776.

Psocus subfumipennis Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica p. 1053.

Psocus flavicans Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica p. 1054.

Stenopsocus immaculatus (Stephens). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot.
Ges. Wien 16: 219.

jocosus Banks. Philippines.
Stenopsocus jocosus Banks, 1939. Philipp. J. Sci. 69: 135, fig. 9.
lachlani Kolbe. Europe.

Stenopsocus lachlani Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst
$8: 127; plod figs te

Stenopsocus immaculatus var. lachlani Enderlein, 1906. Ber. westpreuss.
bot. -zool. Ver. 28: 79.

makii Takahashi. Formosa.
Stenopsocus makii Takahashi, 1938. Mushi 11: 14.
niger Enderlein. Japan.

Stenopsocus niger Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 249;
pls 105 “fie, -7-

54 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

nigricellus Okamoto. Japan.
Stenopsocus nigricellus Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc.
203141.

pilosus Enderlein. Japan.
Stenopsocus pilosus Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 54.

pygmaeus Enderlein. Japan.
Stenopsocus pygmaeus Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 250;

WOLOS Chet
stigmaticus Imhoff and Labram. Europe.

Hemerobius striatulus Fabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae p. 310.
Psocus stigmaticus Imhoff and Labrum, 1846. Insecten der Schweiz p.
Stenopsocus striatulus (Fabricius). Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16: 219.
Stenopsocus lineolatus Navas, 1916. Rev. Acad. Madrid 14: 598, fig. 3.
Stenopsocus stigmaticus (Imhoff and Labrum). Enderlein, 1919. Cat.
Coll. Selys-Longchamps 3 (2): 13.
striatifrons (McLachlan). South Australia.
Psocus striatifrons McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 351.
Stenopsocus striatifrons (McLachlan). McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent.
SOG. Lond. (3), So Soe

tibialis Banks. Formosa.
Stenopsocus tibialis Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 259; pl. 3, fig. 25.
tonkinensis Enderlein. Tonkin.

Stenopsocus tonkinensis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
Tf 240. pl VM hie. 59:

Genus Taeniostigma Enderlein

Taeniostigma Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 546.
Type species: Psocus elongatus Hagen.

bimaculatum Banks. Philippines.
Taeniostigma bimaculata Banks, 1913. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 15: 171.
elongatum (Hagen). Ceylon, Singapore, Java,

Bismarck Archipelago.
Psocus elongatus Hagen, 1858. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 8: 474.
Psocus clarus McLachlan, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 75.
Taeniostigma clarum (McLachlan). Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst. 14: 546.
Taeniostigma elongatum (Hagen). Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
14: 'S46:" ph 35e tee:
ingens Enderlein. Tonkin, China, Formosa, Japan.
Taeniostigma ingens Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
10,2385 sploiVe fiends:
malayanum (McLachlan). Sula.
Psocus malayanus McLachlan, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 75.
Taeniostigma malayanum (McLachlan). Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst. 14: 546.
perkinsi Banks. Queensland.
Taeniostigma perkinsi Banks, 1918. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
622 Sse pl. Mishtig. 23%
tibiale Navas. Tonkin.
Taeniostigma tibiale Navas, 1924. Mem. Pont. Accad. Sci. Nuovi
Pinecet T7215.

Family AMPHIPSOCIDAE
Subfamily AMPHIPSOCINAE
Genus Amphipsocopsis Smithers
Amphipsocopsis Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 225.
Type species: Amphipsocopsis surculosus Smithers.
surculosus Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocopsis surculosus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 226,
figs. 25,26.

SMITHERS oP)

Genus Amphipsocus McLachlan

Amphipsocus McLachlan, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 77.
Type species: Amphipsocus pilosus McLachlan.
Rosega Navas, 1931. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 21: 132.
Type species: Rosega picta Navas.

amplus Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus amplus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 230.
callani Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus callani Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 236,
fic. 35.
camerunus Badonnel. Cameroons, Congo, Tanganyika.

Amphipsocus camerunus Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 37: 147,
fies.) 418.) 195-22.

cognatus Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus cognatus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 231,

fig. 29.
confusus Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus confusus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 237,

fie. Soe
connexus Banks. Philippines.

Amphipsocus connexus Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 200; pl. I,
fig. 6

disgregus Smithers. Uganda.
Amphipsocus disgregus Smithers, 1960. Ann. Mus. Congo Belge 8vo.
88°" 367, figs.” 3-5.

dispar Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus dispar Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 232,

hes: 275" 28
erythrostigma Badonnel. Madagascar.

Amphipsocus erythrostigma Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S.
182 "CTT ORNS hess: (2.

facetus Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus facetus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 242,
figs. 36-40.
fasciatus Badonnel. Congo, Angola.
Amphipsocus fasciatus Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 157,
figs. 49, 50.
flavidus Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus flavidus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 239,
fig. 34
formosanus Okamoto. Formosa, China.

Amphipsocus formosanus Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
2 195 plvlyv. fig. 2

ghesquierei Badonnel. Congo.
Amphipsocus ghesquierei Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 287,
figs. 46A, 46B.
hildebrandti Kolbe. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus hildebrandti Kolbe, 1885. Berl. ent. Z. 29: 189, figs. 3a-3c.
hyalinus Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus hyalinus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 234,
MOS. 51. Se.
iridescens Enderlein. East Africa.
Amphipsocus iridescens Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 311.
limbatus. Badonnel. Madagascar.

Amphipsocus limbatus Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S.
tS? Ppl.) TH, fig. 11.

madagascariensis Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus madagascariensis Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr.

10: ° 241
montanus Enderlein. East Africa.

Amphipsocus montanus Enderlein, 1902. Mitt. Mus. Berl. 2: 9; pl. 5,
figs.) Se" Sa:

56 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

pallidus Navas. East Africa.
Amphipsocus pallidus Navas, 1936. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 28: 363, fig. 118.
pictus (Navas). Congo, Uganda.

Rosega picta Navas, 1931. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 21: 132, fig. 69.
Amphipsocus pictus (Navas). Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 129.

pilosus McLachlan. India, Java.
Amphipsocus pilosus McLachlan, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 77.
rubrostigma Okamoto. Japan.

Amphipsocus rubrostigma Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
So 194: pl DV. Hes 1
similis Badonnel. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus similis Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S.
18s. 1122 ple ON, hig. 12:

unitus Banks. Philippines.
Amphipsocus unitus Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 201; pl. I, fig. 7.
vittatus Smithers. Madagascar.
Amphipsocus vittatus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 240,

figs. 41, 42.

Genus Harpezoneura Enderlein

Harpezoneura Enderlein, 1909. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 70: 270.
Type species: Harpezoneura multifurcata Enderlein.

ambigua Badonnel. Congo, Angola.
Harpezoneura ambigua Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 161,
figs. 53-56.
difficilis Badonnel. Congo.
Harpezoneura difficilis Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 291,
fig. 51.
distincta Badonnel. Madagascar.

Harpezoneura distincta Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S.
1Sc.atG; ply IV, fies 5:

intermedia Badonnel. Congo.
Harpezoneura intermedia Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 161.
lateralis Badonnel. Congo.
Harpezoneura lateralis Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 165,

he 7:
limbata Badonnel. Congo, French Guinea.
Harpezoneura limbata Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 167,

fig. 58.
madagascariensis Badonnel. Madagascar.

Harpezoneura madagascariensis Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache
NESS Sesti4: pl. TV, ceo

multifurcata Enderlein. East Africa.
Harpezoneura multifurcata Enderlein, 1909. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 70: 270,
hee ce2
pallens Pearman. Sierra Leone, Congo.
Harpezoneura pailens Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 130, fig. 11.
pilosa Badonnel. Congo.
Harpezoneura pilosa Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 167,
fig. 59
speciosa Pearman. Uganda, Congo.
Harpezoneura speciosa Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 130, fig. 10.
stigmalis Pearman. Uganda.

Harpezoneura stigmalis Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 130.

Genus Pentathyrsus Enderlein
Pentathyrsus Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 300.
Type species: Pentathyrsus vespertilio Enderlein.

vespertilio Enderlein. Madagascar.
Pentathyrsus vespertilio Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 300.

SMITHERS 57

Genus Xenopsocus Kolbe

Xenopsocus Kolbe, 1885. Berl. ent. Z. 29: 187.
Type species: Xenopsocus hageni Kolbe.

affinis Badonnel. Madagascar.
Xenopsocus affinis Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S. 18:

13> pls EV G7 fea

hageni Kolbe. Madagascar.

Xenopsocus hageni Kolbe, 1885. Berl. ent. Z. 29: 188; pl. IVB, fig. 2.

Subfamily KOLBEINAE

Genus Dasypsocus Enderlein
Dasypsocus Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 250.
Type species: Kolbea solox Enderlein.
angolensis Badonnel. Angola.
Dasypsocus angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 165, figs. 355-361.
brunneus Badonnel. Angola, Congo.
Dasypsocus brunneus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 167, figs. 363, 364.
congolensis Badonnel. Congo.
Dasypsocus congolensis Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc nat. Albert,
Mission G. F. de Witte (1933-1935) 95: 16, figs. 26-28.
japonicus Enderlein. Japan.
Dasypsocus japonicus Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 55 1:
Plas Le enic. 10:
pilosus Badonnel. Angola.
Dasypsocus pilosus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
265) WO foes S74. 6315:

solox (Enderlein). Singapore.
Kolbea solox Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 278;
pli, V,,uhte. 432.
Dasypsocus solox (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
23) 250:
tibialis Badonnel. Angola.

Dasypsocus tibialis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 169, figs. 365-373.

Genus Kolbea Bertkau
Kolbia Bertkau, 1883. Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. 39: 129.
Type species: Kolbia quisquiliarum Bertkau.
Kolbea Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 538 (footnote emends spelling).

ava Enderlein. East Prussia (in amber).
Kolbea ava Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 313, fig. 39.

bakeri Banks. Philippines.
Kolbea bakeri Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 201; pl. I, fig. 8.

fusconervosa Enderlein. Japan, Formosa.
Kolbea fusconervosa Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 252;

ple lle hose

hummeli Enderlein. China.
Kolbea hummeli Enderlein, 1936. Ark. Zool. 27 (A): 4, fig. 3.

kogoshimensis Okamoto. Japan.

Kolbea kogoshimensis Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
Sal9s. pl tv. fig. 3.

maculipennis Karny. Sarawak.
Kolbea maculipennis Karny, 1925. Sarawak Mus. J. 3: 71; pl. 3, fig. 6.

nigrifrons Roesler. Brazil.
Kolbea nigrifrons Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 17.

punctata Banks. India.

Kolbea punctata Banks, 1914. Rec. Indian Mus. 8: 352; pl. XXV, fig. 5.

58 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

quisquiliarum (Bertkau). Europe.
Motte quisquiliarum Bertkau, 1883. Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl.
39:

Kolbea quisquiliarum (Bertkau). Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
14: 538.

serialis Banks. Formosa.
Kolbea serialis Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 261; pl. 2, fig. 16.
?Aaroniella serialis (Banks). Thornton, 1962. N.Z.J. Sci. 5: 241.

Family POLYPSOCIDAE

Genus Monocladellus Enderlein

Monocladellus Enderlein, 1909. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 70: 266.
Type species: Monocladellus ohausianus Enderlein.

ohausianus Enderlein. Ecuador.
Monocladellus ohausianus Enderlein, 1909. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 70: 267,
Ae,

Genus Polypsocus Hagen

Polypsocus Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16: 203.
Type species: Psocus corruptus Hagen.

Ptilopsocus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 140.
Type species: Ptilopsocus fuscus Enderlein.

bimaculatus Enderlein. Chile.
Polypsocus bimaculatus Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 105.

coleoptratus, Roesler. Brazil.
Polypsocus coleoptratus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 20, figs. 95-98.

corruptus (Hagen). North America.

Psocus corruptus Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 13.

Psocus abruptus Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 13.

Polypsocus abruptus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
162 201.

Polypsocus corruptus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 211.

Ptilopsocus annulicornis Banks, 1903. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 11: 238.

Polypsocus corruptus var. pictilis Banks, 1938. Psyche, Camb. Mass.
45:

delunatus Roesler. Brazil.
Polypsocus delunatus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 23, fig. 100.
Polypsocus delunatus ab. tenebrellus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 24,

fig. 101.
desertus (Enderlein). Peru.
Ptilopsocus desertus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 151;
pli 9s fe. 18.
Polypsocus desertus (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
67: 320.
falcifer Roesler. Brazil.
Polypsocus falcifer Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 32.
fasciatus Banks. Cuba, Porto Rica.
Polypsocus fasciatus Banks, 1908. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 34: 258.
fastosus Roesler. Brazil.

Polypsocus fastosus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 22, fig. 99.

fuscus (Enderlein). Peru, Bolivia.
Ptilopsocus fuscus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 151; pl.

a Ye We
Polypsocus fuscus (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67:
320.
griseolineatus (Enderlein). Peru.
Ptilopsocus griseolineatus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 152;

pl. 9, fig. 20.
Polypsocus griseolineatus (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent.

Ztg. 67: 320.

SMITHERS 59

lunulatus Enderlein. Peru.
ih ae lunulatus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 154; pl.
9. fies 21
nervulosus Enderlein. Ecuador.
Polypsocus nervulosus Enderlein, 1909. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 70: 269.
omissus Banks. North America.
Polypsocus omissus Banks, 1938. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 45: 72.
quadriguttatus (Enderlein). Peru.
pe neces quadriguttatus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 152;
pl.) 9; ig FD: |
Polypsocus quadriguttatus (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent.
LAg. 67:2,1320:
selenius Roesler. ; Brazil.
Polypsocus selenius Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 22, fig. 94.
suffusus Roesler. Brazil.
Polypsocus suffusus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 20.
unicolor Roesler. Brazil.

Polypsocus unicolor Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 19, fig. 93.

Group HOMILOPSOCIDEA
Family LACHESILLIDAE
Genus Lachesilla Westwood

Lachesilla Westwood, 1840. Synopsis of the genera of British Insects p. 47.
Type species: Termes fatidicum Linnaeus.

Pterodela Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 118.
Type species: Hemerobius pedicularius Linnaeus.

Leptopsocus Reuter, 1899. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn,. 17: 5.
Type species: Leptopsocus exiguus Reuter.

_ Terracaecilius Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 343.
Type species: Terracaecilius pallidus Chapman.

aethiopica Enderlein. East Africa, Congo, Angola.
Lachesilla pedicularia var. aethiopica Enderlein, 1902. Mitt. zool. Mus.

Berke 7 ais pig 2: 3:

andra Sommerman. North America.
Lachesilla andra Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 635;

i WP PI
anna Sommerman. North America.
Lachesilla anna Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 636,

mes. &) ( 22:
annulata Smithers. Madagascar.
Lachesilla annulata Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 245,

figs. 43-47.
anomala Badonnel. Congo.

Lachesilla anomala Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc nat. Albert, Mission
de Witte (1933-1935) 95: 19, figs. 29-32.

anura Badonnel. Mozambique, French Guinea.
Lachesilla anura Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14: 242,

fig. ;
aquilina Badonnel. Cameroons, Congo.

Lachesilla aquilina Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 37: 151,
figs. 36-38, 40, 44-46.

arida Chapman. Arizona.
Lachesilla arida Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 346; pl. XVII,
ESS :
arnae Sommerman. Canada.
Lachesilla arnae Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 638,
figs. 14, 34.
badonneli Williner. Bolivia.

Lachesilla badonneli Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent.
Gieac. nat. 127125, fe. TS.

60 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

bellula (Banks). Honduras.
Terracaecilius bellulus Banks, 1930. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 37: 185.

bernardi Badonnel. Europe.
Lachesilla bernardi Badonnel, 1938. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 43: 19.

bicolor Smithers. Madagascar.
Lachesilla bicolor Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 246, figs.

48-52.
bottimeri Mockford and Gurney. Texas.

Lachesilla bottimeri Mockford and Gurney, 1956. J. Wash. Acad. Sci.
46: 365, figs. 48-51.
bugiriana Smithers. Uganda.
Lachesilla bugiriana Smithers, 1960. Ann. Mus. Congo belge 8vo.
88: 368, figs. 6, 7.
cameruna Badonnel. Cameroons.
Lachesilla cameruna Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 37: 150,
figs. 34, 35, 39, 41-43.

castrii Badonnel. Chile.
Lachesilla castrii Badonnel, 1963. Biol. l Amerique australe 2: 336,
figs. 85-88.
chapmani Sommerman. Florida.
Lachesilla chapmani Somerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 639,
figs. 39, 42.
chilensis Enderlein. Chile.
Lachesilla chilensis Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Anz. 46: 192.
contraforcepata Chapman. North America.

Lachesilla contraforcepata Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 348;
pl. XVI, fig. 10; pl. XVIII, fig. 4.

cornuta Badonnel. Congo, Angola.
Lachesilla cornuta Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 309, figs.

96-103.
corona Chapman. North America.

Lachesilla corona Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 350; pl. XVII,
fig. 4; pl. XVIII, fig. 11.

dona Sommerman. California.
Lachesilla dona Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 641,

Hes. 16, 29:
forcepata Chapman. North America.

Lachesilla forcepata Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 348; pl.
XAVIT,. fig, 23 pl. XVID he: 1.

furcata Badonnel. Congo.
Lachesilla furcata Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg. 25: 55,
fe. 73:
fusca Badonnel. Ivory Coast, Angola, Congo.
Lachesilla fusca Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 41, fig. 53.
gigantea Badonnel. Ruwenzori.

Lachesilla gigantea Badonnel, 1935. Rev. franc. Ent. 2: 79, figs. 5-9.
gobiernoi (Navas). Spain.
Pterodela gobiernoi Navas, 1913. Rev. Acad. Madrid 12: 331, figs.

a2, 3D, OC.
Lachesilla gobiernoi (Navas). Badonnel, 1943. Faune de Fr. 42: 151.
grandis Badonnel. Mozambique.
Lachesilla grandis Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14: 240,
hes: a12,. 13.
greeni (Pearman). Europe.

Terracaecilius greeni Pearman, 1933. Ent. mon. Mag. 69: 81, figs. 1, 2.

Lachesilla (Terracaecilius) greeni (Pearman). Roesler, 1939. Zool.
Ane W252 169:

Lachesilla greeni f. longipennis Roesler, 1939. Zool. Anz. 125: 176,
fie. tt.

SMITHERS 61

jeanae Sommerman. Colorado.
Lachesilla jeanae Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 643,

figs. 11, 26.
kahuziana Badonnel. Congo.

Lachesilla kahuziana Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 178,
figs. 82, 85, 90-92.
kathrynae Mockford and Gurney. Texas.
Lachesilla kathrynae Mockford and Gurney, 1956. J. Wash. Acad. Sci.
46: 365, figs. 44-47.
kikurensis Badonnel. . Congo.
Lachesilla kikurensis Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc nat. Albert, Mission
G. F. de Witte (1933-1935) 95: 21, figs. 33-35.

kola Sommerman. California.
Lachesilla kola Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 644,

figs. 10, 31.
lactea Williner. Bolivia.

Lachesilla lactea Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent. Cienc.
nat. 1: 123, fig. 14.
latinerva Badonnel. Angola.
Lachesilla latinerva Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 210, figs. 490-491.

livida (Enderlein). Europe.
Pterodela livida Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 374, figs. 3,
4, 6, 9.

Lachesilla livida (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1927. Die Tierwelt Méittel-
leuropas 42, (2): 8.
machi (Navas). Spain.
Pterodela machi Navas, 1913. Rev. Acad. Madrid 12: 330, figs. 2a, 2b.
Lachesilla machi (Navas). Badonnel, 1943. Faune de Fr. 43: 151.
major Chapman. North America.
Lachesilla forcepata var. major Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38:
349; pl. XVIII, fig. 6.
Lachesilla major Chapman. Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer.
39: 645, figs. 3, 19.
micrura Badonnel. Angola.
Lachesilla micrura Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 213, figs. 497-500.
mucronata Badonnel. Congo, Angola, Uganda.
Lachesilla mucronata Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 175,
figs. 80, 81, 83, 84, 86, 89.
muncunilli (Navas). Spain.
Pterodela muncunilli Navas, 1913. Rev. Acad. Madrid 12: 329, figs.

a; Tb:
Lachesilla muncunilli (Navas). Badonnel, 1943. Faune de Fr. 43: 151.

nita Sommerman. Florida.
Lachesilla nita Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 646,

figs. 40, 43.
nubilis (Aaron). North America.
Caecilius nubilis Aaron, 1886. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 38: 13;

pl. 1, fig. 3

Lachesilla nubilis (Aaron). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 351;
pl. XVII, fig. 1; pl. XVIII, fig. 5; pl. XXI, fig. 8.
pachyura Badonnel. Angola.
Lachesilla pachyura Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 211, figs. 492-496.

pacifica Chapman. North America.
Lachesilla pacifica Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 353; pl.

XVII, fig. 5S.
pallida (Chapman). North America.
Terracaecilius pallidus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 343; pl.

XVII, fig. 7.

Lachesilla pallida (Chapman). Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc.
Amer. 39: 649, figs. 7, 35.

62 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

pedicularia (Linnaeus). Europe, North America, East Africa, Canary
Islands, Comoros, Japan, Argentine.
Hemerobius flavicans Linnaeus, 1746. Fauna Suecica p. 223.
Hemerobius pedicularius Linnaeus, 1758. Systema Naturae p. 551.
Termes fatidicum Linnaeus, 1758. Systema Naturae p. 610.
Hemerobius abdominalis Fabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae p. 310.
Hemerobius fatidicus (Linnaeus). Fabricius, 1775. Systema Entomologiae

pers.

Hemerobius pusillus Muller, 1776. Zoologiae Danicae prodromus
p. 146

Psocus pedicularius (Linnaeus). Latreille, 1794. Bull. Soc. philom.
Parts ¥3):85:;

Psocus flavicans (Linnaeus). Fabricius, 1798. Supplementum Entomo-
logiae p. 203.

Psocus abdominalis (Fabricius). Fabricius, 1798. Supplementum
Entomologiae p. 204.

Psocus fatidicus (Linnaeus). Fabricius, 1798. Supplementum Entomo-
logiae p. 204.

Atropos fatidicus (Linnaeus). Stephens, 1829. Systematic Catalogue
of British Insects p. 314.

Psocus nigricans Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
a 12

Psocus dubius Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology 6: 127.

Psocus pulsatorius (Linnaeus). Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica
S hOS4:.

Lachesilla fatidica (Linnaeus). Westwood, 1840. Introd. Classif. Insects
Ze) 193° fies: 59, WS:

Psocus binotatus Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes,
Neuropteres. p. 324.

Psocus domesticus Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch der Entomologie 2: 777.

Lachesis fatidica (Linnaeus). Hagen, 1861. Entomologist’s Annual
1861: 22.

Psocus salicis Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 13.

Psocus geologus Walsh, 1862. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 14: 362.

Caecilius salicis (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 206.

Caecilius pedicularius (Linnaeus). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 206.

Caecilius pusillus (Muller). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 206

Elipsocus flavicans (Linnaeus). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 207.

Psocus pusillus Harris, 1869. Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 331.

Caecilius (Pterodela) pedicularia (Linnaeus). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf.
ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 118.

Hyperetes fatidicus (Linnaeus). Hagen, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 320.

Leptopsocus exiguus Reuter, 1899. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 17: 5, 6.

Pterodela pedicularia ab. giardi Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
14: 546; pl. 35, fig. 10.

Pterodela pedicularia var. brevipennis Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt.
syst. 187.381.

Lachesilla pedicularia (Linnaeus). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-
Longchamps 3 (2): 16.

Lachesilla limbata Enderlein, 1924. §.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 31: 36.

Lachesilla stigmalis Navas, 1932. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 106,

fig.
penta Sommerman Texas.
Lachesilla penta Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 465, figs.
38, 41.
pretiosa (Banks). Panama.

Terracaecilius pretiosa Banks, 1930. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 37: 185.

SMITHERS 63

punctata (Banks). North America.
Elipsocus punctatus Banks, 1905. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 32: 1.
Lachesilla punctata (Banks). Chapman, 4930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38:
357; pl. XVM, fig).12; pl. 2XxVIIL,: fig) 8.
quercus (Kolbe). Europe, Morocco.
Caecilius (Pterodela) quercus Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss.
Kunst 8: 120; pl. IU, fig. 13.
Lachesilla quercus (Kolbe). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-
Longchamps 3 (2): 19.

rena Sommerman. _ Arizona, Texas.
Lachesilla rena Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 653,
MES. 9 one
riegeli Sommerman. Florida.
Lachesilla riegeli Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 654,
fel 5;
rossica Roesler. Russia.
Lachesilla rossica Roesler, 1953. Ent. Ber. Amst. 14: 295, figs. 1-9.
rufa (Walsh). North America.

Psocus rufus Walsh, 1863. Proc. ent. Soc. Philad. 2: 185.

Caecilius rufus (Walsh), Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 206.

Caecilius impacatus Aaron, 1886. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 38: 14.

Pterodela rufa (Walsh). Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 319.

Lachesilla rufa (Walsh). Chapman, 1919. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 358;
pl. XVII, fig. 9, pl. XVIII, fig. 3; pl. XXI, fig. 16.

silvicola Chapman. North America.

Lachesilla silvicola Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 361; pl.

XVII, fis. 3; pl. XVII, figeti2% pl. XO) fig. 9.

tanaidana Roesler. Russia.
Lachesilla tanaidana Roesler, 1953. Ent. Ber. Amst. 14: 297, figs. 10-15.
. tectorum Badonnel. Mozambique.
Lachesilla tectorum Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14:
238), Hes Voi be
telsa Sommerman. California.
Lachesilla telsa Sommerman, 1946. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 656,
fig. 24

Family PERIPSOCIDAE
Subfamily ECTOPSOCINAE
Genus Ectopsocopsis Badonnel

Ectopsocopsis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 185, 193.
Type species: Ectopsocus balli Badonnel.
annulatus Badonnel. Angola.
Ectopsocopsis annulatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 193, figs. 438-442.
anurus Badonnel. Angola.
Ectopsocopsis anurus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 196, figs. 448-454.

badonneli (Ball). Congo.
Ectopsocus badonneli Ball, 1943. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg. 19: 17,
hese 112%, 13:

Ectopsocopsis badonneli (Ball). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 185.
balli (Badonnel). Ivory Coast, Congo, Angola, Nigeria.
! Ectopsocus mozambicus Badonnel. Ball, 1943. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat.
Belg. 19: 15, figs. 9-11.
Ectopsocus balli Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 44, figs. 54-, 61.
Ectopsocopsis balli (Badonnel). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 185.
cryptomeriae (Enderlein). Japan, Formosa, Hong Kong.
Ectopsocus cryptomeriae Enderlein, 1907. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 68: 100.

64 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

(Not aes cryptomeriae Enderlein. Takahashi, 1938. Mushi
RE: 03

(Not Ectopsocus cryptomeriae Enderlein. Jentsch, 1939. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst. 73: 116, 125, figs. 4, 15-18).
Ectopsocopsis cryptomeriae (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 185.
lepnevae (Danks). Caucasus.
Ectopsocus lepnevae Danks, 1955. Ent. Obozr. 34: 181, figs. 1-6.
Ectopsocopsis lepnevae (Danks). Thornton, 1962. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. 114: 298.
? = Ectopsocopsis cryptomeriae (Enderlein). Thornton, 1962. Trans. R.
ent. Soc. Lond. 114: 298.
mozambicus (Badonnel). Mozambique, Natal, Congo.
Ectopsocus mozambicus Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10)
14: 243, figs. 15-18.
(Not Ectopsocus mozambicus Badonnel. Ball, 1943. Bull. Mus. Hist.
nat. Belge 19: 15, figs. 9-11).
Ectopsocopsis mozambicus (Badonnel). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult.
Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 185.
pumilis (Banks). North America.
Peripsocus pumilis Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64:
313; pl. VI, fig. 79.
Ectopsocus pumilis (Banks). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 78: 380;
pl. XXI, fig. 15; pl. XIX, fig. 12; pl. XIX, fig. 4, 11.
Ectopsocopsis pumilis (Banks). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 185.
? = Ectopsocopsis cryptomeriae (Enderlein). Thornton, 1962. Trans. R.
ent. Soc. Lond. 114: 298

spathulatus (Ball). Congo.
Ectopsocus spathulatus Ball, 1943. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg. 19: 20,
figs. 14, 15.

Ectopsocopsis spathulatus (Ball). Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 185.
terricolis Badonnel. Angola.
Ectopsocopsis terricolis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 195, figs. 443-447.

Genus Ectopsocus McLachlan

Ectopsocus McLachlan, 1899. Ent. mon. Mag. 35: 277.
Type species: Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan.
Micropsocus Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 546.
Type species: Micropsocus waterstradti Enderlein.
Chaetopsocus Pearman, 1929. Ent. mon. Mag. 65: 105.
Type species: Chaetopsocus richardsi Pearman.
Note: As insufficient is known of some of the species originally described
in the genus Ectopsocus, some of them may, in fact, belong to the subsequently
described genus Ectopsocopsis. Species known to be true Ectopsocus spp. are
marked with an asterisk (*) in this list; those without need further investigation.
aethiops (Hagen). Ceylon, Philippines.
Psocus aethiops Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 204.
Peripsocus aethiops (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 210.
Ectopsocus aethiops var. bakeri Banks, 1931. Psyche, Camb. Mass.
38: 58, fig. 3.
basalis Banks. Philippines.
Ectopsocus basalis Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 133; pl. 1, fig. 6.
berlesei Ribaga. Italy, Portuguese Guinea.
Ectopsocus berlesei Ribaga, 1900. Riv. Pat. veg., Padova 8: 364.
bicaudatus Badonnel. * Madagascar.

Ectopsocus bicaudatus Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S. 18:
118, pl. IV.

SMITHERS 65

briggsi McLachlan. * Europe, North America, Canary Islands, Morocco,
Mexico, Chile, Congo, Rhodesia, India, Natal,
Australia, New Zealand.
Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan, 1899. Ent. mon. Mag. 35: 277, figs.
A nlid, Zep ae ee bas Ae
(Not Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat.
Mus. hung. 1: 294, pl. 7, fig. 47).
Ectopsocus limbatus Navas, 1909. Mem. Prim. Congr. Natur. Espan.
Oy Tt:
!Ectopsocus parvulus Enderlein, 1929. Zool. Anz. 84: 224.
(Not Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Titschack, 1930. Verh. Ver.
naturw. Unterh. (Heimatforsch.) Hamb. 21: 111).
(Not Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat.
Zool. (10) 14: 243).
(Not Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Soc. zool.
Pree60:” 112).
(Not Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Badonnel, 1935. Mém. Mus.
Hist -nat. Paris 4: 155).
(Not Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Badonnel, 1936. Livre jubil.
Bouvier Paris p. 101, fig. 1).
(Not Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Weber, 1936. Biol. der Tiere
Deutschlands 39 (27) ).

brunneus Vishnyakova. * Armenia.
Ectopsocus brunneus Vishnyakova, 1963. Acad. Sci. Armenian S.S.R.

16: 92, 8 figs.
californicus (Banks). * North America.

Peripsocus californicus Banks, 1903. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 11: 237.
Ectopsocus californicus (Banks). Peck, 1951. In Muesebeck, C. Dep.
Mon. U.S. Dep. Agric. 2: 413.
cinctus Thornton. * Hong Kong.
Ectopsocus cinctus Thornton, 1962. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 114:
305, figs. 40-45.

coccophilus Ball. * Congo.
Ectopsocus coccophilus Ball, 1943. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg. 19: 22,

figs. 16-20.
congener Tillyard. New Zealand, Tasmania.
Ectopsocus congener Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 192, fig. 17.
denudatus Enderlein. India.

Ectopsocus denudatus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.

Lor295, fie. 25 ple NV, figs “75
erosus (Enderlein). New Guinea.
Micropsocus erosus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.

1: 297; pl. VII, figs. 48a, 48b.

ferrugineiceps Enderlein. Comoros, Seychelles.
Ectopsocus ferrugineiceps Enderlein, 1908. Reise in Ostafrika 2: 251;

pis bl, fie. '8
flaviceps (Okamoto). Japan.

Micropsocus flaviceps Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
8: 190; pl. 3, fig. 3.
froggatti Enderlein. Australia.
! Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hung. 12294: pl. 7; fig. 47.
Ectopsocus froggatti Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 407.
fullawayi Enderlein. Hawaii, Laysan, Tutuila, Samoa, Austral Is.,
Pitcairn Is., Henderson Is., Mangarena Is.
Ectopsocus fullawayi Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 356.
gabelensis Badonnel. * Angola.
Ectopsocus gabelensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 185, figs. 411-414.
ghesquierei Ball. * Congo, East Africa, Hong Kong.
Ectopsocus ghesquierei Ball, 1943. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg. 19: 11,

figs. 6-8.

66 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

halcrowi Pearman. * East Africa.
Ectopsocus halcrowi Pearman, 1960. Entomologist 93: 248, figs. 1-6.

hawaiiensis Enderlein. Hawaii, Guam, Tutuila, Samoa.
Ectopsocus hawaiiensis Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 356.

heurni (Navas). Java.
Micropsocus heurni Navas, 1924. Broteria ser. zool. 21: 140, fig. 10.

hirsutus Thornton. * Hong Kong.
Ectopsocus hirsutus Thornton, 1962. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 114: 303,

figs. 34-39.
machadoi Badonnel. * Angola.

Ectopsocus machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 187, figs. 415-421.

maculatus Smithers. * Madagascar.
Ectopsocus maculatus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 249,

figs. 60-64. :
Spans Badonnel. * England, Ivory Coast, Congo, Angola, Arabia,

Hong Kong, Malaya.
Ectopsocus maindroni Badonnel, 1935. Rev. franc. Ent. 2: 76, 81,
figs. 11-15.
! Ectopsocus cryptomeriae Enderlein. Takahashi, 1938. Mushi 11: 13.
! Ectopsocus cryptomeriae Enderlein. Jentsch, 1939. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
73: 116, 125, figs. 4, 15-18.
meridionalis Ribaga. * Europe, North America, Mexico, Columbia,
Japan, Mozambique, Cameroons, Morocco,
Congo, Angola, Tanganyika, Hong Kong,
Chile.
Ectopsocus briggsi var. meridionalis Ribaga, 1904. Redia 1: 296.
Ectopsocus meridionalis Ribaga. Enderlein, 1907. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
68: 101.
! Ectopsocus parvulus (Kolbe). Weber, 1931. Z. wiss. Zool. 138: 457, 18
figs.
! Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Badonnel, 1931- Ann. Sci. nat. Zool.
(10) 14: 243.
!Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr.
60: 112.
! Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Badonnel, 1935. Mém. Mus. Hist. nat.
Paris 4: 155.
! Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Badonnel, 1936. Livre jubil. Bouvier
Paris p. 101, fig. 1.
!Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Weber, 1936. Biol. der Tiere Deutsch-
lands 39 (27).
Ectopsocus meridionalis subsp. tridentatus Thornton, 1962. Trans. R.
ent. Soc. Lond. 114: 300, figs- 30-33.

musae (Kunstler and Chaine). France (on bananas).
Kiefferia musae Kunstler and Chaine, 1903. Bull. Soc. sci. Arachon
1902: 1, 3 figs.

Micropsocus musae (Kunstler and Chaine). Enderlein, 1903. Zool.
Jb. Abt. Syst. 19: 288.
myrmecophilus (Enderlein)- Fiji, Bismarck Archipelago, India.
Micropsocus myrmecophilus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hung. 1: 298, figs. 3, 4; pl. XIV, fig. 77.
Ectopsocus (Micropsocus) myrmecophilus (Enderlein). Karny, 1926.
Bull. ent. Res. 16: 290.

nerens (Hickman). Tasmania-
Micropsocus nerens Hickman, 1934. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1933: 88,

figs. 6a-6c.
ornatus Thornton. * Hong Kong.

Ectopsocus ornatus Thornton, 1962. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 114:
308, figs. 43-48.
pearmani Ball. * Congo, Nigeria.
Ectopsocus pearmani Ball, 1943. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg. 19: 8,
figs. 3-5.

SMITHERS 67

pectinatus Smithers. * Madagascar.
Ectopsocus pectinatus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr- 70: 248,

figs. 53-59.
perkinsi Banks. Hawaii, Fiji, Kure Island.
Ectopsocus perkinsi Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii ent. Soc. 7: 438; pl.

VII, fig. 4.
piger (Hagen)- Ceylon.

Psocus piger Hagen, 1869. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 202.
Peripsocus piger (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
210.

16:
Ectopsocus piger (Hagen). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-Longchamps
3 (2): 44.
ribagai Enderlein. Brazil, Porto Rica.
Ectopsocus ribagai Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 24: 83.
richardsi (Pearman). * West Africa, England, Texas, Hawaii,
Hong Kong.
Chaetopsocus richardsi Pearman, 1929. Ent. mon. Mag. 65: 105,
figs. la-1d

Ectopsocus richardsi (Pearman). Pearman, 1942. Ent. mon. Mag.

similis Badonnel. * Angola.
Ectopsocus similis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 191, figs. 432-437.
strauchi Enderlein. * Canary Islands, Azores.
Ectopsocus strauchi Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 315.
Peripsocus opulentus Navas, 1908. Mem. R. Acad. Barcelona (3) 6:

att. fig. 13.
striatellus Navas. Argentine.
Ectopsocus striatellus Navas, 1931. Rev- Soc. ent. Argent 3: 321.
stricticus Navas. Argentine.
Ectopsocus stricticus Navas, 1932. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 109.
tinctus Navas. Java.
Ectopsocus tinctus Navas, 1924. Broteria ser. zool. 21: 140, fig. 9.
titschacki Jentsch. * Ivory Coast, Congo, Venezuela.

!Ectopsocus briggsi McLachlan. Titschalk, 1939. Verh. ver. naturw.
Unterh. (Heimatforsch.) Hamb. 21: 111
Ectopsocus titschacki Jentsch, 1929. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 73: 120, figs.
11-14a, 14b.
vachoni Badonnel. * Morocco, England, France, Argentine,
Texas, Georgia, Chile.
Ectopsocus vachoni Badonnel, 1945. Rev. ent. franc. 12: 44, figs. 28-34.
Ectopsocus dimorphus Mockford and Gurney, 1956. J. Wash. Acad.
Sci. 46: 363, figs. 39-43.
vilhenai Badonnel. * Angola, Nigeria.
Ectopsocus vilhenai Badonnel, 1955- Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 189, figs. 422-431.
waterstradti (Enderlein). Borneo, Guam, Java, New Guinea,
Bismarck Archipelago.
Micropsocus waterstradti Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 547;
pl, Sd MOSw, beds 4h 2%
Ectopsocus waterstradti (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1907- Notes Leyden
Muse29:)), 120:

Genus Interpsocus Edwards

Interpsocus Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1949: 126.
Type species: Interpsocus brunneus Edwards.
brunneus Edwards. Tasmania.
Interpsocus brunneus Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1949: 126,
figs. 95-102.

68 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Subfamily PERIPSOCINAE
Genus Kaestneriella Roesler
Kaestneriella Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 10.
: Type species: Kaestneriella pilosa Roesler.
pilosa Roesler. Costa Rica.
Kaestneriella pilosa Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 10, figs. 12-13.

Genus Notiopsocus Banks

Notiopsocus Banks, 1913. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 20: 84.
Type species: Notiopsocus simplex Banks.
machadoi Badonnel. Angola.
Notiopsocus machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 198, figs. 455-459.

simplex Banks. Brazil.
Notiopsocus simplex Banks, 1913. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 20: 84; pl. 4,

fics. 2, 14.
vilhenai Badonnel. Angola.

Notiopsocus vilhenai Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 199, figs. 460-463.

Genus Peripsocus Hagen

Peripsocus Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16: 203.
Type species: Psocus phaeopterus Stephens:
Peripsocopsis Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 193.
Type species: Peripsocopsis maoricus Tillyard.

africanus Enderlein. East Africa.
Peripsocus africanus Enderlein, 1902. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. 2: 12;

pi 5; ofigs 12:
alboguttatus (Dalman). Europe, Madeira.

Psocus alboguttatus Dalman, 1823. Analecta Entomologica p. 98.

Psocus quadrimaculatus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Ento-
mology 6: 124.

Psocus pupillatus Walker, 1853. Catalogue of Neuropterous insects

p. 493.
Peripsocus pupillatus (Walker). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot- Ges.
Wien 16: 210

Peripsocus abloguttatus (Dalman). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot.
Ges. Wien 16: 210.
Peripsocus alboguttatus (Dalman). McLachlan, 1867. Ent. mon. Mag-
55627 Se GpaLy.
angolensis Smithers. Angola.
Peripsocus similis Badonnel. 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 180, figs. 398-401.
(Not Peripsocus similis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1: 290; pl. VII, fig. 44).
Peripsocus angolensis Smithers, 1959. Ent. mon. Mag. 94: 274.
(Peripsocus similis preocc.).
badonneli Smithers. Angola.
Peripsocus oculatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia- Diamant Angola
26: 179, figs. 396-397.
(Not Peripsocus oculatus Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 62).
Peripsocus badonneli Smithers, 1959. Ent. mon. Mag. 94: 274 (Peri-
psocus oculatus preocc.).

balli Badonnel. Congo.
Peripsocus balli Badonnel, 1948- Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 311, figs.
104-106.
bicornis Thornton. Hong Kong.
Peripsocus bicornis Thorton, 1962. Trans. R ent. Soc. Lond. 114: 292,
figs. 16-20.
camerunus Badonnel. Cameroons.

Peripsocus camerunus Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr- 37: 153,
figs. 47-51.

SMITHERS 69

coccophagus Badonnel. Madagascar.
Peripsocus coccophagus Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S.
18: 117; pl. IV, figs. 7-11.

consobrinus Pearman. England.
) Peripsocus consobrinus Pearman, 1951. Ent. mon. Mag. 87: 89, fig. 7.
didymus_ Roesler. Europe.

Peripsocus didymus Roesler, 1939. Zool. Anz. 125: 170, figs. 12A,
13A, 14A, 15A.

Peripsocus didymus subsp. truncatus Badonnel, 1943. Faune de France
42: 93, figs: 230B, 234B.

Peripsocus didymus subsp. silesiaca Obr, 1948. Sborn. Kl. prir. Brné

28: 55, figs. 1-2.
Peripsocus truncatus Pearman, 1951. Ent. mon. Mag. 87: 88, fig 5.
eucalypti Edwards. Tasmania.
! Peripsocopsis milleri Tillyard. Hickman, 1934. Pap- roy. Soc. Tasm.
1933: 87.
Peripsocus eucalypti Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1949: 122,
figs. 83-88.
fasciatus Thornton. Hong Kong.

Peripsocus fasciatus Thornton, 1959. Proc. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 28: 45,
figs. 9, 10, 13-17.

fortunatus Navas. Canary Islands.
Peripsocus fortunatus Navas, 1916. Mem. Accad. Nuovi Lincei (2)
D2 58. fe.) SAe
fulvescens Navas. Tonkin.
Peripsocus fulvescens Navas, 1920. Bol. Soc. ent. Esp. 4: 93, fig. 3.
fumosus Banks. North America.
Peripsocus fumosus Banks, 1903. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 11: 237.
ghesquierei Badonnel. Congo.
Peripsocus ghesquierei Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 313,
figs. 107-109.
hedinianus Enderlein. South China.
Peripsocus hedinianus Enderlein, 1936. Ark. Zool. 27 (A): 5, figs.
4,5.
hyalinus Enderlein. Australia.
Peripsocus hyalinus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 291.
ignis Okamoto. Japan, Sarawak.
Peripsocus ignis Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 8: 189;
pl i “hig 2.
Ectopsocus ignis (Okamoto). Thornton, 1959. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
(B) 28: 37.
intricatus Smithers. Madagascar.

Peripsocus intricatus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 251, figs.
machadoi Badonnel. Angola.
Peripsocus machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 183, figs. 408-410.
macropterus Edwards. Tasmania.
Peripsocus macropterus Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1949:
124, figs. 89-94.
madescens (Walsh). North America.
Psocus madescens Walsh, 1863. Proc. ent. Soc. Philad. 2: 186.
Peripsocus madescens (Walsh). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 210.
?Peripocus alboguttatus (Dalman). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc.
38: 368.
madidus (Hagen). North America.

Psocus madidus Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 12 (part.).

Psocus permadidus Walsh, 1863. Proc. ent. Soc. Philad. 2: 185.

Caecilius permadidus (Walsh). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 206.

Peripsocus madidus (Walsh). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 210.

70 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

maoricus (Tillyard). New Zealand.
Peripsocopsis pong S thai 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 194, fig.

18; pl. 18, fig. 2
milleri (Tillyard). New Zealand.

Peripsocopsis milleri Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 195, fig. 20;
pl. 185: fig. +20;
(Not Peripsocopsis milleri Tillyard. Hickman, 1934. Pap. roy. Soc.
$7)

Tasm. 1933:
minutus Banks. Porto Rica.
Peripsocus minutus Banks, 1924. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 65: 423.
mokotensis Badonnel. Congo.
Peripsocus mokotensis Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 315,

figs. 110-112.
morulops (Tillyard). New Zealand.

Peripsocopsis morulops Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 194, fig.
19-s¥ ples AS. HS. 6S.

nanus Navas. Tonkin.
Peripsocus nanus Navas, 1922. Broteria ser. zool. 20: 60.

nebulosus Navas. Argentine.
Peripsocus nebulosus Navas, 1933. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 103.

nigrescens Williner. Bolivia.

Peripsocus nigrescens Williner, 1947. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent.
Cienc., nates AVI fig. if.
oculatus Enderlein. Java.
Peripsocus oculatus Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 62.
(Not Peripsocus oculatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 179, figs. 396, 397).
parvulus Kolbe. Europe.
Peripsocus alboguttatus var. parvulus Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer.
Wiss. Kunst 8: 130.
Peripsocus parvulus Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 211.
(Not Ectopsocus parvulus (Kolbe). Weber, 1931. Z. wiss. Zool. 138:
457, 18. fies.) -
Peripsocus parvulus f. longipennis Roesler, 1939. Zool. Anz. 125: 172,
16

fig. ;
pauliani Badonnel. Ivory Coast.
Peripsocus pauliani Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 42, figs.
pembanus Enderlein. Fundu Island.
Peripsocus pembanus Endecicn: 1908. Reise in Ostafrika 2: 250; pl.
UO Fe
peruanus Banks. Peru, Bolivia.
Peripsocus peruanus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
phaeopterus (Stephens). Europe.
Psocus nigricornis Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6:
(Not Psocus nigricornis Brauer, 1865. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
15: 908).

Psocus phaeopterus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6: 12

Psocus obscurus Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes p. 322.
Peripsocus phaeopterus (Stephens). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 210.
pictus Thornton. Hong Kong.
Peripsocus pictus Thornton, 1962. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 114: 290,
figs. 5, 6, 11-14.
pseudoquercicola Thornton. Hong Kong.
Peripsocus pseudoquercicola Thornton, 1962. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
114: 288, figs. 4, 7, 9, 15.
pumilis Enderlein. Japan.
Peripsocus pumilis Enderlein, 1907. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 68: 99.

SMITHERS 71

quadrifasciatus (Harris). North America.
Psocus madidus Hagen, 1866. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 12 (part.).
Psocus quadrifasciatus Harris, 1869. Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. nat. Hist.
ioe 83 ip
Peripsocus quadrifasciatus (Harris). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc.
38: 372: pl. Kees P2272 pk. BEX: ‘fies 3
quadripunctatus Badonnel. Angola.
Peripsocus quadripunctatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 181, figs. 402-404.
Peripsocus quadripunctatus f. brachypterus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult.
Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 183, figs. 405-407.
quercicola Enderlein. Hong Kong, Japan, Formosa.
Peripsocus quercicola Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 316.
reductus Badonnel. France, England.
Peripsocus reductus Badonnel, 1943. Faune de France 42: 98, figs.
238-240.
reicherti Enderlein. Singapore, Seychelles, Bogor.
Peripsocus reicherti Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
£290; pl. Vil, fis; 46:

setosus Smithers. South Africa.
Peripsocus setosus Smithers, 1960. J. ent. Soc. S. afr. 23: 219, figs. 1-3.
similis Enderlein. Singapore, Hong Kong.

Peripsocus similis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 290;
pl. VII, fig. 44.

(Not Peripsocus similis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 180, figs. 398-401).

singularis Banks. Formosa.
Peripsocus singularis Banks, 1937. Philip. J. Sci. 62: 267; pl. 2,

ne 12.
spinosus Thornton. Hong Kong.

Peripsocus spinosus Thornton, 1959. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
2a AD. fiepsees. S208. L218.
stagnivagus Chapman. North America.
Peripsocus stagnivagus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 376; pl.
Mae: fic Seipl. XG fig. 5:

subfasciatus (Rambur). Europe.
Psocus subfasciatus Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes
pei 322:
Peripsocus alboguttatus (Dalman). McLachlan, 1867. Ent. mon. Mag.
$2759.35’ (parts):

Peripsocus subpupillatus McLachlan, 1883. Ent. mon. Mag. 19: 183.

Peripsocus subpupillatus ab. quadriramosus Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb.
Abt. Syst. 147° 541.

Peripsocus subfasciatus (Rambur). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-
Longchamps 3 (2): 20.

suffitus. Enderlein. New Guinea, ? Guam.
Peripsocus suffitus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 293;

pl. XIV, fig. 71.
sydneyensis Enderlein. Australia.

Peripsocus sydneyensis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
12292) pl. WE, fies 45.

umbrosus Navas. Spain.
Peripsocus umbrosus Navas, 1911. Bol. Soc. aragon. Cienc. nat. 10: 210;
ple TV fie: S:
variatus Soehardjan and Hamann. Bogor.
a Hear peta Soehardjan and Hamann, 1959. Idea 12: 4; pl.
, figs. 9-11.

Family HEMIPSOCIDAE
Genus Anopistoscena Enderlein

Anopistoscena Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 298.
Type species: Anopistoscena specularifrons Enderlein.

72 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

specularifrons Enderlein. Seychelles.
Anopistoscena specularifrons Enderlein, 1912. Zool. Anz. 39: 298.

Genus Hemipsocus Selys-Longchamps

Hemipsocus Selys-Longchamps, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 146.
Type species: Psocus chloroticus Hagen.
africanus Enderlein. East Africa, Seychelles, Congo, Angola.
Hemipsocus africanus Enderlein, 1907. Schwed. zool. Exped. Kilimand-
yaro..3 (15): 33; plasy figx 32
chloroticus (Hagen). Ceylon, Japan, Philippines, Formosa,
Sarawak, Java, Sumatra.
Psocus chloroticus Hagen, 1858. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 8: 474.
Hemipsocus chloroticus (Hagen). Selys-Longchamps, 1872. Ent. mon.
Mag. 9: 146, fig. A.
(Not Hemipsocus chloroticus (Hagen). Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat.
Mus. hung. 1: 234; pl. IV, figs. 17b-17c; pl. VI, figs. 17d-17f).
Hemipsocus hyalinus Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 311.
Hemipsocus chloroticus var. stenostigmus Banks, 1942. Bull. Mus. comp.
Zool. Harv. 172: 25, fig. dd
luridus Enderlein. New Guinea, Samoa, Singapore.
! Hemipsocus chloroticus (Hagen). Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hung. 1: 234; pl. IV, figs. 17b-17c; pl. VI, figs. 17d-17f.
Hemipsocus chloroticus var. luridus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat.
Mus. hung. 1: 235; pl. IV, fig. 17a.
Hemipsocus selysianus Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-Longchamps
Bi iG@2 ye 40}
Hemipsocus luridus Enderlein. Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 7 (4): 125.
Hemipsocus luridus selysianus Enderlein. Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 7 (4):

126.
Hemipsocus luridus luridus Enderlein. Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 7 (4):

pardus Smithers. Madagascar.
Hemipsocus pardus Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 252,

figs. 70-72.
pretiosus Banks. Cuba, Florida.
Hemipsocus pretiosus Banks, 1930. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 37: 184;

pl. 9, fig. 5.
roseus (Hagen). Ceylon, Philippines, Thailand, Hawaii, Central

America, West Indies.
Psocus roseus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 203.
Epipsocus roseus (Hagen). McLachlan, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 78.
Pseudocaecilius roseus (Hagen). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-
Longchamps 3 (2): 41.
Hemipsocus roseus (Hagen). Banks, 1931. Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc.
7: 4383) ple Vil, fies *1; ipl EXe@ ies! 1. 22

rubellis Navas. India.
Hemipsocus rubellis Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 38.
selysi Banks. Queensland.
Hemipsocus selysi Banks, 1918. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 62: 5; pl. I,

fig. 19

Family PSEUDOCAECILIIDAE
Subfamily PSEUDOCAECILIINAE
Genus Cladioneura Enderlein

Cladioneura Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 404.
Type species: Cladioneura pulchripennis Enderlein.

Subgenera:

(Cladioneura) Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 404.
Type species: Cladioneura pulchripennis Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 151.

SMITHERS 73

(Scytopsocus) Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 11.
Type species: Scytopsocus coriaceus Roesler.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 151.
coriaceus (Roesler). (Scytopsocus). Brazil.
Scytopsocus coriaceus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 12, figs. 68-73,

Cladioneura (Scytopsocus) coriaceus (Roesler). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 105: 151.

difficilis (Roesler). (Scytopsocus). Brazil.
Scytopsocus difficilis Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 120: 13, figs. 74, 77, 78.
pulchripennis Enderlein. (Cladioneura). Australia.
Cladioneura pulchripennis Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 405;

pla 23eafien 5S:

Cladioneura (Cladioneura) pulchripennis Enderlein. Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 151.

Genus Mesocaecilius Okamoto
Mesocaecilius Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 8: 197.
Type species: Mesocaecilius quadrimaculatus Okamoto.
quadrimaculatus Okamoto. Formosa.
Mesocaecilius quadrimaculatus Okamoto, 1910. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hung. 8: 198; pl. III, fig. 6.

Genus Pseudocaecilius Enderlein
Pseudocaecilius Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 260.
Type species: Pseudocaecilius elutus Enderlein.
Hageniella Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 258.
Type species: Epipsocus zonatus (Hagen).
(Not Hageniella Meunier, 1898. Arch. Mus. Teyler (2) 5: 228).
Subgenera:
(Pseudocaecilius) Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 260.
Type species: Pseudocaecilius elutus Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 152.
(Ophiodopelma) Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 767.
Type species: Ophiodopelma ornatipenne Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 152.
anomalus Thornton. (Pseudocaecilius). Hong Kong.
Pseudocaecilius anomalus Thornton, 1961. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
(B) 30: 146, figs. 2, 10-15.
brevicornis Enderlein. (Pseudocaecilius). Seychelles.
Pseudocaecilius brevicornis Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Zoot“) 19e 212: pl: Tae he 56:
citricola (Ashmead). (Pseudocaecilius). Porto Rica, North America.
Psocus citricola Ashmead, 1879. Canad. Ent. 11: 228.
Caecilius pretiosus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 311.
Pseudocaecilius wolcotti Banks, 1924. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
65: 423. :
Caecilius citricola (Ashmead). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 331.
Pseudocaecilius pretiosus (Banks). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc.
$382. 332° ‘pl. XVI, fig:)'6: pls XOxd, “fig 1
Pseudocaecilius citricola (Ashmead). Mockford and Gurney, 1956.
J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 46: 364.
clarus (Banks). (Pseudocaecilius). North America.
Caecilius clarus Banks, 1908. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 34: 258.
Pseudocaecilius (?) clarus (Banks). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc.
335) 3594.
delicatus (Hagen). (Pseudocaecilius). Philippines, Ceylon.
Psocus delicatus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 203.
Epipsocus delicatus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: (2074 213°
Epipsocus completus Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 200; pl. I, fig. 5.
Pseudocaecilius delicatus (Hagen). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-
Longchamps 3 (2): 41. ©

74 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

elutus Enderlein. (Pseudocaecilius). Singapore, India, Angola, Java, Malaya,
Congo, South Afica, Madagascar,
Mozambique.
Pseudocaecilius elutus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1:

Pseudocaecilius elutus var. africanus Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sct. nat.
Zool. (10) 14: 230, fig. 1. :

Trichopsocus indicatus Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza
172045. fig: ;

Pseudocaecilius (Pseudocaecilius) elutus Enderlein. Roesler, 1944.
Stetiin. ent) Zita. 105:) 152.

formosanus (Banks). (Pseudocaecilius). Formosa.
Hageniella formosana Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 62: 265; pl. 2,

fig.) 15:
funestus (Enderlein). (Pseudocaecilius). Queensland.

Epipsocus funestus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
i 2563) pli Vy fig. 26:

Hageniella funesta (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-
Longchamps 3 (2): 41.

greenwoodi Karny. (Pseudocaecilius). Fiji.
Pseudocaecilius greenwoodi Karny, 1926. Bull. ent. Res. 16: 290, fig. 5.
hieroglyphicus (Enderlein). (Opiodopelma). Ceylon.

Kolbea hieroglyphica Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1s) 2792 pls RIV his: 72.
Ophiodopelma hieroglyphica (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz.
33: 766.
hirsutus Thornton. (Pseudocaecilius). Hong Kong.
Pseudocaecilius hirsutus Thornton, 1961. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
30: 148; figs. 3, 16-19.

hispidus Enderlein. (Pseudocaecilius). East Africa.
Pseudocaecilius hispidus Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 359.
innotatus Banks. (Pseudocaecilius). Philippines.
Pseudocaecilius innotatus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 132; pl. 2,
fig. 19.
lachlani Enderlein. (Pseudocaecilius). Australia.

Pseudocaecilius lachlani Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1: 263; pl. V, fig. 30.
machadoi Badonnel. (Pseudocaecilius). Angola.
Pseudocaecilius machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 202, figs. 468-470.
maculifrons Thornton. (Pseudocaecilius). Hong Kong.
Pseudocaecilius maculifrons Thornton, 1961. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
(B) 30: 142, figs. 1, 5-9.

maculosus Enderlein. (Pseudocaecilius). Japan.
Pseudocaecilius maculosus Enderlein, 1907. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 68: 94.
marginatus (Enderlein). (Pseudocaecilius). New Guinea.

Epipsocus marginatus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
12) 255¢F DIM AV. i ee’) 25%

Hageniella marginata (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-
Longchamps 3 (2): 41.

Graphopsocus marginatus (Enderlein). Soehardjan, 1958. Idea 11: 30.

marshalli Karny. (Pseudocaecilius). Fiji, Guam.
Pseudocaecilius marshalli Karny, 1926. Bull. ent. Res. 16: 288, fig. 3.
molestus (Hagen). (Pseudocaecilius). Ceylon.

Psocus molestus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 203.
Epipsocus molestus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 207

Hageniella molesta (Hagen). Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hung. 1: 259.
morstatti Enderlein. (Pseudocaecilius). East Africa, Congo.
Pseudocaecilius morstatti Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 358.

SMITHERS 75

multipunctatus (Hagen). (Ophiodopelma). Ceylon, Philippines.
Psocus multipunctatus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 204.
Caecilius multipunctatus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 205.
Ophiodopelma multipunctata (Hagen). Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci.
632: 127; spl Eigse».
ornatipennis (Enderlein). (Gphiiodepetnaay: Formosa.
Ophiodopelma ornatipenne Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 767.
Pseudocaecilius (Ophiodopelma) ornatipenne (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Zi 105: 192.
ornatus Enderlein. (Pseudocaecilius). Singapore, Java.
Pseudocaecilius ornatus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
TT 262: pl. Vertis. 29:

pinnatus (Enderlein). Java.
Hageniella pinnata Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 58.

pusellus (Banks). (Pseudocaecilius). Philippines.
Hageniella pusellus Banks, 1931. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 38: 56.

solocipennis Enderlein. (Pseudocaecilius). Japan.
Pseudocaecilius solocipennis Enderlein, 1907. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 68: 95.

tenellus Enderlein. (Pseudocaecilius). Java.
Pseudocaecilius tenellus Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 59.

testaceus Enderlein. (Pseudocaecilius). New Guinea, Celebes.

Pseudocaecilius testaceus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.

12.262; pla Nie. 2s:
veitchi Karny. (Pseudocaecilius). Fiji.
Pseudocaecilius veitchi Karny, 1926. Bull. ent. Res. 16: 289, fig. 4.

viiv (Enderlein). (Pseudocaecilius). Java.
Hageniella viiv Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 57.

villosus (Enderlein). (Pseudocaecilius). Australia.
Epipsocus villosus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 256;

DE, Vor fie. 27.
Hageniella villosa (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-
Longchamps 3 (2): 41.
zonatus (Hagen). (Pseudocaecilius). Ceylon.
Psocus zonatus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 204.
Epipsocus zonatus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 207.

Hageniella zonata (Hagen). Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hung. 1: 258.

Epipsocus fuscofasciatus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
fF? °254

(Not Psocus zonatus Navas, 1932. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 103,
fig. 10).
Genus Pseudoscottiella Badonnel

Pseudoscottiella Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 170.
Type species: Pseudoscottiella megops Badonnel.
decolor Badonnel. Angola.
Pseudoscottiella decolor Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 206, figs. 483-486.
hyalina Badonnel. Angola.
Pseudoscottiella hyalina Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 205, figs. 476-478.
immaculata Badonnel. Angola.
Pseudoscottiella immaculata Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 206, figs. 479-482.

megops Badonnel. Congo.
Pseudoscottiella megops Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 170,

figs. 63-67.
tuberculata Badonnel. Angola.

Pseudoscottiella tuberculata Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 203, figs. 471-475.

76 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Genus Scottiella Enderlein

Scottiella Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. (2) 19: 216.
Type species: Scottiella micans Enderlein.

compta Enderlein. Seychelles.
Scottiella compta Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. (2)
1921207:
hirsuticornis Enderlein. Seychelles.
Scottiella hirsuticornis Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool.
(2999217:
micans Enderlein. Seychelles.

Scottiella micans Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. (2)
19> 246; fisd" 2:9 pl. 14 fig? 16t.

Subfamily ELECTROPSOCINAE

Genus Electropsocus Roesler

Electropsocus Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. Berl. 7: 244.
Type species: Electropsocus unguidens Roesler.

unguidens Roesler. East Prussia (in amber).
Electropsocus unguidens Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. Berl.

Family TRICHOPSOCIDAE

Genus Palaeopsocus Kolbe
Palaeopsocus Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 190.
Type species: Psocus tener Hagen.
tener (Hagen). East Prussia (in amber).
Psocus tener Hagen, 1856. Die in Bernstein befiindlichen organischen
Reste (2) 1: 60; pl. 8, fig. 8.
Epipsocus tener (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 207.

Archipsocus ? tener (Hagen). Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 293.
Palaeopsocus tener (Hagen). Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 190.

Genus Trichopsocus Kolbe

Trichopsocus Kolbe, 1882. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 10: 25.
Type species: Caecilius hirtellus McLachlan.
acuminatus Badonnel.
Trichopsocus hirtellus (McLachlan). Auct.
(Not Caecilius hirtellus McLachlan, 1877. C. R. Seances Soc. ent.
Belgique 20: 54).
(Not Trichopsocus hirtellus var. angulata Navas, 1916. Rev. Acad.
Madrid 14: 599, fig. 4).
(Not Trichopsocus hirtellus (McLachlan). Badonnel, 1938. Bull. Soc.
enti Fr A3seals ):
! Trichopsocus dalii McLachlan. Badonnel, 1938. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr.
AS i 1S;
Trichopsocus acuminatus Badonnel, 1943. Faune de France 42: 89,
fies. .213, 214, 220.

Europe, Canary Islands.

australis Edwards. Tasmania.
Trichopsocus australis Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1949: 119,

figs. 76-82.
brincki Badonnel. Madeira.
Trichopsocus brincki Badonnel, 1963. Bol. Mus. Funchal 17: 75,

figs. 15-19.
dalii (McLachlan). Europe, Algeria, Morocco, Canary Islands.

Caecilius dalii McLachlan, 1867. Ent. mon. Mag. 3: 272; pl. 2, fig. 6.

Caecilius hirtellus McLachlan, 1877. C. R. Seances Soc. ent. Belgique
20: 54.

Trichopsocus hirtellus var. angulata Navas, 1916. Rev. Acad. Madrid
14: 599, fig. 4.

SMITHERS 77

(Not T. eee dalii (McLachlan). Badonnel, 1938. Bull. Soc. ent.
Fr. 43: 18).
Trichopsocus hirtellus (McLachlan). Badonnel, 1938. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr.
43: 18.
Trichopsocus dalii (McLachlan). Badonnel, 1943. Faune de Fr.
42: 87, figs. 215-217.
kolosvaryi Danks. Latvia, Caucasus.
Trichopsocus kolosvaryi Danks, 1950. Gos. Musei Prirod. 2: 1, figs. 1-4.

Family ARCHIPSOCIDAE
Genus Archipsocus Hagen

Archipsocus Hagen, .1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 225.
Type species: Archipsocus puber Hagen.

Subgenera:
(Archipsocus) Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 225.
Type species: Archipsocus puber Hagen.
Subgeneric status: Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 294.
(Archipsocopsis) Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 294.
Type species: Archipsocus mendax Badonnel.
Subgeneric status: Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 294.
Note: The type species of this genus has been insufficiently studied but has
been assumed to have characters similar to those species associated with it
in the subgenus Archipsocus. (Cf. Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40
294. (footnote) ).
albofasciatus Badonnel. (Archipsocopsis). Congo, Angola.
Archipsocus albofasciatus Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg.
25: 49, figs. 61-63.
aneura Badonnel. (Archipsocopsis). Congo, Angola.
Archipsocus aneura Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 308, figs.
73-75, 87, 88, 95B.

balli Badonnel. (Archipsocopsis). Congo.
Archipsocus balli Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 306, figs.
68-72, 95A.
bicolor Badonnel. (Archipsocopsis). Congo.
Archipsocus bicolor Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg. 25: 50,
figs. 64-68.
bifurcatus Smithers. (Archipsocopsis). Nigeria.
Archipsocus Metco bifurcatus Smithers, 1958. Ent. mon.
Mag. 94: 56, 2:
biguttatus Pearman. Car aiincacenuis): Ceylon.
Archipsocus biguttatus Pearman, 1936. Spolia zeylan. 20: 1; pl. I,
figs. 1-6.
brasilianus Padcdeint (Archipsocopsis). Brazil, Porto Rica, Paraguay.

Archipsocus brasilianus Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 24: 83;
pl: 6, figs, .3=5;, 7, 125 15-17, 19%

corbetae Smithers. (Archipsocus). Queensland.
Archipsocus corbetae Smithers, 1964. J. ent. Soc. Qd. 3: 81, figs. 5-11.

fernandi Pearman. (Archipsocopsis). Ceylon.
Archipsocus fernandi Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 112, figs. 1-7.

floridanus Mockford. (Archipsocus). North America.

Archipsocus (Archipsocus) floridanus Mockford, 1953. Florida Ent.
36: 116, figs: 1, 5, 7,, 11-13, 19, 22-24.

frater Mockford. (Archipsocopsis). Florida.
Archipsocus frater Mockford, 1957. Florida Ent. 40: 33, 6 figs.
fuscopalpus Badonnel. (Archipsocus). Angola, Congo.

Archipsocus fuscopalpus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 216, fig. 501C.
ghesquierei Badonnel. (Archipsocus). Ivory Coast, Angola, Congo.
Archipsocus ghesquierei Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afte 393 d3,
figs. 72-74.

78 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

! Archipsocus neens f. macropterus Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr.
39: 172, figs. 68-71.
Archipsocus ghesquierei subsp. oligochaetus Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst.
Sci. nat. Belg. 25: 47
Archipsocus ghesquierei subsp. longicornis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult.
Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 215, fig. 501B.
Archipsocus ghesquierei subsp. albomaculatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub.
cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 215, fig. 501A.
gurneyi Mockford. (Archipsocus). North America.
Archipsocus (Archipsocus) gurneyi Mockford, 1953. Florida Ent.
36: 120, figs. 3, 8, 14-16, 20, 25-27.
intermedius Smithers. (Archipsocopsis). Queensland.
Archipsocus (Archipsocopsis) intermedius Smithers, 1964. J. ent. Soc.
Od. 3: 79, figs. 1-4.
machadoi Badonnel. Angola.
Archipsocus (Archipsocus) machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 220, figs. 503-505, SO6B.
mendax Badonnel. (Archipsocopsis). Congo, Angola.
Archipsocus mendax Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 303,
figs. 84B, 85, 86, 91-93.
minutus Badonnel. (Archipsocopsis). Angola.
Archipsocus minutus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 221, fig. 506C.

neens Enderlein. (Archipsocus). Gold Coast, Congo.
Archipsocus neens Enderlein, 1914. Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici 8: 240,
Messi), 2s

(Not Archipsocus neens f. macropterus Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot.
afr. 39: 172 figs. 68-71).
Archipsocus neens var. congolensis Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr.
40: 301, figs. 76-83, 84A.
nomas Gurney. (Archipsocus). North America.
Archipsocus nomas Gurney, 1939. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 29: 502, figs. 1-14.
panama Gurney. (Archipsocus). Florida, Barro Colorado Island.
Archipsocus panama Gurney, 1939. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 29: 505, fig. 15.
parvulus Mockford. (Archipsocopsis). North America.
Archipsocus (Archipsocopsis) parvulus Mockford, 1953. Florida Ent.
362.1235) figs). 240 17; 182928530!

puber Hagen. (Archipsocus). East Prussia (in amber).
Archipsocus puber Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 222; pl. I, fig. 10.
recens Enderlein. (Archipsocus). Singapore, Java, Formosa.

Archipsocus recens Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 286
fig. 1; pl. VIII, figs. 50a-50i.
Archipsocus recens f. brevipennis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat.
Mus. hung. 1: 287, pl. VIII, figs. 50a-50i.
textor Enderlein. (Archipsocus). East Africa, French Guinea.
Archipsocus textor Enderlein, 1911. Zool. Anz. 37: 143, figs. 1, 2.

Family ELIPSOCIDAE
Subfamily ELIPSOCINAE

Genus Cuneopalpus Badonnel

Cuneopalpus Badonnel, 1943. Faune de France 42: 76.
Type species: Elipsocus cyanops Rostock.

cyanops (Rostock). Europe.
Elipsocus cyanops Rostock, 1876. Ent. Nachr. 2: 192.

Genus Drymopsocus Smithers
Drymopsocus Smithers, 1963. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 32: 36.
Type species: Drymopsocus brunneus Smithers.
brunneus Smithers. Australia.
Drymopsocus brunneus Smithers, 1963. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
32: 36, figs. 7-12.

>

SMITHERS 79

Genus Elipsocus Hagen

Elipsocus Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16: 203.
Type species: Elipsocus westwoodii McLachlan, 1867. Ent. mon. Mag.
3: 274.

Cabarer Navas, 1908. Mem. R. Acad. Barcelona (3) 6: 410.
Type species: Cabarer fasciatus Navas.
abnormis (Hagen). East Prussia (in amber).
Psocus abnormis Hagen, 1856. Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen
Reste (2). V26%: pl, tigs; Sas Obie 9c.
Caecilius abnormis (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 204.
Elipsocus abnormis (Hagen). Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 287;
pl 1, fig... 7.
Philotarsus abnormis (Hagen). Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 190.
Elipsocus kuhli Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 188.

alettae Smithers. Northern Rhodesia.
Elipsocus alettae Smithers, 1962. J. ent. Soc. S. afr. 25: 258, figs. 10-15.
alpinus Smithers. Tanganyika.
Elipsocus alpinus Smithers, 1962. J. ent. Soc. S. afr. 25: 255, figs. 1-5.
annulatus Roesler. Germany.
Elipsocus annulatus Roesler, 1954. Beit. Ent. 4: 563, fig. 1.
boops (Hagen). Ceylon.

Psocus boops Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 201.
Elipsocus boops (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien

16:. 207.
brincki Badonnel. Azores.
Elipsocus brincki Badonnel, 1963. Bol. Mus. Funchal 17: 71, figs. 7-14.
capensis Smithers. South Africa.

Elipsocus capensis Smithers, 1962. J. ent. Soc. S. afr. 25: 260, figs.
consimilis McLachlan. England, Finland.
Elipsocus consimilis McLachlan, 1890. Ent. mon. Mag. 26: 269.
Elipsocus cyanops var. consimilis Bastmann, 1913. Medd. Soc. Fauna
Flora fenn. 39: 73.
fasciatus (Navas). Canary Islands.
Cabarer fasciatus Navas, 1908. Mem. R. Acad. Barcelona (3) 6: 410,
figs. 12a, ‘12b.
Elipsocus fasciatus (Navas). Badonnel, 1944. Rev. franc. Ent. 11: 55,

figs. 11-19.
hyalinus (Stephens). Europe.
Psocus hyalinus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6: ;
Psocus bipunctatus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
G3, 123:

(Not Psocus hyalinus Hagen, 1861. Ent. Ann. 1861: 26).
Elipsocus westwoodii McLachlan, 1867. Ent. mon. Mag. 3: 274 (part).
(Not Elipsocus hyalinus (Stephens). McLachlan, 1867. Ent. mon. Mag.

Ba AT ey) |
Elipsocus abietis Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst
8: 114, fig. 8.

Elipsocus abietis ab. thorandtensis Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst. 14: 543.
Elipsocus hyalinus (Stephens). Kimmins, 1941. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.
Gri hs a 22. fies? 1. 2°
impressus (Hagen). Ceylon.
Psocus impressus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 201.
Elipsocus impressus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16; Fis
marplatensis Williner. Argentine.
Elipsocus marplatensis Williner, 1943. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 12: 477.

80 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

mbizianus Smithers. Tanganyika.
Elipsocus mbizianus Smithers, 1962. J. ent. Soc. S. afr. 25: 256,

figs. 6-9.
melachlani Kimmins. Europe.

! Elipsocus hyalinus (Stephens). McLachlan, 1867. Ent. mon. Mag.
Bf" 275

Elipsocus hyalinus (Stephens). Auct.

?Elipsocus brevistylis Reuter, 1893. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 9: 44.

Elipsocus hyalinus var. abdominalis Reuter, 1904. Act. Soc. Fauna
Flora fenn. 26: 6.

Elipsocus mclachlani Kimmins, 1941. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11) 7: 528,

fic: 5.
modestus Banks. Haiti.
Elipsocus modestus Banks, 1938. Rev. Ent. Rio de J. 9: 286.
nevermanni Navas. Costa Rica.
Elipsocus nevermanni Navas, 1933. Broteria ser. zool. 2: 108.
nuptialis Roesler. Germany, France.

Elipsocus nuptialis Roesler, 1954. Beit. Ent. 4: 565, fig. 2.
Elipsocus abietis Kolbe. Badonnel, 1943. Faune de France 42: 76

(partim ).
occidentalis Banks. British Columbia.
Elipsocus occidentalis Banks, 1907. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 15: 166.
oligotrichus Thornton. Hong Kong.

Elipsocus oligotrichus Thornton, 1959. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
111: 345, figs. 17-20.

pallidus Jentsch. Germany, France, Switzerland.
Elipsocus pallidus Jentsch, 1938. Abh. westfal. Prov. Mus. naturk.

pe PATE:
pumilis (Hagen). North America.

Psocus pumilis Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 9.
Elipsocus pumilis (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien

16: 207.
rubrostigma Navas. India.
Elipsocus rubrostigma Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 48.
ustulatus Smithers. Southern Rhodesia.
Elipsocus ustulatus Smithers, 1965. J. ent. Soc. S. afr. 27: 216, figs. 1-5.
valdiviensis (Blanchard). Chile.

Psocus valdiviensis Blanchard, 1851. In Gay, E. Historia fisica y
politica de Chile 6: 95.
Elipsocus valdiviensis (Blanchard). Enderlein, 1923. Zool. Anz. 55: 248.

viridimicans Enderlein. Peru.
Elipsocus viridimicans Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 155;

pl. 9, fig. 22.
westwoodii McLachlan. Europe.

Psocus quadrimaculatus Westwood, 1840. Introduction to modern
Classification of Insects 2: 19, fig. 59.

(Not Psocus quadrimaculatus Latreille, 1794. Bull. Soc. philom. Paris
1: 85

Elipsocus quadrimaculatus (Westwood). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot.
Ges. Wien 16: 207.

Elipsocus westwoodii McLachlan, 1867. Ent. mon. Mag. 3: 274 (part).

Elipsocus moebiusi Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 372, 379.

?Elipsocus balmesi Navas, 1909. Rev. Montser. 1907: 1-2, 1 fig.

Genus Hemineura Tetens
Hemineura Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 372.
Type species: Hemineura dispar Tetens.
Actenotarsus Enderlein, 1907. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 25: 503.
Type species: Actenotarsus hispanicus Enderlein.

SMITHERS 81

dispar Tetens. Europe.
Hemineura dispar Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 379.
Hemineura fusca Reuter, 1904. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 9: 3;
pl. III, figs. 2-4.
Hemineura dispar var. fusca Reuter, 1909. Medd. Soc. Fauna Flora
fenn. 35: 208.
hispanica (Enderlein). France, Spain, America.
Actenotarsus hispanicus Enderlein, 1907. Zool. Jb. Abt, Syst. 25: 504;
pl. 19, figs. 1-5.
Elipsocus (Actenotarsus) hispanicus (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1935.
Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 40: 201

Genus Kilauella Enderlein

Kilauella Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357.

Type species: Elipsocus erythrostictus Perkins.
Note: The synonymies of the species of this genus are discussed by Zimmerman,
1948. Insects of Hawaii 2: 217-255, figs. 121-131.

criniger (Perkins). Hawaii.
Elipsocus criniger Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 85.
Kilauella criniger (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357.

. debilis (Perkins). Hawaii.

Elipsocus debilis Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 85.

Kilauella debilis (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357.

Kilauella vinosa var. debilis (Perkins). Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb. Abt.
syst. 43: \4553 cpl. 6, fig, 12:

erythrosticta (Perkins). Hawaii.
Elipsocus erythrostictus Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 86.
Kilauella erythrosticta (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357.
Kilauella vinosa var. erythrasticta (Perkins). Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb.
Abt. Syst. 43: 454; pl. 6, fig. 9.

frigida (Perkins). Hawaii.
Elipsocus frigidus Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 87.
Kilauella frigida (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357.
(Not Kilauella micramura (Perkins). Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst. 43: 455):

Inaequifusca (Perkins). Hawaii.
Elipsocus inaequifuscus Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 86.
Kilauella inaequifusca (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357.
Kilauella vinosa var. inaequifusca (Perkins). Enderlein, 1920. Zool.

Jb. Abt. Syst. 43: 456; pl. 6, fig. 11.

micramura (Perkins). Hawaii.
Elipsocus micramura Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 87.
(Not Kilauella frigida (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357).
Kilauella micramura (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357.
Kilauella vinosa var. micramura (Perkins). Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb.
Abt. Syst. 43: 455; pl. 6, fig. 10.

psylloides (Perkins). Hawaii.
Elipsocus psylloides Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 85.
Kilauella psylloides (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357.
Kilauella vinosa var. psylloides (Perkins). Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb.
Abt. Syst. 43: 456; pl. 6, fig. 13.
(Not Kilauella criniger (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357).

vinosa (McLachlan). Hawaii.
Elipsocus vinosa McLachlan, 1883. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (5) 12: 228.
Kilauella vinosa (McLachlan). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 357.
(Not Kilauella vinosa vars. erythrosticta (Perkins), micramura (Perkins),
inaequifusca (Perkins), psylloides (Perkins), debilis (Perkins). Ender-

lein, 1920. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 43: 454-457, figs. 9-13).

82 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Genus Palistreptus Enderlein
Palistreptus Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 43: 457.
Type species: Elipsocus inconstans Perkins.
inconstans (Perkins). Hawaii.
Elipsocus inconstans Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 84.
Kilauella inconstans (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 307.
Palistreptus inconstans (Perkins). Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
43: 457, figs. 14, 15.
(Not Palistreptus inconstans var. montanus (Perkins). Enderlein, 1920.
Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 43: 458; pl. 6, fig. 16).
montanus (Perkins). Hawaii.
Elipsocus montanus Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 83.
Kilauella montana (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 359.
! Palistreptus inconstans var. montanus (Perkins). Enderlein, 1920. Zool.
Jb. Abt. Syst. 43: 458; pl. 6, fig. 16.
Palistreptus montanus (Perkins). Zimmerman, 1948. Ins. Hawaii 2:
244, fig. 130d.

Subfamily PSEUDOPSOCINAE
Genus Palmicola Mockford

Palmicola Mockford, 1955. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 102.
Type species: Palmicola aphrodite Mockford.
aphrodite Mockford. Florida.
Palmicola aphrodite Mockford, 1955. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 102,
figs. 2a, 2b, 4-6, 9
robinae Mockford. Jamaica.
Palmicola robinae Mockford, 1955. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 106,
figs. 12-14, 17.
solitaria Mockford. Florida.
Palmicola solitaria Mockford, 1955. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 57: 105,
hese las TBS 33-8

Genus Pseudopsocus Kolbe

Pseudopsocus Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 208.

Type species: Pseudopsocus rostocki Kolbe.

(Not Pseudopsocus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 287.

Type species: Psocus amabilis Walsh).

Leptella Reuter, 1894. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 9: 45.

Type species: Leptella fusciceps Reuter.

(Not Leptella Hall and Clark, 1892. Geol. Surv. St. N.Y. 1: 293).
Leptodella Reuter, 1904. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 26: 11. (Leptella preocc.).

Anisopsocus Ribaga, 1910. Redia 6: 272.
Type species: Anisopsocus lichenophilus Ribaga.

fusciceps (Reuter). Europe.
Leptella ta Reuter, 1894. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 9: 37,
fi

g.

ca fusciceps (Reuter). Reuter, 1904. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora
fenn:/ 2655 13spls 13 figs. Sates pl. a hige\ 1.

Elipsocus reyi Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. ube Syst.\14: 542: pl. 35,
figs. 6, 7.

Pseudopsocus (Leptodella) fusciceps (Reuter). Badonnel, 1943. Faune
de France 42: 81, figs. 200, 201, 205, 206, 208.

lichenophilus (Ribaga). Italy.

Anisopsocus lichenophilus Ribaga, 1910. Redia 6: 274, figs. 1-8.

?Pseudopsocus (Leptodella) meridionalis (Badonnel). Badonnel, 1943.
Faune de France 42: 84.

Pseudopsocus (Anisopsocus) lichenophilus (Ribaga). Badonnel, 1943.
Faune de France 42: 84.

SMITHERS 83

meridionalis Badonnel. Europe.
Pseudopsocus meridionalis Badonnel, 1936. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 41: 27,
mes, 1. 2

?Pseudopsocus (Anisopsocus) lichenophilus (Ribaga). Badonnel, 1943.
Faune de France 42: 84.

rostocki Kolbe. Europe.
Pseudopsocus rostocki Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 209.

Genus Reuterella Enderlein
Reuterella Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Anz. 27: 132.
Type species: Leptella helvimacula Enderlein.

helvimacula (Enderlein). Europe.
Leptella helvimacula Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 539;
pl. 35, figs. 1-4.
Reuterella helvimacula (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Anz. 27: 132.
Reuterella helvimacula var. enderleini Schille, 1904. Zool. Anz. 27: 475.
Caecilius corticis Pearman, 1924. Ent. mon. Mag. 60: 58, 3 figs.

Subfamily PROPSOCINAE
Genus Antarctopsocus Badonnel
Antarctopsocus Badonnel, 1947. Mém. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris. N.S. 20: 26.
Type species: Antarctopsocus jeanneli Badonnel.

jeanneli Badonnel. Marion Island.
Antarctopsocus jeanneli Badonnel, 1947. Mém. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris
NS: 20: 2iharhiss, 1-5;

Genus Pentacladus Enderlein

Pentacladus Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 408.
Type species: Pentacladus eucalypti Enderlein.

eucalypti Enderlein. Australia.
Pentacladus eucalypti Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 408;
pl.23, fig) 7.

Genus Propsocus McLachlan

Propsocus McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 352.
Type species: Psocus pallipes McLachlan.

Tricladus Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 410.
Type species: Tricladus froggatti Enderlein.
(Not Tricladus Fairmairne, 1903. Ann. ent. Soc. Fr. 71: 563).

Tricladellus Enderlein, 1909. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 70: 273. (Tricladus preocc.).

pallipes (McLachlan). Australia.
Psocus pallipes McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 349.
Propsocus pallipes (McLachlan). McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc.
Kond= (3)" 52-352.
Tricladus ea Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 410; pl. 23,
fig.

Tr; eae froggatti (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1909. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
TO N23:

pulchripennis (Perkins). Hawaii, Australia, Rhodesia, South Africa, Chile.

Stenopsocus pulchripennis Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 83.

Myopsocus nitens Hickman, 1934. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1933: 81,
figs. SA, 5B.

Tricladellus nitens (Hickman). Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm.
1949: 113, figs. 60-65, 67.

Tricladellus nitens var. brachypterus Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc.
Tasm. 1949: 115, fig. 66.

Propsocus pulchripennis (Perkins). Smithers, 1963. Pacific Ins. 5: 891,
figs. 13-18.

84 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Genus Spilopsocus Smithers

Spilopsocus Smithers, 1963. Pacific Ins. 5: 894.
Type species: Spilopsocus ruidis Smithers.

avius Smithers. Campbell Island.
Spilopsocus avius Smithers, 1964. Pacific Ins. Monogr. 7: 226, figs. 1-7.

ruidis Smithers. Australia.
Spilopsocus ruidis Smithers, 1963. Pacific Ins. 5: 894 figs. 19-25.

stigmaticus (Tillyard). New Zealand.

Mesopsocus stigmaticus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 185, fig. 11;
Di 48s figs AG
Spilopsocus stigmaticus (Tillyard). Smithers, 1963. Pacific Ins. 5: 894.

Subfamily NEPIOMORPHINAE
Genus Nepiomorpha Pearman

Nepiomorpha Pearman, 1936. Spolia zeylan. 20: 4.
Type species: Nepiomorpha crucifera Pearman.
annulata Badonnel. Angola.
Nepiomorpha annulata Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia Diamant Angola
26: 177, figs. 389-395.

crucifera Pearman. Ceylon, Angola.
Nepiomorpha crucifera Pearman, 1936. Spolia zeylan. 20: 4; pl. 1,
figs. 4-12.

Nepiomorpha crucifera subsp. angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult.
Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 174, figs. 383-388.
peripsocoides Mockford. Florida.
Nepiomorpha_ peripsocoides Mockford, 1955. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash.
57:25:98, figs..7, ila: 11), 015.

Genus Paedomorpha Smithers
Paedormorpha Smithers, 1963. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 32: 32.
Type species: Paedomorpha gayi Smithers.
gayi Smithers. Australia.
Paedomorpha gayi Smithers, 1963. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B) 32:
32, figs. 1-6.

Genus Roesleria Badonnel

Roesleria Badonnel, 1963. Biol. lAmerique australe 2: 331.
Type species: Roesleria chilensis Badonnel.

chilensis Badonnel. Chile.
Roesleria chilensis Badonnel, 1963. Biol. l Amerique australe 2: 331,
figs. 76-84.

Subfamily LESNEIINAE
Genus Lesneia Badonnel

Lesneia Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14: 247.
Type species: Lesneia capensis Badonenl.

capensis Badonnel. South Africa.
Lesneia capensis Badonnel, 1931. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. (10) 14: 248,

figs. 19-21.
stuckenbergi Badonnel. South Africa.

Lesneia stuckenbergi Badonnel, 1963. Arch. Zool. exp. gén. 102: 41,
figs. 1-9, 11-14.
Note: The following genus, Lenkoella, was described as being in the subfamily
Reuterellinae prior to the rearrangement of the family by Smithers (1964,
Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 116: 211-224).

Genus Lenkoella Machado-Allison and Papavero

Lenkoella Machado-Allison and Papavero, 1964. Pap. Dept. Zool. Sec. Agric.,
Sao Paulo 15: 312.
Type snecies: Lenkoella neotropica Machado-Allison and Papavero.

SMITHERS 85

neotropica Machado-Allison and Papavero. Brazil.
Lenkoella neotropica Machado-Allison and Papavero, 1962. Pap. Dep.
Zool. Sec. Agric., Sao Paulo 15: 312, figs.

Note: The following two genera, Graphocaecilius and Hemicaecilius, may not
be properly placed in the Elipsocidae.

Genus Graphocaecilius Enderlein
Graphocaecilius Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 155.
Type species: Graphocaecilius trypetoides Enderlein.
achrysus Banks. Santo Domingo.
Graphocaecilius achrysus Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. -nat.
152. 3940 hiss 16!
citramans Williner. Bolivia.
Graphocaecilius citramans Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus.
argent. Cienc. nat. 1: 119, fig. 12.
enderleini Williner. Bolivia.
Graphocaecilius enderleini Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent.
Cienc..nat. 1c 12h hig. 43%
interpretatus Roesler. Brazil.
Graphocaecilius interpretatus Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 14, figs.

luridus Enderlein. Peru.
Graphocaecilius luridus Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 314.
trypetoides Enderlein. Peru

Graphocaecilius trypetoides Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14:
156; pli” 9: fis: 23:
Genus Hemicaecilius Enderlein

Hemicaecilius Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 357.
Type species: Hemicaecilius bogotanus Enderlein.

bogotanus Enderlein. Columbia.
Hemicaecilius bogotanus Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 358;
pl 17, fis, 9.

Family PSOCULIDAE
Genus Psoculus Roesler
Psoculus Roesler, 1954. Beit. Ent. 4: 570.
Type species: Reuterella neglecta Roesler.
neglectus (Roesler). Germany.
Reuterella neglecta Roesler, 1935. Arch. Mecklenberg. Naturf. 9: 22.
(Brief description).
Reuterella neglecta Roesler, 1935. Zool. Anz. 111: 95, figs. 1, 2B,
3A, 4, 5A, 6A, 7A, 8B.
Psoculus neglectus (Roesler). Roesler, 1954. Beit. Ent. 4: 571, figs.
14-16.

Family PHILOTARSIDAE

Genus Aaroniella Mockford

Aaroniella Mockford, 1951. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 58: 102.
Type species: Elipsocus maculosus Aaron.

badonneli (Danks). Latvia, Caucasus.
Philotarsus badonneli Danks, 1950. Goz. Muzei Prirody Riga LSSR
1, 6 figs.

Aaroniella badonneli (Danks). Thornton, 1959. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. 111: 344.
maculosa (Aaron). North America.
Elipsocus maculosus Aaron, 1883. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 11: 40;
pl. 92 he..8:

86 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Philotarsus maculosus (Aaron). Chapman and Nadler, 1928. Mem.
Cornell agric. Exp. Sta. 101: 62.
Aaroniella maculosa (Aaron). Mockford, 1951. Psyche, Camb. Mass.

58: 103.
pulchra Thornton. Hong Kong.
Aaroniella pulchra Thornton, 1959. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 111: 342,
figs. 14-16.

Genus Austropsocus Smithers
Austropsocus Smithers, 1962. Pacific Ins. 4: 929.
Type species: Austropsocus insularis Smithers.
insularis Smithers. Macquarie Island, Campbell Island.
Austropsocus insularis Smithers, 1962. Pacific Ins. 4: 930, figs. 1-6.

Genus Haplophallus Thornton
Haplophallus Thornton, 1959. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 111: 336.
Type species: Haplophallus orientalis Thornton.
basilewskyi (Smithers). Tanganyika.
Aaroniella basilewskyi Smithers, 1960. Ann. Mus. Congo belge 8vo
88: 371, figs. 8-10.
Haplophallus basilewskyi (Smithers). Smithers, 1963. J. ent. Soc. Qd.
2: 60.

fenestristigma (Enderlein). Seychelles.
Kolbia fenestristigma Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2)
Zool. 19: 211; pl. 14, fig. 55.
Haplophallus fenestristigma (Enderlein). Thornton, 1959. Trans. R.
ent. Soc. Lond. 111: 340.

greyi (Edwards). Tasmania.
Philotarsus greyi Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1949: 116,
figs. 68-75.
Haplophallus greyi (Edwards). Smithers, 1963. J. ent. Soc. Qd. 2: 60.
maculatus (Tillyard). New Zealand.
Philotarsus maculatus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 181, fig. 7;
pl. 18, fig. 2.
Haplophallus maculatus (Tillyard). Thornton, 1962. N.Z. J. Sci. 5: 342,
figs. 3-8.
orientalis Thornton. Hong Kong.

Haplophallus orientalis Thornton, 1959. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
UD: 336; S725) 8-13;

Genus Philotarsopsis Tillyard
Philotarsopsis Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 182.
Type species: Philotarsopsis delicatus Tillyard.

delicatus Tillyard. New Zealand.
Philotarsopsis delicatus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 182,
fig. 9.

Genus Philotarsus Kolbe
Philotarsus Kolbe, 1880. Jber westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 116.
Type species: Psocus picicornis Fabricius.

antiquus Kolbe. East Prussia (in amber).
Philotarsus antiquus Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 187.

bruchi Williner. Argentine.
Philotarsus bruchi Williner, 1943. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 12: 119.

bullicornis Enderlein. East Prussia (in amber).
Philotarsus bullicornis Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 50: 331,

figs. 64-66.

fraternus Enderlein. Bolivia.
Philotarsus fraternus Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 547.

froggatti Enderlein. Australia.

Philotarsus froggatti Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1: 308, 52b-c; pl. IX, fig. 52a.

SMITHERS 87

glossopterus Roesler. Costa Rica.
Philotarsus glossopterus Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. Berl.
ih. 242.

guttatus Tillyard. New Zealand.
Philotarsus guttatus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 181, fig. 8.
A cae viola guttatus (Tillyard). Thornton, 1962. N.Z.J. Sci. 5: 242,

Ee (a tah

kwakiutl Mockford. Washington.
Philotarsus kwakiutl Mockford, 1951. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 58: 104;
pl. 8, figs: 2 ISATGE We pis 9: fies. 41, 2,
leopardina Williner. Argentine.
Philotarsus leopardina Williner, 1943. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent.
Cienc. nat.,. 11:

parviceps Roesler. Germany.
Philotarsus parviceps Roesler, 1954. Beit. Ent. 4: 568, figs. 6, 9, 10, 12.
picicornis (Fabricius). North America, Europe.

Hemerobius picicornis Fabricius, 1793. Entomologia systematica 2: 86.

Psocus picicornis (Fabricius). Fabricius, 1798. Supplementum Entomo-
logiae Systematicae 8: 204.

(Not Psocus picicornis Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Ento-
mology 6: 118).

Psocus flaviceps Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6: 1240

Psocus striatulus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6: 124.

Caecilius irroratus Curtis, 1837. British Entomology 14: 648.

Psocus lasiopterus Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch der Entomologie 2: 777.

Psocus pusillus Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica p. 1053.

Caecilius lasiopterus (Burmeister). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.

Wien 16: 205.
Caecilius flaviceps (Stephens). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 205.

Elipsocus flaviceps (Stephens). McLachlan, 1867. Ent. mon. Mag.
5i 22755). pi. 2, tess 9, 10;

Philotarsus picicornis (Fabricius). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer.
Wiss. Kunst. 8: lis; pl. 2. figs TO:

Philotarsus flaviceps (Stephens). Auct.

Philotarsus picicornis var. stigma Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer.
Wiss. Kunst 8: 117.

Philotarsus flaviceps var. fuscoguttata Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt.

Syst. 14: 543.
Mesopsocus poecilopterus Navas, 1913. Bol. Soc. aragon. Cienc. nat.
12> 87, tie. 2.
samoanus Karny. Samoa.

Philotarsus samoanus Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 8: 126, fig. 7.
?Aaroniella samoana (Karny). Thornton, 1962. N.Z.J. Sci. 5: 241.

sticticus (Navas). Argentine.
Elipsocus sticticus Navas, 1932. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 109.
Philotarsus sticticus (Navas). Williner, 1944. Rev. Soc. ent. argent.

2:
triangulus (Blanchard). Chile, Falkland Islands, Malvinas Island.
Psocus triangulum Blanchard, 1851. In Gay, C. Historia fisica y

politica de Chile 6: 96.
Philotarsus triangulum (Blanchard). Enderlein, 1923. Zool. Anz. 55:
247

Philotarsus falklandicus Enderlein, 1905. Zool. Anz. 29: 126.

viridis Enderlein. Australia.
Philotarsus viridis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 209;
pl. IX, fig. 53.

88 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Genus Zelandopsocus Tillyard

Zelandopsocus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 183.
Type species: Zelandopsocus formosellus Tillyard.
formosellus Tillyard. New Zealand.
Zelandopsocus formosellus Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 184,
He. 10: pli i8): fig:,3.
sinuosus Banks. South Australia.
Zelandopsocus sinuosus Banks, 1939. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
85: 441, fig. 12.

Family MESOPSOCIDAE

Genus Hexacyrtoma Enderlein

Hexacyrtoma Enderlein, 1908. Denkschr. med. -naturw. Ges. Jena 13: 349.
Type species: Hexacyrtoma capensis Enderlein.
capensis Enderlein. South-west Africa.
Hexacyrtoma capensis Enderlein, 1908. Denkschr. med. -naturw. Ges.
Jena 13: 350, figs. 1, 2; pl. XIX, fig. 1.
Genus Labocoria Enderlein
Labocoria Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 71.
Type species: Mesopsocus diopsis Enderlein.
diopsis (Enderlein). East Africa.
Mesopsocus diopsis Enderlein, 1902. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 2: 13;
Dis Ven, ses. 7 OD
Labocoria diopsis (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr.
Berl. 1910: 71.

Genus Mesopsocus Kolbe

Mesopsocus Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 112.
Type species: Elipsocus unipunctatus (Muller)
Trocticus Bertkau, 1883. Arch. Naturgesch. 49: 99.
Type species: Trocticus gibbulus Bertkau.
Cyrtopsocus,, Costa, 1885. Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. 17: 243.
Type species: Cyrtopsocus irroratus Costa.
Holoneura Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 372, 378.
Type species: Elipsocus unipunctatus (Miller).
achocallae Williner. Bolivia.
Mesopsocus achocallae Williner, 1949. Rev. Inst. Invest. Mus. argent.
Cienc. nat. 1: 108, fig. 6
alienatus Smithers. Southern Rhodesia.
Mesopsocus alienatus Smithers, 1957. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 109:
255, figs. 4, 14, 15.
atlasicus Badonnel. Morocco.
Mesopsocus atlasicus Badonnel, 1945. Rev. franc. Ent. 12: 40, figs.
18, 20, 22-24, 42.

distinctus Smithers. Cape Province.
Mesopsocus distinctus Smithers, 1957. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 109:

248, figs. 5-9.
dromedarius Ball. Morocco.

Mesopsocus dromedarius Ball, 1937. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg. 13: 7;
pl. III, figs. 1, 2; pl. IV, fig. 1; pl. V, figs. 3, 4.

dubosqui Badonnel. France.
! Mesopsocus unipunctatus (Muller). Badonnel, 1931. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr.
56: 341.
Mesopsocus dubosqui Badonnel, 1938. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 43: 20.
hiemalis Marikowskii. Kazakhstan.
Mesopsocus hiemalis Marikowskii, 1957. Zool. Zh. 36: 1028, 4 figs.
hongkongensis Thornton. Hong Kong.

Mesopsocus hongkongensis Thornton, 1959. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
111: 331, figs. 1-6.
immunis (Stephens). Europe, Morocco.
Psocus immunis Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
62" 120,

SMITHERS 89

Elipsocus aphidioides (Schrank). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 214.
! Mesopsocus unipunctatus (Miller). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer.
Wiss. Kunst 8: 112; pl. 1, fig. 5.
Mesopsocus immunis (Stephens). Badonnel, 1936. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr.
41:
incomitatus Smithers. South Africa.
Mesopsocus incomitatus Smithers, 1957. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
109: 251, fig. 3.
laterimaculatus Ball. . Morocco.
Mesopsocus laterimaculatus Ball, 1937. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg.
13: 5; pl. II, fig. 1; pl. V, fig. 2.

laticeps (Kolbe). Europe, North America.
Elipsocus laticeps Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8:
114, fig. 6.

Holoneura laticeps (Kolbe). Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 372, 378.
Mesopsocus laticeps ab. pedunculata Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.

14: 541.
Mesopsocus laticeps (Kolbe). Gurney, 1949. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 39: 62.
maroccanus Badonnel. Morocco.

Mesopsocus maroccanus Badonnel, 1945. Rev. franc. Ent. 12: 42, figs.
19y 21, 20,020
meontinus Enderlein. East Africa.
Mesopsocus montinus Enderlein, 1907. Schwed. Zool. Exped. Kilimand-
jaro. 15. (2))4 353pls 5, fies. 4; 55.9.
nasutus Enderlein. Southern Tunis.
Mesopsocus nasutus Enderlein, 1907. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 5: 728;
pl. IX, figs. 1-3.
shiffi Smithers. Cape Province.
Mesopsocus shiffi Smithers, 1957. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 109: 245,
figs. 2, 10,11
tumorosus Smithers. Southern Rhodesia.
Mesopsocus tumorosus Smithers, 1957. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
1092. 2522 Pies diol Z,) wide

unipunctatus (Muller). Europe, North America, Japan, Canary Islands.
Hemerobius unipunctatus Muller, 1764. Fauna insectorum Friedrichs-
dalina p. 66.
Hemerobius aphidioides Schrank, 1781. Enumeratio insectorum Austriae
p. 314.
Psocus longicornis Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6. 121)

Caecilius vitripennis Curtis, 1837. British Entomology 14: 648.

Psocus obliteratus Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica 5: 1053.

Psocus oculatus Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica 5: 1053.

Psocus naso Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes p. 320.

Psocus signatus Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 9.

Elipsocus aphidioides (Schrank). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 207.

Elipsocus signatus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: 207.

Mesopsocus unipunctatus (Muller). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer.
Wiss’ ‘Kunst 8: (12> pl. ie fig. 5.

Trocticus gibbulus Bertkau, 1883. Arch. Naturgesch. 49: 99; pl. I,
figs. 2a, 2b.

Cyrtopsocus irroratus Costa, 1855. Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. 17: 243.

Holoneura unipunctatus (Muller). Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 372.

Elipsocus unipunctatus (Muller). Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 378.

Mesopsocus unipunctatus var. fasciatus Enderlein, 1906. Ber. westpreuss.
bot. -zool. Ver. 28: 84.

Mesopsocus unipunctatus var. bifasciatus Enderlein, 1906. Ber. west-
preuss. bot. -zool. Ver. 28: 84.

90 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Mesopsocus unipunctatus var. subfuscus Enderlein, 1906. Ber. westpreuss
bot. -zool. Ver. 28: 85.
Mesopsocus unipunctatus var. borealis Enderlein, 1910. Nyt. Mag.
Naturw. 48: 320.
(Not Mesopsocus unipunctatus (Muller). Badonnel, 1931. Bull. Soc.
: zool. Fr. 56: 341).
ypsilon Ball. Morocco.
Mesopsocus ypsilon Ball, 1937. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Belg. 13: 2;
pl. I, fig. 1; pl. V, fig. 1.
Group PSOCETAE
Family PSOCIDAE
Subfamily AMPHIGERONTIINAE
Genus Amphigerontia Kolbe

Amphigerontia Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 104.
Type species: Psocus bifasciatus Latreille.

Note: The references to Amphigerontia bifasciata (Latreille) and A. contaminata

(Stephens) in the literature are very confused. (cf. Badonnel, 1943. Faune de

France 42: 53, 54).

bicolor Enderlein. Peru.
Amphigerontia bicolor Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 144;

ple TX, frei 9:
Loensia bicolor (Enderlein). Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.

bifasciata (Latreille). Europe, North America.

Psocus bifasciatus Latreille, 1799. Illustrata Iconographica Insectorum
Bi Lie pl. 2. ee a

Psocus subfasciatus Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica p. 1053.

Psocus quadrimaculatus Westwood, 1840. Introduction to the modern
classification of Insects 2: 19, fig. 59.

Psocus semistriatus Walsh, 1862. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 14:
361 (part).

Amphigerontia subnebulosa Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss.
Kunst 8: 104.

(Not Amphigerontia bifasciata (Latreille). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf.
ProvVer. Wiss. Kunst 8: 104).

Psocus confraternus Banks, 1905. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 32: 2.

Psocus moderatus Banks, 1907. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 15: 165.

Psocus additus Banks, 1918. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 62: 3.

Amphigerontia confraterna (Banks). Enderlein, 1924. S.B. Ges. naturf.
Fr. Berl. 31: 35.

Amphigerontia bifasciata (Latreille). Ball, 1926. Bull. (Ann.) Soc. ent.
Belg. 66: 332; pl. II, figs. 1, 2.

Amphigerontia bifasciata (Latreille). Pearman, 1932. Ent. mon. Mag.

: 204

Amphigerontia bifasciata (Latreille). Jentsch, 1938. Zool. Anz. 122:
87-90, 91, figs. 1b, 3b, 4b, Sb.

(Not Amphigerontia bifasciata (Latreille). Auct.).

Amphigerontia pearmani Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 12.

birabeni Williner. Argentine.
Amphigerontia birabeni Williner, 1944. Notes Mus. La Plata (Zool.)

Oe 4a). | 118. Dy
Bolivia.

boliviana Navas.
Amphigerontia boliviana Navas, 1930. Rev. chil. Hist. nat. 34: 304, fig.

contaminata (Stephens). Europe.
Psocus contaminatus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology

6: :

Psocus megastigmus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6: 120:

Amphigerontia bifasciata (Latreille). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProVer.
Wiss. Kunst 8: 104.

SMITHERS 91

Amphigerontia bifasciata (Latreille). Auct.
! Amphigerontia bifasciata (Latreille). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
104: 12.

Amphigerontia contaminata (Stephens). Badonnel, 1943. Faune de Fr.
42: 54, figs. 110-118.

denticulata -Enderlein. Paraguay.
a denticulata Enderlein, 1910. Zool. Anz. 36: 163, figs.
Loensia denticulata (Enderlein). Thornton, 1961. ‘T rans. R. ent. Soc.

Lond, W322.

diffusa Navas. China.
Amphigerontia diffusa Navas, 1933. Notes Ent. chin. 13: 6.

feai Ribaga. Burma.
Amphigerontia feai Ribaga, 1908. Redia 5: 103; pl. VI, fig. 8.

formosa Banks. Queensland.

Amphigerontia formosa Banks, 1918. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
625% 43 °pl. TS seta

Loensia formosa (Banks). Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
113;

hemiphaeoptera Enderlein. Peru.

Amphigerontia hemiphaeoptera Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
145, 1452) pl. 95 fre. nt te

Amphigerontia hemiphaeoptera var. hyalina Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb.
Abt. Syst. 14: 146.

Loensia hemiphaeoptera (Enderlein). Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent.
Soc. Lond. tise 2.

hyalina Enderlein. Chile.
Amphigerontia hyalina Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 102.

incerta Ribaga. Burma.
Amphigerontia incerta Ribaga, 1908. Redia 5: 109, pl. VI, fig. 9.

intermedia (Tetens). Europe.

Psocus intermedius Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 371, 374.
Amphigerontia intermedia (Tetens). Jentsch, 1938. Zool. Anz. 122: 92,
ese. 2b. 3G.) AC eC.

jezoensis Okamoto. Japan, Formosa.

Amphigerontia jezoensis Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist.
Soc. 2: 134:

lata Enderlein. Java.
Amphigerontia lata Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 52.

limpida Navas. South America.
Amphigerontia limpida Navas, 1920. An. Soc. cient. argent. 90: 63.

martini Navas. Chile.
Amphigerontia martini Navas, 1922. Estudios 22: 365.

montivaga (Chapman). North America.

Psocus montivagus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 255; pl. XII,
fis 2: ple) XUV,» fies..7,.d4.

namiana Navas. Tonkin.
Amphigerontia namiana Navas, 1920. Mem. Accad. Nuovi Lincei (2)

Sen 2e
nervosa Navas. Argentine.

Amphigerontia nervosa Navas, 1933. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza
16: 98.

nubila Enderlein. Japan.
Amphigerontia nubila Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: B47.

pl. 10, fig. 4.
Psocus grandis Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 122;

pl. / ik, fig: 9:

Loensia nubila (Enderlein). Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
1132 2.

92 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

petiolata (Banks). North America.
Psocus petiolatus Banks, 1918. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 62: 4.
Amphigerontia petiolata (Banks). Mockford, 1950. Proc. Ind. Acad.

Sci. 60: 201
tincta Navas. South America.
Aphigerontia tincta Navas, 1920. An. Soc. cient. argent. 90: 63.
titschaki Navas. Costa Rica.
Amphigerontia titschaki Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza
Pie AS:
ukingana Enderlein. East Africa.
Amphigerontia ukingana Enderlein, 1902. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 2: 8.
umbrata Navas. Columbia.
se ca igs umbrata Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza
Td "45.
varia Navas. Costa Rica.

Amphigerontia varia Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 44.
vitiensis (Karny). iji.
Psocus (Amphigerontia) vitiensis Karny, 1926. Bull. ent. Res. 16: 285,

1.

fig.
voeltzkowi Enderlein. Fundu Island.
Amphigerontia voeltzkowi Enderlein, 1908. Reise in Ostafrika 2: 248;
pl. 11, fig. 1.

Genus Blaste Kolbe

Blaste Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 79.
Type species: Blaste juvenilis Kolbe.
Subgenera:
(Blaste) Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 99.
Type species: Blaste quieta (Hagen) (= Blaste juvenilis Kolbe).
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 3.
(Lasiopsocus) Enderlein, 1907. Fauna S.W. Australien 1 (3): 234.
Type species: Lasiopsocus michaelseni Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 3.
(Blastopsocus) Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 3.
Type species: Euclismia variabilis (Aaron).
(Euclismia) Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 99.
Type species: Euclismia quadrimaculatus (Latreille).
Subgeneric status: Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
2620253.
(Euclismiopsis) Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 254.
Type species: Blaste (Euclismiopsis) machadoi Badonnel.
(Blastopsis) Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 259.
Type species: Blaste (Blastopsis) triangularum Badonnel.
(Blastopsocidus) Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 261.
Type species: Blaste (Blastopsocidus) maculatus Badonnel.

Note: In the following list species are allocated to the subgenera only where
this has been indicated in the literature, other species are regarded as belonging
to Blaste sens. lat. The species in this group are in need of revision (cf. Thornton,
1960. Trans R. ent. Soc. Lond. 112: 239-240).

allaudi (Badonnel). Madagascar.
Euclismia allaudi Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S. 18: 100;

pl. I, figs. 3-7.
angolensis Badonnel. (Blaste). Angola.

Blaste (Blaste) angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 251, figs. 584-589.

balli (Badonnel). Morocco.
Euclismia balli Badonnel, 1945. Rev. franc. Ent. 12: 46, figs. 35-41.

bicuspis Smithers. Madagascar.
Blaste bicuspis Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 258, figs. 86-88.

binotata (Enderlein). Java.

Euclismia binotata Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 57.

SMITHERS 93

brevipilosa (Enderlein). (Lasiopsocus). South Africa.
Lasiopsocus brevipilosus Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-Longchamps
3° (2) 352% pl. VERE Whigs 152
cinerea (Enderlein). Bombay.
Psocus cinereus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 228;
pl. XIV, fig. 70.
Euclismia cinerea (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 100.
conspurcata (Rambur). Europe.
Psocus quadrimaculatus var. A. Latreille, 1799. Illustrata Iconographica
Insectorum p. 4.
Psocus conspurcatus Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes
Ds 15237
Psocus quadrimaculatus Latreille. Selys-Longchamps, 1873. Ann. Soc.
ent. Belg. 16: 4.
?Psocus hilaris Navas, 1907. Rev. Montser. 1907: 1-2, figs. 1a-1c.
Euclismia conspurcata (Rambur). Badonnel, 1943. Faune de Fr. 42: 60,
figs. 134-141.
(Not Psocus conspurcatus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
122425 pb Vee, Ts)?
cubitalis (Enderlein). Singapore.
!Psocus obtusus Hagen. Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1: 2273 ipl. ive me. 14s
Psocus cubitalis Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-Longchamps 3 (2): 36.
Euclismia cubitalis (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 100.
dundoensis Badonnel. (Euclismia). Angola.
Blaste (Euclismia) dundoensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 253, figs. 590-594.
inornata (Aaron). North America.
Psocus inornatus Aaron, 1883. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 11: 39.
Blaste ? inornatus (Aaron). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
112: 240.

lignicola (Enderlein). Australia.
Psocus lignicola Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 401; pl. 23,

figs.) 1; 74:
Euclismia lignicola (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 100.
lithinus (Chapman). (Blastopsocus). North America.

Psocus lithinus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 249; pl. XX,
fig. 11; pl. XIII, fig. 3; pl. XIV, fig. 16.
Blaste (Blastopsocus) lithinus (Chapman). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent.
Zig. 104: 2.
Blaste ? lithinus (Chapman). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. 112: 240.
Blastopsocus lithinus (Chapman). Mockford, 1961. Florida Ent. 44: 138.
longipennis (Banks). North America.
Psocus longipennis Banks, 1918. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 62: 3.
Blaste ? longipennis (Banks). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. 112: 240.
machadoi Badonnel. (Euclismiopsis). Angola.
Blaste (Euclismiopsis) machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 254, figs. 595-601, 613, 614.
maculata Badonnel. (Blastopsocidus). Angola.
Blaste (Blastopsocidus) maculatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 261, figs. 617-625.
memorialis (Banks). Columbia.
Psocus memorialis Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 304.
Euclismia memorialis (Banks). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 99.

michaelseni (Enderlein). (Lasiopsocus). South-west Australia.
Lasiopsocus michaelseni Enderlein, 1907. Fauna S.W. Austr. 1 (3):
234, figs. 1-5.

Blaste (Lasiopsocus) michaelseni (Enderlein). Roesler, 1943. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 104: 3.

94 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

obtusa (Hagen). Ceylon, Japan, Singapore.
Psocus obtusus Hagen, 1858. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 8: 474.
(Not Psocus obtusus Hagen. Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hunge 12227: pl. IV, fir. 14):
Euclismia obtusa (Hagen). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 100.
opposita (Banks). North America.
Psocus oppositus Banks, 1907. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 15: 165.
Psocus interruptus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. Comp. zool. Harv. 64: 306;
pl. II, fig. 15.
oregona (Banks). North America.
Psocus oregonus Banks, 1900. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 26: 239.
Psocus californicus Banks, 1905. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 32: 2.
Blaste ? one onus (Banks). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.

112: ‘
pauliani (Badonnel). (Euclismiopsis). Cameroons.
Ruckne pauliani Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 37: 139,

gs. 4-12.

Blaste (Euclismiopsis) pauliani (Badonnel). Badonnel, 1955. Pub.
cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 254, 256. (Referred to as Euclismia
lepesmei Badonnel—in error?).

peringueyi (Enderlein). (Euclismiopsis). Congo, Southern Rhodesia.

Psocus peringueyi Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 100.

Psocidus peringueyi (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr.
40: 316, figs. 113-116.

Blaste (Euclismiopsis) peringueyi (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1955. Pub.
cult. Cia. Diamant Angola 26: 259.

polioptera Smithers. Madagascar.

Blaste polioptera Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 256, figs.

quadrimaculata (Latreille). (Euclismia). Europe.

Psocus quadrimaculatus Latreille, 1794. Bull. Soc. philom. Paris 1: 85.

Psocus subnebulosus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6: 121.

Psocus maculipennis Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology

Euclismia quadrimaculata (Latreille). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 99.
quieta (Hagen). (Blaste). North America.
Psocus quietus Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 12.

Psocus semistriatus Walsh, 1862. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 14: 361
(part.).

Psocus bifasciatus Walsh, 1863. Proc. ent. Soc. Philad. 2: 183.

Blaste juvenilis Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 80.

Blaste (Blaste) quieta (Hagen). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 3.

simillima (Enderlein). Cape Province.

Psocus quadrimaculatus Latreille. Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-
Longchamps 3 (2): 8; pl. I, figs. 3, 7 (part.).

Loensia simillima Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 100.

Euclismia simillima (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1943. Faune de Fr. 42: 58.

stigmosalis (Banks). North America.
Psocus stigmosalis Banks, 1915. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 66: 611;
pl. 28, fig. 18.
Euclismia stigmosalis (Banks). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 99.
stricta Smithers. Madagascar.
Blaste stricta Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 257; figs. 83-85.
stuckenbergi Smithers. Madagascar.
Blaste stuckenbergi Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 254, figs.
73-79.
subaptera (Chapman). California.

Psocus subapterus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 278; pl. XX,
fig. 14; pl. XIV, fig. 1.

Blaste 2? subapterus (Chapman). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. 112: 240.

SMITHERS 95

subquieta (Chapman). North America.
Psocus subquietus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 279; pl. XIV,

fig 15.
Blaste ? subquietus (Chapman). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. 112: 240
triangularum Badonnel. (Blastopsis). Angola.
Blaste (Blastopsis) triangularum Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia.
Diamant Angola 26: 259, figs. 608-612.

variabilis (Aaron). (Blastopsocus). North America.
Psocus semistriatus Walsh, 1862. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 14: 361

(part.).
Psocus variabilis Aaron, 1883. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 11: 38; pl. 9,

fig. 5

Psocus medialis Banks, 1907. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 15: 165.
Euclismia variabilis (Aaron). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 100.
Blaste (Blastopsocus) variabilis (Aaron). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent.

Tite. AOA 2:
Blastopsocus variabilis (Aaron). Sommerman, 1956. Proc. ent. Soc.
Wash. 58: 151.
vilhenai Badonnel. (Euclismiopsis). Angola.

Blaste (Euclismiopsis) vilhenai Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 256, figs. 602-607, 615, 616.

Genus Elaphopsocus Roesler
Elaphopsocus Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. Berl. 7: 236.
Type species: Elaphopsocus glaphyrostigma Roesler.
glaphyrostigma Roesler. Brazil.
Elaphopsocus glaphyrostigma Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent.
Berl, 72 236, figs." 1-2:

Genus Neoblaste Thornton
Neoblaste Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 112: 239.
Type species: Neoblaste papillosus Thornton.
papillosa Thornton. Hong Kong.
Neoblaste papillosus Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 112:
2ZA0. figs 1, 3, 55.7; 8, 10,14.

setosa Thornton. Hong Kong.
Neoblaste setosus Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 112: 240,
figs. 2, 4,6,

Genus Neopsocopsis Badonnel
Neopsocopsis Badonnel, 1936. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 60: 419.
Type species: Neopsocus pyrenaicus Badonnel.

hirticornis (Reuter). Europe.
Psocus hirticornis Reuter, 1894. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 9: 42,
fig. 1.
Psocus bastmannianus Enderlein, 1918. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 41: 487;
pl. 8, 1 fig.

Euclismia bastmanniana (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 99.
Neopsocopsis hirticornis (Reuter). Badonnel, 1938. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr.

63: 239
pyrenaicus (Badonnel). Europe.
! Neopsocus rhenanus Kolbe. Badonnel, 1931. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 56:
341.

Neopsocus pyrenaicus Badonnel, 1935. Rev. franc. Ent. 2: 47, figs. 1-8.
Neopsocopsis hirticornis pyrenaicus Badonnel, 1938. Bull. Soc. zool.
Fr. 63: 239.

Subfamily ANTIPSOCINAE

Genus Anomopsocus Roesler
Note: This genus may be more correctly placed in the Peripsocidae.
Pseudopsocus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 287.
Type species: Psocus amabilis Walsh.
(Not Pseudopsocus Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 208).

96 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Anomopsocus Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. Berl. 7: 239.
Type species: Pseudopsocus amabilis (Walsh). (Pseudopsocus preocc.).
Amapsocus Sommerman, 1944. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 37: 359.
Type species: Pseudopsocus amabilis (Walsh). (Pseudopsocus preocc.).
amabilis (Walsh). North America.
Psocus amabilis Walsh, 1862. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 14: 362.
Psocus minusculus Banks, 1905. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 32: 3.
Pseudopsocus amabilis (Walsh). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc.
38: 287; pl. XVIII, figs. 7, 9, 10; pl. XX, fig. 1.
Anomopsocus amabilis (Walsh). Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon.
Ent. Berl. 7: 239.
Amapsocus amabilis (Walsh). Sommerman, 1944. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer.
Sip = 399°

Genus Antipsocus Roesler
Antipsocus Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. Berl. 7: 241.
Type species: Antipsocus radiolosus Roesler.

radiolosus Roesler. Costa Rica.
Antipsocus radiolosus Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. Berl.

Subfamily CERASTIPSOCINAE
Tribe CERASTIPSOCINI

Genus Cerastipsocus Kolbe

Cerastis Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 65.

Type species: Psocus venosus Burmeister.

(Not Cerastis Ochsenheimer, 1816. Schmett. Europa 4: 84).
Cerastipsocus Kolbe, 1884. Berl. ent. Z. 28: 38.

Type species: Psocus venosus Burmeister. (Cerastis preocc.).
Titella Navas, 1912. Broteria, ser. zool. 10: 196.

Type species: Titella rufa Navas.
Subgenera:
(Cerastipsocus) Kolbe, 1884. Berl. ent. Z. 28: 38.

Type species: Psocus venosus Burmeister.

Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.
(Clematoscenea) Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 115.

Type species: Psocus lemniscatus Enderlein, 1903.

Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.
(Sigmatoneura) Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 761.

Type species: Cerastipsocus subcostalis Enderlein.

Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.

bogotanus (Kolbe). (Cerastipsocus). Columbia.
Cerastis bogotana Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 73.

coloratus (Kolbe). (Cerastipsocus). Columbia.
Cerastis colorata Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 71.

crassicornis (Kolbe). (Cerastipsocus). Brazil, Argentine.

Cerastis crassicornis Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 70.
Cerastipsocus crassicornis var. argentinus Ribaga, 1908. Redia 5: 98;
pl. VI, figs. 1-3.

cubanus Enderlein. (Cerastipsocus). Cuba.
Cerastipsocus cubanus Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-Longchamps 3

(2): 34.
fuscipennis (Burmeister). (Cerastipsocus). Brazil.

Psocus fuscipennis Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch der Entomologie 2: 778.

Cerastis fuscipennis (Burmeister). Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
44: 70.

Cerastipsocus fuscipennis (Burmeister). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll.
Selys-Longchamps (3) 2: 34.

SMITHERS 97

iguazuensis (Williner). (Cerastipsocus). Argentine.
Psocus iguazuensis Williner, 1945. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 12: 242.
Cerastipsocus iguazuensis (Williner). Badonnel, 1962. Biol. l’ Amerique
australe 1: 225, figs. 96-99.
infectus (McLachlan). (Cerastipsocus). New Granada.
Psocus infectus McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 350.
Cerastis infecta (McLachlan). Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 68.

lemniscatus (Enderlein). (Clematoscenea). Java, Sumatra.
Psocus lemniscatus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hunen t= 218%

plolV,;. fig. 8.
Clematoscenea lemniscata (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden

Mus. 29: Vis

Cerastipsocus (Clematoscenea) lemniscatus (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.

moestus (Kolbe). (Cerastipsocus). Columbia.
Cerastis moesta Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 72.

pallidinervis (Kolbe). (Cerastipsocus). Columbia.
Cerastis pallidinervis Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 73.

rufus (Navas). (Cerastipsocus). Peru.
Titella rufa Navas, 1912. Broteria, ser. zool. 10: 197.

subcostalis Enderlein. (Sigmatoneura). Singapore, Java, India.

Cerastipsocus subcostalis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
he 21S ole IV. fier 7:
Sigmatoneura subcostalis (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz.
a3) (16M:
Cerastipsocus (Sigmatoneura) subcostalis Enderlein. Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.
tostus (Navas). Costa Rica.
Neopsocus tostus Navas, 1924. Broteria ser. Zool. 21: 64.
Cerastipsocus tostus (Navas). Badonnel, 1935. Rev. franc. Ent. 2: 50.
trifasciatus (Provancher). (Cerastipsocus). North America.
Psocus trifasciatus Provancher, 1876. Nat. canad. 8: 186.
Psocus speciosus Aaron, 1883. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 11: 40; pl. 9,
Bi Fs
Cerastis nigrofasciatus Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 70.
Cerastis nigrofasciata var. elegantula Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
44: ‘
Psocus tolteca Banks, 1903. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 11: 237.
Cerastipsocus trifasciatus (Prov.). Banks, 1907. Cat. Neur. Ins. U.S. p. 10.
venosus (Burmeister). (Cerastipsocus). North America, Cuba.
Psocus venosus Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch der Entomologie 2: 778.
Psocus micropthalmus Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes
p. :
Psocus magnus Walker, 1853. Cat. Neur. Brit. Mus. p. 484.
Psocus gregarius Harris, 1869. Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 329.
Cerastis venosa (Burmeister). Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 69.
Cerastis venosa var. mexicana Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 75.
Psocus gossypii Ashmead, 1894. Insect Life 7: 29.
Cerastipsocus venosus (Burmeister). Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
67> 317.
Cerastipsocus (Cerastipsocus) venosus (Burmeister). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.
vetustus (Kolbe). (Cerastipsocus). Columbia.
Cerastis vetusta Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 74.

Genus Eremopsocus McLachlan
Eremopsocus McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 347.
Type species: Eremopsocus infumatus McLachlan.

Nescus Navas, 1925. Mem. R. Acad. Barcelona 19: 19.
Type species: Nescus flavatus Navas.

98 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Subgenera:
(Eremopsocus) McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 347.
Type species: Eremopsocus infumatus McLachlan.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 148.
(Syngonosoma) Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 76.
Type species: Syngonosoma flagellicorne Kolbe.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 148.
(Dinopsocus) Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 307.
Type species: Dinopsocus atratus Banks.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.
(Not Dinopsocus Martynova, 1928. Trav. Mus. geol. Acad. Sci. U.S.S.R.
Be 30),
(Podopterocus) Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 308.
Type species: Podopterocus longicornis Banks.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.
atratus (Banks). (Dinopsocus). Borneo, Sarawak, Philippines.
Dinopsocus atratus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64:
S075 pie Bi ngs 25:
Eremopsocus (Dinopsocus) atratus (Banks). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.
Aig. OS.) lad:
flagellicornis (Kolbe). (Syngonosoma). Columbia.
Syngonosoma flagellicorne Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 78.
Eremopsocus (Syngonosoma) flagellicornis (Kolbe). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 148.

flavatus (Navas). (Syngonosoma). Costa Rica.
Nescus flavatus Navas, 1925. Mem. R. Acad. Barcelona 19: 197, fig. 23.
infumatus McLachlan. (Eremopsocus). Brazil, Venezuela.
Eremopsocus infumatus McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3)

5: 348.

Eremopsocus infumatus subsp. venezuelensis Pearman, 1933. Stylops
2: 160, figs. 1-9.

Eremopsocus (Eremopsocus) infumatus McLachlan. Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 148.

longicornis (Banks). (Podopterocus). Singapore.

Podopterocus longicornis Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
64: 308; pl. I, fig. 4.

Eremopsocus (Podopterocus) longicornis (Banks). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 105: 147.

reductus (Banks). (Syngonosoma). Mexico, Costa Rica.
Syngonosoma reducta Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.

64: 306.
semicoloratus (Banks). (Dinopsocus). Philippines.

Dinopsocus semicoloratus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
64: 307; pl. I, fig. 24.

Genus Psococerastis Pearman

Psococerastis Pearman, 1932. Ent. mon. Mag. 68: 202.
Type species: Cerastipsocus gibbosus (Sulzer).
Subgenera:
(Psococerastis) Pearman, 1932. Ent. mon. Mag. 68: 202.
Type species: Cerastipsocus gibbosus (Sulzer).
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.
(Dactylopsocus) Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. Berl. 7: 240.
Type species: Psocus fumigatus Kolbe.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.
discalis (Navas). Tonkin.
Psocus discalis Navas, 1920. Bol. Soc. ent. Esp. 4: 90, fig. 1.
Psococerastis discalis (Navas). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc.
Lond.) 1127) 252.

SMITHERS 99

fulleborni (Enderlein). (Psococerastis). East Africa, Congo, Sierra Leone,
Angola.
mo fulleborni Enderlein, 1902. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 2: 7; pl. V,
p13:

Psocus varians Navas, 1931. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 21: 131.
ane fulleborni (Enderlein). Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 128,
eae
fumigata (Kolbe). (Dactylopsocus). Brazil.
Psocus fumigatus Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 81.
Dactylopsocus fumigatus (Kolbe). Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon.
Ent. Berl. 7: 240. .
Psococerastis (Dactylopsocus) fumigatus (Kolbe). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 147.
ghesquierei Badonnel. (Psococerastis). Congo, Angola.
Psococerastis ghesquierei Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg.
25% d05, es? 76-79.
gibbosa (Sulzer). (Psococerastis). Europe, Canary Is., China, N. Asia,
North India.
Phryganea saltatrix Linnaeus, 1746. Fauna Suecica p. 226.
Phryganea gibbosa Sulzer, 1776. Abgek. Geschichte der Insekten 1: 173;
pl. 24, figs. 12, 13.
Hemerobius longicornis Fabricius, 1777. Genera Insectorum etc. p. 245.
Psocus longicornis (Fabricius). Latreille, 1794. Bull. Soc. philom.
Paris 1: 85.
Psocus lineatus Latreille, 1799. Illustrata Iconographica Insectorum
etc. Pe0 12: "pl. 2.8.
Psocus saltatrix (Linnaeus). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
162.217;
Psocus gibbosus (Sulzer). Enderlein, 1919. Cat. Coll. Selys-Longchamps
PA Ve)

Psococerastis gibbosa (Sulzer). Pearman, 1932. Ent. mon. Mag. 68: 202.
joannisi (Navas). (Psococerastis). Tonkin.
Psocus joannisi Navas, 1934. Notes Ent. chin. 2: 7, fig. 49.
Psococerastis joannisi (Navas). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc.

Lond: (i2: ° 252:

kurokiana (Enderlein). (Psococerastis). Japan.
Psocus kurokianus Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 244;
pletOs fig).

Psococerastis kurokianus (Enderlein). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent.
Soc: Lond stig 252%

ryukyuensis Tsutsumi. (Psococerastis). Ryuku Island, Japan.
Psococerastis ryukyuensis Tsutsumi, 1964. Kontyi 32: 265, figs. 1-8.
sinensis Thornton. (Psococerastis). Hong Kong.
Psococerastis sinensis Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. 112: 248,

figs. 21-29.
taprobanes (Hagen). (Psococerastis). Annam, Sarawak, Java, China,

Philippines, Ceylon, Sumatra,

Singapore, Malacca, Bengal,

India, Borneo, Burma.
Psocus taprobanes Hagen, 1858. Ver. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 8: 473.
Psocus cosmopterus McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3)

Psocus taprobanes var. cosmopterus (McLachlan). McLachlan, 1872.
Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 76. (Note 1).

Psocus taprobanes var. bengalensis Kolbe, 1883. Ent. Nachr. 9: 153.

Psocus taprobanes var. flavistigma Kolbe, 1885. Ent. Nachr. 11: 329.

Psocus taprobanes var. luzonensis Banks, 1916. Philipp. J. Sci. 11: 198.

Psocus taprobanes var. orientalis Navas, 1913. Notes Ent. chin. 7: 5.

Psocus flavistigma (Kolbe). Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 50.

100 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Psocus taprobanes var. luroris Soehardjan and Hamman, 1959. Idea
12: 1; pl. disefigs. 1-3, 7, &.

Psococerastis taprobanes (Hagen). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent.
Soc. Lond. 112: 250.

thomasseti Pearman. (Psococerastis). Natal, Congo.
Psococerastis thomasseti Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 126, figs. 6 and 6a.
tokyoensis (Enderlein). (Psococerastis). Japan, Formosa.
Psocus tokyoensis Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 245; pl. 10,
Hees Ze
Psocus capitatus Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 120;
pl. II, fig. 10.

Amphigerontia ficivorella Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist.
Soc. 2: 132; pl. II, fig. 4.

Psocus tokyoensis var. capitatus (Okamoto). Banks, 1937. Philipp. J.
Sci 623) 257

Psococerastis tokyoensis (Enderlein). Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent.
Soc. Lond. 112: 252.

yuwan Tsutsumi. (Psococerastis). Amami Islands, Japan.
Psococerastis yuwan Tsutsumi, 1964. Kontyi# 32: 118, figs. 1, 2.
zambeziana (Badonnel). (Psococerastis). Mozambique.
Psocus zambezianus Badonnel, 1932. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 57: 198,
figs. 5, 6.

Psococerastis zambezianus (Badonnel). Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 128.

Genus Scaphopsocus Smithers

Scaphopsocus Smithers, 1964. Ann. Mus. Congo belge 8vo. 88: 373.
Type species: Scaphopsocus phaeotherus Smithers.
phaeotherus Smithers. Tanganyika.
Scaphopsocus phaeotherus Smithers, 1960. Ann. Mus. Congo belge
Svo. 88: 373, figs. 11-16.

Tribe METYLOPHORINI

Genus Brachinodiscus Enderlein

Brachinodiscus Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 103.
Type species: Amphigerontia cinctipes Enderlein.

cinctipes (Enderlein). Peru, Paraguay, Brazil.
Amphigerontia cinctipes Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 145;
pl. 9, fig. 10.

Psocus lepidus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 304;
pl. III, fig. 33.
Brachinodiscus cinctipes (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 103.

Genus Diplacanthoda Enderlein

Diplacanthoda Enderlein, 1909. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris 15: 488.
Type species: Diplacanthoda bouvieri Enderlein.
bouvieri Enderlein. Madagascar.
Diplacanthoda bouvieri Enderlein, 1909. Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris
15: 488, fig. 1.

Genus Metylophorus Pearman

Metylophorus Pearman, 1932. Ent. mon. Mag. 68: 202.
Type species: Psocus nebulosus Stephens.
Subgenera:
(Metylophorus) Pearman, 1932. Ent. mon. Mag. 68: 202.
Type species: Psocus nebulosus Stephens.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 6.
(Ophthalmopsocus) Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 6.
Type species: Ophthalmopsocus forficularis Roesler, 1943.
forficularis Roesler. (Ophthalmopsocus). Bolivia.
Metylophorus (Ophthalmopsocus) forficularis Roesler, 1943. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 104: 8, figs. 7-11.

SMITHERS 101

lobatus Badonnel. (Metylophorus). Angola.
Metyloporus lobatus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola

26: 241, figs. 559-563.
mendax Badonnel. (Metylophorus). Angola.
Metylophorus mendax Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola

26: 240, figs. 555-558.

nebulosus (Stephens). (Metylophorus). Europe, China, Japan, India.
Psocus nebulosus Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
6G: 119!

Psocus similis Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
= 120:

Psocus variegatus Curtis, 1837. British Entomology 14: 648.
Psocus fuscipennis Zetterstedt, 1840. Insecta Lapponica etc. p. 1053.
Psocus infuscatus Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes p. 319.
Psocus affinis Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes p. 320.
(Not Psocus affinis Hagen, 1856. Die im Bernstein befindlichen
organischen Reste p. 58; pl. 5, figs. 9, 9b, 9c, 12).
Psocus nebuloso-similis (Stephens). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer.
Wiss. Kunst 8: 108.
Metylophorus nebulosus (Stephens). Pearman, 1932. Ent.. mon. Mag.
68: 202.
Metylophorus (Metylophorus) nebulosus (Stephens). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 146
novaescotiae (Walker). (Metylophorus). North America.
Psocus novaescotiae Walker, 1853. Cat. Neur. Brit. Mus. 3: 485.
Psocus contaminatus Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 10.
Psocus perplexus Walsh, 1862. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 14: 361.
Psocus hageni Banks, 1904. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 6: 202.
Metylophorus novaescotiae (Walker). Mockford, 1961. Florida Ent.
44: 137.
ocularis (Kolbe). (Ophthalmopsocus). Brazil.
Cerastis ocularis Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 72.
Ophthalmopsocus ocularis (Kolbe). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
104: 8.
Metylophorus (Ophthalmopsocus) ocularis (Kolbe). Roesler, 1943.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 8.
purus (Walsh). (Metylophorus). North America.
Psocus purus Walsh, 1862. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 14: 361.
Psocus lucidus Harris, 1869. Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 328.
Psocus genualis Banks, 1903. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 11: 236.
Metylophorus purus (Walsh). Mockford, 1961. Florida Ent. 44: 137.

Genus Pilipsocus Badonnel
Pilipsocus Badonnel, 1935. Rev. franc. Ent. 2: 77.
Type species: Psocidus intricatus (Enderlein).
angolensis Badonnel. Angola.

Pilipsocus angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
262,248, figs..567505 745,576.

congolensis Badonnel. Congo, Angola.
Pilipsocus congolensis Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 319,
figs. 121-126. ;
ghesquierei Badonnel. Congo, Angola.
Pilipsocus ghesquierei Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg.
25: 60, fig. 80.
intricatus (Enderlein). Angola, East Africa, Cameroons.
Psocus intricatus Enderlein, 1907. Schwed. Zool. Exped. Kilimandjaro
SI TCS 226o2-

Psocidus intricatus (Enderlein). Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 123, fig. 3.
Pilipsocus intricatus (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1935. Rev. franc. Ent.
Det FT, figs: * 1-4:

102 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

lepesmei Badonnel. Cameroons, French Guinea.
Pilipsocus lepesmei Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 37: 137,

figs. 1-3.
machadoi Badonnel. Angola.

Pilipsocus machadoi Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola

PG2 245. MeSH DOD, 125.979.
vilhenai Badonnel. Angola.
Pilipsocus vilhenai Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola

202 247,,. 1188), 966,573,917.

Tribe CYCETINI
Genus Cycetes Enderlein

Cycetes Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 108.
Type species: Cycetes thyrsophoroides Enderlein.

Goya Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 37.
Type species: Goya pictus Navas.

thyrsophoroides Enderlein. Java.
Cycetes thyrsophoroides Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 109,
figs. 1-3.

Goya pictus Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 37.

Subfamily PSOCINAE

Genus Atlantopsocus Badonnel
Atlantopsocus Badonnel, 1944. Rev. franc. Ent. 11: 48.
Type species: Atlantopsocus chopardi Badonnel.
adustus (Hagen). Madeira.
Psocus adustus Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 10.
ae ae adustus (Hagen). Badonnel, 1944. Rev. franc. Ent.
8.

ili is
berlandi Badonnel. Morocco.
Atlantopsocus berlandi Badonnel, 1944. Rev. franc. Ent. 11: 52, figs.
2m) 3-63, Ul
chopardi Badonnel. Azores.

Atlantopsocus chopardi Badonnel, 1944. Rev. franc. Ent. 11: 49,
hes Sr 4, 9.213:

lesnei Badonnel. Canary Islands.
Atlantopsocus lesnei Badonnel, 1944. Rev. franc. Ent. 11: 49, figs.

10, 14, 15.
leucophlebius (Navas). Canary Islands.

Amphigerontia leucophlebia Navas, 1916. Mem. Acad. Nuovi Lincei
(2) 2257, hiss 33s

aa leucophlebius (Navas). Badonnel, 1944. Rev. franc. Ent.
1: y

personatus (Hagen). Madeira, Canary Islands.

Psocus personatus Hagen, 1865. Ent. mon. Mag. 2: 11.

Atlantopsocus personatus (Hagen). Badonnel, 1944. Rev. franc. Ent.
11: 48.

Genus Copostigma Enderlein

Copostigma Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 229.
Type species: Copostigma dorsopunctatum Enderlein.

Subgenera:

(Copostigma) Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 229.
Type species: Copostigma dorsopunctatum Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 144.

(Clematostigma) Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 403.

Type species: Copostigma maculiceps Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 144.

(Mecampsis) Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 104.

Type species: Mecampsis cinctifemur Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 144.

SMITHERS 103

brevistylus Enderlein. (Clematostigma). New Guinea, Samoa.
Copostigma brevistylus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
2332 pls XEViy hig. « 76.
Clematostigma brevistylus (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst. 23: 403.
cinctifemur (Enderlein). (Mecampsis). Chile.
Mecampsis cinctifemur Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 104.
Copostigma (Mecampsis) cinctifemur (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 144.
dorsopunctatum Enderlein. (Copostigma). New Guinea.
Copostigma dorsopunctatum Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus.
hung. 12302) ph alVi hen iS:
Copostigma (Copostigma) dorsopunctatum Enderlein. Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 144.
fumatum Enderlein. (Clematostigma). New Guinea.
Copostigma fumatum Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1: 231; pl. IV, fig. 16.
Clematostigma fumatum (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt.

Syst. 23: 403.
hyalinum Okamoto. (Clematostigma). Japan, Formosa.
Copostigma hyalinum Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc.
2: T6:
Clematostigma hyalinum (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz.
33: 766.
indicum Enderlein. (Clematostigma). India.

Copostigma indicum Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1s 2323p. SEV. ties. 7235, 75a.
Clematostigma indicum (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt.

Syst. 23: 403.
insolitum Banks. (Copostigma). Haiti.
Copostigma insolita Banks, 1938. Rev. Ent. Rio de J. 9: 285.
laconia Banks. (Copostigma). Santo Domingo.
Copostigma laconia Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15: 387;
pl. 44, fie. 21.
maculiceps Enderlein. (Clematostigma). Australia.

Copostigam maculiceps Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
e235. ca plow Ve few 12.

Clematostigma maculiceps (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb.
ADs Syst. 25%) 4032 pls 23. fies 2

Copostigma (Clematostigma) maculiceps Enderlein. Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 144.

morio (Latreille). (Clematostigma). Europe.

Psocus morio Latreille, 1794. Bull. Soc. philom. Paris 1: 85.

Clematostigma morio (Latreille). Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 766.

Copostigma morio (Latreille). Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58:

282.
Psocus allaudi Lacroix, 1915. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1915: 192, fig. 1.
paraguayense (Enderlein). (Clematostigma). Paraguay.
Clematostigma paraguayense Enderlein, 1910. Zool. Anz. 36: 164.
pindapaiense Williner. (Copostigma). Argentine.
Copostigma pindapaiensis Williner, 1943. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 12: 114.
subcostale Okamoto. (Clematostigma). Japan.
Copostigma subcostale Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc.
2 ay hey: Ly,
Clematostigma subcostale (Okamoto). Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz.
a3: Q
tardipes (Edwards). (Clematostigma). Tasmania.
Clematostigma tardipes Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm. 1949: 95,
figs. 1-17.
tunesicum (Enderlein). (Clematostigma). Tunis.

Clematostigma tunesicum Enderlein, 1923. Konowia 2: 33.

104 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

vinctum (Enderlein). (Clematostigma). Queensland.
Psocus vinctus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 223.
Clematostigma vinctum (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syste 23 40S pl. 23) his’ 2. ;

Genus Ghesquierella Badonnel

Ghesquierella Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg. 25: 61.
Type species: Ghesquierella ealensis Badonnel.

cantralli Mockford. Guatemala.
Ghesquierella cantralli Mockford, 1957. Ent. News 68: 204, figs. 6,

1S I Fs yegal
ealensis Badonnel. Congo.

Ghesquierella ealensis Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci. nat. Belg.
25: 61, figs. 81-83.
sjostedti (Enderlein). | Kilimandjaro.
Psocus sjostedti Enderlein, 1907. Schwed. Zool. Exped. Kilimandjaro
SieGI yin 2 2305, please tles a 16. 7s
Ghesquierella sjostedti (Enderlein). Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. Sci.
nat. Belg. 25: 62.

Genus Hyalopsocus Roesler

Hyalopsocus Roesler, 1954. Beit. Ent. 4: 572.
Type species: Copostigma contrarium (Reuter).

contrarius (Reuter). Europe.
Psocus contrarius Reuter, 1894. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 9: 23,
42. fig. 3:

Amphigerontia contraria (Reuter). Enderlein, 1906. Ber. westpreuss.
bot. -zool. Ver. 28: 75.
Copostigma contrarium (Reuter). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 103.
Hyalopsocus contrarius (Reuter). Roesler, 1954. Beit. Ent. 4: 572,
figs. 17-24.
fioridanus (Banks). North America.
Psocus floridanus Banks, 1905. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 2: 2.
Hyalopsocus floridanus (Banks). Roesler, 1954. Beit. Ent. 4: 572.
striatus (Walker). North America.
Psocus striatus Walker, 1853. Cat. Neur. Brit. Mus. 3: 486.
Psocus frontalis Harris, 1869. Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 330.
Clematostigma striatum (Walker). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 102.
Hyalopsocus striatus (Walker). Roesler, 1954. Beit. Ent. 4: 572.

Genus Maheella Enderlein

Maheella Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.) (2) 19: 208.
Type species: Maheella laevidorsum Enderlein.
angustifrons Enderlein. Seychelles.
Maheella angustifrons Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 19: 209; pl. 14, fig. 53.

laevidorsum Enderlein. Seychelles.
Maheella laevidorsum Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.)
(2) 19: 208.
lemniscata Smithers. Madagascar.
Maheella lemniscata Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 261,
figs. 93-96.
longispinosa Smithers. Madagascar.
Maheella longispinosa Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 260,
figs. 89-92.
quadrimaculata Smithers. Madagascar.
Maheella quadrimaculata Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 263,
figs. 97-99.
seyrigi Badonnel. Madagascar.

Maheella seyrigi Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S. 18: 801;
pl. II, figs. 1, 3-5.

SMITHERS 105

zachardiae Badonnel. Madagascar.
Maheella zachardiae Badonnel, 1935. Bull. Acad. malgache N.S.
18-5, 102; spl TL; figs. 2566, al

Genus Neopsocus Kolbe

Neopsocus Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 207.
Type species: Neopsocus rhenanus Kolbe.
Barnola Navas, 1909. Act. Mem. Prim. Congr. Natur. Espan. (5) 1: 157.
Type species: Barnola lepidinus Navas.
rhenanus Kolbe. . Europe.
Neopsocus rhenanus Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 207.
Psocus heteromorphus Bertkau, 1883. Arch. Naturgesch. 49: 98; pl. I,
fe Wee
Barnola lepidinus Navas, 1909. Mem. Prim. Congr. Natur. Espan. (5)
1: 157; pl. 13, figs. 10a-10g.
Psocus lapididetectus Lacroix, 1915. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 1915: 179.
(Not Neopsocus rhenanus Kolbe. Badonnel, 1931. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr.
5629341).

Genus Oreopsocus Roesler

Oreopsocus Roesler, 1939. Zool. Anz. 125: 165.
Type species: Psocus montanus Kolbe.
montanus (Kolbe). Europe.
Psocus montanus Kolbe, 1884. Berl. ent. Z. 28: 380.
Loensia montana (Kolbe). Enderlein, 1924. §S.B. Ges. naturf. Berl.
3 ti: ;
Euclismia montana (Kolbe). Badonnel, 1936. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 41: 25.
Oreopsocus montanus (Kolbe). Roesler, 1939. Zool. Anz. 125: 166,
figs. 8-10.

Genus Pearmania Badonnel

Pearmania Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 192.
Type species: Psocus usambaranus Badonnel.

collarti Badonnel. Congo.
Pearmania collarti Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 193,

figs. 118-126.
fucata (Pearman). Natal.

Psocidus fucatus Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 124, fig. 4.
Pearmania fucata (Pearman). Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr.
39:
incuria (Navas). Mombasa.
Psocus incurius Navas, 1936. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 28: 361, fig. 117.
Pearmania incuria (Navas). Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr.
39: 196.
nebulosa Badonnel. Angola.
Pearmania nebulosa Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 250, figs. 580-584.
rutshuruana Badonnel. Congo.
Pearmania rutshuruana Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 193,
fies., 112% 115-117.
usambarana (Badonnel). Mozambique, East Africa, Natal, Rhodesia.
Psocus nebulosus var. usambaranus Enderlein, 1907. Schwed. Zool.
Exped. Kilimandjaro (3) 15 (2): 33.
Psocus usambaranus Badonnel, 1932. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 57: 110,
figs. 7-11.
Psocus usambaranus var. infuscatus Badonnel, 1932. Bull. Soc. Zool.
Frag: 110; fic. 14.
Psocidus usambaranus (Badonnel). Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 125.
Pearmania usambarana (Badonnel). Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot.
afre 39> 192.
wittei Badonnel. Congo.
Pearmania wittei Badonnel, 1959. Explor. Parc. nat. Albert, Mission
GE de Witte "(1933-1939)" 95= 22)" figs 136-39:

106 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Genus Psocidus Pearman

Note: In 1932 the genus Psocus Latreille was redefined in a narrower sense
by Pearman (Ent. mon. Mag. 68: 193-204) and in 1934 (Stylops 3: 122) the
same author erected the genus Psocidus to contain the large number of species
which had been described in Psocus but which were outside the scope of this
genus in his restricted sense and which could also not be placed in other
defined genera. In 1944 Roesler (Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 145) placed Sigmatina
Enderlein and Clistopsocus Navas as subgenera of Psocidus. In the list which
follows species are assigned to appropriate subgenera only where this has
been indicated in the literature. Other species are included in the genus Psocidus
sens. lat. The large number of species in this “omnibus” genus are in need of
further study with a view to generic placing. It is probable that several species
described in Psocus after its redefinition are incorrectly placed; these, however,
are listed under that genus and not under Psocidus. (Cf. Psocus).

Psocidus Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 122.
Type species: Psocidus zanzibarensis Pearman.

Subgenera:

(Psocidus) Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 122.
Type species: Psocidus zanzibarensis Pearman. Subgeneric status:
Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 145.

(Clistopsocus) Navas, 1924. Broteria ser. zool. 21: 65.
Type species: Clistopsocus dilatus Navas. Subgeneric status: Roesler,
1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 145.

(Sigmatina) Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 103.
Type species: Psocus aztecana Banks. Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 145.

acourti (Cockerell). Isle of Wight (fossil. )
Psocus acourti Cockerell, 1921. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 7: 480.

albostigmus (Banks). Brazil.
Psocus albostigmus Banks, 1913. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 20: 83.

albovarius (Banks). Malaya.
Psocus albovarius Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 299.

aldai (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus aldai Navas, 1926. Broteria ser. zool. 23: 98.

angulatus (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus angulatus Navas, 1918. Physis B. Aires 4: 88.

annulipes (Reuter). Finland.
Psocus ? annulipes Reuter, 1899. Act. Soc. Fauna Flora fenn. 17: 3.

arenosus (Navas). Tonkin.
Psocus arenosus Navas, 1923. Arx. Inst. Cienc. Barcelona 8: 198.

aztecanus (Banks). (Sigmatina). Peru.

Psocus aztecanus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 303.
Sigmatina azetcana (Banks). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 103.
Psocidus (Sigmatina) aztecanus (Banks). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.

Zig) AOSV t45!
badonneli (Roesler). Mozambique.
Psocus multipunctatus Badonnel, 1932. Bull. Soc. zool. Fr. 57: 105,
figs. 1-4.

Psocus badonneli Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13.
(Not Psocus multipunctatus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien

9: 204).
bakeri (Banks). Philippines.
Psocus bakeri Banks, 1913. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 15: 171.
barretti (Banks). Mexico.
Psocus barretti Banks, 1900. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 26: 239.
biguttatus Badonnel. Congo.
Psocidus biguttatus Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 40: 317,
figs. 117-120.
biroi (Enderlein). New Guinea.

Psocus biroi Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 222;
pL. OM, ie. 11:

SMITHERS 107

bisignatus (Banks). North America.
Psocus bisignatus Banks, 1904. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 6: 203; pl. II,
figs. 10, 18.
borneensis (Banks). Borneo, Sarawak.
Psocus borneensis Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 64: 302; pl.
II, fig. 18.
brasilianus (Enderlein). Brazil.
Psocus brasilianus Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 352;
pl. .17,! fige2.
bridarelli (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus bridarelli Navas, 1928. Estudios 28: 144.
burmeisteri (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus burmeisteri Navas, 1917. Mem. R. Acad. Barcelona 13: 403.
callanganus (Enderlein). Peru.
Neopsocus callanganus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 147;
pl. IX, fig. 12.
Psocus callanganus (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 100.
campestris (Aaron). Texas.
Psocus campestris Aaron, 1886. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 38: 14.
cockerelli (Banks). New Mexico.
Psocus cockerelli Banks, 1904. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 30: 100.
coniostigma (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus coniostigma Navas, 1932. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 99.
consitus (Hagen). Ceylon.
Psocus consitus Hagen, 1858. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 8: 473.
consocius (Navas). Brazil.
Psocus consocius Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Madrid 31: 21,
fig. 33
conspersus (Banks). Arizona.
Psocus conspersus Banks, 1903. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 5: 277; pl.
PV hee | 1.
coquilletti (Banks). California.
Psocus coquilletti Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 305;
ple °F, fie.7 7.
crosbyi (Chapman). . Washington.
Psocus crosbyi Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 235; pl. XII,
figs wl; ply XX fies 19.
cubanus (Banks). Cuba.
Psocus cubanus Banks, 1908. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 34: 257.
cuencanus (Enderlein). Ecuador.
Psocus cuencanus Enderlein, 1923. Konowia 2: 32.
cuneatus (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus cuneatus Navas, 1932. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 100.
dilatus (Navas). (Clistopsocus). Costa Rica.

Clistopsocus dilatus Navas, 1924. Broteria ser. zool. 21: 66.
Psocidus (Clistopsocus) dilatus (Navas). Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent.

Zits. AOS: LAs.
dilutus (Navas). Argentine.
i Psocus dilutus Navas, 1931. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 3: 320.
divisus (Navas). Tonkin.
_ Psocus divisus Navas, 1922. Broteria ser. zool. 20: 58.
electricus (Enderlein). East Prussia (in amber).
we aoe Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 305, figs.
elegans (Banks). North America.
Hsocus aeans Banks, 1904. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 6: 203; pl. II,
g.

elegantulus (Banks).

Psocus elegantula Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 64: pl. Til,
fig. 29. (Description of this species is lacking in the text of the
paper; a figure only is given).

femoratus (McLachlan). North China.
Psocus femoratus McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 349.

108 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

filicornis (Enderlein). Singapore, ? Formosa.
Psocus filicornis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 217.

flavonimbatus (Rostock). Russia, Estonia.
Psocus flavonimbatus Rostock, 1879. Ent. Nachr. 5: 129.

formosanus (Okamoto). Japan.
Psocus formosanus Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc.

22° 130:

funerulus (Costa). Sardinia.
Psochus funerulus Costa, 1885. Bull. ent. Ital. 17: 243.

fuscatus (Navas). Brazil.
Psocus fuscatus Navas, 1916. Broteria ser. zool. 14: 34.

ghesquierei Badonnel. Congo.

Psocidus ghesquierei Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 190,
fips, Vid, 113, 114.

gloriosus (Banks). Borneo, Sarawak.
Psocus gloriosus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 301.

gomezi (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus gomezi Navas, 1928. Estudios 28: 145.

grandis (Okamoto). Japan.
Psocus grandis Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 122;

pleeily hie. “9

grisescens (McLachlan). Natal.
Psocus grisescens McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 350.

guttulatus Pearman. Natal, Angola.

Psocidus guttulatus Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 1235, fig. 5.

Pilipsocus guttulatus (Pearman). Badonnel, 1943. Rev. Zool. Bot.
Apr. Sao

Psocidus guttulatus Pearman. Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 236, figs. 547-550.

hermosus (Banks). Singapore.
Psocus hermosus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 300;

pie I. fis. 8
hoodi (Chapman). Arizona.

Psocus hoodi ‘Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent.. Sees 3827239; pl, 2a
fio Sl VG, Deus ple oe aha. 215:

indigus (Navas). Costa Rica.
Psocus indigus Navas, 1930. Rev. chil. Hist. nat. 34: 304.
infernicolus (Chapman). Wyoming.
Psocus infernicolus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 240; pl. XIV,
fies. 4. 14.
infumatus (Banks). North America.
Psocus infumatus Banks, 1907. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 152°165.
insulanus (Chapman). New York.
Psocus insulanus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 244; pl. XV,
figs. $24.23;
irroratus (Enderlein). -South-west Australia.
Psocus irroratus Enderlein, 1907. Die Fauna Sudwest Australiens 1
(B57.
jacobsoni (Enderlein). Java.
Psocus jacobsoni Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 112.
japonicus (Kolbe). Japan.
Psocus japonicus Kolbe, 1882. Ent. Nachr. 8: 209.
javanicus (Enderlein). Java.
Psocus javanicus Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 114.
kiboschoensis (Enderlein). Kilimandjaro.

Psocus kiboschoensis Enderlein, 1907. Schwed. Zool. Exped. Kilimandjaro
Sly) was pl...) HES. 2s eee

koltzbaueri (Navas). Brazil.
_Psocus koltzbaueri Navas, 1925. Mitt. miinch. ent. Ges. 15: 68.
komiensis (Navas). Congo.

Psocus komiensis Navas, 1932. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 22: 281, fig. 80.
Psocidus komiensis (Navas). Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr.
40> 267:

SMITHERS 109

lacroixi (Navas). Tonkin.
Psocus lacroixi Navas, 1920. Bol. Soc. ent. Esp. 4: 91, fig. 2.

lestagei (Navas). Tonkin.
Psocus lestagei Navas, 1922. Broteria ser. zool. 20: 57.

lichenatus (Walsh). North America.
Psocus lichenatus Walsh, 1863. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 2: 183.
Amphigerontia lichenatus (Walsh). Banks, 1892. Trans. Amer. ent.

Soc. 19: 344,
lombokensis (Navas). Lombok.
Psocus lombokensis Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 40.
longicaudus Badonnel. Congo.
Psocidus longicaudus Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 189,
figs. 108-110.
luteolus (Banks). Singapore.
Psocus luteolus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 301.
mali (Okamoto). Japan.
Psocus mali Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 126;
pl i fig. 5:
masinus (Navas). Philippines.
Psocus masinus Navas, 1923. Mem. Acad. Nuovi Lincei 6: 22.
minutissimus (Enderlein). Fundu Island.
Psocus minutissimus Enderlein, 1908. Reise in Ostafrika 2: 248;
pl. blo ne. 2.
Psocidus minutissimus (Enderlein). Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 123.
mitsuhashianus (Okamoto). Japan.

Psocus mitsuhashianus Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc.
252i fig. 3.
mobilis (Hagen). Cuba.
Psocus mobilis Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 12.
Caecilius mobilis (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges Wien

1634205:
muhni (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus muhni Navas, 1928. Estudios 28: 143.
multiplex (Roesler). East Prussia (in amber).

Psocus affinis Hagen, 1856. Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen
Reste p.\58; plisS, fig..°9, 9b}! 9¢).(part):

(Not Psocus affinis Rambur, 1842. Histoire naturelle des Insectes
p. 320).

Copostigma affinis (Hagen). Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58:
308: figs. 11-15, .33

Copostigma affinis ab. pachystigma Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica
58: 309, fig. 16

Copostigma affinis ab. clematostigmoides Enderlein, 1911. Palaeonto-
graphica 58: 309, figs. 17-20.

Copostigma affinis ab. pachystigmoides Enderlein, 1911. Palaeonto-
graphica 58: 310, figs. 21-26, 34.

Psocus multiplex Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13. (Psocus
affinis preocc.).

Psocidus multiplex (Roesler). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13.

murudensis (Karny). Sarawak.
Psocus murudensis Karny, 1925. Sarawak Mus. J. 3: 64.

nebulifer (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus nebulifer Navas, 1933. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 101.

nexus (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus nexus Navas, 1922. Estudios 22: 364.

nigeriensis (Newstead). Nigeria.
Psocus nigeriensis Newstead, 1921. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1921: 452,

1 fig.; pl. XI.

?Ghesquierella nigeriensis (Newstead). Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst.
Sci. nat. Belg. 25: 63.

110 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

nigricornis (Brauer). Brazil.
Psocus nigricornis Brauer, 1865. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien. 15: 908.
(Not Psocus nigricornis Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British
Entomology 6: 126).

nirvanus (Banks). Yembung.
Psocus nirvanus Banks, 1914. Rec. Indian Mus. 8: 352; pl. XXV,
fise): 7.
nubeculosus (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus nubeculosus Navas, 1932. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 5: 81.
nubilis (Navas). India.
Psocus nubilis Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 36.
oblitus (Hagen). Ceylon.
Psocus oblitus Hagen, 1858. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 8: 473.
ochraceocristatus (Enderlein). Peru.
Psocus ochraceocristatus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 146,
fig. 13.
Psocus ochraceocristatus var. conjugens Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst. 14: 146.
opulentus (Navas). Costa Rica.
Psocus opulentus Navas, 1930. Rev. chil. Hist. nat. 34: 303.
oxyurus Badonnel. Angola.

Psocidus oxyurus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 238, figs. 551-554.
parishi (Banks). Peru
Psocus parishi Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 303;

pl. III, fig. 28.
pellucidus ( Okamoto). Japan.
Psocus pellucidus Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc.
Drie tD 3:
persimilis (Banks). Texas.
Psocus persimilis Banks, 1908. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 34: 257.
picteti (Enderlein). East Prussia (in amber).

Psocus affinis Hagen, 1856. Die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen
Reste p. 58; pl. 5, fig. 12 (part).
OR eae Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 306, figs. 3, 5,
S11 WZ:
pollutus (Walsh). North America.
Psocus pollutus Walsh, 1862. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 14: 361.
Psocidus (Psocidus) pollutus ey: Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 125.

posterior (Navas). Costa Rica.
Psocus posterior Navas, 1929. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 41.

posticatus (Banks). Mexico.
Psocus posticatus Banks, 1905. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 32: 3.

proi (Navas). Brazil, Argentine.
Psocus proi Navas, 1928. Estudios 28: 143, fig. 12.

pulchellus (Banks). Singapore.
Psocus pulchellus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 300;

pl. II, fig. 17.

punctaticeps (Enderlein). Brazil.
Psocus punctaticeps Enderlein, 1910. Zool. Anz. 36: 161.

pyralinus (Kolbe). Brazil, Paraguay.

Psocus pyralinus Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 83.
Psocus pyralinus var. paraguayensis Ribaga, 1908. Redia 5: 102; pl.
Vi. fie: 7.
quadrisignatus (Banks). Brazil.
Psocus quadrisignatus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
64: 305; pl. III, fig. 34.

relativus (Banks). Singapore.
Psocus relativus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 302.

rotundus (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus rotundus Navas, 1918. Physis B. Aires 4: 89.

salai (Navas). India.

Psocus salai Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17:35.

SMITHERS 111

sauteri (Enderlein). Formosa.
Psocus sauteri Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 761.

schmidti (Navas). Costa Rica.
Psocus schmidti Navas, 1927. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 42.

serrei (Navas). Costa Rica.
Psocus ? serrei Navas, 1924. Broteria ser. zool. 21: 65.

signifer (Navas). India.
Psocus signifer Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 37.

similaris (Banks). Singapore.
Psocus similaris Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 299.

simplex (Enderlein). Brazil.
Psocus simplex Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 353; pl. 17,

hee B

Sivorii (Ribaga). Montevideo.
Psocus sivorii Ribaga, 1908. Redia 5: 98; pl. VI, figs. 4, 5.

sparsipennis (Enderlein). East Prussia (in amber).
Psocus sparsipennis Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 303, figs.

sticticus (Banks). Brazil.
ages a ‘gna 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 305;

strictus | OG (psccdna). Hong Kong.

Psocidus (Psocidus) strictus Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
P22) 259, WES. a2. 355) 36, 136:

tacaoensis (Enderlein). Formosa.
Psocus tacaoensis Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 763.
takeokanus (Okamoto). Japan.
Psocus takeokanus Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc.
Dain d SAI «
texanus (Aaron). Texas.
Psocus texanus Aaron, 1886. Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad. 38: 16.
theresopolitanus (Enderlein). Brazil.
Psocus theresopolitanus Enderlein, 1910. Zool. Anz. 36: 162.
tikalus Mockford. Guatemala.
lee tikalus Mockford, 1957. Ent. News 68: 202, figs. 16-18,
20, :
trimaculatus (Hagen). Ceylon.
Psocus trimaculatus Hagen, 1858. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 8: 473.
validus Thornton. (Psocidus). Hong Kong.

Psocidus (Psocidus) validus Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
21D 252. TBS, 650 31 o S354, 355 59-4 1.

venustus (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus venustus Navas, 1932. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 102.

viscayanus (Banks). Philippines
Psocus viscayanus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 302;

pl. Dl. fie. 14.

vitalisi (Navas). Tonkin.
Psocus vitalisi Navas, 1922. Broteria ser. zool. 20: 58.

zanzibarensis Pearman. (Psocidus). Zanzibar.

Psocidus zanzibarensis Pearman, 1934. Stylops 3: 123; fig. 2.

Psocidus (Psocidus) zanzibarensis Pearman. Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 105: 145.

Psocidus (Psocidus) zanzibarensis Pearman. Thornton, 1960. Trans.
R. ent. Soc. Lond. 112: 256.

zikani (Navas). Brazil.
Psocus zikani Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Madrid 31: 20, fig. 32.
zonatus (Navas). Argentine.
Psocus zonatus Navas, 1932. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 103,

hes) 40:
(Not Psocus zonatus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 204).

112 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Genus Psocus Latreille

Note: Cf. also note under Psocidus Pearman. In the following list species
which have been confirmed in the literature as belonging to Psocus in the
restricted sense of Pearman (Ent. mon. Mag. 68: 193-204; Stylops 3: 122)
are marked with an asterisk (*).

Psocus Latreille, 1794. Bull. Soc. philom. Paris 1: 85.

Type species: Hemerobius bipunctatus Linnaeus.
Psochus Latreille, 1796. Precis des Characteres gén. des Insectes etc. p. 99.

alticolus Banks. Philippines.
Psocus alticolus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 126; pl. 1, fig. 8.
annellus Banks. Jamaica.
Psocus annellus Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15: 385,

fig. 24
bipunctatus (Linnaeus).* Europe.

Hemerobius bipunctatus Linnaeus, 1761. Fauna Suec. (Ed. I1), p. 384.
Psocus bipunctatus (Linnaeus). Latreille, 1794. Bull. Soc. philom.

Paris: 1°85.
Psocus bipunctatus var. grisescens Tetens, 1891. Ent. Nachr. 17: 375.
cabanae Williner. Argentine.
Psocus cabanae Williner, 1944. Notes Mus. La Plata (Zool.) 9: 448,
hen 2.
cataratae Williner. Argentine.
Psocus cataratae Williner, 1945. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 12: 240.
cyllanus Banks. Santo Domingo.
peels cyllanus Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15: 386,
CS. cos ide
dolorosus Banks. Philippines.
Psocus dolorosus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 125; pl. 2, fig. 12.
gonzalezi Williner. Argentine.
Psocus gonzalezi Williner, 1945. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 12: 236.
illotus Banks. Philippines.
Psocus illotus Banks, 1939. Philipp. J. Sci. 69: 134, fig. 2.
incomptus Banks. Philippines.
Psocus incomptus Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci. 63: 126; pl. 1, fig. 9.
jeanneli Badonnel. * Morocco.
Psocus jeanneli Badonnel, 1945. Rev. franc. Ent. 12: 48, figs. 43-48.
Kolbei (Enderlein). * Japan, Formosa.

Amphigerontia kolbei Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 246.
Cerastipsocus singularis Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc.

De
Cerastipsocus hakodatensis Okamoto, 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist.
SOC. 227 119:
Sigmatoneura singularis (Okamoto). Banks, 1937. Philipp. J. Sci.
622 257.
Psocus kolbei (Enderlein). Tsutsumi, 1964. Kontyi 32: 118.
lapidarius Badonnel. * Algeria.
Psocus lapidarius Badonnel, 1936. Rev. franc. Ent. 3: 97, figs. 1-6.
leidyi Aaron. * North America.

Psocus leidyi Aaron, 1886. Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad. 38: 15; pl. I,
fig. 2.
Psocus bilobatus Banks, 1918. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 62: 4;

pL tL figs ks
lossbergi Williner. Argentine.
Psocus lossbergi Williner, 1945. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 12: 238.
omiscus Banks. Philippines.
Psocus omiscus Banks, 1939. Philipp. J. Sci. 69: 134.
oneitus Banks. Santo Domingo.
Psocus oneitus Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15: 387,
fig.
pseudozonatus Williner. Argentine.

Psocus pseudozonatus Williner, 1945. Rev. Soc. ent. argent. 12: 239.

SMITHERS ; £13

rizali Banks. Philippines.
Psocus rizali Banks, 1939. Philipp. J. Sci. 69: 134; fig. 1.
saghaliensis Okamoto. * Saghalien.

Psocus saghaliensis Okamoto and Kuwayama, 1924. Ann. Mag. nat.
Hist. (9) 14: 487, figs. 1-4, 6-8.

Genus Ptycta Enderlein

Note: This genus may be synonymous with Maheella Enderlein (cf. Thornton,
1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 112: 248). The species of Ptycta are in need
of revision and it is clear that more species are involved than the following
list suggests. In the absence of such revisionary work it has been considered
‘best to present the synonymies as they would appear in a logical chronological
treatment as an aid to the revising student in following the nomenclatural
history of Perkins’ species. This history can be followed through the following
papers.

Perkins, R. 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2 (2): 77-87.

Enderlein, G. 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 354-360.

Enderlein, G. 1920. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 43: 449-460; pls. 5, 6.

Enderlein, G. 1925. Konowia 4: 97-108, 1 fig.

Zimmerman, E. 1948. Insects of Hawaii 2: 217-255, figs. 121-137.

Ptycta Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 102.
Type species: Psocus haleakalae Perkins. is
distinguenda (Perkins). Hawaii.
Psocus distinguendus Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 80.
Psocus oahuensis Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 81.
Psocus vittipennis Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 8: 82.
Clematostigma distinguendum (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz.
Ailge 55/5
Clematostigma distinguendum var. oahuense Perkins. Enderlein, 1913.
Zool. Anz. 41: 355.
i a vittipennis (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz.
12355.
Psocus distinguendus Perkins. Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.
43: 452; pl. 6, fig. 7.
Psocus distinguendus var. oahuensis Perkins. Enderlein, 1920. Zool.
Jb. Abt. Syst. 43: 452.
Psocus distinguendus var. vittipennis Perkins. Enderlein, 1920. Zool.
Jb. Abt. Syst...43: 453.
Ptycta distinguenda (Perkins). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 102.
haleakalae (Perkins). Hawaii.
Psocus haleakalae Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 77.
Psocus unicus Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 78.
Psocus lanaiensis Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 81.
Psocus sylvestris Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 81.
Psocus monticola Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 82.
Psocus heteragamias Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 82.
Psocus hualalai Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 79.
Psocus simulator Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 78.
Psocus molokaiensis Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 80.
Psocus konae Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 79.
Psocus kauaiensis Perkins, 1899. Fauna Hawaiiensis 2: 79.
Clematostigma haleakalae (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz.

41: 355.

Clematostigma kauaiense (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz.
Ales.

Clematostigma simulator (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz.
Ale 4359:

Clematostigma hualalai (Perkins). Enderlein. 1913. Zool. Anz.
A: 1355.

Clematostigma konae (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 355.
Clematostigma molokaiense (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz.
41: 355.

114 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Clematostigma lanaiense (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz.

4: 355.

Clematostigma sylvestris (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz.
41: 355.

Clematostigma heterogamias (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz.
eh. oo.

Clematostigma monticola (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz.
41: 355.

Clematostigma unica (Perkins). Enderlein, 1913. Zool. Anz. 41: 355.

Psocus haleakalae var. monticola Perkins. Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb.
Abt Systi43s) 450; pk. 53) fis...2:

Psocus haleakalae var. lanaiensis Perkins. Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb.
Abt. Syst. 432 0450;. pl.;i5, fig. }3:

Psocus haleakalae var. hualalai Perkins. Enderlein, 1920. Zool. Jb.
Abisyst. 43: 451: pl. 5; fig. 4.

Psocus haleakalae var. molokaiensis Perkins. Enderlein, 1920. Zool.
Jb. AGED Sysis 43) 4515 spl) Ss. onigs. S,,. 6:

Ptycta haleakale (Perkins). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 102.

incurvata Thornton. Hong Kong.
Ptycta incurvata Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 112: 245,
figs. 12-20.
parvidentata Tsutsumi. Ryukyu Is., Japan.
Ptycta parvidentata Tsutsumi, 1964. Kontyii 32: 267, figs. 9-16.
schillei (Enderlein). Java, Krakatau.

Clematostigma schillei Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 310.
Ptycta schillei (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 102.

Genus Steleops Enderlein

Steleops Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 64.
Type species: Steleops punctipennis Enderlein.
Subgenera:
(Steleops) Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 64.
Type species: Steleops punctipennis Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 145.
(Pelmatocoria) Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 63.
Type species: Pelmatocoria pedunculata Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 145.

pedunculata (Enderlein). (Pelmatocoria). Paraguay, Brazil.
Pelmatocoria pedunculata Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.
1910: 63.

Steleops (Pelmatocoria) pedunculata (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent... Zt2° 105: 145;

punctipennis Enderlein. (Steleops). Paraguay.
Steleops punctipennis Enderlein, 1910. §.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.
1910: 65

Steleops ‘(Steleops) punctipennis Enderlein. Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 105: 145.

Genus Trichadenotecnum Enderlein

Note: This genus is at present regarded as being divisible into four subgenera.
Species which have been assigned to these in the literature or which were
included in Loensia are so assigned in the following list. Other species
requiring further study before subgeneric assignment can be made are included
as being in Trichadenotecnum sens. lat. (Cf. Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent.
Soc. Lond. 113: 1-4).
Trichadenotecnum Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab. zool. Portici 3: 329.

Type species: Psocus sexpunctatus (Linnaeus).
Subgenera:
(Trichadenotecnum) Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab. zool. Portici 3: 329.

Type species: Psocus sexpunctatus (Linnaeus).

Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 5.

SMITHERS 115

(Loensia) Enderlein, 1924. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 31: 35.
Type species: Psocus fasciatus Fabricius.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 5.
(Psocomesites) Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 4.
Type species: Trichadenotecnum (Psocomesites) continuatum Roesler.
(Trichadenopsocus) Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 4.
Type species: Psocus desolatus Chapman.
alexandrae Sommerman. (Trichadenotecnum). North America.
Trichadenotecnum alexandrae Sommerman, 1948. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash.
50: 169, figs. 13-19.
Trichadenotecnum (Trichadenotecnum) alexandrae Sommerman. Thorn-
ton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 113: 1.
angolense Badonnel. Angola.
Trichadenotecnum angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 234, figs. 544-546.
apertum Thornton. Hong Kong.
Trichadenotecnum apertum Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
113: -7, figs: 13-20:
arciforme Thornton. Hong Kong.
Trichadenotecnum arciforme Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
113: EL. ties. 21-26.
atratum (Aaron). North America.
Psocus atratus Aaron, 1883. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 11: 39.
Trichadenotecnum atratum (Aaron). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 105.
bidens Thornton. Hong Kong.
Trichadenotecnum bidens Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
113: 6, figs. 5-6, 9-12.
circulare (Hagen). Ceylon.
Psocus circularis Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 201.
Trichadenotecnum circulare (Hagen). Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab. zool.
Porticr 3: 330.
circularoides Badonnel. Angola.
Trichadenotecnum circularoides Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 229, figs. 532-534.
continuatum Roesler. (Psocomesites). Brazil.
Trichadenotecnum (Psocomesites) continuatum Roesler, 1943. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 104: 4, figs. 1-6.

desolatum (Chapman). (Trichadenopsocus). Colorado.
Psocus desolatus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 236; pl. XV,
fe

Trichadenotecnum (Trichadenopsocus) desolatum (Chapman). Roesler,
1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 4.

enderleini (Roesler) Australia.
Psocus conspurcatus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung 1: 224;
pl. EV. fig: 233.

(Not Psocus conspurcatus Rambur, 1842. Hist. nat. Ins. p. 323).

Trichadenotecnum conspurcatum (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia
4 OS:

Psocus enderleini Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13. (Psocus
conspurcatus preocc.).

Psocidus enderleini (Roesler). Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 13.

fasciatum (Fabricius). (Loensia). Europe.

Hemerobius trifasciatus Muller, 1776. Zool. Dan. prodrom. p. 146.

Hemerobius fasciatus Fabricius, 1787. Mantissa insectorum etc. 1: 247.

Psocus fasciatus (Fabricius). Fabricius, 1798. Supplementum Entomo-
logiae p. 203.

os sain Latreille, 1799: Illustr. Icon. Insect.- p._ 133: pl: 2;
cele be

Amphigerontia fasciata (Fabricius). Enderlein, 1906. Ber. westpreuss.
bot-zool.” Ver.” 28: "75.

Amphigerontia fasciata ab. psocoides Enderlein, 1910. Nyt. Mag.
Naturv. 48: 321.

116 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Loensia fasciata (Fabricius). Enderlein, 1924. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr.
Berl. 343.535.
Trichadenotecnum (Loensia) fasciatum (Fabricius). Roesler, 1943.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 103: 5
felix Thornton. Hong Kong.
Trichadenotecnum felix Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
113: 18, figs. 37-40.

fuscimacula (Enderlein). (Loensia). Java.
Loensia fuscimacula Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 51.
germanicum Roesler. (Trichadenotecnum). Germany, Czechoslovakia.

Trichadenotecnum germanicum Roesler, 1939. Zool. Anz. 125: 162.
Trichadenotecnum (Trichadenotecnum) germanicum Roesler. Thornton,
1961 frans: Reni. Soc. Lond. 1132 ae

glabridorsum (Enderlein). (Loensia). Java.
Loensia glabridorsum Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded 9: 51.
incognitum Roesler. (Trichadenotecnum). Europe.
Trichadenotecnum incognitum Roesler, 1939. Zool. Anz. 127: 109,
fig. 1-6.

Trichadenotecnum (Trichadenotecnum) incognitum Roesler. Thornton,
1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 113:
maculosum (Banks). (Loensia). California.
Myopsocus maculosus Banks, 1908. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 34: 258.
Psocus maculosus (Banks). Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 253;
pl. XV, figs. 12, 13; pl. XX, fig. 28.
Trichadenotecnum (Loensia) maculosum (Banks). Thornton, 1961.
Trans. hk. ent: (Soc. Lond. Wise 2

majus (Kolbe). (Trichadenotecnum). Europe.
Psocus sexpunctatus var. major Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer. Wiss.
Kunst 8: 109.

Psocus major (Kolbe). Loens, 1890. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 51: 6.
Psocus major var. ocellata Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst.

14 5o9:
Psocus major var. septentrionalis Enderlein, 1910. Nyt. Mag. Naturv.
48: 318.

Trichadenotecnum majus (Kolbe). Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab. zool.
Portici 3: 330.
Trichadenotecnum (Trichadenotecnum) majus (Kolbe). Thornton,
1961. Trans. KR. ent. Secs.Lond. 113; 1.
medium Thornton. Hong Kong.
Trichadenotecnum medium Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
113: 4. fiss:. 1-4. 7-8.

minutum Enderlein. Java.
Trichadenotecnum minutum Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 50.
moestum (Hagen). (Loensia). North America.

Psocus moestus Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 11.
Amphigerontia moestus (Hagen). Banks, 1892. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc.

19: 344.
Loensia moesta (Hagen). Mockford, 1950. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 60: 201.
nudum Thornton. Hong Kong.

Trichadenotecnum nudum Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
113: 14, figs. 27-33.
obsitum (Enderlein). Formosa.
Psocus obsitus Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 763.
Trichadenotecnum obsitum (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1909. Boll. Lab.
zool. Portici 3: 330.
pardidum Thornton. Hong Kong.
Trichadenotecnum pardidum Thornton, 1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.
113: 16, figs. 34-36.
pardoides Badonnel. Angola.
Trichadenotecnum pardoides Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 232, figs. 538-543.

SMITHERS 117

pardus Badonnel. Angola.
Trichadenotecnum pardus Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant
Angola 26: 231, figs. 535-537.

pearmani (Kimmins). (Loensia). Europe.
Psocus picicorne Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology
62 ns:

(Not Psocus picicornis (Fabricius). Fabricius, 1798. Supplementum
Entomologiae systematicae p. 204).
Loensia picicornis (Stephens). Pearman, 1932. Ent. mon. Mag. 68: 194.
Loensia pearmani Kimmins, 1941. J. Soc. Br. Ent. 2: 96. (nom. nov.
for Psocus picicornis Stephens).
Trichadenotecnum (Loensia) macilentum Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent.
Ztg. 104: 13. (nom. nov. for Psocus picicornis Stephens).
Trichadenotecnum (Loensia) pearmani (Kimmins). Thornton, 1961.
Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 113: 2
pictiventre (Kolbe). Brazil.
Psocus pictiventris Kolbe, 1883. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 44: 83.
Trichadenotecnum pictiventre (Kolbe). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia
A OS:
quinquepunctatum (McLachlan). Ceylon.
Psocus quinquepunctatus McLachlan, 1872. Ent. mon. Mag. 9: 75.
Trichadenotecnum quinquepunctatum (McLachlan). Enderlein, 1909.
Boll. Lab. zool. Portici 3: 330.

schonemanni (Enderlein). (Loensia). Chile.
Loensia schonemanni Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Anz. 46: 191.
sexpunctatum (Linnaeus). (Trichadenotecnum). Europe, North America.

Hemerobius sexunctatus Linnaeus, 1761. Fauna Suecica Ed. II, p. 383.
Psocus sexpunctatus (Linnaeus). Fabricius, 1798. Supplementum
Entomologiae systematicae p. 203.
Trichadenotecnum sexpunctatum (Linnaeus). Enderlein, 1909. Boll.
Lab. zool. Portici 3: 329.
Trichadenotecnum (Trichadenotecnum) sexpunctatum (Linnaeus).
Roesler, 1943. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 5.
sexpunctellum (Enderlein). Japan.
Psocus sexpunctellus Enderlein, 1907. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 68: 91.
Trichadenotecnum sexpunctellum (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1909. Boll.
Lab. zool. Portici 3: 330.
slossonae (Banks). (Trichadenotecnum). North America.
Psocus slossonae Banks, 1903. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 11: 236.
Psocus quaesitus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 270 (part).
Trichadenotecnum slossonae (Banks). Sommerman, 1948. Proc. ent.
Soc. Wash. 50: 273, figs. 1-6.
Trichadenotecnum (Trichadenotecnum) slossonae (Banks). Thornton,
1961. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 113: 1.
submarginatum (Aaron). North America.
Psocus texanus var. submarginatus Aaron, 1886. Proc. Acad. Sci.
Philad-.383 16; pl., 1, fig. 1:
Psocus submarginatus (Aaron). Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
en 2)
Psocus submarginatus var. amphigerontoides Enderlein, 1906. Stettin.
Enh Ziga 671: S17.
Trichadenotecnum submarginatum (Aaron). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia
4: 105.
trigonoscenea (Enderlein). East Prussia (in amber).
Psocus affinis Hagen, 1882. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 43: 232 (part).
ae oes Enderlein, 1911. Palaeontographica 58: 304, figs.
Trichadenotecnum trigonoscenea (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1929. Zool.
Anz. 83: 177-180, 3 figs.
unum Sommerman. (Trichadenotecnum). North America.
!Psocus slossonae Banks. Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 273

(part.).

118 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Psocus quaesitus Chapman, 1930. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 38: 270 (part.).

Trichadenotecnum unum Sommerman, 1948. Proc. ent. Soc. Wash.
50: 167, figs. 1-6.

Trichadenotecnum (Trichadenotecnum) unum Sommerman. Thornton,
1960" Irans. KR: ent. Soc. Bond. Tis2> 1.

variegatum (Latreille). (Loensia). Europe.

Psocus variegatus Latreille, 1799. Illustr. Icon. Insect. p. 13.

paoeus atomarius Stephens, 1836. Illustrations of British Entomology

Amphigerontia variegata (Latreille). Kolbe, 1880. Jber. westf. ProvVer.
Wiss. Kunst 8: 105.

oe variegatum (Latreille). Pearman, 1932. Ent. mon. Mag.
8:

Trichadenotecnum (Loensia) variegatum (Latreille). Thornton, 1961.
rans. Re ents Soc. Lond. 1132. 2

Family THYRSOPHORIDAE
Genus Dictyopsocus Enderlein

Dictyopsocus Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 543.
Type species: Thyrsophorus pennicornis Burmeister.
pennicornis (Burmeister). Brazil.
Thyrsophorus pennicornis Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch Ent. 2 (2): 782.
Thyrsophorus ramosus Walker, 1853. Cat. Brit. Mus. (3): 480.
Dictyopsocus pennicornis (Burmeister). Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb.
Abt. Syst. 14: 543; pl. 3, fig. 8.

Genus Thyrsophorus Burmeister

Thyrsophorus Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch Ent. 2 (2): 781.
Type species: Thyrsophorus speciosus Burmeister.

Subgenera:
(Thyrsophorus) Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch Ent. 2 (2): 781.
Type species: Thyrsophorus speciosus Burmeister.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 148.
(Gigantopsocus) Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 97.
Type species: Thyrsophorus metallicus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt.
Syst tA 134) "ne: AS “pl Sy dig. 1:
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 148.

anticus Walker. (Thyrsophorus). Brazil.
Thyrsophorus anticus Walker, 1853. Cat. Brit. Mus. (3): 480.

formosus Navas. (Thyrsophorus). Brazil.
T eres formosus Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Madr. 31: 158,

i 34,

leucotelus Walker. (Thyrsophorus). Brazil.
Thyrsophorus leucotelus Walker, 1853. Cat. Brit. Mus. (3): 479.

metallicus Enderlein. (Gigantopsocus). Peru.

Thyrsophorus metallicus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 138,
he eA pl. es ies. t:
Gigantopsocus metallicus (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 97.
Thyrsophorus (Gigantopsocus) metallicus Enderlein. Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 148.
speciosus Burmeister. (Thyrsophorus). Brazil.
Thyrsophorus speciosus Burmeister, 1839. Handbuch Ent. 2 (2): 782.
Thyrsophorus spinolae Rambur, 1842. Hist. nat. Insectes p. 318.
Thyrsophorus (Thyrsophorus) speciosus Burmeister. Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 148.
trabeatus (Enderlein). (Thyrsophorus). Colombia.
Gigantopsocus trabeatus Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 97.
Thyrsophorus trabeatus (Enderlein). Roesler, 1940. Zool. Anz. 130: 10.

SMITHERS 119

Genus Thyrsopsocus Enderlein

Thyrsopsocus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 140.
Type species: Thyrsopsocus peruanus Enderlein.
Subgenera:
(Thyrsopsocus) Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 140.
Type species: Thyrsopsocus peruanus Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 148.
(Colpostigma) Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 98.
Type species: Colpostigma elegans Enderlein.
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 148.
(Poecilopsocus) Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph. taxon. Ent. 7: 239.
Type species: Ischnopteryx calocoroides Enderlein.
Ischnopteryx Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 139.
Type species: Ischnopteryx calocoroides Enderlein.
(Not Ischnopteryx Agassiz, 1846. Nomen Zool. Index Univ.).
Subgeneric status: Roesler, 1944. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 148.

aequatorialis Enderlein. (Thyrsopsocus). Ecuador, Brazil.
Thyrsopsocus aequatorialis Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt Syst. 14: 545.
bellulus Banks. (Thyrsopsocus). Honduras.
Thyrsopsocus bellulus Banks, 1930. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 37: 185;

pls 9. hey.
bellus (McLachlan). (Thyrsopsocus). Brazil, Peru.

Thyrsophorus bellus McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3)
5: 345

Thyrsopsocus bellus var. fuscosignatus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt.

Syst. 14: 142; pl. VIII, figs. 5, 6.
calocoroides (Enderlein). (Poecilopsocus). Peru.

Ischnopteryx calocoroides Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 139;
pl. Vil, fig. 2.

Poecilopsocus calocoroides (Enderlein). Roesler, 1940. Arb. morph.
taxon. ‘Ent... 7: 239:

Thyrsopsocus (Poecilopsocus) calocoroides (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944.
Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 148.

cinctus (Enderlein). (Poecilopsocus). Brazil.
Ischnopteryx cincta Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 18: 351; pl.

Pe fgg
elegans (Enderlein). (Colpostigma). Brazil.

Colpostigma elegans Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 99.
Thyrsopsocus (Colpostigma) elegans (Enderlein). Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 104: 148.

iridescens (Enderlein). (Poecilopsocus). Ecuador.
Ischnopteryx iridescens Enderlein, 1901. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 544.
peruanus Enderlein. (Thyrsopsocus). Peru.

Thyrsopsocus peruanus Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 140;
pl. VUI, fig. 3.

Thyrsopsocus (Thyrsopsocus) peruanus Enderlein. Roesler, 1944. Stettin.
ent. Ztg. 104: 148.

pretiosus Banks. (Thyrsopsocus). Barro Colorado.
Thyrsopsocus pretiosus Banks, 1930. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 37: 185,

fig. 3.
psocoides Enderlein. (Thyrsopsocus). Peru.

Thyrsopsocus psocoides Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 14: 143.

Thyrsopsocus psocoides var. pedunculata Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb.
Abt. Syst. 14: 144; pl. VIII, fig. 7.

Thyrsopsocus psocoides var. duplopostica Enderlein, 1900. Zool. Jb.
Abt. Syst. 14: 144; pl. 8, fig. 8

pulchra (Enderlein). (Poecilopsocus). Central America.
Ischnopteryx pulchra Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 67: 308.
stigmaticus (Banks). (Colpostigma). Peru.

Thyrsopsocus stigmaticus Banks, 1924. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv.
65: 422; pl. I, fig. 8.
Colpostigma stigmaticum (Banks). Enderlein, 1925. Konowia 4: 99.

120 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Family PSILOPSOCIDAE
Genus Psilopsocus Enderlein

Psilopsocus Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung. 1: 305.
Type species: Psilopsocus nigricornis Enderlein.

mimulus Smithers. Australia.
Psilopsocus mimulus Smithers, 1963. J. ent. Soc. Qd. 2: 56, figs. 1-10.
nebulosus Mockford. Philippines.
Psilopsocus nebulosus Mockford, 1961. Psyche, Camb. Mass. 68: 40,

freee pl.
nigricornis Enderlein. New Guinea.

Psilopsocus nigricornis Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
1: 306) fiesi%G,. *7>\ph XV, fig. 74:

Family MYOPSOCIDAE

Note: The genera of this family are in need of revision and redefinition.
In the following list the subgeneric arrangement of Roesler is not adopted and
the species are placed in the genera indicated in the literature. This arrangement
must, of course, be regarded as provisional.

Genus Lichenomima Enderlein

Lichenomima Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910 (2): 66.
Type species: Lichenomima conspersa Enderlein.

argentina Williner. Argentine.
Lichenomima argentina Williner, 1944. An. Soc. cient. argent. 138:

159M tie:
burgeoni (Navas). Congo.

Loensia burgeoni Navas, 1936. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 28: 362.
Lichenomima burgeoni (Navas). Badonnel, 1948. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr.

40: 267.
cameruna (Enderlein). Cameroons, Angola, Congo.
Myopsocus camerunus Enderlein, 1903. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 19: 5,
figs. 19, 20.

(Not Lichenomima camerunus var. intermedia (Enderlein). Pearman,
1934. Stylops 3: 121, fig. 1).

Lichenomima cameruna (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf.
Fr. Berl. 1910: 66.

conspersa Enderlein. Southern Brazil, Paraguay.
Lichenomima conspersa Enderlein, 1910. $.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.

1910 (2): 66.
fasciata Badonnel. Congo.

Lichenomima fasciata Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 186,
figs. 101, 102, 106.

fenestrata Enderlein. Java.
Lichenomima fenestrata Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 62.
guineensis Enderlein. French Guinea.
Lichenomima guineensis Enderlein, 1914. Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici
8: 241.
intermedia Pearman. Sierra Leone, Angola.
! Lichenomima cameruna var. intermedia Beanie: 1934. Stylops 3: De
fig.

Lichenomima intermedia Pearman. Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot.
afr. 39: 183, figs. 96, 97, 98-100, 105.
lugens (Hagen). North America.
Psocus lugens Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 9.
Myopsocus lugens (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien
16: "210.
Psocus nubilis Harris, 1869. Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 331.
Lichenomima lugens (Hagen). Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr.
Berl. 1910: 66.
maxima Smithers. Natal.
Lichenomima maxima Smithers, 1957. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
26: 145° figs. 7-11,

SMITHERS 121

muscosa (Enderlein). Japan, Fiji.
Myopsocus muscosa Enderlein, 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 254;
pi. Dp menns:
Lichenomima muscosa (Enderlein). Karny, 1926. Bull. ent. Res.
167285:
pauliana Badonnel. Ivory Coast, Angola, Southern Rhodesia.
Lichenomima pauliana Badonnel, 1949. Rev. franc. Ent. 16: 45.
schoutedeni Badonnel. Congo.
Lichenomima schoutedeni Badonnel, 1946. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 39: 188,
figs. 103, 107.
sparsa (Hagen). North America.

Psocus sparsus Hagen, 1861. Smithson. misc. Coll. 4: 8.

Psocus infuscatus Harris, 1869. Occ. Pap. Boston Soc. nat. Hist. 1: 332.

Myopsocus sparsus (Hagen). Provancher, 1883. Nat. Canad. 8: 63.

Lichenomima sparsa (Hagen). Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr.
Berl. 1910: 66.

sumatrana (Enderlein). Sumatra, Java, Thailand.

Myopsocus sumatranus Enderlein, 1907. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 24: 87.

Lichenomima sumatrana (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges.
naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 66.

Genus Lophopterygella Enderlein
Lophopterygella Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 121.
Type species: Lophopterygella camelina Enderlein.
Festona Navas, 1922. Broteria ser. zool. 20: 59.
Type species: Festona lunata Navas.
bursulipennis Enderlein. Pemba.

Lophopterygella bursulipennis Enderlein, 1908. Reise in Ostafrika
Diver Silce Pla eh le Ae

camelina Enderlein. Java, Philippines, Tonkin, Formosa, Japan.
Lophopterygella camelina Enderlein, 1907. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 122,
figs. 4-6.
Festona lunata Navas, 1922. Broteria ser. zool. 20: 60, fig. 5.
haitiensis Banks. Haiti.

Lophopterygella haitiensis Banks, 1938. Rev. Ent. Rio de J. 9: 286.

Genus Myopsocus Hagen

Myopsocus Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 16: 203, 210.
Type species: Psocus unduosus Hagen.
australis (Brauer). Australia.
Psocus australis Brauer, 1865. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 15: 908.
Myopsocus australis (Brauer). Kolbe, 1883. Ent. Nachr. 9: 145.
(Not Myopsocus australis (Brauer). Tillyard, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst.
54: l'Si7,)c
(Not Myopsocus australis (Brauer). Hickman, 1934. Pap. roy. Soc.
asm. 1933— (8)5\).
(Not Myopsocus australis (Brauer). Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc.
Tasm. 1949: 100, figs. 18-25).

bakeri Banks. Philippines, Guam.

Na oes bakeri Banks, 1916, Philipps J. Sci. 11..€D):. 199; pl. 5
eee

cinereus Navas. Argentine.
Myopsocus cinereus Navas, 1932. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 16: 110.

coloradensis Banks. Colorado.
Myopsocus coloradensis Banks, 1907. J.N.Y. ent. Soc. 15: 164.

elongatus Thornton. Hong Kong.

Myopsocus elongatus Thornton, 1960. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond.

112: 258, figs. 42-47.
enderleini Banks. Philippines.
Myopsocus enderleini Banks, 1913. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 39: 205.

122 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

fraternus (McLachlan). Assam.
Psocus fraternus McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3) 5: 349.
Myopsocus fraternus (McLachlan). McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc.
Londs.63)) 521352.
furcatus Smithers. Australia.
Myopsocus furcatus Smithers, 1964. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
S83 137nnese i, 2597
griseipennis (McLachlan). Australia, ? India.
Psocus griseipennis McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. (3)
5: 348.

Myopsocus griseipennis (McLachlan). McLachlan, 1866. Trans. ent.
Soe. Lond: (3). 53): 352:

Phlotodes griseipennis (McLachlan). Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf.
Fr. Berl. 1910: 67.

! Myopsocus australis (Brauer). Tillyard, 1926. Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 187.

! Myopsocus australis (Brauer). Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm.
1949: 100, figs. 18-25.

(Not Myopsocus griseipennis (McLachlan). Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy.
Soc. Tasm. 1949: 104, figs. 26-32).

hickmani Smithers. Tasmania.
! Myopsocus australis (Brauer). Hickman, 1934. Pap. roy. Soc. Tasm.
1933: 85

! Myopsocus griseipennis (McLachlan). Edwards, 1950. Pap. roy. Soc.
Tasm. 1949: 104, figs. 26-32.
Myopsocus hickmani Smithers, 1964. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
S320 135:
incomptus Smithers. Australia.
Myopsocus incomptus Smithers, 1964. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
33: 137, figs.3-5, 8.9.
novaezealandiae Kolbe. New Zealand.
Myopsocus novaezealandiae Kolbe, 1883. Ent. Nachr. 9: 145.
Psocus zelandicus Hudson, 1892. Manual of New Zealand Entomology
p: 1075 .pl. XVI; figs. (2. 2a.

pluviosus' Navas. India.
Myopsocus pluviosus Navas, 1934. Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 17: 46,
fig.
taurus Banks. Santo Domingo.
Myopsocus taurus Banks, 1941. Mem. Soc. cubana Hist. nat. 15: 388;
pl. 43, fig. 9.
unduosus (Hagen). Ceylon.

Psocus unduosus Hagen, 1859. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien 9: 201.
Myopsocus unduosus (Hagen). Hagen, 1866. Verh. zool. -bot. Ges.
Wien 16: 210, 218.
virginianus (Banks). ; North America.
Psocus virginianus Banks, 1900. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 26: 239.
Myopsocus virginianus (Banks). Enderlein, 1906. Stettin. ent. Ztg.
672320.

Genus Phlotodes Enderlein

Phlotodes Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 67.
Type species: Myopsocus kolbei Enderlein.
angolensis Badonnel. Angola, Natal.
Phlotodes angolensis Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 224, figs. 509-515.

congolensis Badonnel. Congo.
Phlotodes congolensis Badonnel, 1949. Bull. Inst. sci. nat. Belg. 25: 57,

fies, 74, 75.
corticosa Smithers. Madagascar.

Phlotodes corticosa Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 266,
figs. 103-105.

SMITHERS 123

kolbei (Enderlein). New Guinea.
Myopsocus kolbei Enderlein, 1903. Ann. hist. -nat. Mus. hung.
ft: 3022) pl. De ties) Silas pl OX, fig. S1b.
Phlotodes kolbei (Enderlein). Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr.
Berl. 1910: 67.
lichenosa Enderlein. Seychelles, Madagascar.
Phlotodes lichenosa Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2)
Zool. 19: 218; pl. 15, figs. 64, 65.

longigena Enderlein. Java.
Phlotodes longigena Enderlein, 1926. Zool. Meded. 9: 63.
loriai (Ribaga). New Guinea.

Myopsocus loriai Ribaga, 1908. Redia 5: 107; pl. VI, figs. 11, 12.
Phlotodes loriai (Ribaga). Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.

1910: 67.
lyriifera Smithers. Madagascar.
Phlotodes lyriifera Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 264, figs.
100-102.
mjobergi Karny. Sarawak, Borneo.
Phlotodes mjobergi Karny, 1925. J. Sarawak Mus. 3: 63.
samoanus Karny. Samoa.

Phlotodes samoanus Karny, 1932. Ins. Samoa 7 (4): 123, fig. 6.

Genus Rhaptoneura Enderlein
Rhaptoneura Enderlein, 1910. S.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 1910: 68.
Type species: Rhaptoneura dispar Enderlein.

africana Badonnel. Angola.

Rhaptoneura africana Badonnel, 1955. Pub. cult. Cia. Diamant Angola
26: 222, figs. 507-508.

ciliifera Smithers. Madagascar.
Rhaptoneura ciliifera Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 270,

figs. 114-119.
crypta Smithers. Natal.

Rhaptoneura crypta Smithers, 1957. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
26: 13; figs. 2, 4-6.

dispar Enderlein. Paraguay.
Rhaptoneura dispar Enderlein, 1910. S§.B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl.

1910: 68.
eatoni (McLachlan). Europe, North Africa.

Myopsocus eatoni McLachlan, 1880. Ent. mon. Mag. 17: 103.
Myopsocus eatoni var. europaeus Ribaga, 1907. Redia 4: 4; pl. IV,
figs. 9-21.
Rhaptoneura (Myopsocus) eatoni (McLachlan). Badonnel, 1935. Bull.
Soc. ent. Fr. 40: 201.
magnifica Smithers. Natal, Southern Rhodesia, Tanganyika.
Rhaptoneura magnifica Smithers, 1957. Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. (B)
262-4. figs. ot5..3)
muscosa_ Enderlein. Seychelles.

Rhaptoneura muscosa Enderlein, 1931. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (2)
Zoot: 218; ‘pl. 15, fig. 63.

pallida Smithers. Madagascar.
Rhaptoneura pallida Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 269,
figs. 110-113.
setosa Smithers. Madagascar.
Rhaptoneura setosa Smithers, 1964. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70: 271, figs.
116-119.
speciosa Smithers. Madagascar.

Rhaptoneura speciosa Smithers, 1957. Nat. malgache 9: 279, figs. 4, 6.

124 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

PSOCIDA AGNOTA

Note: The following three genera cannot be placed in any family owing to
inadequate description.

Genus Allopsocus Banks

Allopsocus Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64: 312.
Type species: Allopsocus marginalis Banks.

marginalis Banks. Philippines.
Allopsocus marginalis Banks, 1920. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 64:

S12: pl. Jeetiss.. 10, 1d
Genus Valenzuela Navas
Valenzuela Navas, 1924. Trab. Mus. Jta. nat. Barcelona 4: 20.

Type species: Valenzuela marianus Navas.

marianus Navas. Spain.
Valenzuela marianus Navas, 1924. Trab. Mus. Jta. nat. Barcelona

4:

SMITHERS 125

SUPPLEMENTARY BIBLIOGRAPHY

As a bibliography of papers on the Psocoptera has recently been published
(Smithers, 1965d) the following list of references includes only those which have
come to notice since that publication or which were overlooked.

Aellen, V. and Gigon, R.
1964. La grotte du Chemin-de-Fer (Jura Neuchatelois). Bull. Soc. neuchat.
Sci. nat. 87: 5-25, 1 map; pls. I-IV.

Bechet, [.
1958. Psocoptere nearipate din fauna R.P.R. Stud. Univ. Babes- Bolyai
3 (7): 157-161, 4 figs.
1965. Psocoptéres (Insecta) de la Faune Roumaine (II). Stud. Univ.
Babes-Bolyai, Ser. Biol. 1: 61-66, 17 figs.

Bertkau, P.

1833a. Uber den Geschlechtsdimorphismus und die Speicheldrusen der
Psociden. Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. 39: 127-133.

Caldwell, N. E. H.
1947a. Stored products pests. Qd. agric. J. 64: 265-287.
1947b. Stored product pests in Northern Queensland. Qd. J. agric. Sc.
4: 7-11.
Cumber, R. A.
1958. The insect complex of sown pastures in the North Island. I. The
general picture revealed by summer sweep sampling. N.Z. J. agric.
Res. 1: 719-749.
Cumber, R. A. and Eyles, A. C.

1961. Insects associated with the major fodder crops in the North Island.
VI. Odonata, Orthoptera, Isoptera, Psocoptera, Thysanoptera,
Neuroptera, Lepidoptera. N.Z.J. agric. Res. 4: 426-440, 12 figs.

Eyles, A. C.
1961. See Cumber, R. A. and Eyles, A. C., 1961.

Fedtschenko, A.
1875. See McLachlan, R. 1875.

Gigon, R.
1964. See Aellen, V. and Gigon, R. 1964.
Gistel, J.
1837. Die Todtenuhr, naturgeschichtliche Notiz. Vaterl. Mag. fir Belehrung
4: 496.
Guimaraes, J. A. M.
1962. Occoréncia na Gunié Portuguesa de bois insectos pouco conhecidos.
Garcia de Orta, Lisbon 10: 497-500.
Gurney, A. B.

1965. A New Genus of Neotropical Psocids with Horn-like Structures on
the Head. (Psocoptera, Pachytroctidae). Ent. News 76 (1): 1-10,
21 figs.

Kendeigh, S. C. |
1961. Animal Ecology. London. i-x, 468 pp. (Psocidae, Corrodentia: p.
250, table 9-7).
Machado-Allison, C. E. and Papavero, N.

1962. Um novo genéro e uma nova espéce de Corrodentia do Brasil:
Lenkoella neotropica (Reuterellinae: Elipsocidae). Pap. Dep. Zool.
Sec. Agric. Sao Paulo 15: 311-315, 11 figs.

126 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

McLachlan, R.
1875. Neuroptera. Jn Fedtschenko, A. Reise in Turkestan. (Psocids: p. 48).

Montandon, A. L.

1905. Notes supplementaire pour Ja fauna nevropterologique de la
Roumainie. Bull. Soc. roum. Sci. 14 (6): 675-679. (Psocidae:
p. 678).
Navas, L.

1916d. Insectos sudamericanos. Tercera serie. Broteria ser. zool. 14: 14-35.
Papavero, N.
1962. See Machado-Allison, C. E. and Papavero, N. 1962.
Procter, W.
1946. Biological Survey of the Mount Desert Region. 566 pp., illustr.
Philadelphia. (Psocoptera: p. 56).
Rudow, F.

1877. Verzeichniss der in Mecklenberg bis jetzt aufgefunden Neuroptera
s. str. Arch. Ver. Fr. Naturg. 31: 116 ff.

Smithers, C. N.

1964d. The Myopsocidae (Psocoptera) of Australia. Proc. R. ent. Soc.
Lond. (B) 33: 133-138, 9 figs.

1964e. Notes on the relationships of the genera of Elipsocidae (Psocoptera).
Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 116: 211-224.

1964f. On the Psocoptera of Madagascar. Rev. Zool. Bot. afr. 70 (3-4):
209-294, 119 figs.

1965a. The Lepidopsocidae (Psocoptera) of Australia. J. ent. Soc. Qd.
4: 72-78, 20 figs.

1965b. The Trogiidae (Psocoptera) of Australia. J. ent. Soc. Qd. 4: 79.

1965c. Caecilius soehardjani, a new name for Caecilius ferrugineus Soehardjan
and Hamann (Psocoptera: Caeciliidae). Aust. Zool. 13 (2): 136.

1965d. A Bibliography of the Psocoptera (Insecta). Aust. Zool. 13 (2):
137-209.

1965e. Supplementary note on Elipsocidae (Psocoptera) from South Africa.
J. ent. Soc. S. Afr. 27 (2): 216-218, 5 figs.

Theobald, F. V.
1903. First Report on Economic Zoology. London (British Museum, Nat.
Hist). i-xxxiv, 192 pp.
1904. Second Report on Economic Zoology. London (British Museum, Nat.
Hist;). i-x, 198 pp.
Tsutsumi, C.
1964b. Two new species of Psocoptera from the Ryukyu Islands, Japan.
Kontyi 32 (2): 265-269, 16 figs.
Turton, W.
1806. A general System of Nature. London. (Psocids: Vol. 3, pp. 402-403).
Verloren, M. C.

1854. Untersuchungen tiber die Todtenuhr, Atropos pulsatorius. Hand.
Ned. Ent. Ver. 1854: 64-66.

Wlodarczyk, J.

1964. Book Lice (Psocoptera) of the Lodz Highland and the adjoining
areas. Fragm. faun. Warsaw 11 (11): 143-159, 2 figs.

127

INDEX

(Suprageneric names are in capitals, other valid names are in italics
and invalid names in Roman type. Names of subgenera are in parentheses
Species are listed alphabetically under each generic name).

Aaroniella MOcKf0rd o..eeceecccscessecesseesssees
A. badonneli (Danks) wiuce.ctececssscssceeceeees

A. basilewskyi Smithers

A. guttatus (Tillyard)

A. guttulatus (Banks)

A. maculosa (AATON) ou... cceeeseeeteeees

AL DULGRTG WWOLTNUOM ok. c..cccssesstencseesserseeees

A. Samoana (Kary) .......eeeceeeseeeseeeeeeeeeee 87
A: serialis: (Banks)) i220. 2 eee 58
Actenotarsus Enderlein ..........c eee 80
A. hispanicus Enderlein _.................. 80, 81
Albardia Jacobson and Bianchi ................

A. alternans (Kolbe) oe 10, 11
ALLOPSOCUS SAMS; 25. e AE Aes caed-vececcevescstee 124
Al MATOGINAlisS Banks Yes. ee eee 124
Amphicetomum Pictet oo... eeesesseeee 18
Amapsocus SOMMerman ou... eee 96
A. amabilis (Walsh) 96
AMPHIENTOMETAE 17
AMPHIENTOMIDAE 17
AMPHIENTOMINAE 18
Amphientomum Pictet 18
(Amphientomum) Pictet on... esses 18
A. acuminatum Smithers oe ee eee 18
AS Gellent., BAGONMNe lice cccccccssec ae 18
A CAMGALUIM) Wap aAVeN | occ... tee hs 20521
A. colpolepis Enderlein ......... eee 18
AE VileTuOSUmM. wbadonnel =... eee 18
A. fulleborni Einderlein ) ...........0.....000....0 18
ALeregarium , jHaren. -. si ee 5
AS hegeni, Packard “2203.0... Oe
AY SINCuULtUIN | EASON eee. ete er eee. 5
Ay lepidopterump Haceny 5) 5
A. leptolepis Enderlein ou... eee 18
AC morosum i@Hagen) > ac 5
A. paradoxum Hagen ou... 18
A. paradozum Pictet 18
A. pauliani Smithers 18
A. superbum Hagen 20
AL “tEiChopteryXipEla Cem s.....c sees ee 4, 5
FAC atGISLE MELAS CME oie. Un ee ay ne 5
ATID RIG CNONEUD ISOC) foo eecsrensessnccusetece snore 90
ALS OTCOLOT NEG CTICTN aici ces tocsnesetcocesssetnizes 90
A. bifasciata (Latreille) ......0.0...00.. 90, 91
AL EOIR@OEI22) VWMIIMOT, oo soccessesesesedocencesees 90
TAS RU OUDIGTIO WINGVAS ee easels acos ssaceeesieseees 90
ACY einetipes Binderleim. 2 o.cd cess cee-ces 0c 100
A. confraterna: (Banks), | <...ccccsecceosecceeseseoeee 90
A. contaminata (Stephens) _............ 90, 91
AScontraria |GReUter)) Lek ese: 104
AL CULV AGA HINGES. ee 52
A. denticulata Emderlein .....0........c. 91
Al M@LUIAESG). INIAWAS eee eae oo Nene eas, 91
Ax fasciata “CRAPICIUS): (secccicccsocechecvseeececes 115
As FCOR RAD AGM oe creer ote ene sate 91
A. ficivorella Okamoto 100
Al WOGMOSG), TANKS ase sees ty 91
A. hemiphaeoptera Enderlein .................. 91
AL RYOTE ENGCTICIM e280 eee 91
AY ARCCTEG RID AGA ts See Ta ea cle ace 91
Ae INLETMECAIC LGUCTENS) = koe ee 91
AL 4eZOeTSIS). \ORAMOtCO! 9 soc cecdecssacsecne ness 91
A. kolbei.. Hnd@erlein (02.222... ni ks 112
TA. Vata, GeinGenlenn a= en ee 2 oe ela 8 91
AY. JeucophilebiamyNavas®) :. scones 102
A. lichenatus (Walsh) oe 109
Ae NDIA Ga NA@VAS cee ce ae 91
AX | MARE INGMAS tec ec een 91
‘A. moestus)), : @Eacen)) 7 S250. Meee. 116
A. montivaga (Chapman) .......... 91
As. RaMIATIA WINIAVAS hse eee os 91
A. “nervatar Navas) casos sean) 0 eee, 52
Ab e7VOSG) NAVAS sh See eC Se 91
AY nubila. Enderlein) 22.0) cece. 91

Ay pearmani ROCSIOR (kee sun rsectesees 90
PAWN DCLIOLALM ACB AINIGS ig eetscnecestars tere or tzs 92
A, Subnebulosa oWolbe oii ctacseseeccseocsese- 90
PA ERTL LC INAVIAS a cotecccen se ree tres tea oor ue, 92
Am NELESCHLGICU: MINTAVAS st ercrceertl oes cobacus ce veseneeoeevees 92
A. ukingana Emderlein ou... cece eee 92
As Qmorata Navas) \ aS. 92
AST DORIA: MINAVASH) Mess ccscerte ce eee eee 92
A. variegata (Latreille) o......c.cc.... ecco 118
Ae NULETCIESTS «| CUNATINY)) Oetocsiecsccetneseet voss a eteteeree 92
A. voelizkowi Enderlein ........ ee 92
AVE EG BE @ NETS TINIAN eet ene en 90
ANREP SOG ID AB iis tices. a anomie Pains 54
ANMIPFTEP SOC RNAs 1) ee nee) hes 54
Amphipsocopsis Smithers ...........c eee 54
AS WSU CIELOSUSH US UIIUNOTS) isan tee 54
Amphipsocus McLachlan oe 55
A. iamplws) Smithers |. 5 28 se sc ecsecceeee 55
A COMCLD CE STOLUDCTS We eet. ee 55
A. (CQMETUNUS. BaGdOnnel. h2 7s. eee 55
A. cognatus Smithers oi. eeeeeeseeeees 55
A NCORUSUS i SINIGNCIS ecco ee 55
A CORTELUS: BANKS a tie ee ee en 55
A NAISGTEGUSW SMNIGNETS Pee eee nee 55
AL AIS DOT | SIMIGHCTS hen oe ere. ee 55
A. erythrostigma Badonnel _ ...........00... 55
(A AQCCEUS MSMIGherSs 2 55
As fasciatus, .Badonnell 2220... 55
An jlavidus. (Smithers: #2 ee 55
A. fOTMOSANUS OKAMOLO oioeeeecceeceesceccsesceees 55
A. ghesquierei Badonnel oo... 55
A. hildebrandti Kolbe 55
A. hyalinus Smithers 55
A. iridescens Enderlein 55
A. limbatus Badonnel 55
A. madagascariensis Smithers ....0..00....... 55
AS MOnNLaNUS». TaNGerleiny Wee. 55
Al ADAUZAUS INAV AS er sos: ee. Ne 56
ARTE DLCLUS LUN AV AS ase de eee en eee 56
A. pilosus McLachlan) ...............2:.0.0. 55, 56
AX uorostigma, Okamoto Pee 56
AL ESETILILS| BaAGONNEl: ..sc ee ee ee 56
AS CURIS a EARS ion ial pee oe a 56
AM RULELALUS as SIMIGhCTS sete) seen ne 56
AMISODSOCUS,.,.Ribaga.. seen 82
A. lichenophilus Ribaga oo... 82
ANOMODSOCUS, JROCSICT © ees 95, 96
A WOTRAD ILS. (Wall Shay fain oe ee a 96
Anopistoscena Enderlein .............ccceceee 71
A. specularifrons Enderlein ............ Tike We
Antarctopsocus Badonnel ............cccccece- 83
AD CaunelipBaAdonnele ees... ee 83
ATLTUODSOCUS = GULNEG Yue er. 29
AS MOCLCTUS (QUENCY. s.r eee eee 29
AINE RES OC TNA es ene eee ete 95
ANELEDSOGUS) IROCSIOR ii. cscsescke eset eve 96
AL EAGLOLOSRUS it ERLOCS LET ia ene, cen ce 96
ARCHES OC TD AB pate yh ecto ee Ta
(Archipsocopsis) Badonnel .............00000 7
ATCREDSOCUS MUL ACCT A cvc.c.c toes kta coteoeecohsies 17
WAT CRIDSOCUS) a IASON) civ. eceecescceesteee cscs tht
A. albofasciatus Badonnel ........000...c. 17
VAR VANCILT Cy ACORME a Fate rseere ac -ceneeee LHe
A. balli Badonnel ....... dit
A. bicolor Badonnel ............ 17
A. bifurcatus Smithers 17
A. biguttatus Pearman LE
A. brasilianus Enderlein © .............. 17
AL (corbetae. Smithers eee ss cceeeee ee

AS WfCTNANGL | PEATIMANY ie A .ccsteteece tes

AL LOT AUS MLOCKIOLG ca ee

AL ROLETAVMIOCKLOTO! (as iisicscs eee

A. fuscopalpus Badonnel

A. ghesquierei Badonnel

AL gurney? MOCKIOrd eee ske nee

128

A. intermedius Smithers ...... sees 78
A. machadoi Badonmnel _ ........ eee 78
A. mendax Badonmnel ...............eee TH
A. minutus Badonmel ..........cccccceecccecsceese 78
A RCOCMS CENGETICING cece coco tecrercceresntcervcnesess 78
Ae RO TRGS GUEN CY ec Rerihecrcceecbctevecs 78
A. MANGIA GUTTICY .o.occ.. nse citmcccnnseesseeesen es 78
AL parvulus NOCELOLG i eccrccccecnccesarnenss- 78
WAS) MUDET TASC ere hccrsccncceeeneners 717, 78
A. reeens “Mnderleiny prc ics cccccccenteseeses 78
Ass tener UB a cen ecto ceescasesasese 76
AS TETLOT, PMG CTIGI I. ee erckccnstscceccseseseese 78
Atlantopsocus Badonnel _.....................000+ 102
AS TAGUSTUS “CETA LOM) gacccsieeececccssctceccasesscenscees 102
A. Gerland?: Badonnel) scccckt.c dances 102
“AO GRoparadi?, Badonnel ......6.2050...c080% 102
ie dese? Badonnelyeeek< sea ee 102
A. leucophiebius CNAVAS) © -c.....ccccceceseccceees 102
A. personatus (Hagen)! <c....:..c8se: 102
PRUE Bt AIRY oe Re eA Te 3
ACTODOS CAG) ceecc cee 12, 24
IAETODOS (BUGCEs Jc sc ee 24
A. annulate. CHAE ree eee eres eee 11
Ace aistineta Kolbe bakin scene 12
A. divinatorius (Muller)... 25
AC HTATIGICUS > (Gln) fences coal eae 25 G2
Aj -tormicania Hagen! ected ee aed 25
AS inguilinal (CHEY Geni) ele cee ees 12
A. lepinotoides Ribaga ooo... 12
AG lienania. (de (Geer) icc... 12
ACS DUISATOTIA | CL) ie seen ee eee testa ee 13
AS DUISATOTIUS we Clay) Wsceeseee eee eee ee 25
A; Oleagina Placen 2... .ccsaneseccns Wes PB
AS aDICCa- GELALEN))) ee ae de seine 12
A. purpurea. “AQTON .ci:ch8ieisee leo 27
AG resinata, .Pacen |..ccc7 ake 27
AM SeTICeAT WOE 2 isccsice 12
AePSUCCINICa, Hacenin es eee 24, 31
Austropsocus Smithers o0....ccceccccccsseseccees 86
ALSeNSULOTIS: —“SMiILheES sss. ee eee 86
Axinopsocus Enderlein .........cccceeeeeee 14
A. microps Enderlein ..............0.00.... 14, 15
Badonnelia Pearmans 3. aaa 30
i. Casini? Badonnels 023s 30
bPESIIIITS. Badonnelms oes see 30
BELG? SRCATIMAN | Wc. Cece e aL 0 ah Nee 30
BalizellawBagonnel ae. 13
Be seoalens7s) Badonnel) |). eee 13
Ba@rMola | INAVAS qkesison Sere tae 105
iB. lepidinus,; Navas bee eee 105
GBebios7s) eEnderlein) .. ee ee 10
B. pertinens Enderlein 00... Om
Belapna. Enderlein) 2222) ..2eee 21
Bs OGLOOUCT CAIN ©) peeereece eee 21
B. schoutedeni Enderlein ................ 21
Belaphopsocus Badonnel ............cccccccesseesee 21

Be Dinend -bagonnel ee eee 21

Belaphotroctes RoOesler o.0......cccccccccsesssccesseees 21
B. angolensis Badonnel 21
B. ghesquierei Badonnel 22
B. hermosus Mockford 22,
B. oKalensis MOckford oi......ccccceccccceeccseceeeee 22
B. tragardhi (Ribaga) oo. en,
Bertikawin, WoOlbe . 123. ee ee 32
B. crosbyana Chapman oe eeeeeeeee 32
B. lepicidinaria Chapman... 33
Be lucituga, (CRambur)iees eee 33
Be prisca Kolbe. 2) Ate. wee ee es SYA 3B
‘Biasiec Kolpe sii eae ee es 92
GBtiaste) Kolber j23eRnk:.. se eee 92
Ballad? CBaconnel)) eee eee 92
B. angolensis BaGonmnel o........csceccccccesceees 92
By ballz, CGeadonnel)) 52222. eee 92
B) GiGUsp7s SMGHers eee eeeewceseee te 92
B binotata. Cenderlein) ec eee 92
B. brevinilosus (Einderlein) ................... 93
B: cinerea. (nderlein) qi =...4onano 93
B. consnurcata (Rambur) © ............:cccc0 93
B. cubitalis (Enderlein) .01...............0cces0 93
B. dundoensis Badonmnel _................ sek (93
BB: mormaia, CABO) aie eee eee 93
B: juvenilis ‘Kolbeiseee es .-esie 92, 94
B: lionicola (einderlein) isc 93

Be lithinus (Chapman) -....cesseeeeereeereo 93
B. longipennis (Banks) .........ceseeeeseeeess 93
B. macnadoi Badonnel ................. ee 92, 93
B. macuiata Badonnel ............c Py
BY memonalis CBanksS) 93
B. michaelseni (nderlein) ......... 93
By OOtUSG ~ CHaAg eR yy jc. eie. cc ccesiee--eeeeseees 94
Bs FODDOSTLG@ GE QLUES)) ieee cca ewes ecentcnncre 94
B. oregona (Banks) _ .............. 94
B. pauiiani (Badonnel) 94
B. peringueyi (Enderlein) 94
B. polioptera Smithers 94
B. quadrimaculata (Latreille) ................ 94
BY IGUCLa” (CELA GCM) Meret ss ..c eee eece 92, 94
B. simillima (Enderlein) ..:........c.. ee 94
iB StUgimloSalis (banks) eo. eee 94
IBY stricta Smithers) 32 eee 94
B. stuckenbergi Smithers .............0 94
B. subaptera (Chapman) .......... cece 94
B. subquieta (Chapman) ......... ee 95
B. triangularum Badonnel ................ 92, 95
Be VAni@oilismmCAaTon) ee... eee eee 95
BARUILLENGLs Ad ONNe last ee 95
bBrachinodiscus Enderlein ............c.ceeeee 100
iB. cineiipes), GEnderlem) 222022. 100
@Blastopsis)) Badonnelee) ee 92
(Blastopsocidus) Badonmnel ............. 92
CBlastopsocus) ROeSlcrae. 2 eee 92
1B dithinus| | (Chapman)meee ee 93
Be variabilis) CAaron) a... eee 95
Cabarer: INavas. ~ 2. oe sees. heart 719
©. tasciatus* Navas) ee... eee 79
CAE CILIE TAB phases on aie aaa 35
CAE CILTEDAR )) j...2233, oe 36
CAT CLGMIN AB, (0.00. eee, eee 31)
Caecilioidus BaGonmel o0.........cceccecceesceeseeeese 37
G ozystioma GBadonnel):.... eee 37
Caecilius (Curtis ee eee 37
C. iaojectus. (Costa, eee. eee 37, 39
Ca bnOrmis) iCElace;n)) ae. ae nee 79
C. ademimensis Badonmnel .........cccccccccc- ay
C. <@iriconus, (Ribacagees .....:ceaaeamnne 37
CG aloicensebeatmange eee 377)
C. albomarginatus Enderlein .................... 37
Cawaleinus, (Banksy ees... ee ee 37
CL altusigiNavas estas Sian 51
Gs iamaenus, (Navas .e ee 37
CG. ambiguus) Pearman, ae. eee 37
Ceamicius) WWolbey 2 ee 37
COVGNGIS BANS greece eee cn 37
C. andromimus Badonnel ...................:0000- 37
C. angustipennis Badonnel _............0....... 37
Cangustis) Bnderleinwes 2 ee 37
@ ‘annulicornis “Fmderiein “25.22... 38
C. annulicornis Okamoto ........0000.... 38, 44
Cxanomalus -Badonnele =... ee 38
Ceantennatis badonnelae...... eee 38
CG antillanuseBanksS eee..-.o ee 38
CG) anicipunctatus” fillyard 2 38
CEE ATICUS CEIAGEM)) rer... seen eee ee 38
CRIGnhOTelias SBANKS: oo <3. eee 38
Ce aiviconiis se ichachlanh. eee 38
Gwaurantiacus *Glagenyye.....0. 38, 46
Crausivagis bnderleinee ee 38
CG» badiostigma +Okamoto . 22 38
C. bamboutensis Badonnel _.................... 38
C. bambusae Soehardjan and Hamann 38
G. basidentatus Finderlein ..2...............-.. 38
CG bataviensis Enderlein’)....... ee 38
@oulkineatuse aWwilliner (eee 38
C. boggianii Ribaga 38
C. borneensis Karny 38
C. brevihirtus Banks 38
C. brunellus Tillyard 38
C. brunneoflavus Badonnel _...................- 38
C. brunneonitens Pearman _................-- 39
@ burmeisieri, Brauer... 39
Ce cabrerai— Navas) oe eee 39
GS caligonus. Banks, 39
C. caloclypeus Mockford and Gurney 39
G® canei “Willner | .2...<... 26a. eee 39
Gr -canella. Navas cccuklsx kee 39
Gy casarum. Badonnel. 2.535 39
@» castellus Banks) 2.5: See eta 39

AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARAA aAaAAANAAAAAAAARAAAAARAAAAAAAAAARAAAAAAAA

ceylonicus Finderlein .........cccesseeeceeee 39
cincticornis Badonnel. ...................sc000 39
; citricola’ (Ashmead) 208 ein os: 713
clagg?; Banks) ... 2202s, a ee 39
4 Glarus...) Banksia. .s:.5 see eee Ll eens 73
collarti.. Badonneli ie eee 39
confluens. CWalsh)) ieee cee 39
COnNfUSUS, Banks: Ps ee eee 39
congolensis Badonmnel o.............:ccceseceeee 39
COMSDICUUS PUBANKS pewerccrr acre ee 40
cornutus Navas 40
corsicus Kolbe 40
corticis’ Pearman) 222.330 eee 83
crassicornis Einderlein ............ cece 40
eriorarius GAasen)) peewee ee eases 40
croesus. |) Chapman) Whe’... s eet eeeee 40
dahlt Badonneley 2s eae 40
Gali Melachiany eee aie ana 76
Cardanus Banksipe ss eee 40
Gebilis; CHAabeM) ieee he ceeccsoatabecrere 40
deceptor “WaAMKS) Weekes. ccees nesses 40
Gefinitis: “AanOn | cocgh i cetsees si ccess enero ees 51
delamarei Badonmnel ou... seeeeeeeee 40
. descolei Williner

despazxi Badonnel

dolobratus (Hagen)

dubius Badonnel..............0....

CUTEST INAV ASW oo oosseeeacoeeios ei doee ees
dundoensis Badonmnel .............ccccceeeees 40
elongatus SMithers ouce..cccceccsesseessseees 40
enigmaticus Badonnel ..............cc 39
falciferrens Williner ou... cece 40
HAUG SBAGOMNEL. Miers csseahoescotseseseeeees 41
fasciatus’ PMGerlein = /ons2.c-.cs-ccssccs-ose 41
HGSTUOSTUS: NIMS eee scenecsotorsoisetasossintenustes 41
MCECHEStLAtUS ROUTES Vn ee ce! 41
ferrugineus Badonnel__................ 41, 46
ferrugineus Soehardjan and

Slee a2 ba 0 inte sn cc eee ERE ae ee Ee
flavatus Navas ............

flaviceps (Stephens)

HUAVICOSEG OMS ener etecescssereset eee aine
flavidorsalis Okamoto .......ccceecceeeeeee 41
flavidus. CStepHeNS)) ei scekcccscossccseeee 41
lapipennis Costa ween. Bee 41
NLGDISHGTMlG Wbllyaro: eee 41
fortunatus FEinderlein ) ..........0.....0.....0000. 41
WROLETNUS:: IBADKS) pee ho rteee oe 41
HUT CULGTUS) NAVAS iectiscsssseccsscesesescasceeeerences 41
fuscopterus (Latreille) ou... 41
GELADETER NIAVIAS! ssc ee iecctesteres vio eects 42.
ghesquierei Badonnel] ...............cccccceee 42
Q7lpusSS. (POATIMAMH |) Vike cis ccteseore: 42
globiclypeus Enderlein 42,
glossopterus Badonnel 42
gonostigma Enderlein 42,
G7aerlss,), \OkKamOtOry eee. issn csesess 42
Gridelit. | Navas... 72ers a! 42
GULLULALUS pUBANKS i ete recedes 42,
gynapterus Tetens o......eeeccceeeeee 40, 42
hemipsocoides Badonnel _................. 42
himalayanus Einderlein ...........0.cccceeee 42
hirtellus Mehachlan 2.2.0.0... 76
imbecillus (McLachlan) .......... ccs 42,
Impacatus AATON oo... cccessscseesseeeees 63
INOLOUAIIS WEaAnksy eee ree 42
WRGICUS ) NaS.) Sir ii aie eve ty Alene 42
inquinatus Finderlein oo... eeeeeeeee 42,
interruptus FEinderlein ..........c ces 42
WRITTOLALUS,“ CUmiS pte err t ee ea aed ine 87
jamaicensis Banks 42,
japanus Enderlein 42,
javanus Enderlein 42
kamakurensis Okamoto .eec.cceeececeees ss Or
kamatambanus Badonnel ................. 42,
kKansuensis FEinderlein ou... cesses 43
kivuensis Badonmnel oe... ces scsecceeeee 43
klebs?) Finderlein: ee eee 43
Kolbe?‘ Tetensy ee ae pees 43
Kraepelini NaAvVaS wceeccccccssccsscessccssscees 43
Labratis® Naas, ee eet ore un 43
lasiopterus (Burmeister) _.................. 87
. lateralis Badonmnel o.u...ccceeeseeeee 43

latistiqma: Navas) ee ee 43

QAQQAAAAARS| AAA AaNAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAANAAAAAAAARAAAA

129

lemniscellus Emnderlein uuu... 43
linguipennis Badomnmnel .00.........ccescceeee 43
longistylus Badonmnel .........cescceeee 43
longulus: Navas 2 ee eee 43
luachimensis Badonmnel ............c.cce00 43
lucidus Pearman) |e u a ea 43
lundensis Badonnel ke eee 43
lunidus;) Enderleiny)\ 2. Se eee 43
luteovenosus Okamoto ........eceecceesceeeee 43
machadoi Badonnel ............ccesccssccesssees 43
MACTOPS EnNderlein .........cceecesescesscceseee 43
macrostigma Enoderlein ..................00- 43
maculistigma Enderlein ............. 43
manteri SOMMELIMAN oo... .cecceeceeceese 43
MOTCLAUS BANKS) iene ees ae 44
marginalis Badonnel ........ecccecceccccsese 44
marmoratus (Hagen) uc... ceeecescesssceee 44
martini Wacroix Vl ee ee 49
melanocnemis Enderlein . .............c00.. 44
mexicanus Einderlein. ....0.......ccccecccsesceee 44
IMINUGUS HH RVCUTCTe heey eee enn 39
MF OOCTOU aISaTNYy ly) sees eee 44
mobilis))@agen)) eae ern 109
mokotensis Badonmnel ...0....ccceeesscesee 44
NLOTZOSUSH PB ANICS yy yoo Nee Hee Me 44
muggenbergi Enderlein 44
multipunctatus (Hagen) 15
mgncorms ‘Okamoto (i. a. 44
MGTOLCLE Wallner ye eee » 44
nigrotuberculatus Curran. ..........e.ce. 44
MILOTUSH BAN KSwe eset eek ety aN 44
novoguineensis Einderlein ................ 44
MATL OUTS) SARTO 5 se sete ee ak sg . 61
ODSCUTUS Pearman io 44
. Obsoletus (Stephens) ........

OCCULATUS: ANODE ee
OCULGTUS NAVAS ee Ln ee as n
okamoto?: Banks re vue sole
olitornius “Banks.
ornatipennis (Blanchard)

OLIOSUS BBANES Wer sc-sct cde lens
OLYCOPECUSMRIDAL A oc. ee
oxystigma Badonnel ooo. ceeessesceseees
oyamat Enderiein) . ee a
pallicornis Badonmnel ...........c.cccecccesseesee
DalhiausiisPearmany fern see une
palmarum Mockford and Gurney .... 45
paraguayensis Enderlein ...................000 45
parviareola Enderlein .........ccccceecseeseee
pectinatus Badonmnel ...........ccccccscccseeees
pedicularins/) Gi.) ees eee
perlatusmi<olbeke se
permadidus (Walsh) oe... ceeccccccesesees
perplerus Chapman es.
petchkovskya Badonnel

Diceus NOlbe ee.

pictipennis McLachlan

DUOSUSH Hagens nine see
DITUECOLA WEB ANKS i mer thewe rk (enue ues
DIEGOGUS Ms AES i ee EET
podacromelas Enderlein .................... 45
podacrophaeus Einderlein .................... 45
DMOSTICUS) BANKS eee ey Ohana 45
PREHLOSUS Banks (to eee es 713
PROGUUS | CHagen) ih Ns dace Ie we 45
prometheus Enderlein .............cceceee 45
NE DGOLTILUS) | EANGeCTICII Nl ee ee 45
psicensis Badonmnel oo... cececessessssesseeee 45
pubes) bnderleinw ee a 45
pusillus (Muller) oes 62
pygmaeus Enderlein oi... .eeesescsscceee 45
QueTCUS; Badwards) eee ae » 46
quercus Kolbe 63
quillayute Chapman ....ceceeeeee au. 46
TEAUCTUSMMBATIKS) te ee BN A 46
THRENANUS TeteNS o...cecccccccccssssscsscscssescoees 46
FOATIQUCEE WATINED 0ic2...5c0secs ee 46
TOSOT MANIA AS soe ee ee She ab 46
TUL iMMetONS ie Le Ae 39
TULUSHCWalshiis se. een 63
rutshuruanus Badonmnel ........c..ccecseee 46
SU SALICIS Hii GHAGEN)) css ee Nae 62
sanchezlabratori Williner .................. 46
Scriptus EEnGerlein ooo... cesesesseseeeeeeee 46

130 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

C. senepipedus Enderlein _............ 46
C. seychellensis Enderlein _............... 46
G.s seyrig?. Badannel ccc .cceiencs 46
C. signatipennis Enderlein ..................0 46
Gey stmBlarUus: BANS ices cc Recrassssennte seks: 46
Go similis BaGdonnel check cts 46
Gi, Stranier: NAVAS) ici eR crtoes sete: 46
C. sinuofasciatus Badonmnel .................. 46
G. SOERGTAIANE: SMIGHETSH cae eresiessess 46
Gy, soletiz. “Badonnel’ c.c.cccein is 46
C. sommermanae Mockford. ................00 46
Gy spissicornis, Badonnele ce. .scccccccssecnese> 47
Go SHGMEALCUS “OKAMOTO Ie. cocsestecscevsceestecs 47
Ga SUIFIPOSUS CULES oecccevscttecvessees ccnetscnsseavess 41
Ge SUDRLGNUS. BARTON Ws icx sersectrer sce Reka eerie 4'/
C. sucinicaptus Enderlein ...............00+ 47
Ge SUTTUSUS NAVAS! Kiseckiickek. cass isesseanetssszesaasexe 47
Gav suturatts . Badonnels - kk ackceeskitecss 47
GS tenuicornis ISarMy) 6 ks. aki kan checcss: 47
GeVihiem?. Finderleinincw sits ees 47
C. transversalis Badonmnel ...............ccccc00 47
C. trigonostigma Enderlein .................... 47
Gliumobratus Navas). <2. coke. istevctscects 47
GH UMOTIVENTNIS, INAVASH eee ckecce tercscceenccevsess 47
Ga UIMIDEOSUS BAIS eorsceceecesenee sce sneestsncecerese 39
Giunicoior, Mnderleinic:3.....80e ees 47
GS varias, sBagdOnnel! |<... caine 47
GROG EE NGerieIn fee eee eee 47
GS vilhenai ee Badonnell ere lertese cesses 47
Ce ViMeTS?. (BaGOnnells -22s0e. seer Pe 47
Ge vintatus Daman) eee coe cece 41
Ge vatidoO7SUumM we ENGerlein Kbcsceecsedescosse-ee 47
CUVICMIPCMMIS) (Curtis). .ctecee-seteces- cate asceste 89
G2 voon! anGderleiny.< ois hess eee ee 47
CR EECT ES ACLOTATNC aos a ec seect ees cs Sesnsooteeeceess 47
C. wolfhugelianus Enderlein .................. 47
Ge celanadiGiusi Aare. eksce tee econ eee 47
Callistoptera Ennderlein . ................:cceceee 35
CARON EN GCTICIN sa csisceestoses icc seers 35
CATEIIS TOR PER UDA es iite. sccm tener 35
GWATOPSOC TDA o.oo csi ccsc sso eee 35
GGlLONSOCUS, THASOIN, rece. ces ee cossetes cosceeneeteeveees 35
(CalOPSOCUS))-~ THACGON Fee eae ees cess 35
Geeinjelzx: \Clagen)\...2ciatecete dale see 35
GRTIGESCENS. (BANKS takes ees ae eee ees 35
Cavirnetitus (CNAVAS)) 2k ee 35
CORT 72 es INKS yc a een 35
GCHRAS TEPSOC TNA ict ecccters ss tec sees eae eecee 96
GERAS TIPSOG UNG | aed ia Bae actor et teaait 96
CerastinSOCUust NODC tee ee 96
(Cerastipsocus) KoOlDe@ _ .........cecceseeceeceeceeee 96
CG. bogotanus, CXolbe)) onc. ckaiekecetisen 96
GS coloraiis: CSO be) ie nese 96
C. crassicornis Ribaga ou... 96
Cl cuoanus,. Enderleiny a ...2.. ee . 96
C. fuscipennis (Burmeister) _............... 96
C. gibbosus (Sulzer) ovc.ccilicce.ccccsscscsscsceceess 98
C. hakodatensis Okamoto _..............0.0. 112
C. iguazuensis (Williner) ............cecee 97
C. infectus (McLachlan) ...0......0.....c.ceccc0.000 97
C. lemniscatus (Enderlein) ............000...6 97
GEEMOESTUSH CISOlDE) ieee eee ees 97
Gy pallidinerpis) CXolbe)) tee 97
Ceerifus. ONAvaS)) ie... Stee. ee 97
C. singularis Okamoto ou... eee 112
C. subcostalis Enderlein .................. 96, 97
Ca tOstussGNavas): = ee ee ses OY,
ClatTifasciatus CRLOV ee eee 97
GC venosis ) Csunmeister) ia 97
Ce vetiusiis w@solbe):. - batt ee ee 97
Cerastis) Kolben..c.. 20 eee... See . 96
GeborotanacuKolbe® oo cca e.|-b eons 96
C-scoloratas HKOlDG i i eee ee 96
C2. crassicormis) Kolbe@rce sks. coe: 96
C. fuscipennis (Burmeister) .........0000.... 96
G.Linfecta CMciachilamn))) ssc eccscceseccerss 97
Ci. moestay Kolbe; eee ee eee

C. nigrofasciatus Kolbe Sia
Cerocilaris® IKOlDe ait eee ae

C. pallidinervis Kolbe

C. venosa (Burmeister)

Cx vetusta: Kolbever 2. fee seas
Cerobasis:: Kolbe iat oe Boe ees

CGexannulata, CH agen)) is eee cee

C. australica (Enderlein) ....... 11
C. canariensis (Enderlein) ................ 11
Ga chrysops” “BagdOnneliss.:...csncene 11
Go questfalica CRolbe) eee 11

C. lapidaria Badonnel
C. multispinosa (Obr)
Ge muraria, ‘Kolbe, 2...
Chaetopsocus Pearman
C. richardsi Pearman
Cladioneura Enderlein

(Cladioneura) Enderlein ..............ccceeee 72
Ceico7zaceus, |Goeslenm) ye ne 73
Conaippficilism@noeslen) ye. see 73
C. pulchripennis Enderlein ................ 12, 13
CladiOpsOCcus RoOeSleL oo..ceecccceccccesscceeseceeseceee 33
C. ramulosus (Enderlein) 33
(Clematoscenea) Enderlein 96
C. lemniscata (Enderlein) 97
(Clematostigma) Enderlein . ...........00...... 102
C. brevistylus (Enderlein) ........0000000.. 103
C. distinguendum (Perkins) ........00.0000... 113
¢) tumatum s(einderlein); 22 103
C. haleakalae (Perkins) .....0. eee 113
C. heterogamias (Perkins) ............00.... 114
CS hualalaie¢berkins) eee eee ee 113
C. hyalinum (Enderlein) ....... i. 103
C. indicum (Enderlein) ........ 103
Cc. Kauaiense (Perkins)... ee 113
©; konaew(Perkins) gee... ee 113
@yvlanaienseri@eerkins) i... 114
C. maculiceps (Enderlein) ©... 103
C. molokaiense (Perkins) 00.0.0... i>
Capmonticolays(berkins)iie ee 114
Ce smMonion Ghatreiile) es... ee 103
@; palliatum™ *CHagen) ee 37
C. paraguayense Enderlein ........0.0000..... 103
¢~ schilleijiinderleing )2-.......... 114
Ce simulators Ckerkins) mee... oe 113
Ce Striatum) (Walken) 22......25... ee 104
C. subcostale (Okamoto) oe 103
Cs sylvestris’ (Perkins) -f:......2eee ee 114
Cx tardipes: 7 Bdwardsie =... eee 103
©. tunesicum), Enderleiny....--- 103
Gx, unica GQPerkins))iy2eeseies. eon eece eee cee 114
Caawainetumies Chingenlein) meee oe 104
Cay vittipennis \(Berkins)) i.e ee 113
(Elistopsocus)) RNAVAS) ee ee 106
Cen dilatus) “Navas -- sees ee 106, 107
@heannulata hacen. eee 10, 11
Cay distinctay s¢Kolbe) m=... eee 12
Gs ingquilena” | M@hleyaenvie) «2... paucsceee 12
Cre ocellorial Weber 2k... tenccsetnere ee 13
Gs picea sHiaven;n'.... eepereee. « «tetera eens 12
Cs pulSatoria \GL ieee ee... ee 13
C. studiosa WestwO0d oo0.......ccccccccecseeseece 13
(Colposeopsis) FENGerleins <.28 ke 21
C. sinipennis Einderlein ...0.0.0.. 21
(Colpostigma)) Enderlcinge... eee 119
@welecans | Enderlein=..... 119
Castiscmaticum=.@Banks)) | .....0= ee 119
COMPSOCINAES <5) a. ene 17
Compsocus = Banks) eee eee 17
GC ihelegans) Banks Pee ©... ee eee 17
Copostigma Enderlem, 2... ee 102
(Gonostiigma)) Enderleinve........ oe 102
Caraitinisy 1 Giagen) a... aie ee 109
CHrorevisiyvias Hnderlemni...... see 103
Gcinciijemur. Chnderiein) 2a es 103
@-scontrarium, <GReuter) = 222 ee 104
C. dorsopunctatum Enderlein ...... 102, 103
CM jumatun: senderlein |... ean ee 103
Cee hyaltinum,- Okamoto’... 25 ee 103
Cyindieum> Enderlein’] 28%... ee 103
Cepinsolitum Banks: pce... -. ee 103
Ceilaconiae Banks) oe 103
C. maculiceps Enderlein .................... 102, 103
Cs_ moro Chatreille) - 20... eee eee 103
Ch) Dalthatum iehacen) mre ene 37
C. paraguayvense (Enderlein) _................ 103
Ca pindaparense Willineny .... .cee eee 103
Ge, subcostate Okamoto 7 ...-....2 ee 103
Gaysticmaticum ((Banks)ia........ oe 119

CG: tardipes... Gidwards)) etecckee 103
C. tunesicum (Enderlein) ........... 103
& vincium (Pinderlein): 22.2 ee 104
Coryphaca, .Enderlein, (2.85 .63-%.. 22 36
©. Anka: ohinderieiny 3.02 Bere eae 36
(Coryphocopis) FEnderlein _..............:.00 36
©. jacobsoni Einderlein 222.20... 36
Coryphosmilg peendericingy- ee 36
(Coryphosmila) Enderlein ............. 36
C idolobrata. Clagcen) ee eee 36
C. jacobsoni (Enderlein) _...................... 36
CY parodia (Banks) eres xs.. Set eas 36
Cuixae Navas ga. eee 11
G:. canarias Navas) ss... 11, 12
Cuneopaipus SBadonnel —e...ccse ee 78
CG ‘cyanops. (GROSLOCK) ee 78
Cycetes) Enderleini: 24.8. ees. 102
C. thyrsophoroides Enderlein ................ 102
GY CRIN Te een, Sed See 102
Cymatopsocus FEinderlein _ .............0.cce.0 17
Cy opalinus, Pnderleiny yt eee 17
Cyptophanig Banks ee. eee 6
(CY DLODHANIO) eBaAnkSa ee 6
C: alutacea JGenderiein) 1... 6
Cl. Hitsuig, sbanksi eee eo 5, Ao 6
CyTFtOpSOCus) (Costa™ ...22.5. es 88
CE ITTOTAtus | COStA wenn wee. 88, 89
(Dactylopsocus) Roesler .........sceeeeees 98
Ds, fumicatus Usolbe) 2a 99
Dasydemella FmOerlein: © .......-....csce0-ceceee--e- 48
DS GYUNOPELG. sROCSICr ete eee 48
iD) SCLOSATOROCS Or aes tS 48
LD STLDESET22 = BXAGOTICIN GM iies.ccst cece 48
DASYPSOCUS LOGEVICIN ase eee 57
DB: angolensis “Badonnel 22s ii..ctecee ee 57
DD» branneus. Badonnel eee 57
D. congolensis Badonnel .............c:cceeee 57
BD: 7JapOnicus, HMGerleim) Wile ..e8 ee ccs 57
De nilosus “Badonnel “ees... 57
De "SOlOty ChnGereiIn)| 1... ere ee 57
‘DD -ibtalisy, -Badonnel oe eee 57
Deipnopsocus Einnderlein ...........0. ee 13
DP eater Badonnels (3 shoe Ses eR ea 13
DD: disparilis” Pearman’) -2525..2.2280822 14
D. spheciophilus Enderlein .............. 13, 14
DPT texans) — BamkSir eee eee 14
Dendroneura Enderlein _............0..0ccc 33
D: tamulosa Hnderlein \.22../.8 33
Dictyopsocus Binderlein | 222s. eee 118
D. pennicornis (Burmeister) _................ 118
CD2NODSOCUS)), PEAKS (ee eee eee 98
DD VAtTAtIS, (bankS72. 4. eee eee 98
D. semicoloratus Banks ou... 98
Diplacanthoda Emderlein ...............-::..02-- 100
iD DOUDICTL... ONO eCTICINy on..4::.. Benes 100
IOWA ALOR | ANANSI oe Ad a ee 35
DEA ODAand (NAVASRO ee ees ees 35
Dolopieryry Smithers eee 14
De domestica, mithers|_ 2-2 14
DOTUDLCTYL. NATO ee noose eee 14
Divalibicans,: Fibava 2 2) ee eee 14
De | aSii20 BLetneS) | Sena. aces es 14
DS 7ROGERT “Banks «Sve eae | Sete SiS 14
De Dalida Aaron | ee oe ee ee 14
Drymopsocus. Wsmithersi os Ses ees 78
DP: SOTUNNCUS. SSM TNers: yee ee, ee 78
DY PSOCTNA Ts Bir... :.0. 0 SONS Nees a 36
DU PSOCUS | ELAS CM ren eee eek ear 36
D anicatus Banks "Sei: eee 36
1D. coleoptratuse (Hagen) 0... eee 36
DD: conporagl? GNavasy Creeks. seers 36
Db: dolopratus u@iacen)) |e) sane 36
1D. fissiceps. (nderleim)ines) 2s ee: 36
Dinka. CenGerlein) ee... en 36
D. machadoi Badonnel 0.0... eee 36
Do misionarius SWwilliners -) 22 36
D. parvulus”. Banks (sees. see ee 36
DD. tappanensis Okamoto “25. 36
Echinopsocus Enderlein ou... 6
E. erinaceus FEonderlein oo... cece 6
Eehmepteryz Aaron, (2). eo ee 6

Cchmepteryr) “Aaron 3... eee... 6

131
E. acutipennis Enderlein .......c.. ce. 6
E. aesculana Exnderlein 2......<c.ctccsccccsescccee 6
i. jagiliss Aaron: Wises eee ee 7
E., aloidan (GBadonnel its... 7
E. annulitibia (Enderlein) ..00... eee 7
E. argentifasciata (Enderlein) ................ 7
Be anmitlata: Bnderlein i).8...5: 2 7
E. brunnea Smithers 7
E. costalis Banks .......... 9
Be. cuoand Banks <2). i
E. desquamata Karny 7
E. dryas (Enderlein) 7
£. falco (Badonnel) 7
iB. jastigata (moaderlein)\23..4..22.0040:. 7
Be RAGeNt» CLACKATG) ieee eee eelO
Be amiltont.. Clillyard) ir. sas 7
E. hartmeyeri Enderlein ©... 7
iE eves] Chnderlein) = yee 2ise es esos 7
E. hieroglyphica Enderlein _..........00...... T/
E. laccinipennis Enderlein ........0..00.000... 7
E. maculimargo Enderlein _......:.0..00.. 7
E. madagascariensis (Kolbe)... 8
EE. mahensis (Enderlein) © «.......:.ccccse.000: 8
Ee marmorata, Banksi> 200 9
Ee AULT ENGCHIeIN: enn 8
&. monticola C&nderlein): -s2.cicccccccccc--- 8
TOTO CENGETICIIN) yee renee eee 8
Ee DALAL SMItNersy ee 8
E. pinnula Cemaderlein))s iss ecsests cee 8
Ge SPR CLIOSG ae BankSg ee es eee eee, 8
Be psycite” Cbinderlein) ge 2s. ene 8
b. punctulata, (enderlein)) 222222) 8
E. quadrimaculata Smithers _.........000.... 8
He “SCOLLL) (GEENGerIeIN) = 9 ee ee ee 8
Ee SCTICCOMEENGCTICING 2... 2. 5k ee eee 8
EE WSTINZS. BAG OHNeL ix. 2.0 Be ee 8
E. symmetrolepis (Enderlein) ................ 8
Ee ECTTICOLMS) MBAGODNC) epee ae 8
Be UNniC@lor Banks. fascia hee aan ee 9
HCTOPRSOCINA TH iether eee: 63
HCtopsocopsis’ Badonnely -isee oes 63
BS annulatus:, Badgonnels 22)... 22 ee 63
Be GnNUrus. (Badonnel bese. nee eee 63
He vadonnele (Ball)... ee eee 63
By (OG) CBadOnnel eS i. ee ee ee 63
E. cryptomeriae (Enderlein) ............ 63, 64
Heotepnrevae. (Danks) aetna 64
E. mozambicus (Badonnel) 20.000... 64
iS DiEniles;), |GBankks) eek a. eae 64
Te SDOLILULOTUEST CBAl)y pee see ee 64
ie termeots Badonnel: 2272 8)... 64
HeLropsocus, Mclachlan) 2 228982. seccne: 64
Ep GCLIIODS Hate mie: ..e eer ee ese 64
BE oadonneli” Balle ears. wets kar ese 63
Hepat Sagonnel, seer aoa eee rs 63
FrEeiOASOLIS Pp BANKS, 2) oo. 2 Oe ye aes 64
Bee OCTICSET Se IDAP Ay te et. Se eee 64
Hey O1equeatus. “Badonnels 2... 64
E. briggsi McLachlan ........000.0..... 64, 65, 67
E. brunneus Vishnyakova ............ 65
BE ealtjornicus (Banks)... eee 65
EE CINClHs) ENOTMEOR ohn sess ienss een 65
Bie 1COCCODIRILUS | Waal ees epee 65
EE CONGEN CT PANY ATG exe el een.. eee 65
E. cryptomeriae Enderlein _.............. 63, 66
E. denudatus HEnderlein: 2..002...00..ccccicccccs000.- 65
E. dimorphus Mockford and Gurney 67
be erosus Ch nderlein)) 2 ee. 65
E. ferrugineiceps Enderlein ............00.00... 65
Ber flaviceps .(OKamoto) wee 65
EET (TOGGLE 9, ENOCTICIN 2h. 8 eee 65
Be jullawmay7. Eenderleini 22) :...22 esc 65
E. gabelensis Badonnel ............cccceeeeeees 65
Ee GHESOUZETEL Ball eee cere ee 65
i RGLCrOWL, Pearman (Wakes. cee 66
E. hawaiiensis Enderlein _...........000000. 66
BE LCUTI | CNAVAS) oy ooo neces tetera eee 66
Pe PAAGSULUS EP AOTMLON: ies ee ee 66
He ions, | (OKAMOLtO): itiercees.cee ee 69
Berlepnevac. Danks, J: Fee er ee ee 64
BS lambatus), Navas, °...:..4.02 sth 65
ES machadoi Badonnel .200...08.40.c1cne 66

132
E. maculatus. Smithers: ...ccccnncds 66
E. maindron?t Badonnelonnccuinccshss 66
EB. meridionalis Ripaga eaiiiicsies 66
E. mozambicus Badonnel ................ 63, 64
E. musae (Kunstler and Chaine) ........ 66
E. myrmecophilus (Enderlein) _............. 66
ES. nevens) -CHICEManN) Meee hres 66
K. GTRATUS ~ TNOTNTON TT ARs ea 66
E. parvulus Enderlein .................. 65, 66, 70
Be NEGTINANTE Balls Rk eS 66
Fi. - DECLINATUS ASMUILNETS Here. res eseeet 67
B. PerhINS) j BANS |) Cen a 67
Eigen. sO a Seni): |) cee eee, asceteavdice 67
BUMS. \GBANKS wie ee eA 64
FY STAWAGEI DENGeTICIN Cis Geek cos 67
B. richaras? (Pearman)! e6 ees 67
FFOSIMIIS |. BAGONNel Wee ee 67
Me Spathulatus jy Bally ete is 64
He oUstrauch?:. Hnderleinv eRe 67
Fh. SEFZALCLIUS) ANAV ASW Re eS 67
F SUTiGhicus: (NAVAS eee ee 67
ee SETREEUS A ANGVAS HE Se 67
Wo. eEIESCRACK 21.0 CNUSCIIP A ec kcwss hee a 67
FF - DUCRORI- BAdonnel We eke ee eee 67
PF MDILREI Le DAG ONME! fare ees See 67
E. waterstradti (Enderlein) ............ 67
ElG@PROPSOCUS FROESIEYV .......cccccccccssscosscevsesees 95
E. glaphyrostigma WRoesler ...........cceee 95
Bs CAVE INE @ MEINIAIBS 0 ears tseseeseccesaness coche ltl
Electrentomum Einderlein ..............ceceeee 17
E. klebsianum Enderlein ou... eee. 17
HGH CTPRORSOGIN AB ieee eee ates 76
ElectTOpsocus YROeSIer) ees 16
PUIG UIAeSe TOCSIOR teen 76
BSE SOC ED AR se ee a se re 78
TES OC TINA ieee ee ee ee Ne EA 78
PL ZDSOCUS MELAS CI ees sores eee ee ae ee eee 19
ADICTS ieINOlDGs We ek ea. 2 ee 79, 80
GOnOTINISCELAGeEN)) eee 719
alettae. *Smithersie eee 719
AUDITUS PW SMAULDeTS eee ee 79
PNANITULATUS. . FROCSICTI 2 oe 19
. aphidioides (Schrank) ...... ccc 89
HO AIIMESINVNAVAS.: c.J:: cccthteensc. ee 80
DOODSHCHAsen)) occ. ee eee eee: 79
MOTE VASLYIUS ARLCULET OL. ar ea 80
OniNciei we adonnel (Vee ewe ee ae 719
capensis, Smithers ee 719
consimilis McLachlan... eee 79

. conterminus (Walsh)
. criniger Perkins

Dy a Dy ag Ed Dg 9 a ed a ad gt at a a nd a tt a do et

cyanops Rostock

. Gebilis Perkins 8
. erythrostictus Perkins .......00...0..c.cc08. 81
ASCIOTUS PAGNAVAS)) Skee eee 719
Pe MAVACANS) (Gli) iaise a eeu ML ele Mat ava 62
. flaviceps (Stephens) oo... 87
LwErISiGus Perleins eis cl ie 81
. hispanicus (Enderlein) ..........0. cc 81
hyalinus (Stephens) .......u 79, 80
INUDTESSUS. \GHagen) iii we chee 79
inaequifuscus Perkins... 81
INCONStANS) WECLKINS!| MMe. eee ae 82
A SIS OUDE Ween PRR IDL SM rem utat 719
laticeps Kolbe pe suey. eee asedhiS ranean: 89
MaACcwWIOSUS) "Aaron Wve. ee 85
marplatensis Willimer ......cccccceeeeeeeee 719
MLOIZIONUS VSIMITNers oes ee 80
melachian?, (ammMins! ee 80
micramura Perkins oo. 81
IMODCSEUS HEADS ees Meee ee 80
MOCDIUST Mees yrs el) ol 80
MOntanus) Pevkins i ey 82
NEVETTLONNIN NAVAS ie ee 80
NUDUAISUUROESIEN aie wee nani nn EA 80
occidentalis” Banks ees 80
Oligotrichus > THOLntOn eee 80
DOLNTGUS |) SCUOUSCI Peer ieri es oc cettereee eer 80
psylloides DPerk:ins pestis 81
DUMIS? ICH AC EN) ie ee ere 80
> punctatus Banks)i2e epee ees, 63
quadrimaculatus (Westwood) ............. 80

THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Be Peyl | “Rinderlelig use ug... )eccmeen ees 82
E. rubsrostigMma Navas o..cc.cscscssceccsscesccescese 80
BE. Signatus (Hagen) ....iceceesccsscssscsssceeees 89
I. StiCkiCus! | Navas) 2) eens Cee aee eae 87
E. unipunctatus (Muller) ......... 88, 89
. UStULATUS) SINUNET Sees... see ee 4 80
E. valdiviensis (Blanchard)... 80
RY) VinlOSa Avie ua Caleta... cones eure 81
E. viridimicans Enderlein ..............ceccc 80
&. westwoodii McLachlan _.............. 79, 80
(EMBIDOPSOCINAE, ( Qiceicccccccccceccssssesceeees 21
ETVOLLOPSOCUSHELASeH wee ee PP)
Be ANLOIGUUS Po AGOUNe aes... cee ae 22
E. angolensis Badonmnel .............ccceceeseseseee 22
E. antennalis Badonmnel _ ...........cccccseseeeee 22
BN CUTEMSUS), NIOCKTOLG Wie... eee 22
E. congolensis Badonnel .........cccceceeeeee 22
E£. distinctus Badonmnel .........ccccceceeseee 22
HaNeChinus badOnnel yes: ....cc eee ee 22
E. enderleini (Ribaga) occ 22
E. femoralis (Badonnel) ou... cece 22
HE. flexuosus Badonnel .............ccceeee eee 22
EF. granulosus Badonnel ...........ccccceeee eee 23
Ee. LACE DS) NIOCKEOLG ae ee 23
E. leucomelas (Enderlein) 0.0.0.0... 23
Be Lutens)\ Hagen ae ew ee 22, 23
E. machadoi Badonnel ...........cecceseesseeee 23
HH.) minor, || @bearman) iia... eee ae 23
E. needhami (Enderlein) ....0....cccceceeeeeeee 23
Ey. OLCAGING) (EL ALC) ie eee 23
E. pallidus Badonnel...............000.. 23
E. paradoxus (Enderlein) 23
iS DQULIGNT (Badonnel aan. ee 23
VtMiCRUTENSIS) NIENONMG... eee ee 23
i orhend?, sBadoOnnelyge senna 23
E&. virgatus (BEnderlein) ...........ccccceccees = 78
Embidotroctes Enderlein ...........0.ce 22
E. paradoxus Enderlein oe 22
BE. rectivenis Pearman ou... ceeeeeeeeees ep
ESN TED EG) TATA oe 10
EM Denia) TAGeN ye eer). eee ee 10
(hnzpherio)))\ Hacenwi we). a ae 10
E. pertinens (Enderlein) ......... 10
BE Tericulata, | TLageniiyet. 2.) se ee 10
By vallosa |.) Pra ceri aoa. | nace lenyn eral 10
(Empheriella) Enderlein .00.....ccccccceesceees 13
EK. denervosa Emnderlein oo... cee 13
Enderleinella Badomnmnel .........cceccecsseceeseees 48
BS OUSOLELA. | \GStephens) mu... 48
Hpenlavaly CRO be) meee... eae ee 48
Focaecilius Badonnel o........ceceeesceeceeseeee 48
EP wD ILLet a BAG ONNelin eee ee 48
HOSilla ARIDAGA hee >. Re ee es 13
@hositia) wRibacay perenne.” | ieee 13
E. denervosa (Enderlein) oo... 13
EE NI ACOOSONT RI DAC ae... ee 13
Epikodamaius Kuwayama ..... cece 51
Jin) OMAGH USM ie hieey ately 51
NP ER SOCED ABT | Gi. ceyetenso ls... eee eee sii
PIPTIPSOCENAB iocicscivecceln lal ee 31
IGE TRS OC HAR rinse. cin ceee ccc eer ee 31
Epipsocopsis ..Badonnel. ’ ../...).00. eee 31
H. mochadot Badonnel. ......005..eeee 31
E. spatulatus Smithers oo. 31
E. stuckenbergi Smithers o.oo. 31
Ee MUU ENAty BbaAGOnneli i... eee 31
EXDUDS OCUS | MEVAC OM iicsce seeks. ccc eee 32
E. angolensis Badonnel ..00....ccccccccesccesceeee 32
EY VOULMONUS ABANKS )hae Oe eee 32
E. argentinus Badonnel on... 32
BP WiOUUS AGROCSIET)) occ poe cs. ee 32
E. bequiristaini Williner 32
EF. bogotanus Roesler 32
E. boromeieri R. Karny 32
Be, Chliatus Hagen) i iaiis...ccueee eee 32
me Completus) = Banks G20... 2 73
B WCOUSPETSUS BANKS) (2. ee 32
Hs) COSLGIIS. Banks 22 Gae >. Sian eee 22
E. crosbyanus (Chapman) ........ccccccceceeees 32
mm.) debilis,.. (Hagen) ack. o 2 pee 40
Pr OCMCAtIS | 5 GElagem)) | meet ce eens ences 73
EB. GUWOtUs) INAINY © ic.aee cs ee 32

Ee JGSCLiCOTNIS BOKAMOLO)i esse 32
EB fLAVIDENNIS MaROCSICI yy fete eee 32
FUMIPENNIS Peaks, | Jf ee 32
i. funestus, Fmnderlein) .29.281223....22. 74
E. fuscofasciatus Enderlein 715
ff. RAgent,. BAnkSil ies... nee 32
B. nyahinus . Banks Ges eee 32
iE. ICaTUus! | -Banks) ... 2 ee eee 32
i. MOTnatus... BANKS UES ype ete ele rae 32
HY anatus,., Chasen rer. teeta eerste: 50
iB, LALISLIGING, RROCSIOT eee teecrece ee 32
E. lepicidinarius (Chapman) ........ 2D) 38}
E- longiceps , Buderleiny 222223 33
By LUCTUGUS, AGRA DUT) © sees eee 33
E. marginatus Enderlein .........0........ 74
E. molestus (Hagen) 74
E. molinai Williner 33
E. murcus Enderlein 33
E. nebulosus Roesler 33
‘BS Repos, nNaerlein: {pee eee 33
Ee MUDILZDET NISMS ATN Yor ae tee tose 33
ib. pec? Williner, 2c see ees... ae 33
B. perensis,.. Mocktorda rs ....22 5 33
piChis. Bamics:,” ....r es eee 33
Be (DLGUTIANN? ae LORS1OT aie ete eee eee 33
Pie) POMS AE AMIcS ib eeeee ioe, a. Sesseeee eae 33
BE SQUeTCUS, ROESIeT. Pail nes |... eee 33
iB. TOSeus), \CHagen)), 2... ee eee. eee 72
ih SSCLETIUS AROOESICT Lata eS ee eee 33
Ee LORILLCTISTS ERATHY,. pee Se eee 33
i tener) Charen) tata ene eet 76
ih) willosus, Pmderlein es... 75
Re Zonas... CGagen))) cee ee Tee ts,
BHEMODSOCUS | vichachlan2s....7 97
(Eremopsocus) McLachlan) ............ 98
EE NALTGLUSSUCEARKS) pits. fies cae eee 98
ie. jlagelliicornis; (KOlbe)) 5. eee ee 98
BE APlavatus, CN avas) eet)... eeien. ete nee 98
E. infumatus McLachlan .................. 97, 98
EE LOD GICOUTIS a aC ESANIKS)) a etee:, -cceteeseeesereee 98
BE MTCOUCTUS, |) MUEMATIKS)) 1 aicetete sen sctesoeteeriete 98
E. semicoloratus (Banks) _ ......... cesses 98
CEUGCHSTIUG). EP MGCTICING Wee erissccteeeeote 92
aliandi Badennel Uxiettee....ee.- 92
ee woalls Badonnel, titres... cee 92
E. bastmanniana (Enderlein) .............. 95
fh oinotata, fnderlein i252... 92
i ecineriay Chmgderlein we oi eescc-.cc eee 93
BE conspurcata, (Rampur) oi iicciccec-.seteteee- 93
iE eubitalis,, <Genderlein) yes. ee «93
E. lepesmei Badonnel (in error?) ........ 94
BH ienicola .(Genderlein)et......2....c0:.-: 93
Be pMeEMOTIAlisg (BANKS) estes csteeeee eee 93
Ke montana... CERolbe) mite. eeeceree 105
Pe OBEISay. CHIaAG en Ke ises anemones: 94
i. pauliani “Badonnel (0..0.28..2en2 ee 94
E. quadrimaculata (Latreille) ......00.000..... 92
E. simillima (Enderlein)

E. stigmosalis (Banks)

Py Vaniabilis, M@AATOM) veces) nite

(Euclismiopsis) Badonnel ...........cc.ceeeee 92
Eanlocania., Eag@erleins (5. iee eet. 34
Te amapiis,semaerieimn WSe ee ee nee 34
E. chulumanensis Williner _...................... 34
HUtroCies EOP AGA io soit ese. stoeeeen eosteee 21
Bee CEAP ATEN GRD ASA ste sees enc cteeteeeestee 21, 22
BAaprella lil ChOme. cea eis hr conse stator ess 15
IB! “CONVEXa), MEACTOLS een See, 15, 16
BESEOM And INA VES iva. -ssee tice ce cae esevae DAL
BE UTA EAS , INAS a sc oceet een sed ets ccs veers eee 121
Bite ec NAVAS) wept t cones, Saeed coer csees ar seaecaavar eas 15
F. -vestigator avNiavas: ei. 15016
Fulleborniella Enderlein .0.......00ccccccccceee 48
BE. anomala. BAGOnNC Wess s eee. 48
F. capensis Einderlein © ............ccccccceneeee 48
Fis COMOTENSTSMEELNGCTICIA ers. erate 48
Fe. Cishneta, seaGOnnel Ve woe ee 48
be. Gubia...padonnel, 2. one eee. 48
Pe fylpds. BAGOMNe) mest meee. .e eee 48
8) {SCO SAO OINEl, 3 Aen eee sess ee 48
F. intermedia Badonnel © .........ccccccecceee 49
F. maculistigma Enderlein ) ............... 49
E TMGTICOTNIAS weBAGOUNCI Ys means escee- tees 49

133
Ea nimbensis,. Badonnell, i...
i MUASSIC(, ENnGerieimnie4.
parva. .Badonnel) iis. 3k.)....2 eee
F. parviramosa Enderlein
F. serpentina Enderlein. ............ccceceee
F. singaporensis Enderlein
i twoerculata,, Badonnel) 2h). e
Gambrella, Einderlein | .21.3....2..cccctesccstecesessessece
G. pilipennis Enderlein ........00000....
Ghesquierella Badonnel .....ceeeeseeee
GG cantraliy SMOckiord fave
Gealeisis..,, badonnel: \ eons sce
G. nigeriensis (Newstead)
G» sjostedtt,.. (Pnderiein)) 22...
(Gigantopsocus) Enderlein
G. metallicus (Enderlein)
G. trabeatus Enderlein ......cceeeees
GOTGBNAVAS 52 a ere Bice Ee
GI GIGtOe NAVAS se oe cc ee ee
GOED AG ter on ee Pea SAI) PARE HERE
GOYA INA VAS We occ cee ete ee Ce ee aaa
Ge GDIChUSt NAVAS cates: see ees ara toeeae eee
Graphocaecilius Emnderlein _.................... 85
G> /GCHEYSUS | BANKSY coca. ber noes eee eran 85
G -eriiamans., Wallinen . 32a... esas 85
GMenderieinia Willinen trae. aes 85
G. interpretatus WRoesler ..........cccccseeeee 85
GA iridis) (ENGerleiniee ee htc eee 85
G. trypetoides Enderlein ............0....ceee 85
GrAaplOpsOcHus, KOIDE | isla eee 51
CG CT IULCLOLUS yale) Sea ctocctee eer eee 52
GAG TBUS yo DOVES uy snsere ence ates 52
G. marginatus (Enderlein) .........00.c 74
G. mexicanus Finderlein .......c.csc.ccccccccce0ss 52
G. SUOACOILALIS: ABANKSIG tick .zctesoweonens 52
Ge KURU OTIMNIS A OHASeM). Sees eine 52
Harenieliay “PnG@eriein, ANE ee. eee es 713
Fi formosanay, Banksinl.:... oo ee ee 74
is tunesta, .Giinderlein)) 2525.2. x.scesteset-ts- 74
ev, Janata CRAG hice cee tire stseereenesteeces 50
H. marginata (Enderlein) _........... 74
it smolesta, \GElagen))) aie sesso teniasecseoteneecice 74
Be pinnata, /Pnderlem yess: 75
H. pusellus Banks 75
H. viiv Enderlein 715
ie. wwallosay, (nGerlein): Peeii... verse 15
i. zonata., (GEiacen)) i Paes. 1 Saeetecte cerns: 75
CET AG CTIOLA)) GATOS cerecctctenseseestrcneesseesvesracs 49
Ei SOlMtarid ap bank Sunsets tence 49, 50
Haplopnalius, LBOLNtOM =... sects seceseecceere-s0 86
Hi. OGsilewSKYyt GSH Ners)) sre. .eceaeceses00ce-e 86
H. fenestristigma (Enderlein)................ 86
HD. QUE tog COWALGS))) eect teatesttce-crscscosctaesseee 86
ED ATL OCU GEWMS a CCEA ATL UN eee eens. oe scenes eves aes 86
HW. OTfientalis EHOrMtOMIY Ae, ...5-2-eecceners 86
Harpezoneura Enderlein. .............::.:ccsessesee 56
EES ATLL REO PB AGOUMIC Li eave ce crrscceeecncneseieeense 56
FIL NOU fICLUIS AGONNC LI io. csscse-essecreteeves 56
TIS \GTStiNCLiun, BAGONNEIY Hee. ee 56
H. intermedia Badonmel 2ietectic.tcceccccececceo- 56
ED, (ULCT.OLIS ss DAG ONVEM ia te ssn os esuensceseneaenes 56
H. sambata: TeaGdonnel e123 ei sensescstteccee tees 56
H. madagascariensis Badonnel ................ 56
H. multifurcata Enderlein ............ 56
Fs SGU CTE Supe CA LIIVAM gees tescir oa careseecescceose se e2 56
H. pilosa BAG ONT! eyes. eee resecsnceescesrscees 56
EES) SDICCTOSG A EB CALINVADN peice. ctesesatenccencssvctences== 56
EES EZOUZOLES a EGC ALIN ALIN) eee noes eacccesscaseoneres 56
Hemerobius abdominalis Fabricius ...... 62
H. aphidioides Schrank
ED. (DIpPUNetacus Taw a net sceesece
EE CTI CVAUIS A Lnsperceeesessctnees cece eek
Ee fasciatus « PADTICIUS) ohne ceeassesenee
Ee PaAtiGieus Cie), Aero etessees. cdetassvecesveeseeeas
EP SLAVICANS toc Dis,, eioltscesecesece-cacd cooresttae reer atcs
He TONSICOMMIS «BADTICIUS) fii .ccercecseeseceeee 99
ED ME CICULATIUIS Bs. — ere erase nn eeseeetes 59, 62
5 DICICOMMIS |) EP ADTICIUS Ciersectcce- <n cores 87
IEE. SPUISATOTIEIMS La, Seielet eis tenv enact aseeeneens 24
FE pusillus,, Miller een ereeercessteeanae 62
H. quadripunctatus Fabricius .................. 52
. sexpunctatus:,. Lis 2A Pees. 117
. striatulus Fabricius’ 12.2..2....20.20.255 54

134 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

H. trifasciatus, .Mullermres 2k 115
H. cunipunetatus MUlen neecccccceetsane 89
Hemicaecilius Enderlein ©... ees 85
HH. bogotanuse TinGerleint rece hoes: 85
Hi. lanatus: o) (olarend ieee ren ete 50
HH. limbatus) Mnderleingi rer 50
FT. “MEGIALIS) PB AMES iene rosea reseeoecests

H. nigroguttatus Karny

suzuki Okamoto ee

H. transversus Banks

FFC7TINECUTA: SLCLENS) | Bee ae eects

a7e GiSpar (cS LELENS Beene

RS -TUSGa FROULC Ty ee ea eer 8
H. hispanica (Enderlein) ....... 81
EES MEEPS OCT DAR are eC eee 71
Hemipsocus Selys-Longchamps ................... 72
Hi. ajricanus Enderlein) <2... 72
HH (CRLOTOLICUS,. | CHAZEN) hckcn 72
H. hyalinus Enderlein 72
H. luridus Enderlein 72
H. pardus Smithers 712
H. pretiosus Banks "2
H. roseus (Hagen) 72
GA ‘TUUDCLIZSIENAV AS tieccc ees eee 72
Tee (SCLISTM BAN EGy cee ee 2, Stee se es Uae 72
H. selysianus Enderlein ....... 72
Hemiseopsis Enoderlein ou... eeceee 18
H. fulleborni (Enderlein) ........ wu. 18
H. machadoi Badonnel

HEeteLOlepInOLUS MODI yee ee

H. quadrispinosus Obr
Heteropsocus Verrill

Pe CIS PAT VERT soe A0e Ooo NES Oi Ne

Hexacyrtoma FEinderlein oo... cece 88
He capensis) Enderleiny 22... eee 88
EVOlONeUTa ebetens).. 22. ee ee 88
HS Jaticeps \CKolbe)) nh ingeccceclee 89
H. unipunctatus (Muller) .........0.. 89
HOMIEOPSOCIDE A! (ea wks 59
(Hormocoria) Enderlein ..0.........ceceecceeceess 19
H. tristigata Enderlein 0.0... eee 19
Hyalopsocus Roesler -h...c.lccsececseteseese 104
He contianius iGReuter) =... eee 104
H. floridanus (Banks) o....eccccccescccsssceees 104
PIR SERLOLUS. UGWAlIKCD) , ce ee 104
FIV DCTELESTMINOIDE! feats Bile ace 10
H. australicus Enderlein ............0..0....0... 11
H. britannicus Harrison .......00.....ccee 9
Pe stAatiGicus, GD) ncn. eee 62
H. guestfalicus Kolbe on. . 10, 11
Ee “‘pinicola, JNOlbeae ne.” eee 11
i” tessulatus) shiagenie >... niece. 11
Interpsocus EeGwards ou.e...cccccccscccsscesseeeees 67
ie OFUNMEUS Hp LUOWALOSIe eee 67
Ischnopteryx Enderlein _.................0. 119
I. calocoroides Enderlein ............0.. 119
lercincta senderlein gee ee. eee 119
I. iridescens Enderlein ou... 119
T.. pulchra Einderlein ................cccccescscesees 119
isophanes:, “Banks. Sete Pieks. occ vite 37
I. angolensis Badonnel ............cceeeee eee
is \eapenert. (SMIbhe4rs Were hee 3H
Te decipiens) Banksy) seeds se ee 37
ee DOLETOEUS) CHRAS OM) pee en, eee ee 37
Kaestneriella Roesler ooec....ccccccceeecceceseeeees 68
KEY DUOSAUROCSIOT nck tee ee cco ee 68
Kiefferia musae Kunstler and Chaine 66
Taine enGerleings se eee 81
HS (Crinigei me CPerkins) eee. ee 81
Ke Gepilis! | CECrEINS) tee eens ee ee 81
K. erythrosticta (Perkins) ........ ee 81
Ke jrigiaa,) (Perkins) 24 ia earns 81
K. inaequifusca (Perkins) ....... 81
K. inconstans (Perkins) oo... 82
K. micramura (Perkins) ou... ceceeseeeeee 81
K. montana (Perkins) i> ci2i..ccciccicssccdeeesens 82
K. psylloides CPeTKIMS) h...cccececcesseccecesnes 81
KE vinosa (MelLachlan) =e 81
Kodamaius (Okamoto eee ees 52
K. angolensis (Badonnel) ............cee 52
K. brevicornis OKamMoto .........cccccecceseeeseees 52
Ke, ‘collariz” CBadcennel) ee 52
KK: curvatus: (GNAVaS) ee eae 52

K. lamottei (Badonmnel) .0........cc.ccecseeseeeeeee 53
K: ‘pilosus:: Okamotowiee......2e ee 52
Kolbea “enderlein yn ee 57
K ava tenderleinw ie ee ee 57
KK baker Banksie Se .3. eee 57
K. fusconervosa Enderlein _..................... 57
K. hieroglyphica Enderlein ....................... 74
Ke hummel Eneerleinv ee 57
K. kogoshimensis Okamoto. ................00: 57
KK. maculipennis, Karnye 9-2-2 57
Ke “nignijrons. | ROeSlen Ww ::...2 eee 57
Ke pUunctata PBankSiicse ee 57
KEV OUISGUiLaTUun? a GBertkall) eee 58
> ‘serialis. “Banks 2. eee 58
kK: ‘solox -Enderleinge=).:... 2 57
KOLBETNAB . ..ccecrest ents hccae eee 57
Kolbia\.,Bertkauny ee. eee 57
K. fenestristigma Enderlein _.................. 86
K. quisquiliarum Bertkaw. ....................0. 58
Labocoria FEimnderlein oi.....0....:c.cccscsccececeeseeee 88
iE (oOpsise (= nderlein) ie... ee 88
Lachesilia WeEStwO0OG We. ee 59
is Gethwiopiea senGerleiny <2 59
De ONO SOMME rh an wee. eee ee 59
De GRUNGE SOMMermMan a... ee 59 .
es UNUM herseas | ee 59
LS GnOMmala ie badonneliee...o 2 ae 59
Ee GnUuiG gBaGgOnnely ee. eee 59
iL aquilina Badonnel ae ae 59
i (072d. | Chapman aires... eee 59
L arnmnae sommernan (72.2. 59
De oaGdonnel Willner ee 59
it -oellulas (Banks) eee... eee 60
ie \oennara, Badonnela 60
i (o1colon, Smithers... eee 60
L. vbottimeri Mockford and Gurney .... 60
ES ouginianag Smithers... eae 60
ES (CGMeTUunNGa, jbadonnelae eee 60
Ee) (CASE Badonnel es... eee 60
L. chapmani Sommerman .0.00....cccccccceeeese 60
ienchilensiso rE noerleing eee 60
L. contraforcepata Chapman ............:......-. 60
ERNCOLNULa. Badonnelmes eee 60
Li corona Chapman ates). es 60
Es CONG SOMmmMennan. se ee 60
at LAticica:: (Cis) gine ee... eae eerie 62
Eeajorcepata, «Chapman. ee 60, 61
Ee fu7Cata, Bagonnelae eee

LES USCO Bad Onne lane eee ean 60
Es) gigantea, Badonneli we... ae 60
Li gobrernoi +GNavas i... eee 60
i grandis. Badonnel i... ae 60
ESNOTCENI ChCATINATI) meee... een 60
ey jeanae sSommermany +65... 61
EKG RuUziOnG. BAdOnnel we. .a een 61
L. kathrynae Mockford and Gurney 61
is kikurensis *‘Badonnel |)... 222s 61
TP iCOLGA SOMME Tinaneeee oe ene 61
i lactea. Willimer (sean. ..... somite 61
i latinerva, .“Badonnel, @.. ) eee 61
ie lmbata | Fnderleinvt Soars 62
Es ciiveda. (Enderlein) waren: Gee sees 61
iS machi CNavas). eee. -- earn 61
ie major ‘Chapman ee 4)... ones 61
Ee micruira Badonnel s.r ee 61
Ex mucronata Badonnel....... sees 61
Ex muncunilt (Navas) (<6 eee ee 61
Ea Rita “SOMmMermMan —eeee.. eee 61
Eee nUoilis CARTON), —5.2.0.0.. eee ee 61
i packyura. Badonnel 2... eee 61
is spaciiea Chapman ..2-....... aa 61
Ex pallida (Chapman)ae=... see 61
i nearcularia. (i) wale. eee 62
i. penta Sommerman. -......2 sees 62
i pretzosa. \CBanks) pace. eee 62
L. punctata (Banks) 63
Es quercus:: (Kolbe) hos eee 63
L. rena Sommerman 63
L. riegeli Sommerman 63
ES TOSSica’ Roeser: oi) fies: 63
Ee 7uja’ CWalsh) “cee... eee 63
ie silvicola, (Chapmaniwa.......2 ee 63

= stigmalis’ Navasii2.-2..... 3 62

L. tanaidana Roesler ..........s..csccccecccsvessesecsees 63
L. tectorum .Badonnel © ...........cecccccccscsssesees 63
UG HtClSG., SOMMIMETINANI We 63
LRACHE SILLIDAR es ee eee 59
Lachesisitatidicay GL») 2 eee eee 62
Lacrotziella WBadonmnel hiviiecc..ccccccssesescessses 49
ESeINantiny sGuacrOixn) ee ee 49
apithes) Bertkauiy sees... eee. 32
Le pulicarius pBertkaue see 32, 33
(Easiopsocus) eEenderleine |)... 2 nee 92
L. brevipilosus Enderlein ).........000.00.....
L. michaelseni Enderlein _.................. 92, 93
Lenkoella Machado-Allison and

PAapavero) «ee ee eS ee: 84
L. neotropica Machado-Allison and

PADAVETO! 5 cee sss0ste ete 84, 85
he piaillasRipacaw ec. 9
Leekellogeis Ribagay Se eee eee! 9
LHPIVOPSOCIDAE pie 3
HE PIDOPSOCENABR rs ee einen 6
Lepidopsocus Fenderlein _...................c0000000- 9
iG ACOStalisa CBanks) eee ee ee. 9
De GSCIATUS) NOCTICING = ok. ee 9
ib WRODKINS? “IKarnyye eas. 2... oe 9
L. marmoratus (Banks) 9
L. nepticulides Enderlein 9
Le OCRTEUS) ENaerieiny ee eee 9
Mi LTLECOLO Tun CESATIKS) hones: eeeoecee tee ee 9
EC DINOLUSs ACV GEM) cane eeee eet Reo ee 11
ie angolensis) BaGonnel) e...2na ee 11
LE MNOULINUSRELCV OCH eee, 11
L. lepinotoides (Ribaga) .........ccccceeceee 12
LE. patruelis: Pearman 227i vceveiecseses so 12
ee DIGEUS) GHagen) i) eee cee il?
EE GUdanispinosus) (ODD) iene 12
ie TeEViCULALUS eEnaenhieiny ees 12
Te SCTICCUSs “CISOIDE) im cz:s, Sees ee 12
L. tasmaniensis Hickman. ........00...ccceceeeee 12
Lenin: Enderlein) pe eee ees. 3
L. chrysochlorum Enderlein _.............0...... 3
ES CUGACTICING MEANKS | eee, Ae. 3
iE uniadiums PNGerleins ....c:c ee 3
GHPOREPIDINAE, | ta. ee 10
Hepolepis: Endevlein) 225) 2es ee 10
ie oicolor, Broadheads Wareies..-tseeeee 10
EE CeyLOniCd) SHMGerleim seo... 10
EE OCCIGeENLtGLiS #MOCKIOTO! eo... eee 10
ieptellay Reuter, see en. Sees 82
MISICepS: .REUber (1. oak ene. 82
L. helvimacula Enderlein ......... 83
ikeptodella® Reuter, oS... Sees 82
il fusciceps) Cteuten)) ise i ecsheceeectes. 82
Eeptopsocus) Reuter 2s. 2 ee ee 59
TEE OXIPUUS RCULCE | .c5.:: ten 59, 62
Lesneiw@ \Badonmnell ( 2i.0..0:8. 22 te. 84
i: capensis Badonnell.......2250e 84
L. stuckenbergi Badonnel_..........0.0.000... 84
TeECSINIEETENVA Bie eee ee ee 84
Lichenomima Finderlein: 2.c0..00...cc.cc0hsccccse. 120
i orgentina, Walliner )3. 5 ee. 120
te MOURGEONT) GENAVAS) i oe ee ee 120
L. cameruna (Enderlein) ..........0..cccccccees: 120
L. conspersa Exnderlein ..........ccceecccccceeeeee 120
iE JASCO sBaAGOnnelyae:. ea ee, 120
L. fenestrata Enderlein o000......ccccceeseeeeee 120
L. guineensis Enderlein ..00......cccccceeeee 120
iE; intermedia = Pearman 2-2. 120
1 VIG ENS a CEAZEMY Pate bse cee eee 120
1 NOLIN SIMA ETS iis eee 120
L. muscova (Enderlein) ...........c.ccccee: 121
1; "Nana, pBagonneli 2. see 121
L. schoutedeni Badonnel .............ccccc 121
iE. “SPATSAS GHACeM) yee ee 121
IT. sumatrana (Enderlein) ..........0..ccccccc00 121
TLIPOSCHLLD Abige see tate th eda ibies 21
LTP OSCHIEEN AiR eee ene, eer te Da 24
Liposcelis Motschulsky o00..0....ececcecesssseeee 24
L. abdominalis Badonnel ................c.ccs0.000.- 24
L. albothoracicus Broadhead. ...................- 24
i; angolensis’) <Badonneli #5 24
L. annulatus Badonmnel .000..........ccccccccccceceee 24
ZL. anomalus Badonmnel .00........ccccccccccceseseees 24
i atavus. (Hagen) eee ee 24

ieee pakeri: Pearman. yess an oe cae 25
tO1COLOTs | CBanks) eee) wee eee 24
Ee worcoloripes, ~“Badonneliy 2 ..2) se eee 24
L. bostrychophilus Badonnel .................... 24
L. brunneus Motschulsky _.................. 24, 25
ES CAStrHi7 Ss DAagOnNele eee ee 2
ES chilensis “Badonnell pete eee cee 25
TE QCLATRGTCT BAG ORME] eeeerccrescceeceree ee 25
ie deltachi. Sommerman) (eee 25
Tee QeSCHLICUS “DAG ONNC is ree eee

Tea (G7SCGLS) -BAGONNely ee. eee eee

L. distinctus Badonnel ...........

L. divergens Badonnel

L. divinatorius (Muller) ..

L. entomophilus (Enderlein) _................

L. eziguus Badonmel — .........eececeseeee 25
L. fasciatus (Emderlein) «0... 25
L. formicarius (Hagen) 0... 25, 26
L. gallicus (Pearman) .........:eceee 26
L. granicola Broadhead and Hobby ...... 24
L. hirsutus Badomrmel ............cccceeeeeseeeeees 26
L. kidderi (Hagen) .........cecceceeeeseessesseessees 26
L. lacinia SOMMETMAN ©... eeeeeeeeeees 26
L. liparoides BaGormnel ........sesscseceeeee = PAS
L. liparus Broadhead «nn... sees: 26
L. luridus Broadhead _ .........:ccceeees ef
L. Mendax PeCATMAMN .......ccccccscceeceseesseeeeesees 26
L. meridonalis (ROSEN) — ovccseeseeereeseseses 26
L. myrmecophilus Broadhead. .............- 26
L. NASUS SOMMETIMAN _ .......cccceeceeseeseesseeseees 26
L. niger (Banks) -ncecsesesesesesesesssesteerereeeeteess 26
L. nigrocinctus BaGonmnel ..........-.sse 26
L. nigrofasciatus Badonnel ..........-0 26
L. ObSCUTUS BTOAGHEA .........cecereeeeeeeesess 26
L. paetulus Broadhead. ........--.eeece . 20
L. paetus PeALIMAM on... seesesesesesenerenecctereees 26
L. palatinus ROeSlET .........sseseceeseeeeeseereseees 26
L. parvulus BaGonnel .........escseeceeeeeeee 26
L. perforatus Badonnel ..........s:csceeee 27
L. pietus Ball .......:.---t-2< cooseecnseesnnecennsenensecees PAY
L. prenolepidis (Enderlein) Sie SA kewl Ohne 27
L. priesneri Enderlein ..........ceeeee 27
L. puber Badommel ..........esscscseceeeeeees 27
L. pubescens Broadhead. ..........:.ee 27
L. Purpureus CAATON) orecseececsesereeereerereerees 27
L. resinatus (Hagen) ......sscccccescseeceserseess 27
L. reticulatus Badomnmnel ..........:.csceseeee 27
L. rufus Broadhead... 27
L. rugosus BaGonmel .......-.ecceeseeeeeeees 27
L. setosus BaGommel .............::cc:ccceeeceeeeseeee 27
L. silvarum CKO De) .......eeeceseeeeseeeeeeeees 27
L. simulans Broadhead. ............- 26, 27
L. subfuscus Broadhead... 27
L. terricolis Badomrmel ............c::cccsceseeeeeee 27
L. transvaalensis (Enderlein) ...............++ 28
Ee. DATIAGNS ) BAGOnnely soe carci eeeeeeeee 28
L. virgulatus Pearman _ ........ceeeeeeseees
(Loensia) Enderlein. ..............:eceee 114, 115
Tee HiGOlOT, | GENGETIEIM)) eects ceececesteaccerasec-- 90
TE. bureeomi Navas. 2.08. i2.<...ceceeteces--- -120
L. denticulata (Enderlein) _ ............... 91
TeeOLASCIata “CR ADTICWIS i eercacccteceocestesce=ne- 116
Tee TOTMIOS A CESATIKS)) errata acre nceeseacaccstesereass 91
L. fuscimacula Enderlein .................0.. 116
L. glabridorsum Enderlein ........... 116
L. hemiphaeoptera (Enderlein) .............. 91
Thy, ieatovesine, (Gele¥exey0)) cccoscecseecctoseoccccoaceeeee 116
Tao Montana, CRONE) eee aiataceaeeevesesevocccesenness 105
iby, aaybhorily, ((dhavolese esto) seesrcecetereeeco erect 91
L. pearmani Kimmins _ .........-.-ee 5 AL
L. picicornis (Stephens) ...........:--eese 117
L. schonemanni Enderlein _.................: 117
Tas Simmillamaa) NGerleimiy eie-.c--ccecc-oneeseesessee=

L. variegatum (Latreille)

(Loneura) Navas _ ......... Dee eee

Te MOMMIAN Ase WALITMON oe. ccicce-ocseteceeeeneeeseeoeee

jan brasiliensis: Roesler. 2....ceeeecce see

Te CLOUD A INAV AS ire cenecesee rece shan c core een ereneces

ee ulinaria = CNAVAS)) cecccccctecs--tas-screseneaeees

L. splendida Mockford _ ............::..cc:cci:-0-
Lophopterygella Enderlein ...........c 121
L. bursulipennis Enderlein _................. 121
L. camelina Enderleimn _................:scccss00000- 121

136 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

L. haittiensis.. Banks hiss... ARs.
(Loxopholia) Enderlein
L. annulitipia Enderlein
L. argentifasciata Enderlein _................ 7
L. hartmeyeri (Enderlein) .......... 7
1. hebes: “Hinderlein:” Hees aicascaienes 7
hh. Nigra, Mnderlein, MAA. eas 8
L. pinnula BnGerlemimnern Ae ee 6, 8
Maheella Enderlein ....... 104, 113
M. angustifrons Enderlein ...........e 104
M. laevidorsum Enderlein ............ee 104
M. lemniscata,. SMIthersy ss 104
M. longispinosa Smithers... 104
M. quadrimaculata Smithers... 104
MM. seurzgt Eadonnel rik. ciie cassis 104
M. zgachardiae Badonnel _ .......... cece 105
Manicapsocus SMithers oo.....cscssccecoeeee 17
M:Paletiae. “Smithers. ke. Reiaieelcccnse 7,
MIGQGTADSOCUS: ullyar Gi atkececccsce se scenveccevetnnce 49
M. semifuscatus Tillyard on... 49
MM ATCONCRAIUS NAVAS Wik isien cs decacnecsectneees 19
I. SBURTESETIS; NAVAS) occcssceaaeeR eek ces ee rates RLS
MM. “NOSETGS. NAVAS WIR ete eecths 19
Matsumuraiella Einderlein . .............c ee 53
M. senderlein? Banksia oes, 3 68
M.radiopictia:.-Bnderleint)is2 oi ecsect 53
(Mecampsis) Emderlein ou... ceesesecesees 102
M. cinctifemur Enderlein .................. 102, 103
(Mepachycera) Enderlein 2.0.00... cesses 36
Nie spanrvitlays \CBaANKS) pale ecsesc ase 36
WECBICTES AGEL leita) (clr ee es ee 49
aks aoe EUNGSTISTIM EM eel Ae uae 49
angolensis Badonmnel . ....... cece 49
of lanatus:(\CHagen) ir eeoo ee. Bees. 50
M. limbatus (Enderlein) ©... 50
M. maeandricus Enderlein _.............. 49, 50
M. medialis. (Banks) (ie Hak eos 50
M. nigroguttatus (Karny) — ......eceees 50
IM. HPOTRGLUS 9) (Banks [eynnheue eeu ee 50
MOM SOMLAGIO WCBANKS)) ccc eae m0
M. submarginalis Karny .........c..0. 50
LE SULZUKItA) COKAMOLO) ee ee 50
IM. “trOnNSveTSUS , CBaAnks)) one Aeh ee 50
Mesocaecilius OKAMOtoO ooiec.c.ecceceseeseeeeee 73
M. quadrimaculatus Okamoto ................ 73
MES@OPSOCIDAR: (0.222. ees 88
IVICSOMSOCUS, VIS OVDE ee ieset tones ssesroscecsensencees Le OO
M. achocallae Willimer .......cccccceecceseeeeee 88
M. alienatus: Smithers) \.).02. eee 88
i. “GELGSIGUS., Badonmnel We eee ee 88
IN: ‘GiOpSis) jEinderleiny eee ea, 88
M:. distinctus Smithers ci.........ccccccssssecseseess 88
M. dromedarius Ball ....ccccccceeeseeeeens. 88
M. dubosqui Badonnel ............... cece 88
M. hiemalis Marikowskii _ ......... ee 88
M. hongkongensis Thornton ............00 88
M. immunis (Stephens) _ .........ce 88, 89
M. incomitatus SmitherS o..0............0 89
Wi I GECTUNIGCULGLUS, FRAG eeeee ee eka ssescen 89
We WOLICE TIS (ISOC) 4): eeewttacetrc) Geveveucceor sack 89
M. maroccanus Badonnel 89
M. montinus Enderlein wa 89
M. nasutus Finderlein) ce.ise...c..ccscscesecsceoese 89
M. poecilopteruS Navas ou... ese eeeeees 87
VES STAVE FE) CSDM OTS pe ee eae cesar ee 89
M. stigmaticus Tillyard ou... 84
M. tumorosus Smithers occ 89
M. unipunctatus (Muller) ............ 88, 89, 90
ME. SADSTIOT: SL ek pete teat HO dhe las 90
DEE EVALOPEI@ REIN: tesa senana Riane asus i:

Metylophorus Pearman
(Metylophorus) Pearman

M. forficularis Roesler ..........

M. lobatus Badonnel ............

M. mendax TBadonnel

M. nebulosus (Stephens) .........ccceee 101
M. novaescotiae (Walker) ...... cee 101
Mi: OCULErIS’ (GROIDE) ieee ee ees 101
MM. purus. \CWalsh)) Few |e nl. 101
Micropsocus Finderlein oo... .eeeecceseeeeeees 64
M: erosus, Hnderleimar inne itecsacitececks 65
M. flaviceps Okamoto... jisissctiissnssect 65
Mi: heurni® Navas eee et 66

M. musae (Kunstler and Chaine) ........ 66
M. myrmecophilus Enderlein
M. nerenS Hickman oo. cessssssccssscececeees
M. waterstradti Enderlein
CMindaus) Navas. ea tee
WE: Ibretilusy Navas: aes 1 ees
Monocladellus Enderlein ....0......cccecceeceeee
M. Ohausianus Enderlein uu...
MYOPSOCID ABT) icc ne: See
Myopsocnema Enderlein ..........ccccceeees
Mi anulatay CEagen) ig ....ceeeee ee
M. canariensis Enderlein .......
Myopsocus) Wage ieee dee Be
LOUSTT CLES) GBLAUCT) )) -....coe eee
Oaken7? ABANIkSie ee) | See rae
AN CATICTUNUSH WINAVAS (1 ).....c.stsaeeeeee eee
CineTeUus | NAVAS) ose. eee
coloradensis Banks o.....cccecsccceceeseceeeees
Teatontiuw NiGhachl ani... ssa ee
elongatus TROLNTON ou... cceceereeeee
enderleini Banks oiuee...ceccsccceeesceseeceeee
fraternus (McLachlan) _ ............0.00.
FULCGLUS | SINIGHDETS si a eee ;
griseipennis (McLachlan)
hieckmani, ‘Smithers! |...
incomptus SMitherLs. .......ccccceccesesceeeees
kolbei),Enderleinvi: es
2) MOTTA VRAD Aes a eral Coe nel
lugens)) || CHlagen)).) ccs es aneera i
TmAACcuULOSUS Banks... eee:
ASIMUSCOSAy EMGeEeinisn Ss aeeeee ene
J mitens!ickinanetveey ... sella eben
novaezealandiae Kolbe...
S MDLUVLOSUS INAV ASI cartesian ey eee ee
Sparsus) (Ease ts o... :2ee oe nae
sSumatranus Einderlein ......0.......cc...
COUTASU BANKS) 2. ceetien | Minn eee rane
URAUOSUS) “CHIAZENY ay ...:. eee
DIRGITNIANUS). Banks). oe
Myrmicodipnella Enderlein !
M< Vapterna, nderlein: Su.) \cee ae ee:
INANOPSOC BAR sb cere). yea aa tae
INAnOpSOCUS Pearman) 2.) eee eee

IN) Joceanicus Pearmanv| sae ee
Neoolaste) Ehorntoniieee 2h. eee

INE \PADULOSG, -LOOTMLOMI 52s ee ee

INS VSCLOSG,, LLNOTHtONe ees. eee eee
Neopsocopsis Badonnel ........ cee eeeeeeee

INE ORiTticornis) CREULER)) ae eee

IN: ‘oyrenaicus), Badonnely) 22a
INECODSOCUS Wi ISOUOG eee tees eee eee

N. callanganus Enderlein _..............00......

N. pyrenaicus Badonnel _...........0.....
INTC GILES IS OMDC ees eee cee ee

IN COSGUS) “INN AS) go: cca. cee scl Seen tees eee
GNeotroctes) Racslen gee) ee 29
INCDHRGAL PEAT anigy ee seees-...: cae eee 19
IN. angolensts) bagonnell <:......ee eae 19
N. capensis Pearman 19
N. sofadanus Pearman
Nepiomorpha Pearman
N. annulata Badonnel
N. crucifera Pearman
N. peripsocoides Mockford .........ccccee- 84
NEPIONORPEREN Alyse oon 84
PRG OMniteg bnderlein” .. Seu eeines 3
biroiana, \(enderlein)ie2... ee 4
brasiliensis (Enderlein) .........ccc..c. 4
chalcomelas Einderlein ..........0..cc...0. 4
essigkeana Enderlein ...00.....cceeeeeeeeee 4
hosemanni (Enderlein)
1@cCO0son? Pnderleiniae..... eee 4
latisquama Enderlein
moriua CHagen) he... ae per.” |
penicillata Enderlein — ...........ce 4
Sokuntala, mnderlein’ <2 eee ee 3, 4
Saliwaria’, Smithers 2 ee ee
scotiiana,, Pnderleinti{: eee 4
Nescus Navalsin ii eee, fc ro Depa es 97
IN: flavatus) Navas eee.) eee 97, 98
Neurosema Mclachlan | o.........cccccceceeeceeeees 35
IN, \aprealis, | Mcbachlantien:) oe 35
Neurostigma FEinderlein .........cecccccceeeeeees 31

SSSSSESSSSSSSSSS55SS5E55 558

PAAAAAAAAAAASR

INDEX

N. chaetocephalum Enderlein ................ 31
IN® Gispositunys ROCSICR hoes 31
NEUROSTIGMINAE 31
Notiopsocus Banks 68
N. machado?r) Badonnel 2350... ee 68
IN. simplex: Sans: Seton. ee 68
W. wvilenal Badonnel ye. pee oe, 68
Notolepiun: jendevrleine oe. .2.. ee 4
N. paraguayense Enderlein ...........cccc0 4
Nymphopsocus Enderlein ..............:ccecee 15
N. destructor Enderlein ................. 15, 16
N. troglodyta E:nderlein ..........::..ccc:ticss00- 16
(Nymprotroctes) Badonmnel ................00 29
IN. denisi) Badonnel> 20%... eas sve: 29, 30
Ocellataria. WWeber Gea 2... aes 15
O. gravinympha Weber _............- 15, 16
Ocelloria) Weber Geer te he. eee 15
O. gravonymphia Weber _.............. 15, 16
(Ophiodopelma) Enderlein ............0.cc0 713
O. hieroglyphica (Enderlein) ............0... 74
O. multipunctata (Hagen) ...... ee 715
O. ornatipenne Enderlein ..........0....... Tee 15:
(Ophthalmopsocus) Roesler .........cccee 100
O. forficularis Roesler eet

QO. ocularis (Kolbe) mee
OTeCOpSOCus: MOSSES. es ss Roe Rae ae
O. montanus (Kolbe)
(Ozypsocus) Tillyard
O. hamiitoni Tillyard
Pachytroctes Enderlein

@achyizoctesya Bnderleinict..e2e tes: 29
e. aeguptius Pb nderlein) 22.25.:..208aee, 29
Pe tagijpnus, sBadonnely ie ee 25
P. ambiguus Badonnel ............... my)
P. angolensis (Badonnel) 29
P. aurantiacus Badonnel 29
POR OUSET OAS GHADAZO peck e ie Ko Melee ot, 29
B. bicolorines” BaGOnnel fik.ieseccsvsaccsssseacee 29
PS bilemobatus : GEnderlein) \ vcchicseecccteeccstx: 29
P Upilineata, (SMUiheEs: ti6e) ut ecepeeee eases 28
iB OTastzanuss _ROeSlety | <.624 0). zestecten et 29
IB .. (OTUNNECUS RADAR A sibel oth cece eck 29
BP. cochinensts. CMenon) © ...ivexsccssece at) OO
BB. densi) (Bagonnel) ...c-s8 84... soe, OD
P. dichromoscelis Badonnel 30
P| €ungoensis Badonner)?.222 nae 30
BB eglensts’. BadOnnel. wei) inc Bc es 30
E. CNIGMGAlMCUS, ;BAGODNE) 2 s.cce22 sssecseccdos-csee 30
Be Georg? (VECROM): picts 5 tea: Res ee tae

EB granulosus Badonnel, 23... :cccceteccs

E. MOLALENSIS# 7 CRIDAGR) Hi bose cexeacieneoekt

iB. aivecinctus: Badonnel -422220.\c.ce es.

P. tapinelioides Badonnel
IPAGHY PROG RIDA Ry obvi ksc tent cecacsevdex

A © ERIE ROGAN Ay eee Seber ee ent
Paedomorpnd SMithe®s on.......c.eecceccesssceseees

Ee MOET SUOUENCTS Gi ete cree «sp Sates eedaaceanet sass
PAIGECODSOCUS EN KOIDE errs eek terete.

PE ECTIOT: CERACCTY ph Nhe soe 8 sac caacaceshe

(Palaeoseopsis) Enderlein
P. colpolepis (Enderlein)
Palaeotroctes Enderlein .........0..ccccceceeeeeee
P. succinicus (Hagen)
Palistreptus Enderlein
Be MICONSTOTS oa CP CURING 8s. caieh sass
P- TRONLANUST CECE KIDS) 2s ik: casesb ys cteseoe casas
Ralmicola MOCKIOTA 2 once et sass
P< (GDNTOUILe Re MIOCKIOTE 8.23... es 8 es
BP. OOO IIOCKIOTG sa 22). 2. bed eee ee
BP: SSOMEGTIC| WMIOCKOC) 4.014 2b BS en
Paracaecilius Badonmel ..........ccccccccceecceeeeeeee
P. berlandi Badonnel ............
Paradoxenus Motschulsky ...........

P. psocoides (Motschulsky)
Paradoxides Motschulsky ................:::0+-
P. psocoides Motschulsky
Paramphientomum Enderlein
(Paramphientomum) Enderlein
P. nietneri Enderlein
PO NIGTICEDSAP EADS i) oi eee ae eA 19
P. tristigata (Enderlein)
P. gqumyum Fnnderleimi ir 2 ie. >...22ece oe 19

Parasodg “THGEnton | 2. eee a ee 4.

PP) haploneura . Thorntons 2.24...
Parelectrentomum Roessler ......ccccccceceseeees

Po priscune) /ROeSler Cnn ces ee
(Parempheria) Enderlein ............

P. metamicroptera Enderlein

P. minutissima Enderlein ........u

PP: sauterl, \Pnderlemm 1.2.052:.2858225
Pearmania. Badonnel) 225 eet... eee

iB COlarnte., “BagdoOnnels 5: sate ise ee

RP jucata, (Pearman). 24) See ee era

IB. GnCUTIE CNAVaS) ote aa

BP. nebulosa - BadOnmele \iviiccccecccctecctoices

En TULSRUTUONGE BaGgOHnel) 22.3253

P. usambarana - (Badonnel)

IP apitter. «Badonnel 2 24 Ae Le
(Pelmatocoria), PEnderlein’ =... 222

iE .pedunculata.— Mnderleny 725. <te.tthccce cs
PeCNEGCIAGUS | PNGerlein esc secdie Deco sseees

PP. enealyptt (Engderleir ein ee ae
PCULAERYTSES PNG STlCin i iiscctctie nese

Po pespertilio:) “Emderlein’ tis ea
PERE NEON NAB. Cer eae eee es
Perientomum, Hagen 220038228 eee eee

PP aeuitpenne Enderiein) 2.23 ee

BP. \argentatum Fmderlein .22500ic-.405.-

Pe. biroianum: Pmderlei. .220isccsscicc

P- brasiliense: Finderlein © 2 25..2..csccccseecc.seees

RP. ceulonieuwm, Bnderlein® 3.,..22.2.. 08228

P. chrysargyrium Enderlein _.................. 5
PS fOTLUILGLINE. INAVaS ORE iiek Reales 5
PE fRCCHIND, (SHEL NErS Si eee Ee ee 5
iP. green? Pnoerieins 2:25 a Aen 5
PY Ofegariun:. CHASE) 4.2. 5
P. hosemanni Enderlein 4
Be HEUTE {CEASE NE isi rece 5
EE LOROSILT Ee EL ALEC) ese rerne 5
By Merosunil Haren sn: eae e.. ss lies 3
IP: THOC TUMORI ater 8 See bi are 4
BP. (SUperpuml (CEAcen) (eee. Dein: 20
B.. GHehODECTYL... CH aAcenvs ste ee: 5
a: ERISION FRAG CINE... 55). eR eee Ms Ae 5
PR EES OC PD Ais eet oe eee ee 63
PE EREPS OC EN AR pees Oita are eG ee 68
Peripsocopsis,) Tillyatadecs:2. 2:3. ke: 68
PO MmAaorieus Tilyard ye a. fees 68, 70
im mblert: Pillyard: gibsrnee er . ls 68, 70
me) mordions, “Tstyardars...2428) 2s
ETIDSOCUS LALO yee eee secs 68
P. acthiops (Clacen) Wee 2......822 64
B. africanus Pnedericim e285, ... eee 68
P. alboguttatus (Dalman) .... 68, 69, 70, 71
P. angolensis Smithers 68
P. badonneli Smithers 68
Epa? (Bagonnel |. eles... oe 68
P. bicornis Thornton 68
PB cealiformicus: Banks? 235.224 eee 65
P. camermnus Badonnel « 20...:22-2003: 68
P. coccophagus Badonnel ...........cccccee 69
P:..consoorinus {Pearman (:..).c2ccoeties 69
E iOuUS. ROCSer) Miya ae |. eee 69
IP CUCALIDE 3 FEO WATOS ig bof a ac-e- se tetccecce sess 69
iE. SEsciarus. “THOEMtONE pose e. nck ees 69
PS TOTLUTOLUS | ONAVAS Pelee weir nn cstetiessees 69
PY fULDESCETES WIN AVAS eel ee sok wicks ete te bes eknteees 69
BS SUA OSUS: WE OTNCS pete Bee Soi des cae 69
P) ghesquieret Badonmel: 222.2....sciceccacodtsenes 69
Pe Aeainianus;.enderlews | :.2.iscmiiaee 69
Pe RYAUUS: PEMGCTICIN tenet te. eeaeeaee 69
IPs 2G717S:) OKRAMOLO | aioe os. trusts reetces 69
IX FLEFICOLUS: (SIMILDCES Seek... sesseeeeacs es 69
P= MageCnanor ~Badonne) (4.22251 dee 69
P. macropterus Edwards . .........:.:::cece 69
P=. mandescens. CWalSh) recat ee ee 69
Ps mrnoidus (WANS) 22 xeee sees 69
Pe PLEOTICUS | CRN SATOD 2 a2. Pee: aeapsseeees 70
Be amillerd - GCEINVARO). 0 sccties.zs8s eer 70
Pe AITIETS A BAIS © sien Reteo eke eens 70
E> mokotensis. Badonnel . 2... c22c-5c 70
Be AROTULODS, CEU ATO oi oc-ccecciesetsre tee 70
Ps BONUS: NAVAS) ieee nest Ae es 70
P= mebulosus Navasweedis.22. ee 70
Ps migrescens Willimers ea). 8..2 nee 70
PB» oeilatus. Badonnelinckk?......2.2% 68, 70

138
P. oculatus Enderlein. ..................08 68, 70
P. opulentus Navas 67
P. paroulus) GROG) CARESS ees 70
P. pauliani Badonnel 70
P. pembanus Pinderlein ieee As. 70
Po -perugnus BanisS eee ce etnrescscsnces 70
P. phaeopterus (Stephens) .............ce 70
Ps pictus. “Thornton? (Reinecke 70
PS piger,, \Gaagend 6 a eee i 67
P. pseudoquercicola Thornton .............. 70
PS PUMILIS! PBANES Hane een eter ees . 64
Po pumilis. — Fnderleina cess. ea 70
Pe punilatuss (OWalken) ee eee es 68
P. quadrifasciatus CHar4ris)) c.ck6scss. sees 71
P. quadripunctatus Badonnel ................ a
P. quercicola FEinderlein® <...<..c6.<.0.cccc: 71
PS CAUCTUS BadOnnelers eee 71
PO Trerchertt HnGerleiny eek. eek 71
eS TSCLOSUS a OILERS eee cserec toe eeeeeeenheeesdes 71
Reesumilis’ “Badonnel wee... oe 68, 71
Po similis’ Einderleiniy 035... es 68, 71
POOSINGULGTIS. Banks Ws Meee 71
PS SRINOSUS) -LOOINLON: Bek en cee aise fil
P. stagmivagus, ‘Chapman’ ©... seen {fil
P: subjasciaitus. @Rambur)) 2232.3 71
P. subpupillatus McLachlan.......0000........ 71
P SUppetus) SE ngerleiny 2.8 sce 71
P.-sydneyensis, Fonderlein) \...::..2.43..05- {fil
PS truncatus, seeanman) cass 69
Pi UMOTOSUS) (NAVAS) Mes ee 71
P. variatus Soehardjan and Hamann 71
(Perit7Octes) SRipaGa, <2 ke eas. 29
P. angolensis Badonnel ...............:.:c0cc000- 29
PP. cochinensis IMenon) .26..:...68csceeeess 30
Peenaralensis, ibacal S2550.. 5 29, 30
PEM OTARS TD) Ab) Fess se csc A 85
PRUOLGTSUS) A ISODC ya eee ee ee 86
Paeapnormis, Charcen))) witeee8 2a ee 79
PP CLIULt GULUSMUNOIDC yee eee ke crses ee eee 86
PS badornell Danks ye 2...ccnsie ee 85
PAP OTUCH Ue WALLINCT Que eee ee 86
PE youlicorniis enderlein) chicas 86
P. falklandicus Enderlein ........00. 87
ips flavicepse,. (stephens); he. 87
PVjratemnus “Tinderlein’ °c 86
Pe aoggatizy eanderlein: S820... 86
ES GlOSSODLECTUS | FUOCSION i... ae 87
Be ereyineodwardsie ie 86
PR GUtiGius] Pallyard: (esse 87
Pica Mockiords eee 87
iP leoparazna), Walliner® 2...022-. 87
Pe macwiosuss (CAaronm)) 2... eee 86
By Macwtlatusn ullyargds ec eee ee 86
PES PATVICEDS a ROCSIER Yan Bee ee Se 87
Po DICICOTTIS (CE ADLICIUS) tec. 87
PEP SOTMOAIUS MISATMY so ee ee 87
BES STICTICUS aG@NAVAS) heen coe 87
P. triangulum (Blanchard)... 87
PANGS Gs lanchard))) see 87
P:joiridis) Pnderlein< (228s Se 87
Pizlota7sopsisey allyardy eee 86
PP. IACHCAtUs Till yard ee eo 86
ees NGerleiny Spee ee 122
angolensis Badonnel ue 122
= congolensis Badonmnel ..0.......cccceccceeeeeees 122
P corlicosasmithers> 23... 122
P. griseipennis (McLachlan)... 122
P: colbeteGhngerlein) ee 123
P. ‘lichenosa, Enderlein’ 20ieo eee 123
P: longigena Sknderlein vin. eee 123
BP. LOTITAias CRD Aga) ie ee rds ee ee 123
PB. lynitfer as Suthers ee 123
P. -mjobergis Karny pee ee 123
PP SQMOGiUSS RAT ee 123
Phryganea gibbosa Sulzer. .................0 99
P Salter Mie eres ee 99
Pilipsocus Badonnele ese rere 101
P> angolensis’ Badonne lec e eee 101
P. congolensis’ BAGdOnnely ee seen ccsorseeeces 101
P. ghesouierei Badonnel _ ............ccceceeeee 101
P:. suttulatus® (CRearmanry ince eee 108
P: intricatus” Ginderlein) ieee sean 101
P: lepesmez Badonnel) es. ae 102

THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

P. machadoi Badonnel ) viis....ctketccces 102
PSvithendi; badonneligeess ee 102
PRAUMANNEDABH Skcccceeene ss eee ree 21
Plaumannia, Goeslen reece... eee 21
P. separaia Roeslen yin... 21
(Podopterocus) Banks 98
P. longicornis Banks 98
(Poecilopsocus) Roesler ..............c:scseceeeees 119
P. calocoroides (Enderlein) ............0..... 119
POLYPSOCIDAE, Freee...) eee 58
POlypSOCus. Haren eee: ee 58
Be vabruptus s Giagen) eee... cee eres. 58
P. bimaculatus Enderlein ©... 58
PP: ‘coleoptratus Rocsler ee) eee 58
P: corrnuptus. Glagen)) 2288'..:...2o ee 58
PB. (delunagius vRocslerne ena. ee 58
P. desertus (Enderlein) .......0.0...cccceeeeee 58
BP. ‘Sjalcifer,. 2ROGSler ena eee 58
Ps fasciatus {Danks ee 58
Ps fAStOSUs EROS Ora ks ee 58
P. fuseus. Cenderlein) )..0.2:..:....cceet 58
P. griseolineatus (Enderlein) _............... 58
PS» lunulatus Enderleinwr....-..-e ee 59
P. nervulosus Einderlein _...............cc0 59
Pe OMISSUS BATES Weare ae cE 59
P. quadriguttatus (Enderlein) _.............. 59
P. selenius Roesler 59
P. suffusus Roesler 59
P. unicolor Roesler 59
PRIONOGLARIDAE 16
Prionogiaris® BnGerieinie es ...-.s ee 16
P. lindobergi ~ Badonnell=-.......22 ee 17
PE StyGi@ SEMGerlcini yes. 16; AW
Proentomum Badonmnel ...............:cccescceeeeeeee

P. personatum Badonnel ............ceeesceeeee 5
PROPSOCGINAE + .2332= =... See 83
Propsecus’ MeLachlany jec:.<-cseeeee 83
P. pallipes (McLachlan)... eee 83
P. pulchripennis (Perkins)... 83
Protodypsocus Enderlein _............. 36
P. fissiceps, Hnderleiny 2: .....:.ceseccsscseeoe 36
(Psacadium). FEmderlein’ © .......-2csscsssese- 29
P. bilimbatum Enderlem: ......223222..5 29
PB) “SCOTST MMC OM lee eee cheese eee 30
PSEUDOCARCHGIIDABRY seeks... cete st ceccce 72
PSE UDOGABIC TE DEINIAB i rcee-c.-scconeecescetcoeee 72
Pseudocaecilius Enderlein. ...............--..0+ 6)
(Pseudocaecilius) Enderlein ..................0. 73
P. VAnOMmales TROLMCOM etecc-cecceece-secceeeensens 73
P. brevicornis Enderlein _...................:.+ 13
P. citricola (Ashmead) 9 o........c ee eeeeeeeess 73
P. Claris) “GBanks eins das ce eeceee esate 73
PS Aelieatis GEA CTI eereen:<-cacecercerencsnenese® 73
P) elutuse PnGerleinine.ceconc---cneees 73, 74
P. formosanus- CBanks))2..-..-c0ctercsratssterneet 74
PY junestus — (@nderiem))......ccenccea 74
PP NOTECTURD OO CT ISAT eacenceensncssecaresenesreecesee 74
P. hieroglyphica (Enderlein) ................: 74
Po hinsutus, Thornton’: - noi eecessesee cee 74
P) onispiaus: PimGerleia y-..5. ts ceccesncseeseeeee 74
PP ANTOLALUS) BRATS Weriic access nec ceteeteeeeeeee 74
PVlachiany -Enderleiny =... 74
P. machadoi Badonnel ) ...............cceeeeeeeee 74
Ps maculijrons -Enormton ” ......ces 74
P: ‘maculosus Fonderlein’ <..:........c:ceeese 74
P. marginatus (Enderlein) _..................... 74
PY marshal a KRarmy Soe... eee 74
PP -Molestus = CHagen)) | fies... tee 74
iP amorstatte anGeriein’ sac. -:.c.ceee ee 74
P. multipunctatus (Hagen) ue 715
P. ornatipennis (Enderlein) _.................. 75
P) ornatus; hnderlein Gene... 75
P. ‘pinnatiis Cenderiein) e........cmee 75
P. pretiosus (Banks)> .225:......ceecece 73
Ey puselius (Banks) oi. =-.-..-.- eee 75
Pi s7oseus” CHagen)) nce... cee eee 72
P. solocipennis Enderlein _................- 75
Po tenellus - Wnderlein® ke. See 75
P\testaceus. Penderlein) 222........2ees 75
Po veiteht “KRamy >> xc. n.... See 75
PY ative Gnd erleiny) mentee ons. ceeeeeeeee 75
P. villosus (Enderlein) o.0.........ccccceseeee 75
P) -wolcotti) Banks: > 2.2 hae eee 73

Be 2zonatus,_Ghacen) oes eee 15
PSHUDOPSOCINARY 22 82
Pseudopsocus Chapman. ..................... 82, 95
Pseudopsocus Kolbe o......cccceceeeeeee 82, 95
s-amabilis (Walsh) oss ee a ees 96
a) AuSCciCceps M@Reuter)) Gene 82
lichenophilus (Ribaga) _ ..........0.... 82, 83
meridionalis Badonnel .................. 82, 83
TOSLOCK?: INOIDe*) aes eee ee 82, 83
Pseudoscottiella Badonnel _................0...... 15
decolo7, Badonnel eee 15
RyGuneg sBadonnelia ae ee 75
immaculata Badonnel 75
megops Badonnel oo... ceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 15
. ‘tuboerculata Badonnel
Pseudoseopsis Badonne] ...............::ccceeeeees 19
P. helmani Mockford and Gurney ...... s 19
P. vilhenai Badonnel _ ............:..cccceecceeeeees 19
PSILOPSOCIDAE, 0. ee eae 120
PStUOPSOGUS, WEAMGETIOIMy hee ees -o oe ecee eae 120
Pe VMnimulis tSmMithers se eee 120
FP. nebulosus Mockford _ ..................ccccce 120
P. nigricornis Enderlein ..............:::-e 120
PSOCATROPEMVAR | c.c.ceiiecec eee Seer 14
PsocatropOs Ribaga ........ececeesseeeeeeeeeeee 14
P. floridanus (Corbett and

IAT OTCAVES) ieee crc ovate set aies ne eee

FE LACHLGTID PERIOD A Gal aot ceteeeser cess se eere

P lesnei Badonnel) 200 2..0 sess ener
WTICLODS, CEAGETICUN)) 25 ae. ceecensteoee

. pilipennis (Enderlein) ..............
termitorum (Townsend)
PS OC RUA ee ericsson ee eee
Psochus. Latreilile: peat eee
Psochus funerulus Costa ............0:ccee
PSOCIDA. AGNOTA) 2350.25. Sess
PSOCTDIARD eee okie os See, see baceees
Psocidus Pearman _ .........cc...sccccsesscssenee
(Psocidus) P@ATMan _ .................ccccccseeseeeenee
acourtt (Cockerell)) .e.ic.ciisiccccccsessonseess
albostigmus (Banks) .......:cececeeeeeeeee
aloovarius | CBanks)) ee eee cee
aldai- GNavas) ieee ee ee
GNGULAEUS Ue ONAN AS) oe secre eee ere
annulipes (Reuter) ........cccccceeeeeeeeeeee
GiENOSUS BONAVAS)) eee
G2tecanus BCBanks) ee eee
badonneli (Roesler) .........0ceeeee eee
baker (Sanks)) ee ee
Oannetti @Banks)) jie ee
bigguttatus Badonnel _..................000.
O17O7, CANGeriein) ee ee
Ozsignatus 1GBanks)) ee ee
borneensis (Banks) oo..weeecceeeceeeeeeee
brasilianus (Enderlein)
oridarellim CNavas) eee
burmeisteri CNAVAS) oui ccceeecceeceeeeeees
callanganus (Enderlein)
campestris CAarOm) ie esc cccisccsctecesess
cockerell7 (GBanks . Sick eee
coniostigma (Navas) ......ceceeceseeeeee
consitus, @Hagen)! Ve ee
CONSOCIUS 7, CNAVAS) =) Sos
conspersus (Banks) occ ceeeeeeeeeeeee
coquilletti (Banks) oo.ecceececceseeeseeeeee
crosbyi (Chapman) ou.
cubanus (CBanks)) 3) eee
cuencanus (Enderlein)
euneatus (@Navas)) 22 ee
dilatus GNAVaS) ieee ee
dilutus CNavas) 20s ee es
divisus (Navas) ............
electricus (Enderlein) ....
elegans, ‘@Banks)*) 223s ee
clegantulusm CBanks) pee ee
enderleini (Roesler) .o.......ccccccccecceccesees
femoratus (McLachlan)
filicornis (FEinderlein) .........c.ccccescceceesees

. flavonimbatus (Rostock) ........0.... 108
formosanus (Okamoto) ............ceecceceeees 108
fucatis Pearman) eeees are. ee 105
funerulus ((Costa)iiee ee ae es 108

ryt ty ytd

ae) wep ache)

myo hy dt

TOF FO TOT TOT 7 FO TO TU TU 7070 7 TTY TO a TOF PTT TU TST 7 7 TO 9 TU TY TU TO 7 Py 7 TU TY

fuscatus’ GNavas) 2... ses 108 —

139
P. ghesquierei Badonnel ............ceeeeeees 108
Peegloniosus, (Banks) eee 108
Pe gomezt. » CNavas)) 2.23 eae ee 108
RP grandis (Okamoto) ee 108
P. grisescens (McLachlan) ................. 108
EP OULtLULGatUS) Pearnmanie === ee 108
PES ReCLIMOSIUS: JOB ankKS) yee 108
Ps hooa? (Chapman) 3 ee 108
Pe -indigus: CNAvasi) coe a Nae 108
P. infernicolus (Chapman) ............ 108
Re infumatus , (CBanks) (eee
P. insulanus (Chapman)
P. intricatus (Enderlein)
P. irroratus (Enderlein)
P. jacobsoni (Enderlein)
By japonicus (USolbe)) 22222.
P. javanicus (Enderlein)
P. kiboschoensis (Einderlein) .................... 108
Pe Kkoltcoauenrn> ONavas) ee 108
Re coniensis, Navas) ee 108
Placrorz7” }ONaAvas) ae 109
Ps ‘lestagei GNavas))) i208 alee 109
Pe enenatus: OwWalsh)) 109
BE ltombokensis CNavas)) 2..5.522...3 109
P. longicaudus Badonnel .............ccccccesee 109
Pe iuteolus: (CBanks)h ee ee 109
Exile (Okamoto) eee eee 109
Pee Mmasinus \@Navas) ieee ee 109
P. minutissimus (Enderlein) _.................. 109
P. mitsuhashianus (Okamoto) ................ 109
Ps mooilis: (Coiagen) =" 2: econ eee 109
Bemunnt? (ONavas) > 22832. ee 109
PZ muttipler CRoesier)) -22282.4.0 109
Ps murudensis, (Ukarny)) 2.2: 109
Be neoulijer \GNavas)) 22 ee 109
Pe) MELUSMONAVAS DS oie ocscs a 109
P. nigeriensis (Newstead) ....cccccccceccceseee 109
Re nigricornis’ \CBTrauen)> poe 110
Ra nirpanus, “CBanks), 3s 110
P. nubeculosus (NAVAS) ceccccccccccccscesceeseees 110
RS; niuoilis, (CNaVAaS), 3 fan eee 110
BEV OOMLUS IGE Aen) ce eee eee 110
P. ochraceocristus (Enderlein) _............ 110
Re opulentus ONavas))) ee eae 110
BS oxsyu7us, Badonnel” 22 110
Ee parish Cbanks) eae ee 110
P. pellucidus (Okamoto) ........0ccecccee 110
P. peringueyi (Enderlein) _...................... 94
PE nersimilis | @sanks)) ee 110
Ps pietett. GCangerlein) ee 110
PE BOLUS) | CWial Sia) Meee ee eee 110
B= posterior, (Navas) eee 110
P. posticatus (Banks) .........cceeeeeeees 110
BS prov CNAavas) 1S oo ee eee 110
Re pulenelias, | CBanks) ieee see eae 110
P. punctaticeps (Enderlein) _.................... 110
PE UG OLNIES ONOUDE))ig rescore eee ere 110
P. quadrisignatus (Banks)... 110
Pi relatinus CBanks)) -2..0icc.ice cane 110
P. rotundus CNAVAS)) .........cccccecccctecteeteeesses 110
Pi esalatog CONGVaS)) gee eee eee 110
P. sauterz (Enderlein) 9 ............:c.ccccc--- 111
P. schmidti (Navas) eo.ceccceeceeeeeeeeseeeeees 111
PY serie? CNavVas)) ieee eee 111
iPS signifier, (GNAavas) eee ences cee 111
Bi similaris CBanks) en eee 111
Pvsomplex, (enderlein) | eee 111
PE SIDOTII: .CRIDALA), fetes eee teteee ease 111
P. sparsipennis (Enderlein) _.................. 111
PP) sticticus” (Banks) @ 2252... eee 111
BESLMCLUS) GENOLNTON Ge ee 111
P. tacaoensis (Enderlein) ...............:ccc 111
P. takeokanus (Okamoto) _............ ea
PY texranus,.CAaTon), 2s. eee. 111
P. theresopolitanus (Enderlein) _............ 111
Py. tikalus)) Mockford! 2... 2 111
P. trimaculatus (Hagen)... 111
P. usambaranus (Badonnel) _.................. 105
P. validus, Thornton’ 2.222. eee 111
Ba venustus, Navas) eee lil
P. viscayanus (Banks) ..........ccceseeeeees 111
Re pitalisi. GNaVaAS). te eee 111
P. zanzibarensis Pearman. .............. 106, 111

140 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

P:* 2tleand> CNS Vas) eas lll PUciliatus! \\Latreille ni Hee eee 32
P. 2zonadtus- CNavas)) «ic cesses ill P. cinereus Emderlein ooi..cceccecseesseeees 93
PSOCTNAS oe RS OR. 102 BY cinrculariss selaceniiicen:...-.. cere 115
Psocinella |) Banks). See es 14 PS citricola i WASDMmcCAG| Mle... vee renee 73
P. slossonae. (Banks haieinckecee 14, 15 Pa clarusmiiickachlany eerie. lees 54
PsococerastiS POATMAM © icc dis .cccccsscdsacsensense 98 Pe cockerelli i Banksiiaetees:..,, seas sere 107
(Psococerastis) Pe@@rmMan oo... ecco 98 PS coleOptratus WEACEMIi eee. 36
P)-diseatis -CNGVas)) Ace EG 98 Pe |CONMUCHS AW ialShiei ete. cee 39
P: fulieborni CeEnderlein) aicskiknwns 99 PB \contraternus) banks). ee 90
Po fumigata: /(CRholpe) ieee ee 99 PeyiCONLOStIS Man mNaVAS Mens. .ccre bocce eee 107
P. ghesquieret Badonnel .......0...00..0..0. 99 Pi. CONSICUS |, FRAG CM es: eM csgstszee ete 107
P.* GidbOSG- (GSUIZER)! OAc cscissedsudovoosee 99 Pe CONSOCIUS Wi Navas ie eo ele eee 107
PS'goannist) CNSVaS) ee eee 99 BP. CONSpersus) | Banikei\20...:...euiaceeane 107
P* jcurokiana ) | Chnderiein)) acne 99 P. conspurcatus Enderlein .............. 93, 115
P. ryukyuensis Tsutsumi P. conspurcatus Rampur ...........0... 93, 115
Pusinensis Thornton. ee ees PY contaminatus) (Hagen! 22). eee 101
P. taprobanes (Hagen) P. contaminatus Stephens. ...........- « 90
P. thomasseti Pearman Pe COntERMINUS Wid | Shwpe eee ee 51
P. tokyoensis (Enderlein) Ps). contrarius) || VREUtCE iWin sees 104
Poe yUuwan ~~ CSutsuml ee ne Pr coquilletti Banks i. ae een: 107
P. zambeziana (Badonnel) .occeeccccccccccseceee .. 100 PEVCOLMlptusnElageniin ee) ae uaeee 58
(Psocomesites) Roesler 4.000608 115 P. cosmopterus McLachlan)... 99
BSOCOMORPELA (2) SGN CRAIN: a 31 BP.) costalis: (Blamehard yi ieea.....ccmumienesarte 51
PSOGORUERA®. nc Simei 2 eiae PO 3 EB. costalis) Stephens 2222 22.....:, teen deeck 52
PSOCUBIDAR (2.), PGR Oe | Sea 85 By. (Crlbraniusy VERaAg en) yet. --caeaeene eee 40
Psocnius Roeser: {2a Sh ee A Ra et 85 EB.) Crosby) \Chajaiamardy ieee... eee eereae 107
Ps) reglectus 7 GRoesIer)) ee 85 PE eCruciatus iG ieee weno... 6 alee nens 52
PSORiES i eabreile ee ole Pie Ns EH, ay 112 F. cubanus \Baniks, 2.) e721 cena 107
P. abdominalis (Fabricius) .oecccccccccccccceccces 62 Be culortalish ind crleini jen... ee 93
iP. abnOErmis) PHacenit. Vue aval ee 79 P. cuencanus Exnderlein .0.....0......ccceceeeee 107
Pabruptus abacen is ee Nn 58 Ee cuneatis WiINAaviast ae). Soe 107
Peacourtin. Cockerell 2 eae in ae aie 106 PX (cyllanus Banksia oe... ees wena 112
PEP AG GUGUS PB AIKS ieee eee de nee anna 90 LEdece (21 oy WisMieg Se oxes aly || Sele te i 40
Pehadustuswbagem itll tata ea 102 P. delicatellus Blanchard ............... 50, 51
Peeacunions sharpen... 0 Ee! we sly 64 Pe Gelicatits, Hag erate ce... deena near 73
P. affinis: Hagen oo... 101, 109, 110, 117 Py desolatus) (Chapman 7s.) eee _ 115
Pe aLlinismanlo ues ee Wb beans 101, 109 PSoilutus WNavasie eee... eee 107
PF. aibogzutiatus Dalman 2). 68 PH Giscalis: i Navasie ie ee: ee sean es 98
Py /albostiomus: Banks) 00/000) eon 106 P, distinguendus Perkins ............ccssecss 113
Eee ALDOVaAriUs WBanks> elie, Loney 106 Pa GivdISUS) INAV ES) ioe eS 3) Re ns 107
PEP AIGalWNAVAS \enenile oan ks 106 bP. dolopratus agente 2e ...-c.ccmerur wenn: 36
Pe pallaticn sihacraing ve) chai Sele 103 EP: QOLO7OStUS, ExAIes pee ees. eeeeaeatareeeer eres 112
PV OLICOlUiS Bankise isi) Soleil MN Oie LM 112 P. domesticus Burmeister .........-...::.csccs- 62
Penamabilise Walsh tweak uae 82, 95, 96 PUNCUEDIUIS Stephens) iyeeriees .-... eee rents 62
Pane wlarus), )NaVvase fe ee Oe 106 PeNelectricusm MAGenieiny mye... eames me 107
Br CLUS: ESAS iit ea 112 Psielegans) Banks) ee )2....d eee ees 107
bP. annilinesi Reuter cee) Ae en i 106 Pi elecantilan Banksy aes ..2...eee ees 107
PEVaDeTLUS EAS enh act llln ah ee anual ie 53 PY elon gatusi WELaAg en Wiens... namee len eae 54
LE ALE DOSUS HUMAGAS | igetcre ove ce oh ene, 106 Poenderleini | ROCSICH. Come nee 115
P. aridus Wile (AY 215) 0 WME Maen NRE IP 38 PY fasciatus WGMADTICiUIS) ieee t kc caccceeceters tees 115
PeratOmariys stephens (202 eae 118 PoutatidicuUsi (GES) qe eee... 2 EES See 62
12. atratus AA TOO aii ha PS Ee SRN AE 115 Pp) femoratus McLachlan) 2 eee 107
iE aurantiacus haeemt ei) pee a ati 38 BP filicornis/ “Einderleim ie... ...ceeenescccecs 108
PE Palistealisn sh fauer, je.) 2 tee.) pen 121 Pp.) flavescens) Stephens) £:........csssstoscsvecse=ce 58
PROMS MEVCOCSIOT Ee Ae onli uihe itis Una ty 32 jedaMSilkehiakershatsy yc (Ua) ake Uiis ND ss PME SS 62
iP PaZztecanus, (Bamispenen >. salisen le une 106 Pilavicans) i SLCDNENSH i tea......ceaseeeenttoce 41
Pe padonnelis (Roesler tis. eee 106 Pi flavicans/Zetterstedt) 0.......ceiie es 53
Pin WAKerb Banksy (Qui ac is lieh ele alii 106 PY iflaviceps. Stephens iiikl........tteeevcs 87
PE pALrettiv Banks. 106 Pe tlavidus | Stepmensy seee.....eere. 37, 41
P. bastmannianus Enderlein ...............2. 95 Pp. flavistigma Gkolbey ieo.......caeeancn. 99
P. bifasciatus Latreille P. flavonimbatus Rostock ......- 108
Er. \Ditaseiatus. (Walsh). iii et te tucseiels: Pp floridanus (Banks |. 2... 2 104
PP) bilobatus Banks (Seed cbse P. formosanus Okamoto: .......-.cccccccccscesseeee 108
P. binotatus Rambur oe P. fraternus McLachlan ..........csscsene 122
PDE CL ALS ACTS) Cam Mn Bt eet PY) Erontalisn ElATIS) eins... eee 104
P. bipunctatus Stephens P. fulleborni’ Mnderlein) .2....0..2...2000028 99
Pi DILOI, (MG eT IN eee easied lee scree aes Pfmicatusy ole) 2280). ... aye: 98
FE. bisignatus Banks, 220K Uhh. ee Puifiseatns:. pNtavase i). ..... an 108
PS DOOpS | sagem rR Tse i ha eit P. fuscivennis Burmeister 0... 96
= boreellus Zetterstedt ba P. fuscipennis Zetterstedt... 101
P. borneensis Banks wees BP) fascopterus | Latreille a0)... eae 41
P. brasilianus Enderlein Pi cenualis) amis) \0..0.ce.... De eae 191
P.) bridarelli | Nawas Ay) oe na: Pierolosus\WalshinG ult. sarees 62
Pe burmeisteri Navas AAEM, Si eR PAWOTODOSUS dy CSUNIZET)) «eels. ieee gemma 99
PSCavange VINEE ees ns Pe sloOriOsus: 7 Banksy chert... aeewueee 108
P. californicus Banks Pe eomezi. Navas Loi. Se eee 108
P. callanganus (Enderlein) ................. 107 Py GOnzGlest\) WILLING tank 2... Se eerenaeen Tule
P) campestris Aaron year ato bed, 107 J2).\ vevorsishigayaly /s\elaboaletalel jo ee 907
P. canadensis Provancher 2i........cccccc0 51 Peorangisn Okamoto 12.8 eee 91, 108
P. (capitatus OkAMOLOWne ee pias nuke 100 PeOTeCATIUS ) UELATTIS (Oates... eee Q7
P. ‘cataratae: Wallinerty 2 ees 112 P erissipennis McLachlan .....-ccccccccccccccceee 122
FP ichloroticuss Hagen) sae as oe iP P. orisesrens McLachlan ooccccccccccccecccecceeeee 108
PY eiliatus! Hacentinan so 2 eee 20 sh 32 Pip hasent) Banks i. kgee eee 101

RS ph hp Ss ff ff

INDEX 141.
haleakalae Perkins _..............00+ 113, 114 PB: “moderatus: Banks ) is ee ees 90
* HDCTMOSUS BW Banks ee eee 108 Po moestus, Hagen feck ee 116
heteragamiasS Perkins... eee 113 P. molokaiensis Perkins _ ....... eee 113
heteromorphus Bertkau _............... 105 Pi molestus). Hagen) 2). 2seee ee eee 74
Tnilaris: NaWasi =) 2.0s..-iiesecveett sos eseeeesttereeee Peimontanus Kolbe: 22 aes ee 105
hirticornis Reuter BS monvicolay, Perkins) eee eee 113
hoodi ‘Chapman’ tte aise, ese PS montivacus, Chapman een. RO
Qhualalai Perkins o.0........eeessscssseceeceseecees P! “morio LatreilleW.0.2ea eee 103
hyalinus Stephens iP mubnice NAVAS) si eee ee 109
iguazuensis Williner Po Maal biplex ROCSIER \livics.s0.ss.treersssteoeets 109
AOLEUS), BOWES eo ee ares caer P. multipunctatus Badonnel ............000.. 106
imbecillus McLachlan ...................::0+ . 42 P. multipunctatus Hagen ................ 75, 106
immaculatus Stephens _ ................00 53 PV INUTuUGeMSIS. ASAT Y:) 035.252 eieess eae 109
immunis Stephens PE TMASOM PECAINN OUT (sss 5 iis eccs aoe eo tesetes 89
impressus Hagen BE nepulier) INQVASH ccc. eee cones 109
incompius Banks P. nebuloso-similis (Stephens) ............ 101
INCULIUS GINaAVAS | I eee P. nebulosus Stephens ............ , 101, 105
aMGISUS | INAVaSIh eee ee uae at Pe NeLVOSUS StLEPMENS: severe ese 52
infectus McLachlan PAGERS INA VES Ise ee SA a 109
inteliss }\ YAeen), i)... eee P. nigeriensis Newstead . ...........cceesees 109
~ infermicoluss Chapman) 22. 108 P. nigricans Stephens ow ee sescceaees 62
. AMTUMATUSH BANKS © ee eae cree 108 PA nisricormis., Braver... soe 70, 110
NW ANLUSCATIS EL ATTIS a ieee eee ee 121 P. nigricornis Stephens ...........0.0.... 70, 110
- iMUSCALUS E wal DUT) ee eee 101 PS nirvanus)- Banks cs... e eh 110
IMOTNACUSMAATOM etree a eeec- ssc eee 93 P. novaescotiae Walker ow. .. 101
~ shasioilenarbis, (Clo yoraaieigl | resect 108 Pei niubecwlosusy wNavas 7. 110
intermedius Tetens ooo... ceeecescessseeees 91 PS MUDUIS IATEISe ee aeran chee, 120
INterTMp US BANKS Wey eee 94 Piynulbilis Navesink eee 110
intricatus fanderlein Wei ecnceee: 101 PP. Oahviensis-“ Perkins 1.) 2k ot 113
irvoratus WemGerlemy ON he: eee 108 P. obliteratus Zetterstedt 0.0. 89
jacopsoni s7Enderiein’ es... 108 Ps oplitus. sagen: i ye es 110
FADONICUSHPICOMDE eee erence 108 Pe ODSCULUS aAnOun (sana n ie le nee 70
jAVANICUS WeeNGerleiny gs tee ee ees 108 Pe obsitus! Hnderlein! 22 ee ee 116
yeannel “Badonnel ~ Wi eiec ieee 112 P. obsoletus Stephens... 40, 48
JOanNIS! IN AVASIEs). Jee aes 99 POOUUSUS? etagenir toes eee ee 93, 94
Kallaiensis Perkins eee eeccve 113 P. ochraceocristatus Enderlein ................ 110
kiboschoensis Enderlein ...................... 108 P. ochropterus Stephens wee. 41
Kolbei. CEmderlein)) io .ccscccstececcsecesscesus 112 P. oculatus Zetterstedt o...ccleeseeeeeeee 89
KOtZDAUCTIVINAVAS, le ctessctesscssectssercseee 108 IP OMISCUS ME AIIGS | Mes Boe Se aE, ol 112
K:OMMICISIS WINAVAS o..ielicsletsecesoocoseocsscccssessees 108 PPV ONCIUUS EAMES ale cee i117)
ONGC = PeTIIASs <5): ices cass cststes fasscecceseenssosees 113 iP. OPPOSits Banks 22 ae 94
kurokianus Enderlein ..u0.........ccccsceees 99 Po opulentus® SNayash Cet e fee 110
laACroixa Navas? Sees ico eee 109 BY Oresonusi) Banks 2 eon eee 94
lanaiensis RETKINS® ...0 ee ee 113 P. ornatipennis Blanchard ......0...0....... 44
lanatus) Hagen oi eee eee 50 PY palliatus Haren re ee ee 37
lapidarius Badonnel .............cccccceccceeeeeees 412 P pallipess 3 Melachlan 2. 83
. lapididetectus Lacroix _ ............c:.c:c0 105 B® parish Banksy eels cee ad 110
. lasiopterus Burmeister. .................c00 87 P. pedicularius Burmeister .......00000000... 39
leiadyt: “AQTOM cate eee ee _112 Pe pediculanivus (iar. ae 62
. lemniscatus Enderlein _................. 96, 97 Pi pedicularius, -Rambur oe 16
MMEPIOUS. Gams: eee wy erate tee 100 PP pellucidus’ Okamoto)... es 110
BPIEStapel: WINAVAS) 28... keith eae ss 109 P. peringueyi Enderlein 2.0... eee 94
» HHCHEMATUS, CWAISIE icie.ccissscceceecsescercosssustees 109 iP permadidus: Walsh’ “25.02 69
> uemicola), ginderleini ice oe 93 Pe perplexusy “Walsh? ee 101
lineatus. diatreille | Sones... ee 99 BP: persimilis:-Banks 22 e nb 110
=e Hibhinus: @lrapravan: ics tee ee ee 93 Pe personatus Haren ice ee 102
lombokensis Navas ou.....cceecceeeceseeseees 109 Pe pebiolatusy Banksi. seicein ea: 92
longicornis (Fabricius) ...............c. 99 P. phaeopterus Stephens... 68, 70
longicornis Stephens ..........cccceeccee eee 89 P. picicorne Stephens... 87, 117
longipennis: Banks) oi. .coice.cccccceceecsssocaeess 93 P. picicornis (Fabricius) ............ Soon Jae7,
lossbergi Willimer o.00......ccccccessessseseeeeees 112 Pe picteti-imnderlein te 110
lucidus” Hlarrisi) 22 ee es LOL B pictiventris! Kolbe (22 bic l
lucifieus Ghambur- 220) eee 33 PE piger J Mace sai ee eee
Tuigens): lagen: 2. ee 120 Bs pilicormis: jnatreille 2) 2 eae
Inteolus:: Banksi) sek ewiks Bhi ee. 109 Pe pOUMUGus Walsh. ee ok ieee
maculipennis Stephens .....0...0 wee 94 Pee posterior «Navas: isa sie
maculosuss GBanks) yee nse 116 BP) posticatus, | Banks) 20 ieee
IMAGESCENS Walshe ee estes reese 69 eo Proavus lagen) aes Vee ee as
madidus (Hagen (oa: 69, 71 Es PROM MEN AV AST Rr alae I, ihe eA
magnus /Walker eer ke ssses 97 P. pseudozonatus Williner ...........0.....0..
major, Gsolbeyi eee Ne 116 Be ipulcheliye + Banks 22.00 eae
malayanus Mclachlan... cess 54 ES pulsatorius! Gio) ..8 sn ee!
mali) Okamoto ee eae ee 109 Pee PuMiilisraAgeni in isu eon Slee ee
Marmoratus Hagen o.0.....ceceeeeeseseeeees 44 P. punctaticeps Enderlein ....00.00
MASINUS NAVAS iii cicslicl cel sccsschocceoeees 109 Pepupillatis) Walker 2 ee
MEeEdIaliS sBanks ees se 95 PEADUTUS Walsh) aes ee en ea
megastigmus Stephens ............... cesses 90 Pe pUsias) (eaTrrisi@ Welw wou nl
Memorialis Banks ooocceeccccccccccccccccscsseeeee 93 Ro epusillus’ Zetterstedt) 22...
micropthalmus Rambur_............00..... 97 PEP PVA iS coe. ake eee ee
P MIN USculusm Banks (ee ncde a a 96 P. quadrifasciatus Harris... 71
minutissimus Einderlein .........00..0.... 109 P. aquadrimaculatus Latreille ...... 80, 93, 94
mitsuhashianus Okamoto. ........00.0000.. 109 P. auadrimaculatus Stephens _................ 68
mobilis: (Hagen) se SO 109 . P. quadrimaculatus Westwood ........ 80, 90

1
P. quadripunctatus (Fabricius)
P. quadrisignatus Banks} ..c8...cnised
P. quaeSitus Chapman .........c..0....
P. quietus | Hagen ...c.ce ee esc s
P. quinquepunctatus McLachlan
PP. -relativus Banks! (.c.c8-. ese:
Po Syreals, “Banks, ce aia reese a
Po YOSCUS, HIASeN 25 sk tek tee sete
RP. rotundus. IN@VaS) |) ces at he eect
Po rufescens’ Stephens) oh.k. ack... 53
Po) CUPS) oo WalSh ee Be eee 63
P. saghaliensis Okamoto and

RUBY ERI ee escent serene 113
1 URTRSEET EATS [CERES et tae Roeper CEE 110
BPS SRIIOIS) PISO Tiare rece ceccccencecesrenceeence 62
| Eo ASGRH Rabe |G LaS) bh ares ele Ge gt eerirrt -ceceeree Caceres 99
Pl SAUCER ON GOTICIIN cree cccecccencecceterseswnscease 111
PP SCH IIIGED CNV RS ere cn cceen cases eeeter Teel:
P. semistriatus Walsh. .................. 90, 94, 95
PPMISOPTOH PINGVAS ) cerecearee ek see cccee ecteneccirs san 111
P. sexpunctatus (L.) .............. 114, 116, 117
P. sexpunctellus Enderlein .............00+ 117
By SIPMALUS GEASS cere cccceanceeessenrenencee=s 89
P. signifer Navas Beis aed A sea dN Sey odes 111
By STAM TeRy VAs NO is eteasceecse noosenoceosoueeca 111
P. similis; (Stephens) hain. sees 101
PA sunplex. Einderlemn: (2 2eciciesccsscctcese= 111
Pe simulator PenkinsS) -22ehereiercesece-es 113
PS SIVOTU PRC EIOE Caeser cc seis nessa gises ss cosees 111
Pe sjosteGti HanGerleina sie. c.cccn ee seeee- 104
PY slossonae ~BanKS: ...csccsicdecti Se ceccscstevscese 117
P. sparsipennis Enderlein ...........000+ 111
Te SOURS [ELVEN aac seta rerecoo nec soococteaIo, . 121
Py SDCCIOSUS) PAGLOM) (ee re.cccsccctessccecescecseocenncee 97
Pr siieticus VBanks) o4.5)..ee ees oe 111
P. stigmaticus Imhoff and Labrum .... 54
PL stismosalis, ‘Banks = 2... ech eicee 94
IPEMSETIALIUNUIS) STEPHENS) ieecsteescs- sce ee eeeeeee 87
Pe striatus “Walker we icssc eee eecsees tierce: 104
Pystriatus’ Zetterstedt = .242.. ee 41
P. striatifrons McLachlan. ............0..0. 54
BP StHicOsus) BUrmMCISteR) | eev-.cccses cece 53
P. subapterus Chapman uuu... cece 94
P: subfaseiatus Rambur i.2 222-22... 71
P. subfasciatus Zetterstedt... 90
P. subfumipennis Zetterstedt .........0...... 53
P. submarginatus (Aaron) .........2.......0 117
P. subnebulosus Stephens .......... ee 94
P. subocellatus Stephens ........... eee 52
P. subpunctatus Stephens... 41
P. subquietus Chapman ......... ee 95
IPR SSVIVESEMIS sO RING yay uses bees ssecsste ns cesern 113
P. tacaoensis Enderlein ............00.ccee 111
P. takeokanus Okamoto)... 111
Pe taprobanes)) Hagen 222.22 si. ceiteveeeeesee.> 99
Brestener “Hacens oie. eee tee 716
Pe texanus | Aaron is es TUS alas
P. theresopolitanus Enderlein ................ 111
PF toy OCnsis BmGerleimiaiie ecco cere 100
Pee toltecan, Banks! (igs ss Skee eee ee 97
Pe7trianculum, Blanchard]: 2.22)..0-5 87
P. trifasciatus Provancher _.............0..... 97
P. trigonoscenea Enderlein .................... 117
Pe ntrmacwilatus, Helacenn ee sik cers eee shh
Peeundwosus, Hagen) - 2:2 a PALS Pe.
PS UNICUS WV RCrKGNS VF. eee ee eee oes 113
Pe uniforms! Hacen | oe eee 52
P. usambaranus Badonnel .................... 105
P. valdiviensis Blanchard _.............0... 80
P:-variabilis, Aaron $28). ste 95
Pt VATIANS |) INAVAST oo ane e Cre lei ate 99
Ps variervatus = Curtis, 250. we eee 101
Ps variecatus atreille..see aeee 118
P. venosus Burmeister ...........00..c- 96, 97
P> venosus’: Stephens) wee. esas: 53
P&érvenustus\ Navas iis. eh eae wee 111
Pe winctus: nderlein’ (lw aes 104
Pe vireinianus) (Banks ee ee ae ee 122
PB: sviscayanus:. Banks! G6 0 nen oa 111
Pe vitalist — Navasiine til) erty Siete do), 111
P. vitiensis® Karnyy jon aside ete 92
P: -vittatus! “Dalmanin 0). oe ke 41
P> vittipennis, Perkins vitei 22. le. 113

42 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

P. zambezianus Badonnel_............. 100
Pe zelandicus AUGSOn §4.2.0....... ees 122
Py) zikant Navas) S28: eee eee lilal
Pei zonatus | Hagen ince: eee ton LE
Pe zonatus:) INavass eee ee oe dee
lara ERS SON to ene... 45 eaeeeeren ees 13
P. injuscata, Badonnel ee... eee 13

P. marginepunctata Hagen. ..............::c0000 13
PP. microps Gonderlein) i ........ 15
PSOQUTELT DAB era eta... 2, eee 13
Psylla pulsatoria Billburg ........0.0... 12
PSYEETPSOCIDAE eet. an ae 14
Psyllipsocus Selys-Longchamps 15
STE OCuS) Selys-Longchamps 15
banks?) Cockerell” Eee)... sees 15

= Oatuensis; ANoOrMtonihe ss... eee 15
PY bomoayensis) Menon pes. ee 15
Pe collarit sBadonnels ee ee 15
P! delamaret Badonnel™ eis 15
RP edentulus (Menon, 2) ee 15
Pc. jursutus fhormtonye ss... 15
P. metamicropterus (Enderlein) 15, 16
P. minutissimus (Enderlein) ........00....0... 16
P2VOCULGtUS (GUINCY as ee... eens 16
FP. ramburii Selys-Longchamps ........ £5; 16
Ps ‘saute7i, , Cenderlein)) e=... ee
PE spinosus) (Badonnel = aes 16
P. troglodytes Emnderlein ............000....0. 16
Peyucatan. GUIMey eee 16
Psylloneura Enoerleingee eee 28
P.\aliena Banks. |-uae tees... ieee eee 28
BS perantiqua, Cockerelly =... 28
PE simoangana nnderiemn -.... 2 28
Pugandana Karny eee 2. eee 28
Be williams Banks 12 eee 28
Psyllotroctes Roesler ......cc.ceccecceceeeee seeds 29
PS plaumanni Roesler 222i... 2s 29
(Pienocorium). Enderlein® =......22..22 6
Per alutaceum bnderlein 3... ee 6
Rienolasia, Enderlein) 5... ee oO
Bi ipilosa’, CHiacen))) i psa a eae ue eal 50
Bienopsiia, r:nderleing ee 50
Pa delicatetia .CBplanchata)) — 51
Pterodela: Ieolbe (05... see tesss Peeiee 59
Pe tesobiernmor JNAVaAS 252 eee es 60
Pe nlivida: « Enderleini sh. uc esas 61
BP eomachi Navas see = os Aa 61
Pe muUncunilliy Navaseee es... ee 61
P. pedicularia Enderlein 62
Ps rues CWallsip) | pei eee... ee eee 63
BRteroxantellaiMarnyhs ee eee a. 16
Pecbiturcatas Warnyi t.ho. 6
Pieroranium Ecenderlein .22......02 2 9
Pe juneoris: Badonnele mae: 2 ener ae ng
Be Kellogat ((Ribaga)) ee eee 9
P. squamosum Enderlein. ..........0..00.00..... ae 39
Livloneura. Hnderlein, eee 34
GEtiloneura) wnderleiny 2)... ee 34
PBs o71dorxsalis Venderleint s2.)....255 34
Ps boliviana. CWalliner) >=: ...<. 2.0282 34
Re orasizensis, CRoecsleny..... 2. ee 34
Peserenata (Navas) 2) eee. See ee ee 34
PBS quinaria | Navas |) Sees. ean eeeee 34
Peesplendida(Mockford) (2.2 34
ie AMO OINGE OES OD Y:UIN . NE Cae Ce 33
RitlONCUTODSiS hOeSlery ae... ee 34
Be pimmacuiata Roesier |e... eee . 34
Ptilopsocus Einderlein ....2......4c.08. 58
Be anniwicornis | banks) 2s 2) ae eee 58
P; desertus) Einderlem =.) -3.. +. ee 58
Pestuscus binderlein’ 22.2... een 58
P. griseolineatus Enderlein .................. 58
P. quadriguttatus Enderlein ................ 59
Riyctarsinderlem (eo) 22. eeceeegiven 113
P. distinguenda (Perkins) ..............0... 113
Pa haleakatae’ (Perkins) )o2..0.2 3 113, 114
PS incurvata ‘Thormton: 22. ae 114
P >) parvidentata Tsutsumi” .....22.50< 114
Peschitle: (nderlein) | ..26... ee 114
Reuterelia mnderlein 242620... eee 83
R. helvimacula (Enderlein) ............0.000..... 83
Rueneglecta Roesler: 200.2. eee 85
Rhaptoneura FEenderlein .£3....2.. 2] 123

INDEX 143

R. africana Badonnel

R. ciliifera Smithers

Rk. crypta Smithers

1G, (CPSC DVN TIN cece occ nto reececorcceoscocc6

R. eatoni (McLachlan) .............:eeseeeeeees 123
R. Magnifica SMithers ..........eeeececeeeeee 123
Fes TMUSCOSG FEVGOTIS MI ee eee cccececctcsecre-nceeeeese 123
R. pallida SMithers neces 123
RS SCLOSG: “SIMTITN CTS ret cceeeaececeeeieeees sree 123
A. SPECIOSA SMIULNETS oo... eecceeeseeseeseeeeeeee 123
RNYOPSOCOPSiS Pearman ..........ccccceseeeeses 13
R. peregrinus Pearman .............00: 13, 14
RRAYOPSOCUS HAQeM .......ceceeeeesceecereetseeeeeeeeenee il
TP, Whip (ORRIN) conscosacscoerencoareosuonsenoccnoe. ch 13
kK. voentonae SOMMermMan ............. cece 14
R. disparilis (Pearman) ......... cece: 14
ea NCGLUDLICUS) Mela e CIM ies eteareeeeseeeecee sane 13, 14
R. peregrinus (Pearman) ............ cscs 14
R. phillipsae Sommerman. ...........0.ccc 14
R. spheciophilus (Enderilein) _............. 14
R. squamosus Mockford and Gurney 14
fey texanus ,. Banks wie eee 14
Rioesieria’ Badonnel | 2... 84
R. chilensis Badomnmel ..........c.ccccccccecseeees 84
FEOSEG GG) NIAVAS tee. as-hec eee ee hence een eee 55
RY picta,.. Navas) |... ees eee 55, 56
SCADLOPSOCUS Me SINILNELS ree eee 100
Se) DLGCOLLETUS SMIthers) Geese 100
SCHIZOPF CHEMIN Abie ee ener ener 51
Schizopechus Pearman .........ececcccsssecceseeees 51
Se) Marsnalia sBearman Se eee 51
Scoliopsyllopsis Einderlein ...................... 16
S. latreillei Emnderlein _........................ Gs ECS
Scolopama Einderlein _...............cccccceeeeeeee 9
‘Se, walierata,, senderlein )=.....2)- 9
Scottielias Enderiein) 5. ee 76
Spconiptia rnderleine es... 76
S. hirsuticornis Enderlein. ......................0... 76
SHE LCOS) FGNGCTICIM Me eee scence eee 76
(Scytopsocus) Roeser ........cccccccessessesseeeeeees 73
Sr cOrmaceus sroesler” S2eeees eh Pee 73
SeGitticilis! “ROes en |. sos eee eee 713
Semnopsocus, Wraine, eee 21
Sxelobiter Laing [se el ae 21
SCODSTS, SENGErIeIN) <2 s eee ee ees 19
Se LUCONICE Banko... 2 ee a eee eG
we. metallops ~enderleiny es. e 20
SA 2avonius, Badonnelie no ee 20
peswpenod (Hagen)) <a. ee eee 20
S. termitophilus Badonnel .........0000..0.... 20
SA rLniCOLOT.. Banks). ene... NL 20
S. vasantasena Enderlein .................. 19, 20
seopsocus: Roesler 2222622... 20
S. acuminatus Roesler ......ecceccceeeceseeeeeee 20
S. annulipes Badonnel 0000...0..cceeceeeeeeeee 20
S. rotundatus Roesler o.....eceecceseceeceeceeeee 20
(Sigmatina) Enderlein oo... ecceeeeeeeees 106
Spraztecana, (Banks) (2.5 eee 106
(Sigmatoneura) Enderlein ............0......... 96
S. singularis (Okamoto) 00... i122
S. subcostalis (Enderlein) ......0...0.0..... 97
SoG bnderleinge, :) 2)... eee ee ee 5
S. angolana Badonnel ooo... cececceeceeeees 5
S. dahliana Enderlein 2......ccccccccccccccceees 5
S. flaviterminata Enderlein_ ................0..... 6
Speleketor GUTNEY © ..c..:.c.cccsccc.ccccescceeesesecee a. 16
Se, flocks. .\GUEMe yy, sx Ae en es 16
SPHAEROPSOCIDAE. ooieeeeeecceccessscessseeeeeeeee 30
Sphaeropsocopsis Badonnel ................00 30
S. argentinus (Badonnel) ue. 30
Se chivlensis, PBadonnel ie. ee ee 30
Ss maicrops Badonmel: 6:.....241..cs 31
se -recens. _ (Hickman) “22320... S23 31
SPRAErOPSOCUuS Hagen ooieeceeccecceseccesceseees 31
S. argentinus Badonnel ..........0.c 30
se Kunowi Tacen ee. ee 31
Ss; recens Hickman | ....000.0.0ccnkes 31
Spilopsocus SmMitheTs ...........ccecceceseeceeeees 84
SEVauius, SMIthersh eee eee 84
Se 7uidis, Smithers) 3 eee et 84
S. stigmaticus (Tillyard) .......... 84
Steleops Einderlein ou......c.ccccccceccesseseesees 114
(Steleops) Enderlein oo... 114

S. pedunculata (Enderlein) _................. 114
S. punctipennis Fanderlein ................0 114
Stenepipsocus Badonne. _ ................eceeee 52
S. angoiensis Badonmnel _ ...............cc.ee 52
So collartiv sbadonnel) yee. 52
Ssveunvatus! GNavas) 2a. 53
S. lamottei Badonmnel .:.............cccccecccccceocs 53
SSEHINOPSOCTINAH ircccc ke ea 51
Stemopsocus, Hagen \eiccsk-.tsseeee ee 53
SM ADCHLUS | GLAZE) s eee, ee es 53
S. aphidiformis Enderlein ............000.. 53
S. bicoloripes Enderlein ...........0.... 53
SEUCRUSAIIENSISE NAVAS) fee 53
See CRUGCIAGIIS? (1 Clir 2) ins. carcere erase ae 52
SSE CISSIUTUTTS BANKS ees ee ee 53
SHWCLECTNUS BANKS oc cokes 53
SA OGNLOSONUS A BANKS age eee DO
©. immaculatus (Stephens) ..........0.00... OS
Ss. JOCOSUS “Banks, gikwet1i2 <a eeresne 53
Se LACRLGTUL: = ISOUD Cia eee eee ee ee 53
S.) linecolatus WNAVAS) ences ne eee 54
Ss) VLG, phakanas hile eee een eas 53
SHiger tenderlein 205 7a ee ee ES 53
WE Wigricellus: Okamotvoy se 54
SeDULOSUS, PENGerleing es... eee eee 54
S. pulchripennis Perkins ......... Peta ence Ee 83
S. pygmaeus Enderlein oo... eee 54
S. Stigmaticus (Imhoff and Labrum) 54
S. striatifrons (McLachlan) ...0.......0..0... 54
S. striatulus (Fabricius) ........... 54
DS ELOLGLUS. IS AMICI pest een eee 54
S. tonkinensis Enderlein ....0......cccccecese 54
Se eUunTtOrM serach) aa eee 52
Stenotroctes Enderlein ............ 22
Se enderleimi, sib agaly Rese eees. ere 22
S_ femoralis Badonneli22 2 22
Sa Min One Pears lige eee ee 23
S. needhami (Enderlein) ........0 23
Sas VIESALUS ener) elms et. ee 23
Stigmatopathus Enderlein ) ...............c.0 20
Shonen ee no cricinwge ee 20
Stimulopalpus Enderlein. ...........00...0.c0c00- 20
Ss. ajnicanus. Enderlemy yee. eee 20
Se) O20cellaius (Badonnelie eee 20
Se) /Qponicus . Enderleiny -s.2.....sscse ce 20
SUILYSIS, Flacentene reas. 1s Pie ae 20
ulus) FASS Cage sce. eae cant 7 Se 20

COUCGEGT Chae Cray) ieee ren eee nee 21
. erato,-rnderleiny see eee 21
S. samarangana hinderleiniy se 21
S. stnipennis (Enderlein) © ........:........0:.. 21
S. ritusamhara Emderlein _ ...........0.....0 21
GSunogonosoma)) Kolbe ee 98

S. flagellicorne Kolbe
Ss. reducta BANKS) Os eee ahaa) ee rd Oe. 98

Taeniostigma Enderlein ..............ccccceeeeee 54
TP OLMRAGulatiunl banksy ee 54
T. clarum (McLachlan) ....... 54
ieavelongatunm) Clagen)m =e). ee 54
TEE INGCTES, sENOCTICINY c5 ee ee 54
T. malayanum (McLachlan) _................... 54
TES DEGICINST 2 Banksy es eee 54
dee totale Navas, os eee.) Seles: 54
TAGALODSOCUSH BAIS Wier eee cee eee 51
De OTR IS VUBED NURS | cooked corer cern eee ee 51
TERA SONETISIS) VAD Gi yreeec eerie ccsve sorecosoeretee 51
JE GOOG. VERGO ALENT occ ncsdrens Receeceentsosotcecoce 28
Ee GICAL Ae BAG ONME Gere ere ee cer. coe eeeece eee 28
T. africana curvata Badonnel ................... 28
T. bilineata (Smithers) ............cccccceeceeeeee 28
T. castaned. (PCarmiyanmy i....5.. eke crcceeceeeenees 28
TEN CULivVGl@a BaGonnely Woke... 28
T. formosana Fnderlein ...............:..:.-100 28
T. maculata Mockford and Gurney .... 28
TE NOCCARICH ACE CATIMAM) ec eee 28
Te OlhidG. BAGONMe ieee 28
T. squamosa Badonnel ..............:..::.seeeee 28
ee ALLOAIS2 a CB ANKS) miyeercr eee 28
Be AUST TiVo TINVAUBY us eececeeeeneseeeereee 28
Tasmanopsocus Hickman 9
ee htoralisi Hickman y=... ee eee bea)
Teliapsocus CHApPMan oo... ceeceeeeeseeteees 51

T. conterminus (Walsh)

144 THE PSOCOPTERA OF THE WORLD

Teratopsocus Reuter: ssi 51 T. angolense Badonmnel o........cccsscsescsssssceees 115
T. maculipennis Reuter .............. 51, 52 Bi GpCrtum: : LAOLMNtOM MA). ...sccasee eee 115
Permies: NEUE? oi. OOS 24 Li ance/Onme WLNOLNtON we... eee eee 115
T. divinatorium. Muller 2.05.2 25 Li iGlratum (iC Aaron):, i5%......g eee 115
T. Fatale Tae en EE 24 Pit OCLEIS 2 MOLTO) mere, eee aan 115
TO Fatiadiqumiy Die) hak Kae 59, 62 Lien CUCULATEM GEHASen) Ore... eee ae 115
T. lignarium de Geer ............. act LAS 2a 525 T. circularoides Badonnel © ........ccccceccccee. 115
T. pulsstontum: Ws.) sac aeeasans 11, 25 T. conspurcatum (Enderlein) ........00...... 115
T. puisatorium. Scopoll haces 11 T. continuatum Roesler .....cceeesseceseees 115
Terracaccilius Chapman .......ccscsesoee 59 T. desolatum (Chapman)... 115
T. bellulus Banks 60 1. enderleini (Roeser) (.0:......csssnecoe 115
T. greeni Pearman 60 TP. fasciatum (Fabricius) 00... 115
T. pallidus; Ghapman! iis. 2. 59, 61 Re WELLE). eNORMEOM Vince wees, 0 (Me anemia en 116
Te. Mretinca. BankSo- cc cc ee ee ee 62 T. fuscimacula (Enderlein) ............c00 116
Thylacella Enderlein o......ccccccsccsssseseceseee 3 T. germanicum , Roeser yk... es ag
T. congolensis (Badonnel) .......s 3 IT. glabridorsum_ (Enderlein) . ......00.00.... 116
T. eversiand EMnder4lein .....cccccccccccye 3 Lr. imcognitum Roesler «........clescssecve 116
a fasciaia .Badonnell cee. 3 a. macilentum., Rocsier se. .....e ee Le
T. fenestrata Smithers 0... ssscseceee 3 LT. Maculosum (Banks) -....cessesnescssesne 116
Co 8mmacuiatas Bagonnels 225. ees 3 ly. Mmajus Col be) gies... -..:| eee ie 116
T. madagascariensis Smithers. ............... 3 Te medium Thornton Sevadens«sevesesabeceseueeedaeee 116
FT. niltnennis Conderlein) i kn oes 3 i. Minutiae Kaderteu gan: bo ain 116
DEY PACE LEI NAB YW ae enc 3 Zi. MmOestum (Hagen) see... aoe wees 116
(Thylacomorpha) Enderlein ......c...c.sc0 6 I’. nudum Thornton Bee awe capee eerie 116
T. symmetrolepis Enderlein ................ 6, 8 T. obsitum (Enderlein) ..2.....ccccccccescsssccs: 116
(Thylacopsis) Emderlein 00... 6 LT. pardidum THOMOND 00... cccbescceetcseee 116
Fo slbidusa) Badounel hs. e el a 7 I. pardoides Badonmel .........ssccssececsseseene: 116
Tt) \Grpasmi@nderlein iy .k.s.-ck he nek 7 i. pardus Badonnel jie 7......2ics ene 117
T taleo. Upadounewoe aio see a 7 T. pearmani (Kimmins) ......cccsssesen 117
Lb fastigata Enderlein Seat ETL Rae 7, Te pictiventre (Kolbe) eaneiels as ae occeiceaitdasteaade aces 117
T. madagascariensis (Kolbe) ........000.... ene T. quinquepunctatum (McLachlan) ........ 117
T. mahensis Einderlein | ....0.......cc.cccccccccceese 8 T. schonemanni (Enderlein) _................ ara wy
immune .Clngeriein): eee. 8 Ti SCLDUNCLOLITT | laa Miiin..... tac. eerenee ee 117
T monticola! tnderleim: 224..0...0s 8 IT. sexpunctellum (Enderlein)_................ 117
=.) psyche. Mnderlein | sc.) ee 8 1. ‘slossonae (Banks) pies 2 2 erene 117
ih punctulata (nderlein: (iii 8 I. submarginatum (Aaron) ou... 117
Hy SEOUL MEMOSTIONN, | 050i ectet nee 8 I’. trigonoscenea (Enderlein) .............0... 117
ME TTEEE WoETAP OMA (2c ek ance De 3 TI. unum Sommerman ..........ccsse 117, 118
Be trnbrata Haren. lise. 3 I. variegatum (Latreille) .........ccsesscsene 118
TE VOTIGTIEND | AAC CM | eee eee 3 Trichempheria Enderlein ..........c.cccccccseces 10
© fimbricatus, Haren icc eee 3 Ts, DULOSa. Cage). eileen. ere ie 10
T. madagascariensis Kolbe... 3, 8 ERICHOPSOCIDAE, «oj hash... ee eT 76
Twnmnihiraly danderleim)) 2 eee 6, 8 Trichopsocus Kolbe... ee 76
EVR SOPH OR TOA pire). te wees 118 TI. acuminatus Badonmnel ........ccccccseee 76
Thyrsophorus Burmeister ....c.cccccccssesesee 118 Z. Gustralis WQWards | -...).s.....cnscssecscssese: 76
(Thrysophorus) Burmeister . ..........c..0. 118 Be brincki Bagonnel ss... Ae A at 76
Dea GS WV ALIROT 5 ei, A PT. dalit (McLachlan) ow... 160TH
T. bellus McLachlan i. \birtellus (McLachlan)... 2 16, TT
T. formosus Navas Ga indicatus.’ Navasico) en. | ik ee as 74
T. leucotelus Walker me 7’. HOLOSDERUIY DAMESiiyere..<:.. Meee 77
T. metallicus Fnderlein ooccccccc.cccc0.0-.... 118 Gricladellus Einderlein -s.c...c.cecessclsec. wee OS
T. pennicornis Burmeister ou... 116° . > ofS frogeathy oCendericiny =... Pegi how! 83
Te Tamosus, Walkervii. si whee er 118 dy mitens, (Hiekman)) 2... 46 Bae 83
ui i speciosus Burmeister 2 Ls 118 @ricladus. Enderleing) ak.......cuusee: 83
Te Spin@lae) ambpur i500 ae a de de itereaitt Fnderleinn aye... se 83
T. trabeatus (Enderlein) ooo. Loans Trigonosceliscus Enderlein .......0...0.0...... 22
TRUYTSOPSOCUS FENGETIEIN 0....ecceccssessseesseecseeons 119 T. leucomelas Enderlein .................. 22, 23
(Thyrsopsocus) Enderlein o.ccccccccccccccccce. 119 iiplocama Roesler. (ean...) sae 34
T. aeguatorialis Enderlein _.................... 119 is ajrecana,. Badonnelits.4....... sree . 34
Pe OEMS BRAS). 5 keeles en 119 #-edolosa . Roesler yisisore.......caene 34
T. bellus (Mclachlan) ooo. 119 Det Luria, RUOcsler rare ....... panes 34
T. calocoroides (Enderlein) _.................. 119 L. Magnified ROesler ..:.c..c....:seees 34
T. cinctus (Emderlein) oo. cecsccessccscccssesssse. 119 T. marginepicta Roesler ........ssssescsssssenes: 35
1k elegans (Enderlein) NS sisi. Suhuat nde MuEN 119 Ane reflexa Roesler chonansanwannesaceacseunueeraccteacnenne 35
T. grigfeceens i nderlein aace 119 Z's (SPINOSa NOcKiord:|4.__:...:.. gaan 35
Te: peruanus Enderlein Aber ra Palins Cr trek nul eT 119 Troctes auct. Tiptttstereseesceesaececsteeseesessccscencesecesncee 24
T. pretiosus Banks ........................... 119 WTOches BGrmMelster ./.0 ek)... wee Lee 24
T. psocoides Enderlein ............... 119 iy bicolor “Banks 1.84... . See 24, 27
T. pulchra (Enderlein) ................ 119 i, bicolor: Jnderiena, ccs |... auaw ewe 24
T, -SUOMOLGCUS BANKS mo! abs) apne: 119 T. corrodens Heymons esses 25
Tichobia® Kolpen es vague haw on 10 T. divinatorius (Muller) .......cccsssssen 25
T. alternans’ Wolpe: 5 0n 67it lh 10, 11 T. entomophilus Enderlein 0... 25
Tineomorpha Enderlein oo...ccecsecsscsscssseeses 17 T. fasciatus Enderlein oe 25
T. GNGOlANA BadOnMel oeeeeeccecccseecssseecsssssssce 17 T. fatidicus Burmeister 00... 25
T; greemiang mnderleinweiiees... en oily 1% T. formicarius (Hagen) .........sssecsse 25
T. jacobsoniena Enderlein 17 Tey Sallieus Pearman i..1.80%.:.. seen 26
TINFOMORPHIUNAT ir soi Ge acauinet 17 Ee iddert, (Hagen) 9)... iia nee - 26
Titella. « Wayas oo eae se Nye lek 96 T.meridionalis Rosen) ::.........cecs 26
Ts rufa “Navasis ee ee te! 96, 97 T. needhami Enderlein _................... 222 23
(Trichadenopsocus) Roesler ........cc0ccc00 115 MPANISeT. Banksia. wecccccPer cnt eee 26
Trichadenotecnum Enderlein .............0.... 114 T. prenolepidis Enderlein ................0....... 27
(Trichadenotecnum) Enderlein ............., 114 Tepulsatorivus;< Ci)... Reese ee 13
T. alexandrae Sommerman ..........0.::c:00000 115 TE. purpurea CAaron)) CEisikcd cece 27

INDEX 145

T. resinatuS (Hagen) oeccccecceeceeeseeees 27
ersivanum) ole! eae ee 27
ee SUCCINICUS, i GEHASen)) cee eee 31
T. transvaalensis Enderlein _.................. 28
APrOcticus),) Bertkauy eee 88, 89
T. gibbulus Bertkau oe 88, 89
MR OCTEOMO RP HuAtr «ene eee cates 17
hroctulus, Bagonnels Se 23
T. machadoi Badonnel 2... cceceeeee 23
EERO GD AT) eee ce anaes a een eeu 10
FE @© GoleINUA By, es OE UE Ue hea 10
HE OGIO NN © RPE Ag ee eee 3
RON UE BUNGE i Sie ee a ee 12, 24
TOSI TAG Cs eae See Che 24
Ly DULSGLOTIUT Ua Cay) eee oe ee 12
TEFOPUSIAn: LAS CIN ieee ce ee ee ee ee 22
T. Oleagina (Hagen) oo... ececeseeeeeeeeee 23

Udamolepis Enderlein «uu... 3

U. pilipennis Enderlein ............00000.. 3
U. congolensis Badonnel_.............0.000.. 3
Vialenziiela INAvVaSi ition esse cers 124
Vie marianus) NAVAS (nee eee 124
Vulturops Townsend ow... cceeceesceeeeee 14
V. floridanus Corbett and Hargreaves 14
V. termitorum Townsend _.............. 14, 15
XeEnNOpSOCUS, Kolbe sane ee 57
x Vapinis, Badonnel |) ee ae 57
EV LAGETIE ISOMDC Yee!) ea 57
Ypsiloneura PeAYMAan occ. cceeseeccecceeee 51
Y. kirkpatricki Pearman ..........ccceeee 51
Y. monostyla Badonnel .....00.....ccccceeeeeee 51
Zelandopsocus Tillyard ..0......cccccsccceecceessees 88
Z. formosellus Tillyard ........ccceeeseseee 88
Z VSiINUOSUS\) Banks” (0. ee 88
Walia bige yas ©) of Caimi ear a eaual nae iN iH ee ay 11
Z. MuUltispinosa ODT ou.c..cccccccceccccssscesseessees 11

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES

MEMBERSHIP
(The Society’s year commences on Ist July)
Fees are as follows:—

Class | Amount of Subscription
Assoviate Member. oo) Ore ee oe eee eo S210 per. annum
Ordinary Member .... Ae eas ay 2 | eta ue
(Members joining after Ist January. in any year pay “one-half subscription ).

Life Associate Member .... _.... .... $21.00in one sum
Life Member Pee Ran Ce Lh atte Cdn cen Aig ey ee RAD OM enc ae
{ Elected for services
Honorary Member ... . HU MMe elm we! 44 tou Australian ZOoley
Honorary Associate Member _. iit oe wo Pe or to. the Society
Junior Members (aged 16 or under) — We Rory eioes etn Fat SOMMGENtS Per annum

TITLES

(Conferred by the Council)

(For valuable services
Bellow eee ea aero e h ae se Ko eed tothe Society. or. tO

| Australian Zoology
Associate Benefactor .. For contribution of | $200.00 to the Society’s Funds

Benefactor .... Py Py) $1, 000.00 29 99 99 29
Endowment Member .. ry) ry) $2,000.00 99 cy) 99 99
PRIVILEGES:

Members of all classes may attend all meetings of the Society and its
various Sections. Every member (other than an Associate, Life Associate
or Junior Member) receives a free pass to Taronga Zoological Park
and Aquarium, and twelve tickets each year, admitting 12 adults or 24
children to the Park only.

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, Royal Zoological Society of
New South Wales, c/o Australian Museum, P.O. Box A.285, Sydney South,
New South Wales.

PUBLICATIONS

The Australian Zoologist, published at irregular intervals since 1914. Thirteen
volumes to date.

Proceedings, published since 1933-34.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS AND
SPECIAL REPRINTS.

“Bibliography of Australian Entomology, 1775-1930”, by A. Musgrave, 1932.
. “A Check List of the Birds of Paradise and Bower Birds,” by T. Iredale, 1948.
“Revision of the New South Wales Turridae,” by C. F. Laseron, 1954.
“The Published Writings of Tom Iredale, with an Index of his new Scientific
Names,” by D. F. McMichael & G. P. Whitley, 1956.
“A Reclassification of the Order Odonata,” by F. C. Fraser, 1957.
“Dragonflies of Australia,’ by F. C. Fraser, 1960.

Orders and enquiries should be sent to the Honorary Secretary, Royal
Zoological Society of New South Wales, c/o Australian Museum, P.O. Box
A.285, Sydney South, New South Wales.

SMITHERS: A catalogue of the Psocoptera of the world .

| printed in Austr

Ne Yih! SUED LA SEED x2 SEL EEG LG SAL wD LGA I Za ZA TAZA TAXABLE Zi
4 AS

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST

Issued by the

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. OF NEW SOUTH WALES

VOLUME XIV — PART 2
AUGUST 2, 1967

Price: One Dollar 50 ($1.50)

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary,
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales,
c/o The Australian Museum,
P.O. Box A.285, Sydney South, N.S.W. 2001

Registered at the G.P.O., Sydney, for transmission by post
as a_ periodical.

Ny

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES
Established 1879

Registered under the Companies Act, 1899 (1917).

Patron:

His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, Sir Arthur Roden Cutler,
V.C., K.C.M.G., C.B.E., Kt.St.J.

Vice-Patron:
Sir Edward Hallstrom, K.B., F.R.Z.S.

COUNCIL, 1966-67

President:
Basil Joseph Guy Marlow, B.Sc.

Vice-Presidents:

John Cameron Yaldwyn, M.Sc., Ph.D.

Henry John de Suffren Disney, M.A.
Ernest’ Jeffery: Gadsden: | FURIZ.S8: -
Ronald Strahan, M.Sc., F.L.S.

Honorary Secretary: Mrs. ‘Leone Harford, F.R.Z.S.
Honorary Editor: Gilbert Percy Whitley, FiR:Z.S., B-A.O;U.
Honorary Treasurer: John Miles Campbell, J.P.

Members of Council:

John Miles Campbell Anthony Irwin Ormsby, LI.B.
Henry John de Suffren Disney Peter Edward Roberts, B.A.
Ernest Jeffery Gadsden Courtney Neville Smithers, M.Sc.
Maxwell Hall Gregg Ronald Strahan

Lawrence Courtney-Haines, A.Mus.A., Frank Hamilton Talbot, M.Sc., Ph.D.

f Ws Ni Ellis Le Geyt Troughton, F.R.ZS.,
John Halistrom ~~ C.M.ZS.
Mrs. Leone Harford Gilbert Percy Whitley
Frank McCamley Mrs. Olive Wills
Basil Joseph Guy Marlow John Cameron. Yaldwyn

OFFICERS:
Honorary Solicitor:
Honorary Auditors: Messrs. Peat, Marwick, Mitchell and Company.
Honorary Librarian:
Assistant Honorary Secretary: Mrs. Olive Wills
Assistant Honorary Treasurer: (Vacant).

Entomological Section: Junior Group:
Chairman: Mr. Rex Gilroy Chairman: Mrs. L. Harford
Hon. Secretary: Mrs. O. Thacker !

Conchological Section: Ornithological Section:
Chairman: Mr. F. McCamley Chairman: Mr. P. E. Roberts

Hon. Secretary: Mr. N. S. Gomersall Hon. Secretary: Mr. H. Battam

THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST

VOLUME XIV PART 2

WILLIAM BLANDOWSKI— ~
THE FIRST GOVERNMENT ZOOLOGIST OF VICTORIA

By LECH PASZKOWSKI

(Plates I-III).

I first saw mention of William Blandowski’s name when reading the Literary
Supplement of the Melbourne Age, of 3rd April 1954, which contained an
interesting article by R. T. M. Pescott entitled “Victoria’s National Museum is
One Hundred Years old.” In it I noticed the name of William Blandowski
referred to as “an unknown adventurer.” The “unknown” usually attracts our
interest, and consequently I spent a lot of time in the State Library of Victoria
trying to read everything that had been written by, or about Blandowski. I found
the most important material concerning Blandowski’s activities in Australia in
an excellent sketch entitled “Blandowski”, published by T. Iredale and G. P.
Whitley in the Victorian Naturalist, XLIX, 1932, and later I acquired a copy
of a most informative book by R. T. M. Pescott Collections of a Century
(Melbourne, 1954).

However, I had published an article on Blandowski in London in 1956
(Wiadomosci—News, Weekly) and there is a Chapter in a book of mine
which appeared in the Polish language in London in 1962. There was little
that was new in my own writings, as they contain mainly compilations from
afore-mentioned Australian authors and various other sources.

It was not until the middle of 1965, that I decided to make another effort
to clear up many questions on this important but rather little known pioneer
of early Victoria. So I concentrated my research on the years 1851-1853 and
1859-1861, trying to cast more light on Blandowski’s early movements in
Australia and to find out what happened to him after he left this country.
As the reader of this article will see, my success has been only partial. I also
regret that I have had no time in which to make a detailed survey of the
Melbourne Press of the 1854-1858 period, however, these particular years have
been fairly well covered by the Australian authors already mentioned.

It should be stressed here, that the purpose of writing this paper, is not
to give an all-round biography but merely to provide a selection of previously
unknown or rather inaccessible material and to open up new lines of thought
and approach for eventual further research into Blandowski’s life and activities,
particularly in the field of progress of Natural Science in Australia.

The Family Background

William Blandowski was born on 21st January, 1822, in Gliwice (Gleiwitz),
Upper Silesia, a son of a Prussian Lieutenant-Colonel of the Medical Corps
and his wife, née von Woyrsch. He was baptized Johann Wilhelm Theodor
Ludwig, but used only the second Christian name as was customary in that
part of Europe. He had at least one brother, Felix, born on 28th October, 1808,
at Neumarkt, Silesia.

148 BLANDOWSKI

Wieniawa
Blandowski’s coat-of-arms.

From Encyklopedia staropolska (Old-Polish Encyclopaedia) by Aleksander
Brickner and Karol Estreicher, vol. i, Warsaw, 1937.

The Blandowski family, well known since 1610, and bearing the coat-of-arms
of ‘Wieniawa’, was of Polish origin and belonged to the Silesian nobility, but
later became Germanized, abandoning the Roman Catholic faith for the
Lutheran. However, William, in his later life, was evidently not at all a
religious man. When in Australia he signed his name as William Blandowski,
and in Germany as Wilhelm von Blandowski.

On 31st August, 1834, Blandowski entered the Royal Prussian Cadets at
Chelmno (Culm or Kulm), upon the Vistula river, but was dismissed, or left
on his own request on 5th August, 1836. Further details regarding his education
are not known, but he was once described as being a mining engineer by
profession.

Beating a Naval Blockade under the Russian Flag

He left Hamburg on 26th April, 1849, on board the ship Ocean. As the
Prusso-Danish war was still in full swing the departure was evidently delayed
till 5th May, and the ship was forced to assume a Russian name (the Wolga)
and Russian colours so as to evade the blockade.

However, the Wolga arrived happily in Adelaide as the Ocean on 14th
September, 1849, with 180 passengers and a small cargo. In the South Australian
Register of the next day we can find one, “‘W. Blandowcski’ (sic), entered in a
list of passengers.

In the Colony of South Australia

Little is known about Blandowski’s life in South Australia; nevertheless, a
few facts can be established from the Colonial Secretary’s correspondence of
1850. It seems that Blandowski became friendly with the Rev. August Kavel
of Adelaide and started on a geological exploration of South Australia without
much delay.

PASZKOWSKI 149

In a letter of 8th January, 1850, Rev. A. Kavel wrote to the Colonial
Secretary, Captain Charles Sturt: “I am introducing once more Mr. Blandowsky,
whose sketches you have seen lately, to your kind attention. I take the liberty
of informing you, that he intends to make another tour through the country
to examine it, especially those parts, situated on the left bank of the Murray,
that appear to be hitherto least explored in a mineralogical point of view.”
Further on Kavel describes Blandowski as “a scientific man and a person of
respectability, which may be proved by his testimonials . . .” and advocates
his employment in one of the Government exploring parties; but this was
refused.

.Another similar effort was made by Kavel on 15th May, 1850, when
he again wrote to Charles Sturt, enclosing some maps made by Blandowski
and explaining: “I beg to observe, that they are the result of his travels and
geological researches, he has made with intervals during his stay (nine
months) in this Colony. His intention is to continue his examinations of this
Province next Spring, and go to the western and northern portions of the
Province, and after having within the space of some years completed his
researches, to publish the result.” Kavel also stated that Blandowski “not only
studied Geology and Geognosy, but also practised Surveying art. He believes
to make himself useful to Government if employed on the road as a
Surveyor...

Attached to this letter there was a personal note by Blandowski himself,
dated 26th May, 1850, in which he said: “The undersigned, (designer of the
enclosed maps and drawings) has made it already in Europa (sic) his principal
aim to examine Australia in a geognostic-mineralogical manner. He intended to
begin with the province of South Australia, and to that end staying there the
first 5 years. Part of this time he has already spent, and examined during the
last 9 months that portion of the colony, situated betwan (sic) the 138 and 140
degree of Long., and the 33 and 36 degr. of Lat.”

Asking for the assistance of the Colonial Government Blandowski offered
“to furnish the British Museum in London and a Colonial Museum, which
may be established in Adelaide, with specimens the fruits of his travels, to
be delivered to a committee of gentlemen every six months, and to give at the
same time a (sic) account of his researches.”

Charles Sturt replied to Kavel in a letter of June 21, 1850: “I have
submitted your letter of the 18th Ultimo for the Lieut.-Governor’s consideration,
and I am directed by His Excellency to express his regret that there is no
present opportunity for employing Mr. Blandowski as suggested by you.
His Excellency has however directed that his name may be placed on the
Books of the Surveyor General’s Office, in the event of his services being
required.”

Many years later Blandowski stated officially, that, prior to his stay in
Victoria, he was in the service of the Government of the Colony of South
Australia. At present it has not been possible to establish confirmation of
this.

However, there is no doubt that his ‘original object’ on arriving in
Australia was that of ‘compiling a natural history, a botanical classification,
and a geological arrangement of this country.’

It seems that between June, 1850, and the end of 1851 he at least
visited Twofold Bay, Sydney, Moreton Bay and Cape York by ship.

The First Geological Society of Victoria

Blandowski’s name appeared in the Melbourne Argus on 4th October, 1852,
as one of the founders of the first Geological Society of Victoria.

Perhaps some attention should be given to that interesting event in the
early history of Victoria. According to the Argus of that day:-

“A Meeting of gentlemen interested in the formation of a Geological

Society, the objects of which would be the advancement of geological

science in Australia, and the development of the varied mineral

resources of the Colony, was held at the house, No. 132 Lonsdale

150 BLANDOWSKI

Street, recently purchased by the Local Executive, as government
offices.”

“The following resolutions were then proposed and seconded by the
gentlemen whose names are respectively attached. Some of the remarks
of the gentlemen present were highly interesting and instructive,
especially those used by a German named Blandowski .. .”

The first motion was proposed by Evan Hopkins, Esq., F.G.S., and
seconded by Alderman Hodgson:

“That in the opinion of this meeting the establishment of a Geological
Society would prove highly beneficial to the Colony . . . And that
the gentlemen present now form themselves into a Society to be
called ‘The Royal Geological Society of Victoria’.”

The motion was ‘passed unanimously.’ However, a Royal Charter was
needed for such a name. The third motion by Mr. Blandowski, was seconded
by Maurice Travers McDonogh, Esq.:

“That each member shall pay on admission an annual subscription
of two-guineas, payable in advance for the then current year...
Carried unanimously.”

The fifth and last motion was proposed by Alderman Hodgson and seconded
by Joseph Brown, Esq.:

“That His Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor shall be respectfully
memorialized to place a sum of money on the estimates for the
purpose of purchasing at once a collection of foreign and colonial
minerals, and also to procure rooms for their reception; and that a
memorial be presented to the Legislative Council, praying their sanction
of the expenditure.”

The Argus of ist January, 1853, noted that:

“On Thursday last [30th Dec.] a deputation from the above Society,
consisting of G. M. Stephen, Esq., the Vice-President, T. T. a’Beckett,
M.L.C., Dr. Thomas, Alderman Hodgson, and W. S. Gibsons, Esq., the
Secretary, presented to His Excellency the Lieutenant-Governor, a
Memorial signed by all the Officers of the Society, etc., praying him
to place a sum of money on the Estimates, for the purpose of
purchasing a cabinet of minerals and providing means of securing them.
The deputation on the part of the Society also invited His Excellency
to become its President. His Excellency received the deputation very
graciously, accepted the post of President, and promisd to give the
Society his cordial support. But he thought it too late in the Session
to place any additional sum on the Estimates, and considered it wiser
to work the Society for six months, before coming to the Council to
ask pecuniary aid. He also intimated the wish, that the Society should
have more extended objects: to embrace the whole range of natural
history; and he eulogized the proceedings of the Royal Society of
Van Diemen’s Land.

The Vice-President stated that it was the opinion of many experienced
gentlemen in the colony, that it was highly desirable to nurse a young
society by itself, and not to peril its stability by amalgamating with
older societies which were already somewhat neglected; for that in
such cases every one supposed that there were others attending to the
business, and hence nobody attended it.

After some desultory conversation, in which His Excellency admitted
that he had felt chagrined at seeing valuable specimens he had
presented to the Mechanic’s Institute, tossed aside and covered with
dust, the deputation withdrew, impressed with the necessity of trusting
to their own exertions.”

This original Memorial of the “Royal Geological Society of Victoria” is
still preserved in the State Archives. There is one particularly interesting
paragraph: “That your Memorialists are of opinion that the Nucleus of a
Geological and Mineralogical Museum of permanent value might be thereby
obtained and your Memorialists are assured that the public would thankfully
support an Institution which would also offer such attractive means of study
and recreation for the rising generation of both sexes.”

PASZKOWSKI 151

On 8th January, 1853, a letter to the Editor appeared in the Argus, signed
by Geo. M. Stephen, ‘V. President Geol. Society’, in which, beside some
information on platina, it was stated that “one of the chief objects in
instituting the Geological Society of Victoria, was to obtain and diffuse
mineralogical information to the colonists.”

However, on 7th March, 1853, in the same column, the Society became a
target for an attack by a reader, signed “Alexander”, in which he remarked:-

“T noticed some time since the nucleus of a Geological Society started
in your columns. There were all the office-bearers, committee of
management, secretary, etc., there were all the rules; there was
everything, in short, to form a complete society. As far as I can now
judge, the body was perfect; but the breath of life had never entered it.”

It seems that this opinion of the reader was true (incidentally, Blandowski’s
favourite expression “Australia terra cognita’ appears further on in the letter).

In the Melbourne Morning Herald of 25th April, 1853, and in the Argus
of 12th May, and 16th, 17th and 18th August there were other notes on the
Society, but apparently after the last date the first Geological Society of Victoria
just faded away.

The Gold Digger, Constructor and Inventor

Blandowski probably did not participate in the short life of the Society
beyond his first appearance. He was far too busy with the construction of a
powerful water-pump and the collecting of a fortune on the gold-fields. Already
on 16th October, 1852, the Argus published information to the effect:-

“A new double-actioned force pump is now being constructed at
Mr. Langland’s foundry, and will, in the course of a few days, be
ready for the inspection of the gold diggers and others who are
interested in the success of the gold fields of Victoria. Every person
who has been at the Diggings during last winter must have seen the
necessity which existed for a good water pump, constructed on an
extensive scale.

Mr. Blanonsky (sic), the inventor and proprietor of this valuable
machine, is one of the successful German diggers, and as an ingenious
and enterprising mechanic is deserving of encouragement and com-
mendation. He has expended on the machine the produce of one
year’s labour at the Gold Field, amounting nearly to, 1000 J, thus
improving the gold digging machinery, and at the same time aiding
and maintaining the arts and manufacturers of this rising Colony;
and we sincerely hope that he will meet with that protection from
the Commissioners, and encouragement and support from his fellow-
diggers, which he has, by his energy and enterprise, so well merited.”

Further interesting information on the same subject was sent to the
Melbourne Morning Herald by Bryce Ross, a correspondent of that newspaper’s
office at Forest Creek. His report, dated 12th November, 1852, appeared in the
Herald five days later:-

“A party of German diggers, known by the name of “Blandowski’s”
party (five in number), some time ago made 2000 J a man I
understand in Spring Gully, head of Fryer’s Creek. Their pits, in the
language of Mr. Blandowski, looked somewhat like a Jjeweller’s shop,
being all stuck round by nature with nuggets. They had got to
a considerable depth some time ago, when the water rushed in upon
them in torrents, and they just escaped in time up the pit, leaving
lots of gold behind. However, down the party came to Melbourne,
and Mr. Blandowski, who came from Silesia, and was formerly a
mining engineer for the Prussian government, obtained a double-action
force-pump, with all the requisite attached machinery, and having
increased their party to twelve men, have commenced operations at
their old lucky spot at Spring Gully, with their machinery, which has

152 BLANDOWSKI

cost, all expenses included, 1000 7. The power of the machinery is
sixteen motions by one turn of the horse—making in gross round
numbers, 4000 buckets of water brought up in an hour. I believe
their claim is still enormously rich, beyond belief almost, and when
they have worked it out the party mean, in two or three month’s
time to remove into Forest Creek, and sink wells near our office,
and probably make another great fortune by supplying the neighbourhood
with water; for last summer I recollect well I paid as high at one
time as Is. 6d. a bucket. Of course Blandowski’s machinery and
double pump would not only be able to supply the inhabitants with
water for the house, but also the various diggers with sufficient to
cradle with—so much for spirited enterprize. Blandowski’s machinery
and modus operandi is well worthy of inspection equally to the
amateur and the man of science.”

Apparently the same writer gave more information in the Melbourne

Morning Herald of March 14, 1853:-

“The noted German Pump in Spring Gully, Fryers Creek, is, I am
informed, for sale; Mr. Blandowski, the owner, being about to pursue
the original object he had in view when he landed in Australia, that
of compiling a natural history, a botanical classification, and a
geological arrangement, of this country. From a series of sketches
and paintings that this really talented Prussian showed me, I have
little doubt but that he will carry out his work with eclat, as well as
with immense benefit to our reading community.”

It is clear that in March, 1853, Blandowski left the goldfields and the
occasional occupation as a gold-digger, taking a few thousand pounds to
Melbourne, along with high hopes of again becoming a gentleman.

(1 have not been able to identify a mysterious “Polish nobleman, Count
Landoski”, who had “a party at work on the Creek”, and who supported the
gold-field politics of Captain Harrison and Mr. Frencham, by delivering a
“very appropriate speech” at the meeting of the gold-diggers at Bendigo on
9th December, 1851. It is quite puzzling, as perhaps the letter ‘B’ was omitted
by a reporter and the name should read (B)landoski. I have no knowledge of
any other man with a similar name being in Victoria at this time).

Governor La Trobe’s Fancy

It seems that for a short time in 1853 he was attached to the field party

of Alfred Selwyn, the Government Geologist, but not in an official capacity.
On 21st May, 1853, Blandowski sent a letter to the Colonial Secretary,
which reads as follows:-

“TI have the honor to request that you will lay before His Excellency the
Lieutenant Governor and the Executive Council the following reference to a
subject on which I had an interview with His Excellency about six weeks ago.

I have for five years been engaged in preparing an Illustrated Natural
History of the Colony of Victoria and I feel very desirous of publishing the
work in a complete form at a sufficiently low rate to ensure its extensive
circulation among all classes of the community. I believe such a work as I
expect to produce would be a valuable addition to our colonial literature.

My work is at present in an unfinished state and I fear that my means
are insufficient to enable me to complete it within a short time and I am
therefore induced to apply to the Colonial Government for assistance to
finish it.

I shall require two years longer in continuing my researches and in
preparing them for publication and I should feel grateful to obtain from the
Government a moderate yearly allowance to enable me to do it. I am prepared
to enter on this work at once and should this meet with approval of His
Excellency and the Executive Council I shall be happy to give them such
additional explanation & information as they may require and which cannot
be conveyed in this communication.”

PASZKOWSKI 153

Evidently La Trobe did not take the alleged first interview with Blandowski
in April, 1853, to heart, as he wrote on the back: “I really do not remember
Mr. B. name. Is he a person attached for a while to Mr. Selwyn’s Party?”
It is also obvious that the fabulous claim in the gold-fields did not bring
enormous fortune, or perhaps Blandowski wanted to keep the gold for a
rainy day.

Unfortunately, some important letters are missing from the State Archives,
especially Blandowski’s giving information about his early movements and
personal connections in Victoria. It is certain that interesting correspondence
was exchanged between Blandowski and the Acting Colonial Secretary between
27th May and 14th November, 1853, when the following letter was sent to
Blandowski:-

“The importance of establishing a museum of Practical Geology in this
Colony, in connection with the Assay Office, in which all the Mining Records
of the Colony, Geological & Mineralogical reports of every description, together
with the Geological Maps and Sections to serve for reference, also specimens
of all the Metals, Minerals, Coal etc. should be kept — having been brought
under H.E. notice. I have the honor by desire of the Lieut. Govr. to request
you will be so good as to favour H.E. with your views on the subject.
(Signed) L. Gilles A.C.S.”

Probably, during that time, La Trobe became impressed by Blandowski’s
correspondence. Already on 8th November, 1853, La Trobe wrote to the
Acting Colonial Secretary: “I propose that immediate steps should be taken
to commence such museum and Mr. Blandowsky who offers his services,
is a most suitable person to employ in the first instance.”

These words were written on the back of a report by Evan Hopkins, F.G.S.,
dated 4th November, 1853, who offered his suggestions relating to the establish-
ment of a Geological Museum in Melbourne. In passing, it is rather strange
to note that Evan Hopkins, F.G.S., the author of several early pamphlets on the
geology of Victoria and director of one of the pioneering gold mining companies
in Australia, has not yet found his biographer nor had any attention paid to
him by Australian historians.

On 20th December, 1853, Blandowski submitted his detailed “Memorandum”
of six pages on a “Museum of Practical Geology for the Colony.”

It is worth mentioning, that, when writing about the “Snow Alps and
Gippsland”, in his “Memorandum”, Blandowski said: “my theory is that this
is just the place where Victoria can look forward with great hope for the
mineral beds in future and particularly in the boundaries of the Coal formation
in the south and great attention is to be paid from Western Port to Wilson’s
Promontory where extraordinary natural powers have been at work some long
time ago .. .” Not only the Latrobe Valley industries but also recent off-shore
discoveries of natural gas and oil have proved how remarkable his intuition
was in this field, more than a hundred years ago.

Apparently, a few days later, after submitting the “Memorandum”,
Blandowski sent an application to La Trobe to fill the post of official organizer
of the Museum. Another application was sent by one, a Mr. Judd, probably
a public servant in the Colonial Secretary’s Office, but, on 30th December, 1853,
La Trobe commented: “the application from a German gentleman attached
to Mr. Selwyn’s Party, (was) filled a few days ago.” Evidently the Governor
had already made up his mind to appoint Blandowski.

On the 1st April, 1854, Blandowski was indeed appointed as the first
officer of the staff of the Museum of Natural History in Melbourne, in the
capacity of Government Zoologist.

The Eventful Five Years
The story of the next five years, in which Blandowski acted as the
Government Zoologist, is rather well known through the already mentioned
works of Messrs. T. Iredale, G. P. Whitley and R. T. M. Pescott.

154 BLANDOWSKI

He was one of the eight men who founded the Philosophical Society of
Victoria, on 17th June, 1854. Blandowski was appointed to the Council of this
Society and, for a short time in 1856, became the honorary secretary, and
was subsequently made a life member.

At the end of 1854, and early in 1855, he made several excursions to
the coastal areas of Victoria and the region of MclIvor and the Black Ranges,
collecting numerous specimens and attempting to create the first check list
of the mammals and birds of Victoria. He possessed considerable knowledge of
physical geography, geology, mineralogy, palaeontology, zoology, ichthyology,
botany and ethnology. His drawings were not only accurate in detail, but also
had artistic merit. He described his findings in seven reports, published in
the Transactions of the Philosophical Society of Victoria, 1855-57.

Blandowski’s life was considerably affected by the person of Prof. Frederick
McCoy, who, in May 1856, was appointed Palaeontologist to the Geological
Survey of Victoria and who made himself responsible for the transfer of
the collections of the National Museum to the University. After the transfer
of the Museum, which Blandowski opposed, the antagonism between the two
men deepened beyond reconciliation. The Melbourne Argus of 29th July, 1856,
defended Blandowski, stressing his zeal and devotion to his work, and stating
that “the museum almost owes its existence to him.”

On 2nd December, 1856, the Government appointed him as leader of
an expedition, to investigate the natural history of the region at the junction
of the Darling and Murray Rivers, with a view to collecting specimens for
the National Museum. He was chosen for this position by Captain Andrew
Clarke. Aided by a German naturalist, Gerard Krefft, and by overcoming many
personal and physical set backs, often created by his own faults, Blandowski
accomplished his task, arriving in Adelaide in August, 1857, with twenty-eight
boxes containing more than 17,400 specimens.

Some comments on Gerard Krefft’s Manuscripts

This expedition is one of the most interesting facts concerning Blandowski’s
life in Australia. Fortunately we have a fairly good description of the
expedition by Gerard Krefft. The Mitchell Library holds two versions of it—
Mss. A.267 and A.268, the latter, which consists of 110 foolscap pages in
Krefft’s handwriting seems to have been rewritten and slightly enlarged from
the first one, with a view to publication in England. It is rather a pity that
this interesting manuscript has not yet been published.

However, the account of the expedition is certainly true but it should
be remarked that Krefft was without. doubt prejudiced against Blandowski
and tried to make him appear ridiculously ignorant in the eyes of the reader.
We do not know if this attitude was based on personal rivalry perhaps created
by a difficult streak in Blandowski’s character, or whether Krefft, born in
West Germany, may have disliked the Silesian.

He shows Blandowski as a haughty individual, with a “very imperfect
mastery of the English tongue.” However, the letters, which seem to be in
Blandowski’s handwriting do not show any marked deficiency in syntax and
his spelling is quite tolerable. Another accusation by Krefft was that he was too
trusting, and too lenient with the Aborigines whom he spoiled by overpaying a
“most exorbitant price” of “a shilling for every skin.” It is interesting to
note that the Germans accused John Stanislaw Kubary, Polish born naturalist
and ethnographer of the Pacific Islands, of exactly the same “crime.”

It should be stressed here, to the credit of Blandowski, that, after returning
from the expedition, he wrote about Krefft in the most favourable terms: “It
would, however, be unjust on my part were I not to acknowledge services,
rendered to me by my assistant, Mr. G. Krefft, who, from the beginning to
the end of my undertaking, most faithfully shared my lot.”

Blandowski stated later that Krefft took him to the Police Court for not
paying him wages and the former, evidently in revenge, there charged Krefft
with the theft of some specimens.

PASZKOWSKI 155

It also seems that in all of his communications with Professor McCoy,
Krefft tried to be “a nice fellow” and did his utmost to show Blandowski
in the most ridiculous and unfavourable light.

In the Krefft manuscripts there are also a few marginal remarks on
Blandowski’s background worthy of comment. Krefft wrote that he was
“formerly a military man” and in another place that he “had served in the
Prussian army in the capacity of corporal.” It is a puzzling point as to whether
or not these references hinted at Blandowski’s service in the Royal Prussian
Cadets, where he could have received the titular rank of “corporal” at the
age of fourteen. As a nobleman or a hereditary Knight (Ritter von) and
educated man, Blandowski certainly was entitled, in those days, to officer’s
rank unless dismissed from the Cadets Corps for disciplinary reasons.

Another unsolved remark by Krefft relates to Blandowski’s alleged
connection with the Prusso-Danish hostilities: (Blandowski) . .. “entertained
me with some incidents of the Schleswig-Holstein war to which I lent a
patient ear although I had heard the story already several times.” It is not
clear from this whether Blandowski was directly involved in the war or had
just heard in Hamburg some stories and whether he acted as a soldier or
perhaps as an engineer. Blandowski’s alleged participation in these hostilities,
which started in April, 1848, could not have been longer than five months,
as he left Germany in April, 1849. On 26th August, 1848, a cease fire was
negotiated at Malmo between the Danes and the Prussians, but on 1st April,
1849, the Germans resumed the fighting and the war dragged on till July, 1850
and the Berlin peace treaty, when Blandowski was already long ago in South
Australia.

The Complimentary Dinner

After his return from the expedition, the Melbourne Argus of 4th September,
1857, published a detailed description of “welcome home” celebrations:

“Last evening the members of the Philosophical Institute gave a
complimentary dinner to M. Blandowski, one of the most active of
their society, at Wedel’s Criterion Hotel, on the occasion of his
approaching return to explore the district of the Lower Murray. Professor
Wilson, vice-president of the institute, occupied the chair, and was
supported by Dr. F. Mueller, Professor Irving, Dr. Macadam, the Rev.
Dr. Bleasdale, Drs. Eades and Gillbie, Messrs. Acheson, Elliott,
A. K. Smith, and others. About forty gentlemen sat down to dinner.
After a very sumptous repast, placed on the table in excellent style,
the chairman gave the usual loyal toasts, and then proposed the health
of M. Blandowski. He said there was no one present who was not
acquainted with the zeal shown by their guest in exploring the
resources of the country, especially in the departments of zoology
and botany. In the prosecution of his researches M. Blandowski had to
encounter severe hardships, and he (the chairman) felt it a special
honor to have to propose his health. (Cheers). They were all aware
of the existence of a National Museum, and a good deal of attention
had been aroused as to the whereabouts of it, (hear, hear, and
laughter)—as to where it was deposited. (Laughter). The existence
of the museum was almost entirely due to the labors and contributions
of M. Blandowski, and he believed that nearly nine-tenths of the
specimens had been collected by him. (Cheers). He (the chairman)
felt that in proposing the health of M. Blandowski he was giving
them the opportunity of doing honor to a man to whom they all
felt grateful. (Cheers). The toast having been drunk with much
cheering, M. Blandowski rose and said that the honor which had
been done to him far exceedled] the services he had performed.”

On 16th October, he was directed to recall his party in the field and
five days later he was also informed that the wages of his party and his own
allowance for expenses in the field would cease on the 31st October, 1857,

156 BLANDOWSKI

but the expedition was not disbanded till 15th December. In a letter from
the Deputy Surveyor of the 7th January, 1858, Blandowski was further
informed, that, as the Museum of Natural History was to be placed under the
control of the Colonial Secretary, he would be accordingly transferred to that
Department.

The “Intended Compliments” or Little Fishes and Great Scandal

In the meantime Blandowski, on 2nd September, 1857, presented his
“Preliminary Report on Recent Discoveries in Natural History of the Lower
Murray” to the Philosophical Society. The Council of the Society ordered it to
be published with the omission of the ‘objectionable’ pages dealing with nineteen
new species of fishes named after prominent members of the Council (e.g. “A
fish easily recognized by its low forehead, big belly and sharp spine” or
“Slimy, slippery fish. Lives in mud”). The Council demanded a _ written
eee and later the withdrawal of his ‘offensive descriptions’, but he
refused.

It seems that the whole city of Melbourne was talking about Blandowski’s
little fishes. The matter was by no means a secret as the Argus of 27th March,
1858, discussed it in public in its editorial:-

““Put not your trust in princes’ is a very old caution which in these
democratic days few of us are disposed to under-value. But, without
attempting to anticipate the verdict of the Committee of the Philosophical
Institute, appointed to investigate certain charges against Mr.
BLANDOWSKI, we feel that that gentleman has some occasion to
say—‘Put not your trust in philosophers.’ It is not many months
since the Philosophical Institute departed from its ordinary course to
pay the marked compliment of a public dinner to Mr. BLANDOWSKI.
The compliment, we believe, has only been paid to one other gentleman—
the late Dr. SCORESBY—and we have no doubt that Mr. BLANDOW-
SKI felt duly gratified. But, alas, it seems that philosophers are fickle
like other mortals, and, it is now in agitation whether the late honored
guest of the Institute is not to be expelled from it altogether. The
charge against Mr. BLANDOWSKI, so far as we understand it, is
that he has perverted science and the Transactions of the Institute
so far as to make the latter the vehicle for the publication of satirical
commentaries upon the personal peculiarities of some of its members.
The precise words in which these alleged satires are couched we do not
know, but we understand that a local habitation and a name having
to be given to certain newly-discovered fish, it was proposed to
immortalise some members of the Institute by calling the said fish
after them. Among these gentlemen were Dr. EADES and Rev. Mr.
BLEASDALE. The fish called after Dr. EADES was described as
having a receding forehead and a large belly. Dr. EADES seems to
think that in this description Mr. BLANDOWSKI had some kind of
arriére pensée to peculiarities in the conformation of the Doctor’s
frontal and abdominal regions, and the Rev. Mr. BLEASDALE thinks
the same about the fittlebat Bleasdaliensis, or whatever the fish may
be to which the reverend gentleman’s name had been attached.

Now, if Mr. BLANDOWSKI really did commit the offence alleged
against him, we certainly think he was very much to blame. If he
has any private pique against the gentlemen in question, he ought not
to make the Transactions of the Philosophical Institute the instrument
by which to gratify that pique with sarcastic comicalities. But what
the Committee will in the first instance have to inquire into is the
evidence of this fact. A mere coincidence of form between the Doctor
and the fish will be quite insufficient. If the Doctor be dissa‘isfied
with his stomach and his forehead—and we trust that his distrust of
them is altogether unfounded—neither Mr. BLANDOWSKI nor Mr.
BLANDOWSKI’S fish is responsible for the misfortune. One thing to

PASZKOWSKI 157

be inquired into, indeed, is whether Mr. BLANDOWSKI picked out
a fish having a grotesque likeness to Dr. EADES, in his least pleasing
features, and named it after the Doctor for the purpose of having a
fling at him. But if not, we think the Doctor’s stomach and forehead
are, aS it were, altogether out of court. Is the fish truthfully and
properly described, or has it been misdescribed to make its caricature
the more like to Dr. EADES? As a scientific man Mr. BLANDOWSKI
could ‘nothing extenuate’ the big belly of his ichthyological finding,
although he was equally bound not to ‘set down aught in malice’ against
Dr. EADES. In short, to speak as gravely as we can on so irresistibly
comic a subject as the disputes of these scientific gentlemen about
the personal charms and resemblances of themselves and their specimens,
mere coincidence of similitude will afford no evidence at all. There
must be adequate proof that in the description the resemblance was
established and heightened with malice prepence.

If so, we certainly think that Mr. BLANDOWSKI has been indulging
in an improper place in very misjudged and reprehensible pleasantry.
But even on the assumption that this can be established, we do not
think that Mr. BLANDOWSKI’S offence merits the capital punishment
of expulsion from the Philosophical Institute. The philosophers in the
course of their researches into what is rare and curious, may have
fallen upon the remark, that nemo mortalium omnibus horis sapit,
and Mr. BLANDOWSKI might be allowed the benefit of assumption
that he was in an exceptionally foolish frame of mind when he did,
if he did it, the thing charged against him. Make the most of Mr.
BLANDOWSKY’S alleged offence, and it yet affords insufficient grounds
for expelling from the ranks of the Institute a gentleman who has
the reputation of being one of the most zealous men of science that
this Colony contains—a gentleman whose abilities and exertions have
been recognised in so very marked a manner by the Philosophical
Institute itself. Men of this kind are not so plentiful with us that
they ought at once to be flung off in disgrace for the inconsiderate
and ill-timed jest of a moment.

Although we cannot help thinking that in the present instance the
Philosophical Institute has placed itself in a somewhat ridiculous light
before the public—for who would ever thought about Dr. EADES’S
stomach and forehead, in connection with the peculiarities of the
unlucky fish, if his (the Doctor’s) friends had not so agitated the
matter, and insisted upon the resemblance—we feel also for the sake
of the Institute, and its great capacity for public usefulness, that it
is a great pity that the dispute under consideration should have been
fomented to its present height.”

The Fruitless Debate

About three weeks later the Argus, of 15th April, 1858, dedicated two
full columns to the meeting of the Philosophical Institute of Victoria, discussing
the charges against Blandowski and the findings of the Committee appointed
to inquire into the circumstances of the resignation of Professor Wilson. “The
Committee, on carefully examining the alleged offensive plates and descriptions,
could find nothing to justify the professed grievances of Professor Wilson and
the Rev. Mr. Bleasdale, especially when the said plates and descriptions were
compared with the general mass of which they formed a part. The general
tenor did not seem to be departed from in the particular cases. At the same
time, the Committee were of opinion that Mr. Blandowski had no right, without
having previously sought permission, to have named certain fishes after certain
individuals, and from this oversight they believed the present unfortunate
difference to have arisen.” Lieutenant Amsinck moved that the report be
received and Mr. Elliott seconded the motion.

Then Captain Clarke rose and delivered a long speech criticizing the
Committee and its findings “and concluded by moving that the report be

158 BLANDOWSKI

not received.” The motion was most cordially seconded by Mr. Miller, the
only member of the Committee opposing the report.

“Lieutenant Amsinck vindicated the Committee from the slur which had
been cast upon it by Captain Clarke, and alleged that he had himself gone
into the matter with the most entire independence of feeling . . . Lieut. Amsinck
proceeded, at length, to defend the conduct of the Committee, and to assert the
independence of its action, and the impartiality of the report.”

Dr. Macadam regretted that the attempt at personal caricature was part
of Mr. Blandowski’s system. He complained that the Committee had not taken
personal evidence.

Mr. Schultz defending the Committee said that “looking to the merits of
the case, he could conscientiously say he did not see how people could be so
very sensitive as Mr. Bleasdale and Professor Wilson had been.”

Mr. Elliott read an extract from a letter from Mr. Blandowski to the
Council, in which it was stated that the fish named after Dr. Eades had been
selected from the drawings by Dr. Eades himself to whom Mr. Blandowski
showed his portfolio in the Public Library, and that Dr. Eades had himself
written his name under it; but Dr. Eades indignantly denied the allegation
contained in this letter.

“Professor Wilson totally disclaimed having sent in his resignation from
any feeling of personal pique towards Mr. Blandowski, but he had done so
solely on the ground that Mr. Blandowski had sent descriptions of fish which
were no descriptions at all, and would literally have damned the Institute as
a scientific body in the eyes of every institution in Europe. (Loud cries of
‘Hear, hear’).”

Dr. Knaggs stated that he “had served most unwillingly upon the Committee,
and had actually gone into the Committee-room prejudiced against Mr.
Blandowski; but after a careful inspection of the documents and descriptions,
he felt convinced that the most critical acumen could not have discovered
anything offensive in it.”

After another attack by Rev. Bleasdale, Blandowski “said the fishes were
correct drawings from nature, and the numerals attached to particular parts
of them referred to a proper description which was to have been duly furnished.
The paper was purely a preliminary one, and nothing more. Dr. Eades might
possibly have forgotten the circumstances under which he had written his
name under the fish which bore it. He would not, as a well-known public man,
reply any further to the various insinuations thrown out against his character.

“Dr. Eades rose abruptly and said he deeply regretted to have to deny
upon honor as a gentleman that he had ever selected a fish as Mr. Blandowski
had said.”

“Mr. Blandowski continued at great length to defend his conduct. He
also vindicated his entire right to name animals after any person he thought
proper, however related to them, without asking thier permission.”

Further arguments were given by Mr. Hough who said that “now Mr.
Blandowski persisted in his alleged right to name animals after individuals
without seeking their permission. Looking to the whole facts, and the tone
assumed by Mr. Blandowski, that gentleman had made out a case against
himself.”

The president of the Institute, Sir William F. Stawell, summed up the
debate, stating that “he fully concurred to all that had fallen from Dr. Eades,
who certainly had reason to feel aggrieved by the manner in which his name had
been drawn into the report.” .. . if the Institute should not receive their
report the matter would be in status quo, and it was undoubtedly competent
to the Institute not to receive the report, although perhaps it would be rather
individious not to do so.”

“The motion for the reception of the report was then put, and lost, by
an overwhelming majority, about 10 hands only being held up for it. Mr. A. K.

PASZKOWSKI 159

Smith then moved, ‘That the resignations of Professor Wilson, and the Rev. Mr.
Bleasdale be not accepted.’ Dr. Robertson seconded the motion, which was
carried almost unanimously.”

Evidently at the next meeting a motion asking Blandowski to resign failed
through the lack of a two-thirds majority of votes. There is no doubt that
some members of the Institute supported his stand. He lost much of his interest
in the Society, but as a member of the Exploration Committee attended meetings
till March, 1859.

The Commission of Inquiry

On the 21st April, 1858, Blandowski addressed a letter to the Governor
of Victoria and the Executive Council, asking them to decide his precise
position in the Public Service because he stated, that on sending in the quarterly
abstract ending 31st March, 1858, for payment of his salary, he was informed
that the Colonial Secretary was not aware that he held any appointment in
the Public Service.

As a result of this application Captain Charles Pasley, R.E., and Captain
Joseph H. Kay, R.N., were appointed by the Government to investigate the
matter and Blandowski’s grievances.

It should be pointed out here that, in March 1858, he was reported by
the Board of Science of the Public Lands Office, that he never reported back
for duty at the Museum “having been absent without leave for upwards of
seven months” (Pescott, Collections of a Century, p. 13).

On 18th November, 1858, the afore-mentioned Commissioners delivered to
the President of the Board of Land & Works a report of 18 pages, as the
result of their inquiry. Among various findings it was stated in this document
that “On the 7th June, 1854, Mr. Blandowski was appointed Curator of the
Museum of Natural History with a Salary of £400 per annum and £250 per
annum as an equipment allowance, and from Documents in the Department of
Public Lands which we have inspected, it would appear that his Salary was
defrayed from the Territorial Revenue, which was not placed under the control
of the Legislature until the end of the year 1855. After that period we consider
it to have been Captn. Clarke’s intention that Mr. Blandowski should receive
the same Salary, because we have ascertained that on the 3Jst October, 1856,
he addressed the Treasurer informing him that Mr. Blandowski was rated
as an Assistant Surveyor of the Ist Class with a Salary of £400 per annum; and
it appears to have been necessary to place Mr. Blandowski on the Staff of
Assistant Surveyors, and to convey this information to the Treasurer, in order
to obtain payment of the Salary which it was intended he should receive.”

Further on the Commissioners stated: “This application of Mr. Blandowski
[of 21st April, 1858] was referred to the Department of Public Lands, and
the Surveyor General in a Minute of the 29th states that no intimation was at any
time made to Mr. Blandowski from the Surveyor General’s Department to
the effect that his services were no longer required by the Government, and
that in the Estimates for 1858, provision had been made for Mr. Blandowski’s
Salary in the capacity of Zoologist to the Government. The substance of the
Surveyor General’s Minute was communicated to Mr. Blandowski. We are of
opinion that Mr. Blandowski has reason to consider himself still in the Public
Service, and that he is entitled to receive Salary at the rate of £400 per annum
up to the present time, as it does not appear that he has at any time received
an intimation, that his services were no longer required.”

Proceeding upon Blandowski’s claim for payment of the amount of
£237/6/9, which he divided into three items—wages of 3 men for one month
£41/10/0, field equipment allowance £116/13/4 and extra expenses £79/3/5—
the Commissioners agreed that he “has established his claim for reimbursement
of this sum of £41/10/0—as it is reasonable to infer that his men demanded
payment of wages from him, until such time as their wages were liquidated
ime eal se

160 BLANDOWSKI

The second item was dismissed: “. . . we do not think Mr. Blandowski
is entitled to the additional sum he claimed.”

Only part of the third claim was considered to be “a legitimate charge
upon the Public Funds” namely £3/10/0 for “purchasing a rare specimen”
and “freight of specimens from the Murray via Adelaide to Melbourne—
£30/19/0”—“provided that he produces vouchers of these payments.”

In closing the report the Commissioners recommended “that previous to a
final settlement of his claim” he should be called upon to produce all the
memoranda and drawings in his possession.

It would seem that it was a most crucial point for Blandowski, when he
received a letter from the Surveyor General requesting him to deliver to the
Office all drawings and memoranda relating to the Natural History of the
country, made during the period when he held an appointment in the Government
Service. His reaction was prompt and he replied the same day, 23rd November,
1858: “I deny . .. the justice of this demand, and as I regard these papers
and drawings my private property, I must decline to allow them to pass out
of my hands. In conclusion I may add, that although, I have held my
appointment under many Governments, to various members of which I have
repeatedly shown my drawings, no former Government has ever laid slightest
claim to them.”

The next day Blandowski had a conversation with the Surveyor General,
which evidently took a more conciliatory turn and was reflected in a much
milder strain in the letter of 24th November:

“TI have since reconsidered your letter and my reply, I have also
sought the advice of a friend of mine, a barrister, who has always taken
a great interest in the progress of science in this Colony, and whose
opinion I much value, and I have come to the conclusion that the
view, I took, as a foreigner, was incorrect. I now beg to request...
to withdraw my letter of the 23rd Nov... .”

“My drawings and memoranda are contained in 16 large bound volumes
and many loose papers, they extended over 10 years, and are miscel-
laneously arranged. A very large proportion of them are derived from
my private experience in South Australia, another considerable portion
are also the results of my own private experience of this country
before I was connected with the Government of Victoria.

“The memoranda and drawings which I have made in any way connected
with the subject of your letter during the period I have been an
officer of the Government, were made by me without exception during
my own private time and in my leisure hours, and in all instances
my energies have been devoted to the earnest fulfilment of my official
duties.

“I have never withheld any specimens or information which I have
obtained, from the Government or Public. I have contributed to the
Museum of which I was the Curator many hundred specimens collected
by me, either before I held any official appointment or beyond the
range of my official duties. 2

“I have submitted most of the Portfolios containing such drawings
and memoranda to the late Governor, to Capt. Clarke and many
others connected with the Government, who were at the time of their
inspection perfectly aware of the fact that I openly represented and
considered them my private property and intended at some future
period to present them to the Public as the fruits of my observations
of the whole continent of Australia and not merely of this colony.

“IT am happy to say that I have received from these distinguished
gentlemen ample encouragement to strengthen me in this intention.
The drawings and memoranda relative to the Colony of Victoria are
interspersed as above stated, with the other various memoranda made

PASZKOWSKI 161

before I was in the Government Service in S. Australia and here in
Victoria.

“IT am perfectly willing to produce them for the inspection of the
Government at all times when required, but I think I am reasonably
entitled to decline to part with the possession of such bound books
and notes having regard to the circumstances above mentioned.

“I regret to be obliged to add that having expended large sums of my
private means exceeding at least two thousand pounds in furthering
the advancement of science in Australia the delay of the settlement
of my claims against the Government in peculiarity to me a matter of
serious importance.”

As a matter of fact Blandowski never gave up this material and took
it with him to Europe.

The List of the Specimens

During the proceedings of the Commission of Inquiry, Captains Pasley and
Kay requested from Blandowski the list of specimens collected during the
expedition. On 29th October, 1858, he sent a letter of three pages and a
classified list also on three pages. In the letter he stated “That no specimen
collected by me or my party is in my possession, and that I have neither
destroyed, sold, exchanged or given away any of the specimens booked under
the 3,000 numbers of the voluminous printed catalogue forwarded to the Chief
Secretary.”

He wrote further, without any explanation, “That upwards of six hundred
specimens have been given from the National collection to His Royal Highness
the Prince of Wiurttemberg.”

He suggested also “That it would be desirable to examine the report of
Mr. Selwyn who in conjunction with dealers examined the specimens in the
University collected on the expedition to the Lower Murray and to compare
his report with that furnished by Professor McCoy to the Editor of “Facts and
Figures” and with the numbers in my list, and the specimens now in the
University.”

The “List of specimens of Natural History collected by Mr. Blandowski &
Party on the Lower Murray from 4th December, 1856 to 15th December, 1857
and delivered to Prof. McCoy at the University” covered three pages and ended
with “Recapitulation” arranged in the following order:

Species

Stones, fossils and sundry specimens : 358
Insects 4202
Shells 8484
Fishes 247
Reptiles 866

Birds skins 1864

skeletons 164

eggs 309
Marsupial animals ) skins 565 2335

skeletons 86 436
Not Marsupial animals 5 in spirit a1 306

Grand _ total —— 17,434

162 BLANDOWSKI

The Baltic Barque and the Farewell Letter

On 21st January, 1859, a Prussian barque was observed outside Port
Phillip Heads and the next day she arrived in Melbourne. She was the Mathilde,
of 452 tons, under the command of Captain Albert August Ballaseyers, 128
days out of Danzig, carrying a cargo of typical contemporary imports from
Prussia and Poland: deal, pieces of timber, spars, cases of cordials and
clothing. It was Blandowski’s ship of destiny.

__ His position in Melbourne became very difficult, as it appears that he
did not receive any payment from the Government after the end of 1857 and,
as he stated later, he was actually starving. Without doubt he often visited
Captain Ballaseyers on board the Mathilde, and discussed his future.

On 4th March, he wrote another letter to the Colonial Secretary:-
“As Mr. Ligar assures me, that he has long ago transmitted to the
Government a report after examining my drawings etc. stating, that
they would be of no use to the Government; and as you have stated
in your place in the Legislative Assembly, that the Government
intended to pay me a sum of money in accordance with the report
of the Board of inquiry which recently investigated my case, I have
the honor to request, that you will be good enough, to pay me the
amount due to me with the least possible delay, as this continued
postponement of the final settlement of my pecuniary claims on the
Government has been direct the cause of great embarrassment to me.”

The Argus of 12th March, 1859, announced the projected departure of
the Mathilde for Batavia. The same day Blandowski wrote his farewell letter
addressed to the Governor of Victoria:-

“TI have the honor to represent, that circumstances, over which I have
had no control, compell (sic) me to abandon in these Colonies,
those favorite (sic) pursuits of mine, to which, for the last 10 years
I have devoted that earnest and exclusive attention, indespensable (sic)
in original inquiries.

Permit me, with all due respect, to state, that the inexplicable
inconsistency of the Heads of the Departments, to which I had the
honor for a period of 5 years to belong, and their unscientific spirit
displayed in taking, what I cannot, but term an unfair advantage
of my local experience, together with the frequent political changes
of these Heads of Department have rendered the combined effects
of my opponents, only too successful in shaking my position in the
service.

I feel most deeply, that the interest and support of your Excellency
have proved decisive in my case at a moment, when official difficulties,
appeared as unsurmountable impediments in the path, by which I
intended to set myself right with the Government and the Public; but
now nevertheless in consequence of the extraordinary and I may say,
arbitrary proceedings against me, I am forced to take refuge again
in my fatherland, and am driven from the field of my labors, where
I had hoped to make myself of some little use both to the Colonist
and to the world at large. At the very time, when I have been able,
to make my scientific labors available, my whole means of subsistence,
were unexpectedly cut off; and others, are reaping the benefits of
my original observations, and pirating the materials collected by me
under much personal privation and at the sacrifice of all my little
pecuniary savings.

I have bitterly to complain of no information whatever having been
given me wether (sic) my future services would be required or
otherwise, as Governments of all civilized nation (sic) have the custom
of giving their servants some due official notice when their services

PASZKOWSKI 163

are no longer wanted—and I am entirely at a loss to understand the
reason why this was omitted in my case.

A merchant Captain, a countryman of mine, hearing of my position,
has, like a good samaritan, offered me a passage home, which, as my
only alternative I have accepted.

I regret, that the absence of your Excellency from town, prevented
me, from thanking you in person, for all the courtesy and support
uniformly shown me; but I beg to accept my best and sincerest
acknowledgements for the same.

I shall ever retain the highest respect for the English Nation, altho’
my experience of Colonial treatment in the service, has exceptionable
(sic) left so unfavorable an impression on my mind.”

An interesting inscription can be seen on the margin of this letter: “Mr.
Blandowski called today & handed a series of Plates which he begs His Ex-cy
will accept, he leaves Melbourne this afternoon for home.” It would be
interesting to know whether these plates found their way into the Mitchell
Library collection or represented some different examples of his works.

The Mathilde, with Blandowski on board, actually left Melbourne on 17th
March, 1859, and next day passed through Port Phillip Heads. It should be
stressed, that on his departure from the Colony of Victoria Bandowski received
from the Government a payment of £475, comprising his salary for the year
1858 and remuneration for some of his claims regarding alleged expenses
during the expedition to the Lower Murray. Apparently this payment was
made after the afore-quoted “farewell” letter of 12th March. It seems that in
spite of his sometimes odd and extravagant behaviour he was fairly well treated
in Australia.

The East Indies Interlude and the London Foray

On 5th October, 1860, Blandowski described his journey in a letter written
to the Governor of Victoria, Sir Henry Barkley:-

“When I left Melbourne on the 17th March 1859, I had no time to
inform your Excellency that the Chief Secretary of Victoria had at
the hour of my departure ordered, that the sum of money which was
by the Commission of Inquiry in my case decided upon, should be
paid to me at once. I therefore did not accept the liberal offer of my
countryman, but as I had arranged to go with him. I started with his
Prussian Bark “Mathilde” via Batavia (!-) to Europe, making use of
my time, satisfied with a poor board, bad accommodation and long
voyage. I made observations along the Southern and Western coast
of Australia and upon the Sea of Java. The ship arrived at Batavia
after 40 days voyage, and during the 6 Weeks which the vessel required
for taking a load of Rice, Sugar and Spices, I applied my time in
making myself acquainted with the fauna of Java in order to compare
them with thus (sic) of Australia. We left on the 4th June Batavia
and after calling for provisions at St. Helena I landed in Plymouth,
on the 4th October after a four months voyage. I left the latter
place shortly for London with my Portfolios and Documents bearing
upon my labors in Australia, in order, to lay them before the leading
men of science for examination. I explained to them the nature of
the claims which the Colonial Government of Victoria laid to my
works, the circumstances under which the materials were collected by
me, and requested advise as to how I ought to answer it. I did this
advisedly, knowing, that by my receiving money, which had been
admitted due to me, the Government withdrew the original claim
(of 23rd Nov. 1858) upon my Portfolios and Papers, but nevertheless
I was willing to submit to the decision of those men as to the right
of the claim.”

164 BLANDOWSKI

“The Opinion of Men of Science in London”

When back in his native Silesia, Blandowski published a pamphlet of
10 pages (9 x 11 inches) under the heading The Opinion of Men of Science in
London, of Wilhelm von Blandowski’s Ten Years Labor in Australia 1849-1859.
The first four pages are in English and the remaining six in the German language.

The English section is composed of the following eight letters by Prof.
Thomas Huxley, Sir Roderick Murchison, Sir William Hooker, Prof. Owen,
Charles La Trobe, Admiral Sir Edward Belcher, Admiral Fitz-Roy and Sir
Paul Strzelecki.

The Government School of Mines
Jermyn Str. Oct. 28, 1859
My dear Mr. Blandowski.

Having examined your Zoological Drawings and notes with as much care
as the time at my disposal would permit, I have no hesitation in expressing
my sense of their scientific importance. The drawings of Fishes particularly,
appear to be most carefully executed and all the details essential to the
discrimination of species to be rested in such a manner as to give them great
value.

Again my personal acquaintance with Australia justifies me in so far
travelling beyond my own especial line of work, as to say, that I have been
much struck by the manifest truthfulness and strong local character of your
representation of the natives and of the country.

I should greatly regret the existence of any obstacles to the working out
and publication of researches which appear to me to be the result of so much
long and conscientious labor; and with respect to the particular question on
which you have asked my advice, I am of opinion, that you should, in the
first place, apply to the Colonial Government for the means of publishing the
results of your investigations; the work to be carried out under your own
control and superintendence, but to be the property of the Government when
published. iC

I am further of opinion that should the Colonial Government not think
fit to accede to these conditions you will be perfectly justified in publishing
your labors in any way you think proper.

I am faithfully yours

Thomas H. Huxley, F.R.S.

Professor of Natural-History,

Government School of Mines.
W. v. Blandowski Esq.

Geological Survey Office,
28, Jermyn-Street S. W. Octob. 28, 1859.
Dear Sir,

From what I have seen of your maps, sketches and drawings, I willingly
add to the commendation of Professor Huxley the expression of my hope,
that such valuable documents, illustrative of two of our important Australian
Colonies, may be satisfactorily published.

I think that the proceeding which Prof. Huxley has suggested is well
advised and I trust that the Colonial Government may consider it advisable
to publish the result of your labor of nine years.

Yours truly
Roderick Murchison,
Director General
Geological Survey and School of Mines.
W. von Blandowski

PASZKOWSKI 165

Royal Gardens Kew Nov. J, 1859
Sir,

It is impossible, I think, for any one to see the drawings (accompanied by
several Engravings) of Scenery, Ethnology, Geology, Natural-History in general
etc. of our Colonies in S. Australia, without feeling an anxious desire that
such materials should be published, if it were only on scientific grounds.

Perhaps I ought to con. [fine] — my laudatory opinion to the botanical
objects, unfortunately, as I think, confined to four excellently engraved plates
of the habit and aspects of certain forms (Tree ferns, Gumtrees &c. for example),
and to the drawing of the curious Cestphyllon-Fungus, accompanied by a
representation of the perfect insect. These seem to me to be very true to
nature and of great interest to the Botanist. It would give me great pleasure
to learn that such excellent figures met the approbation of the Government and
Parliament of Victoria, and that they [were! very likely to be published, with
scientific descriptions, for the use and enlightenment of the scientific World.

I am, Sir,
Your very obedient Servt.
W. J. Hooker

To William von Blandowski
Sheen Lodge Mortlake Richmond-Park
November 1, 1859.
Dear Sir,
It would give me great pleasure to see your descriptions and drawings
of the Natural History of the parts of Australia which you investigated, published,
either as an official Colonial Work by order of Government, or by some

Scientific Body having the requisite funds at Command for the due illustration of
your numerous and valuable observations.

Believe me . . . truly yours
Rd. Owen

Mr. Wm. von Blandowski etc.
Atheneum, den 17 Nov. 1859.
Sir,
There can be no doubt but that the production of such a work as you
project, is highly desirable, and that if fully carried out while materials for
the illustration of the aboriginal races of Australia, their habits, and rude

productions are still within reach such work would hereafter possess a very
high degree of interest.

You appear to have had many opportunities and to have given much
diligence to the selection and preparation of materials for such a work as far
as I am able to judge by my cursory glance at your Portfolio yesterday, and
I shall be very glad to hear that you succeeded in your endeavour to engage
the attention and patronage of the Colonial Government in carrying out such
undertaking.

I have the honor to be ... Sir

Your obt. Serv.

C. J. Latrobe
Herr von Blandowski

166 BLANDOWSKI

Union-Club, Nov. 16/59.
Dear Sir,

In reply to your question if, “I have had on my return from a scientific
Expedition to give up to the Government all my crude notes, drafts of
manuscripts, rough sketches &c. or only a digested Report of the same?”

I have no hesitation in informing you that, only carefully digested Reports,
except in case of Larch Arctic Discovery, are expected, and that in every case
where originals have been given in sealed, they have invariably returned as
Private Property and for the free use of the parties who made them and each
Officer who has served under me has, without the possibility of dispute, enjoyed
this power.

Now, with regards to the Drawings which I had the pleasure of inspecting,
at our friend Admiral Fitz-Roy’s, I can confidently state, and I am sure I
shall be supported by all the Authorities on Natural History, that they should
be engraved and described at the Expense of Government. And in saying this
I assert, that, for materials of infinitely less importance the Government have
granted sums equal to £1000-£1500-and £2000.

I think if your work is submitted to Gray—Richardson—Owen—Lovell
Reeve—Gould—and others you can with their signatures go to the Colonial
office with confidence.

Believe me

Yours very truly
Edward Belcher

London, 38 Onslow Square, Nov. 21, 1859.

Dear, Sir,

May I request that you will allow me to take advantage of your kind
offer to take charge of a packet for Professor Dove—our mutual friend, and,
in Meteorology, our Master most highly esteemed?

And may I, without arrogance or presumption attempt to express, in a
word, how exceedingly valuable I believe the results of your nine years sojourn
in the southern hemisphere will be found—not only by real Meteorologists
(few indeed) but by Naturalists of first rate eminence and by philosophers—
in addition to all the well informed public.

As a draughtsman and physiognomist—(sufficiently so, to appreciate the
works of others)—I have been struck by the fidelity and acumen evident in
your drawings—and in figures especially.

In meteorology—it appears to me that we think much alike: as you
will discover by reading my last paper, read at the Aberdeen Meeting of the
British Association.

I remain Dear Sir,
Faithfully yours

Rob. Fitz-Roy
William von Blandowski Esq. etc.

Nov. 28, 1859.
Dear Mr. Blandowski,

Excuse the delay of this in answer to your letter of Wednesday last
which was occasioned by my inability of communicating with Mr. Longmann
sooner.

I am very glad to perceive from your letter that you approve of my
suggestion made to you regarding the exhibition of your valuable collection of
Victorian Colony in Berlin, and I have no doubt, that your labours will be
appreciated there, and be recommended to the appreciation of the Public here.

PASZKOWSKI 167

Thus putting you in a fair way of success either in reference to your
intended publication, or your intended further researches in Australia.

As to the right you claim to the possession of the manuscripts which you
showed me, you have according your own statement, such valuable opinion
upon the subject of Admiral Fitz-Roy and Sir Edward Belcher both of whom
commanded H.M. Expeditions, that you should rely upon their decision more,
than upon that of any one else. My opinion is not worth much as I never was
employed by the Government, but still I think, that as you have delivered
the collection of specimens of Natural History for which you engaged yourself
with the Colonial Government, you have a perfect right to every thing else.

I should have done myself the pleasure of communicating to you verbally
what I am writing but for my rather sudden departure from London.

Your most truly

P. E. de Strzelecki
William v. Blandowski Esqr.
18, Montague-Street.

The English part of this pamphlet closes with the line on the bottom
of the page: “Printed from the Documents by Gustave Neumann in Gleiwitz
(Upper Silesia, Prussia).”

The German part consists of an address to the Royal Academy of Sciences
in Berlin, dated 18th April, 1860, in Gleiwitz, Upper Silesia, and a list of
nine enclosures: (1) The afore-quoted correspondence; (2) some plates (the
original matrices in steel and copper were then still in the hands of Blandowski:
“die Orginale in Stahl und Kupfer sind noch in meinen Hdnden’) and
photographs taken by him in the corresponding spots; (3) sketches; (4) a large
map of Australia, showing the main zones of vegetation, fauna and inhabitation
of Aborigines and some geographical features; (5) a list of birds and reptiles;
(6) a book called “Birds”, forming part of a manuscript on birds and reptiles
of Australia, prepared from his own and Gould’s observations; (7) a collection
of articles and cuttings from Victorian newspapers, referring to Blandowski;
(8) his Curriculum vitae; (9) miscellaneous documents.

The next three pages consist of letters and opinions of German scientists,
Doctors Ehrenberg, Von Olfers, Dove and Klotzsch—while on the last page
there is a “Who’s who” of these four gentlemen with a description of their
qualifications, degrees, honours, etc.

Dr. von Olfers, the Chief Director of the Royal Museum in Berlin remarked,
that as regards Zoology the collection represents a “treasure of characteristic
drawings, particularly reptiles and fishes, and among them also some less known
fresh water fishes” (“Aus der Zoologie ist ein grosser Reichthum von characteristis-
chen Zeichnungen da, besonders von Reptilien und Fischen, und unter diesen
auch von den weniger gekannten Siisswasserfischen’’ ).

The Letter to the Governor of Victoria

This pamphlet was sent to the Governor of Victoria, Sir Henry Barkly,
together with a long letter of seven foolscap pages in small, close writing, dated
in Gleiwitz on 5th October, 1860, in which Blandowski again poured out all
his grievances and grudges against the Governmental Departments in Victoria,
Captain Clarke, Professor McCoy and others. The letter was divided into
19 long paragraphs and it would take far too much space to quote it in extenso,
but perhaps a few sentences are worth quoting to illustrate the vein in which
it was written:-

“When I established first the Museum of Natural History, the funds of
the Colony were so exhausted that, by the outlay’s born by my own pecuniary
means, only, the foundation of the said Establishment was made possible . . .”

168 BLANDOWSKI

“During the disastrous monetary calamity of the year 1855 I had to pay
the labourers’ wages and other current expenses of the Museum out of my
own pocket...”

“The quite illegal and highly insulting steps, which has been even taken
by the Crown Solicitor on the 26th June 1858 (through his clerke (sic) Mr.
Morran (sic) ) in penetrating without a warrant, twice under some pretence
my private domicile, was highly injurious to my good name in the society, to
my future prospects in the Colony detractory, to my health destructive and
to my reputation tarnishing .. .”

“T ought to mention, that I left a copy of 34 Plates being part of the
work on ‘Australia terra cognita’ in the library of the Houses of Parliaments
(sic) in Melbourne for the inspection of the members of Government and
Parliament. It was originally intended to contain 200 similar Plates in one
Volume with about 4000 objects of Natural History of Australia for which
I hold the Materials in readiness. The explanatory letterpress to those plates
will occupy about two Octavo Volumes .. .”

“T therefore beg for the grant of means for the proper publication of my
labours in conformity with the advices I received in London and Berlin. All
this sinister combinations enumerated in the foregoing paragraphs have caused
me the loss of means, moreover, may deprive me of the fruits of my many
years labors, and, in appealing finally to the known justice of your Excellency
and an english (sic) Government for redress of grievous wrongs I suffered in
the Colony, that such will be done to me satisfactorly (sic).”

The letter ends with this rather naive and curious appeal:- “I now beg
the Government to dismiss from their mind (sic) any unfavorable impressions
respecting me, derived from the insinuations of certain mischevious, selfish,
unworthy and intriguing persons, who have become my enemies . . . I beg
now to treat them either with indignity and do me justice . . . The virtue of
Englishman consists in giving to every one what is his due—and that is
justice—only for what I desire.” He signed himself “Government Zoologist
of Victoria (now in Gleiwitz—Upper Silesia—Prussia)”.

It is no wonder that this letter did not arouse any enthusiasm, or bring
forth any positive result from Melbourne. The Chief Secretary of Victoria
made a comment referring to the report from Capt. Pasley, R.E., and Capt.
Kay, R.N., stating that “£475 was all he was entitled to” and that his intended
publication concerned the “whole Continent of Australia and not merely of
this Colony.”

In His Native Silesia

Unfortunately, very little is known about the life and activities of
Blandowski after his return to Silesia.

In 1860, he published two short articles, of about 400 words each, in the
annual Jahresbericht der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fur vaterlaendische Kultur
(Breslau), pp. 60-61 “Ueber die geographische Verbreitung der Voegel und
Saeugetiere Australiens’ and pp. 61-62 “Kurze Uebersicht der wichtigsten
zur Erforschung Australiens unternommenen Reisen.” In spite of this he was
neither a member nor even a correspondent of the Silesian Society as his
name cannot be found on the list for the 1860-77 period.

A larger article on Australian Aborigines, entitled “Ueber die ureinwohner
Australien”, was published by him in Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis,
Dresden, 1861, No. 10-12, pp. 101-110.

In December 1862, Blandowski published a brochure of 52 pages Australien
in 142 photographischen Abbildungen, Gleiwitz, printed, like the first pamphlet,
by Gustav Neumann. Except for the “Kurze Uebersicht . . .”, which was
found in the Wroclaw University Library during my recent research, the afore-
mentioned three publications are known to Australian biographers of Blandowski.
Unfortunately, no more information has come from this Library and no further
references to Blandowski have been traced.

PASZKOWSKI 169

The search made in Gliwice also brought no result. Professor Jan Lubicz-
Pachonski of Cracow was good enough to engage all his seminary on this
quest, and the Registry Office, Museum of Gliwice, the Treasury Department’s
Records and the old cemeteries of Gliwice were searched by the students without
any trace of Blandowski, or his family. According to Professor Pachonski’s
information, the local archives and collections were mostly destroyed during
the last war and few documents prior to 1870 have survived.

An important discovery was made recently by Gilbert P. Whitley of
Sydney in the Mitchell Library, being a letter from Baron Von Mueller to
Mrs. Krefft, dated 10 Nov. 1881, with the following information: “The friends
of the family of the late Mr. Blandowski applied also to me from Breslau on
their behalf and all I could do was to advise them to ask through the German
Consulate your Government to purchase his drawings and manuscripts, in
the elaboration of which more than 25 years ago, your husband gave of his
help.” It could be presumed from this letter that Blandowski died about 1880
probably in Breslau, where the family kept his drawings and manuscripts.
So perhaps any future research should be directed to Wroclaw (Breslau) and
not Gliwice.

It should also be mentioned that as late as October 1870, Blandowski tried,
through the German Consul, to make some claims against the Government of
Victoria through the Treasury Department, but certainly without result.

The Closing Remarks

The Australian writers, Tom Iredale, Gilbert P. Whitley, E. Troughton,
R. T. M. Pescott, and Geoffrey Serle, have described Blandowski as an
important pioneer in the early history of Victoria. Pescott also rightly commented
on the “unforgiveable failings of Blandowski in the latter years of his residence
in Australia” (Collections of a Century, p. 20) and Dr. Serle on the
“awkwardness of his personal relations’ (The Golden Age, Melbourne, 1963,
p. 366). There is no doubt that he was an ambitious, eccentric, stubborn,
impulsive, quarrelsome individualist, but these psychological features are much
less important today than results of his work. The sixteen bound volumes of
his notes, 4,000 sketches, maps and plates would be most interesting material
for the history of the development of science in Australia. As R. T. M. Pescott
stated, Blandowski “collected a number of native mammals that are now
extinct in this area and, as far as National Museum records show, have never
been collected there since” (op. cit., p. 13) and that “. . . the detailed
observations and measurements made [by him! of the birds and mammals
would have been extremely valuable to modern scientists” (op. cit., p. 9).

However, the City of Wroclaw was extensively devastated during the last
war, then known as the “Fortress of Breslau”, there is still a hope that a
scrupulous survey of the Breslau newspapers of the late 1870’s will reveal
Blandowski’s obituary and the whereabouts of his family. Perhaps such priceless
material still exists today in Poland or Germany; anyway its fate should be
established.

Also more research will be needed in Australia to fill the blank pages
in Blandowski’s life during the years 1850-52, and more should be known
about his alleged exploration of Cape York, Moreton Bay, Twofold Bay and
other places on this continent.

Acknowledgements

I am greatly indebted to the efficient assistance given to me by Miss
Patricia Reynolds, Deputy La Trobe Librarian, Melbourne; Mr. D. B. Street,
Archivist, The State Library of Victoria, Melbourne; Mr. G. L. Fischer,
Archivist, The Public Library of South Australia, Adelaide; Mrs. Marjorie
Hancock; Deputy Mitchell Librarian, Sydney; Dr. Jadwiga Pelczyna, Chief
Librarian, Wroclaw University Library, Wroclaw, Silesia, Poland.

170 BLANDOWSKI

I am also very grateful to Mr. Gilbert P. Whitley of Sydney for valuable
notes and advices; to Dr. Geoffrey Serle of Melbourne for bibliographical notes;
to Mr. Bernard K. Pilewski of London for genealogical and heraldic information;
to Prof. Jan Lubicz-Pachonski of Cracow, Poland, for information and search
at Gliwice and to Miss Nona D. Lucas of Box Hill, Vic., for kind help in
preparation of the typescript.

BIBLIOGRAPHY
Works by William Blandowski in English
“Personal Observations in Victoria”, Philos. Soc. Vict. — Transactions, 1855,

vol. 1, pp. 50-74 and separately, pp. 1-34, pls. 3.

“A Description of Fossil Animaculae in Primitive Rocks from the Upper Yarra
District”, Philos. Soc. Vict. — Trans., 1855, vol. 1, pp. 221-223, pl.

“On the Primary Upheaval of the Land round Melbourne, and the Recent
Origin of the Gypsum or Sulphate of Lime in the Great Swamp
between Batman’s and Emerald Hills, Flemington, Williamstown, and
Melbourne”, Philos. Soc. Vict. — Trans., 1855, vol. 1, pp. 228-234, pl.

“Report II on an Excursion to Frankston, Balcomb’s Creek, Mount Martha,
Port Phillip Heads, and Cape Shank”, Philos. Institute Vict. — Trans.,
1855-56, vol. 2, pp. 24-37.

“Report No. 3, of an Excursion from King’s Station to Bass River, Phillip
and French Islands”, Philos. Inst. Vict. — Trans., 1855-56, vol. 2, pp.

50-67.
“Recent Discoveries in Natural History on the Lower Murray”, Philos. Inst.
Vict. — Trans., 1857, vol. 2, pp. 124-137. [pp. 131-134 & 4 pls.

omitted by order of the Council].

“On Extensive Infusoria Deposits in the Mallee Scrub, near Swan Hill, on
the Lower Murray River, in Victoria; and, on the Presence of
Fucoidae in Silurian Rocks, near Melbourne”, Philos. Inst. Vict. —
Trans., 1857, vol. 2, pp. 141-146, pls.

“Western Port District”, The Argus, May 20, 1856, p. 6, col. 6 [Extracts from
“Report of an Excursion from King’s Station to Bass River, and
Phillip and French Islands”).

“Australia Terra Cognita” [Portfolio in the Mitchell Library], plates Nos.: 1,
Dy 4) 6-9) 15, 16, 2.23," 24,28, 29: OS, 41, 70, 71: 1Ote TOs
116-124, Melbourne, n.d., J. Redaway & Sons.

The Opinion of Men of Science in London of Wilhelm Blandowski’s Ten Years
Labor in Australia 1849-1859, Gleiwitz, 1860 [4 pages in English,
6 pp. in German].

Works by William Blandowski in German

“Uber die geographische Verbreitung der Vogel und Saugetiere Australiens”,
Jahresbericht der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Kultur
(Breslau), Jhrg. 38, 1860, pp. 60-61.

“Kurze Ubersicht der wichtigsten zur Erforschung Australiens unternommenen
Reisen”, Jahresbericht der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterlaindische
Kultur (Breslau), Jhrg. 38, 1860, pp. 61-62.

“Uber die Ureinwohner Australiens”, Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis
(Dresden), 1861, No. 10-12, pp. 101-110.

Australien in 142 photographischen Abbildungen, Gleiwitz, 1862, 52 pp.

References in Books
Australian Encyclopaedia, Sydney, 1958 l[vol. 2, p. 29; vol. 7, p. 158].
Etheridge, R. and Jack, R. L., Catalogue of Works, Papers, Reports and Maps,
on the Geology, Palaeontology, Mineralogy, Mining and Metallurgy,
etc. of the Australian Continent and Tasmania, London, 1881 (pp.
13-14, 193).

* One plain and a duplicate coloured

PASZKOWSKI 171

Ferguson, J. A., Bibliography of Australia, vol. 5; 1851-1900, A-G., Sydney,
1963 [pp. 351-353].

Mozley, A., A Guide to the Manuscript Records of Australian Science,
Canberra, 1966 [p. 17].

Neuschaefer [Ed.], Stammliste des kénigl. Kadettenhauses Culm- Coslin (1776-
1907), Berlin, 1907.

Ogilby, a eee Fishes and Crustaceans of New South Wales, Sydney, 1893
p. ;

Paszkowski, L., Polacy w Australii i Oceanii 1790-1940, London, 1962 [pp. 23,
137-140, 277, 278, 301, 331, pls. 33, 34).

Pescott, R. T. M., Collections of a Century, Melbourne, 1954 [pp. 4, 6-20, 25,
28, 32, 36, 39-41, 44, 173, pls. f. pp. 6, 18].

Rietstap, J. B., Armorial Général des Familles Nobles de l'Europe, Gauda,
1861 [p. 136].

Serle, G., The Golden Age, Melbourne, 1963 [p. 366].

Troughton, E., Furred Animals of Australia, ed. 8, Sydney, 1965 [p. 135].

Whittell, H. M., The Literature of Australian Birds, Perth, W.A., 1954 [pp. 57-58].

References in Periodicals

Anon., Journal of Australasia, Melbourne, vol. 1, 1856, p. 46.

Anon., The Illustrated Journal of Australasia, Melbourne, vol. 3, 1857, pp.
189, 241-245, 284; vol. 4, 1858, pp. 105, 190.

Anon., Illustrated Melbourne News, Feb. 6, 1858, p. 65.

Castelnau, F. L., Contribution to the Ichthylogy of Australia. Proc. Zool.
Acclim. Soc. Vict., vol. 1, 1872, p. 31.

Dickison, D., The Emu, vol. 31, 1932, p. 189.

Iredale, T. and Whitley, G. P., Blandowski. Victorian Naturalist, vol. 49, 1932,
pp. 90-96.

Mathews, G. M., An Interesting Item. Austral Avian Record, vol. 5, 1927,
pp. 101-102.

Mulvaney, D. J., Fact, Fancy and Aboriginal Australian Ethnic Origins. Mankind
(Sydney), vol. 6, 1966, pp. 300, 305.

Panning, A., Beitrage zur Geschichte des Zoologischen Staatsinstituts und
Zoologischen Museums in Hamburg. Mitt. Hamburg Mus., vol. 56,
1958, p. 19.

Paszkowski, L., Blandowski. Wiadomosci (London), No. 547, September 23,
1956, p. 5.

Pescott, R. T. M., Victoria’s National Museum is One Hundred Years Old.
The Age (Melbourne), April 3, 1954.

Pescott, R. T. M., The Royal Society of Victoria from then, 1854 to now,
1959. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. 73, 1961, pp. 6, 7, 13.

Waite, E. R., Supplement to the Catalogue of the Fishes of South Australia.
Rec. S. Austr. Mus., vol. 3, 1927, p. 226.

Whitley, G. P., The Australian Zoologist, vol. 6, 1931, p. 329.

Whitley, G. P., List of Native Freshwater Fishes of Australia. Proc. Roy. Zool.
Soc. N.S.Wales, 1954-55 (1956), pp. 41, 45.

Parliamentary Papers

The Second Report of the Exploration Committee of the Royal Society of
Victoria. Votes and Proceedings, Legislat. Assembly of Victoria,
Session 1858-59.

172 BLANDOWSKI

EXPLANATION OF PLATES I-III
Plate I. Title page of the first paper by Blandowski, published in Melbourne,
1855.

Plate II. Blandowski’s encampment on the Lower Murray (after drawing by
Gerard Krefft), from the Illustrated Melbourne News, February 6,
1858.

Plate III. First from four plates which were attached to Blandowski’s
“Preliminary Report on Recent Discoveries in Natural History of
the Lower Murray”—and omitted from the publication. The modern
mames of the fishes in the plate are: 1, Freshwater Catfish,
Tandanus tandanus (Mitchell); 2, Bony Bream, Fluvialosa richardsoni
(Castelnau); 3 and 4, Silver Perch (young and adult), Bidyanus
bidyanus (Mitchell).

(All three plates by courtesy of the La Trobe Library, Melbourne).

173

SHARKS OF THE AUSTRALASIAN REGION

By G. P. WHITLEY

(Honorary Associate, The Australian Museum, Sydney*)
(Plate IV; text-figs. 1-2).

In 1940, the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales published a
handbook concerning sharks, stingrays, etc., in which an epitome of what
was known about Australasian sharks was given (Whitley, 1940). During the
ensuing 26 years, sharks have been studied sporadically from several viewpoints:
as sources of vitamin-rich oils, as food, as a danger to man, and to some
extent taxonomically and biologically. So some scattered information has been
gathered concerning sharks’ food, their migrations, growth, sex-ratios, size at
maturity and of embryos, but the data are inconclusive as regards most of
the species because, for worthwhile results, each must be studied over a long
period from many specimens in a given area, and this has been impracticable.
My own notes, not the result of full-time study, are very incomplete. Some
New species were discovered and named and some biological data have been
published elsewhere (see References). Points worth stressing in comparing
allied species seem to be their sizes, especially lengths at which they first
reproduce, numbers of vertebrae, numbers of embryos in each litter and whether
or not they are separated by compartments in the uterus. The sizes of gummy
sharks, for example, differ on the eastern and western sides of Australia.

SIZE AT FIRST BREEDING OF SHARKS

Total lengths at which certain sharks first breed:—
Molochophrys galeatus—about 2 feet.
Galeolamna dorsalis—mature about 54 feet.
Galeolamna pleurotaenia tilstoni—breeding male 4 feet, female 5 feet.
Galeolamna eblis—breeds at about 10 feet.
Galeolamna macrurus—breeds at (about 10 feet), certainly at 12 feet.
Galeolamna cauta—breeds at 4 feet.
Galeolamna spenceri—mature at 5 feet.
Galeolamna fitzroyensis—ovulating at 4 feet.
Galeocerdo cuvier—breeds at 11 feet 8 inches or less.
Mapolamia spallanzani—mature at 4 feet 3 inches.
Koinga kirki—gravid at 2 feet.
Notogaleus rhinophanes (School Shark)—matures at nearly 4 feet.
Rhizoprionodon—gravid at 19 inches to 2 feet.
Protozygaena taylori—gravid at about 24 feet.
Furgaleus ventralis—breeds at just over 4 feet.
Emissola antarctica—male matures at about 32 inches.
Emissola ganearum—breeds at 4 feet.
Flakeus—matures between 2 and 3 feet.
Proscymnodon—breeds at about 4 feet.

BROOD

The number of embryos in a litter varies enormously, the female tiger
shark, for example, may bear from 10 to 63 embryos. Some sharks have more
young in one uterus than the other. Egg-layers usually produce 1 or 2 eggs in a
clutch, but the brood-numbers of most sharks are not yet known. Emissola
antarctica has generally 3 to 7 embryos in New South Wales, 5 to 23 in
New Zealand. The Western Australian E. ganearum has 13 to 22.

* Presented at the Eleventh Pacific Science Congress of the Pacific Science
Association, held at the University of Tokyo, Japan, August-September,
1966, and organized by the Science Council of Japan.

174 SHARKS

Data are sparse for Australasian Sharks but the following field-notes give
at least an approximate idea of the situation.

The dog shark, Flakeus, has 1 or 2 embryos and Koinga has 5 to 7.
Rhizoprionodon acutus has 2 to 6 embryos in a litter.

Lamna whitleyi has 3 embryos in a litter.

Brachaelurus waddi has 7 embryos in a litter.

Furgaleus ventralis has 11 embryos in a litter.

Notogaleus rhinophanes has 23 to 50 embryos in a litter.
Sphyrna lewini—has 25 to 40 embryos in a litter.

Centrophorus plunketi—36 embryos in a litter.

Orectolobus maculatus—37 embryos in a litter.

Carcharhinus mackiei—46 embryos in a litter.

In the genus Galeolamna there is diversity in numbers of embryos according
to species:

G. pleurotaenia tilstoni has 2 to 5 embryos in a brood;
G. dorsalis has 10; and G. macrurus has 10 to 18.

The number of embryos may be less an indication of zoological
relationship than a function of size at motherhood or some ecological requirement
of the shark concerned. Embryos are all together in the uterus of the
Western Australian Emissola ganearum. They are in separate compartments
in E. antartica also in Galeolamna cauta, G. dorsalis, G. pleurotaenia tilstoni,
Notogaleus rhinophanes and in Furgaleus ventralis, though in the last-named
the compartments are very thin and easily torn or overlooked.

VERTEBRAE

V. Springer and Garrick (1964, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 116: 73-96, pl. i)
have tabulated many vertebral counts for sharks. I add the following from
my field notes, based, not on X-rays, but on dissections.

Oxynotus bruniensis, 92 vertebrae.

Emissola ganearum, 124 vertebrae.
Galeolamna cauta, 160 and 163 vertebrae.
Galeolamna eblis, 174 vertebrae.
Galeolamna spenceri, 185 vertebrae.
Mapolamia spallanzani, 193 and 195 vertebrae.

Not only the total number of vertebrae may be of importance in separating
species or races, but the numbers of vertebrae between the skull and certain
well-defined levels along the body.

A few examples are given in Table 1.

COMMENTS ON SELECTED SPECIES

From an annotated list of some 116 Australasian sharks which was tabled
at the Science Congress at Tokyo, the following were selected for comment.

(1) Molochophrys galeatus

A Crested Port Jackson Shark hatched from an egg in Taronga Zoological
Park Aquarium, Sydney, in April 1938 and, after 112 years, itself laid eggs.
The growth-rate of the young shark has been recorded in Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc.

175

WHITLEY

VL aK vs EC unsvauvs
DIOSSIUU
vil $6 v8 8S luvzunjjods
piupjodppy
ell 6 98 LS lupzunjjods
vilupjodvj
L8 sr OL == (edAjoI[V) sijga
DUWDIOI]VH
06 is me Foo DINvI
DUWUD]OI]DH
98 = v9 as pInvd
DUD] OaJDH
‘suy
[re] Jo [[eS10p puoses UIdIIO UISIIO UISIIO [VSIOP | [esIOP JSIy | 9vIqQo}IOA
. pue jeue jo jeue [e1JUsA puoses jO UIdsIIO jo ‘ou OuUIe Ny
jOOI OL |saseq Jo spud] 10AO OF | ICAO OF | MOTEAq OF, MO]IQ OF, [e101

usoMjoq OT,

SXUVHS
NVIIVaLsnV NYAaLSdM ANOS JO SLNNOO IvadaLYaA—I ATAVL

176 SHARKS

N.S.Wales 1942-43 (1943): 11, et. ibid; 1948-49 (1950): 28. In February 1950,
this shark was 284 inches long and weighed 84 Ib.

(2) HemiscyHium strahani, sp. nov.

There is a new species of Hemiscyllium* from New Guinea, alive in
Taronga Park Aquarium, Sydney, where it has been in captivity since about
1960 without showing any evident growth (except for a slight increase in length
in 1966) or colour change. It differs from its congeners in coloration.

Mouth nearer end of snout than front edge of eye. Pupil oblique, slit-like. A
fold behind mouth across chin. Head widest at gills. Back without dermal ridges.

Dorsal fin-angles extended behind, not rounded. Dorsal fins slightly larger
than ventrals. Origin of first dorsal fin behind level of base of ventral;
barely over its lobe. Pectorals and ventrals rounded. Anal fins shorter than
subcaudal fin. Female. Head 120 mm.; total length 2 feet, 54 inches (measured
23rd May, 1967).

*Family Hemiscylliidae
Genus Hemiscyllium Muller & Henle, 1838.

Hemiscyllium Muller & Henle, 1838, Mag. Nat. Hist. (n.s.), 2 January
1838: 34 (genus caelebs). Jd. A. Smith, 1838, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond., 5, 1837 (publ. 13 Feby 1838): 86. Haplotype, Squalus
ocellatus Bloch. Id. Muller & Henle, 1838, Syst. Plagiost. (1): 16.
Haplotype, H. ocellatum (Gmelin). The original author of ocellatum
was Bonnaterre, 1788, Tabl. Encycl. Meth. Ichth.:8, from “La mer du
sud” [probably Cooktown, Queensland]. The genus was reviewed
by Fowler, 1941, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (13): 81. Hemiscyllium
ocellatum has been observed in Taronga Park Aquarium, Sydney,
to stay close to the bottom of the tank during the day but Mr.
Douglas Boness of the aquarium staff tells me that the sharks
are liable to jump out of the water at night. Females lay two
eggs every fourteen days and they take 120 days or so to hatch,
but the egg-cases are sometimes chewed or eaten by males. The
egg-case gapes at the top and the developing embryo can be
readily inspected from about 2 months after oviposition. One newly
hatched juvenile (4 days or less old) was 147 mm. in total length
on 23rd May, 1967. Uusually they average 54 inches in length
on hatching and are cryptozoic, entering shells or holes in rocks.
They are cream and blackish banded, rather like young Chiloscyllium
punctatum but with the dorsal fins more dark-spotted. The character-
istic ocelli of Hemiscyllium ocellatum appear soon after hatching.
Mr. Boness kept one specimen under separate observation in water
of 80°F. temperature and reported on its development as follows.

Egg laid 7th November, 1963, opened by hand 12th March, 1964,
the yolk-sac was the size of a match-head and the young shark
was 5 inches long when removed from the egg. On 17th March, 1964
it was eating prawn, the yolk-sac having been absorbed. On 15th
April, it measured 6% inches, and on 22nd July, 62 inches, the
bands becoming spots; on Ist October, 1964 it was 8 inches long,
light cream with more distinct spots; on 23rd April 1965, 124
inches long with colour-markings as in parents; on 16th May 1965,
it died by jumping from its tank and was J3 inches long.

Another embryo, after 5 weeks in its egg, was very active and
had external gills and a large yolk-sac.

WHITLEY 177

Figure 1.—Holotype of Hemiscyllium strahani from New Guinea. Sketches,
natural size, of ventral surface of head in the years 1961 and 1967.
The nasal tentacles are spread laterally and the mouth-parts are
indicated in the 1967 sketch.

178 SHARKS

Colour, in life, yellowish-brown of various shades. Nose black. Fourteen
dark brown cross-bars along back from interorbital to tail; these generally
divide before reaching ventral surface. Most of the upper parts, before the tail,
with milky spots, each about size of eye. A dark ocellus behind last gill-openings.
Fins narrowly edged white. Areas between brown cross-bars cream to yellowish.
Most of ventral surface of head black but tips of nasal cirrhi are cream and a
lunule of lighter colour extends into the black area on each side; posteriorly
the breast is light with several round black spots. The black areas of ventral
parts of head come up over cheeks and snout. Spiracle cream with brown
spots. Two dark brown marks on each dorsal fin anteriorly. The dark ocellus
behind last gill-slit is much smaller than that of ocellatum or trispeculare.
Inside of mouth cream.

Loc.: New Guinea. Unique holotype in Taronga Zoological Park Aquarium,
Sydney. I have seen nothing like it in aquaria in Asia and elsewhere.

Named after Mr. Ronald Strahan, M.Sc., Director, Taronga Zoological Park.

Hemiscyllium hallstromi, sp. nov.

Also living in Taronga Park Aquarium are two specimens of a larger
species than strahani, which differ from it, freycineti, trispeculare and ocellatum in
coloration, notably in having no spots on the head before the interorbital.
Its ground-colour is very pale golden tan on which are large, dark brown spots;
the chin is light-toned. The large ocellus behind the gill-slits is partly surrounded
by four or five other large ovate spots. The spots on body and fins are larger
and fewer than in other species and with very much wider light interspaces.
About eight cross-bars do not descend below the back, which is otherwise white
from just before the first dorsal fin backwards. Fins edged cream; pectorals
plain or with very few spots. Eye light blue with oblique slit-like pupil.

Dorsal fins with pointed lobes. First dorsal origin over posterior part
of ventrals. Slight median dorsal ridge. First dorsal little larger than ventral
fin. Anal fin much shorter than subcaudal. Less than 30 dark spots along
middle of sides.

Loc.—New Guinea. Holotype male and paratype alive in Taronga
Zoological Park Aquarium, Mosman, Sydney.

I have pleasure in naming this new species after Sir Edward Hallstrom,
K.B., F.R.Z.S., Director Emeritus of Taronga Park.

(3) Rhincodon typus

The Whale Shark has been seen off the eastern Australian coastline on
many occasions and several more times since the records were listed in
Australian Natural History June 1965: 44-46, 3 figs.

(4) Galeolamna spp.

The Whaler Sharks (as species of “Carcharhinus” and Galeolamna ate
named in Australia), are notoriously difficult to identify. There is a tendency
by some authors to unite various nominal species into one, or a few, variable
species, but it seems to me that this course is unwise, because there are
obviously more kinds than are usually recognized, their characters are fairly
constant, and their sizes at first maturity often differ markedly so that
interbreeding appears to be prevented. Data are incomplete but, as far as is
known, G. eblis and G. macrurus breed when about 10 feet long whilst many
of the other species breed before attaining 6 feet in length. As Stewart Springer
(1938) observed, “I have no doubt but that the size range of adults is a
useful character for the separation of species.”

Because the type-species of Carcharhinus is still in doubt and modern
attempts to select one seem to involve departing from established canons
of noraenclature, I use Owen’s genus Galeolamna for the Whaler Sharks,
the holotype of the type-species of which, G. greyi, I examined yea'rs ago
in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London. (See plate IV).

WHITLEY 179

(5) Galeocerdo cuvier.

Australasian data are not detailed enough to sketch the life-history of
the Tiger Shark, but may link up later with information from extralimital
sources. Length-weight ratios are approximately as follows.

4 feet = 22 Ibs.

11 to 12 feet
12 to 13 feet
13 to 14 feet
14 to 15 feet
15 to 16 feet ?
16 to 17 feet 1300 lbs.
18 feet = 3330 Ibs.

Females up to 10 feet long have been found to be immature but they
breed at 11 feet 8 inches and at just over 12 feet. A very variable number
of embryos may be produced, up to 2 or 24 feet in length.

According to Messrs. Joyce & Watkins’ Fremantle (Western Australia)
fishery returns, small and large tiger sharks were caught at all times of
the year, but there were waves of small ones in October (about 5 to 7 feet),
January and April (4% to 6 feet), and by May large ones (10 feet or longer)
were coming in again.

In New South Wales, the tiger shark has been taken in August, but is
usually caught between November and April.

710-825 Ibs.

850-1151 lbs.

1028-1395 lbs.

1183-1324 Ibs.
9

eh aN

(6) Emissola spp.

The White-spotted Gummy Sharks of Western Australia are much larger
than those of New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania and are specifically
distinct. New South Wales gummies, Emissola antarctica, have a total length of
900 mm. or less and a weight of up to 5# lbs. (modal class of trawled
specimens 751 to 800 mm; most frequent weight between 4 and 4% Ibs.).
New South Wales females are larger, up to 1250 mm. (weight 184 lb.): modal
class 851 to 900 mm.; most frequent weight, 64 to 64 lb. Males are mature
at 800 to 880 mm. (32-35 inches).

Bunbury (Western Australia) gummies, E. ganearum, observed in June-
July 1943, were: one male, 1285 mm. long = 16 lb., and 8 females, 1040
to 1354 mm. = 103 to 28 Ib. (average 1235 mm. = 20 lb.), but off Albany
(W.A.) on Sth October 1943, a female of 1570 mm. = over 45 lbs. was caught.
This specimen had 16 embryos, 8 male and 8 female, 305 to 330 mm. long.

(7) Carcharodon albimors.

Gunther, in 1880, estimated that a White Shark from Port Fairy, Victoria,
would have been 364 feet long, and Bigelow & Schroeder give the allied species’
maximum size as about 21 feet long and 7,100 lb. in weight. Vertebrae of a
Tasmanian specimen said to have been 28 feet long, are exhibited in the
Queensland Museum, Brisbane.

Mr. A. Dean hooked one 16 ft. 10 in. long and weighing 2,664 Ib. at
Ceduna, South Australia in April 1959. The smallest Australian one was noted
as 7 ft. 5 in. long, weighing 130 lb. in commercial returns from Fremantle,
Western Australia.

The smallest free-living white shark was just over 4 ft. from Algoa
Bay (J. L. B. Smith) and the Illustrated London News once illustrated a
14 ft. female from Alexandria, Egypt, weighing 2% tons (5,600 lb.), with at
least nine embryos, 2 ft. long and weighing 108 lb. A mature male Great
White Shark, in mating condition, from Florida, U.S.A., in February 1967, was
11 ft. 1 in. long and weighed 1,060 lb. (Anon:, 1967, Cape Haze Mar. Lab. Quart.
Newsletter, March 1967:2).

In view of Postel’s (1958) observation that the white shark appeared
regularly off the coast of Tunis in the latter half of May, I have drawn up a

180 SHARKS

rough, and admittedly incomplete “calendar” of occurrences off Australia’s
coasts from which the following picture emerges.

Most of the big-game specimens are taken in South Australian waters
in January, although September and November to April captures have been
made there. In Victoria it has been taken in April and July; in New South
Wales in October and from January to June; in Queensland in May and June.
Perhaps a leisurely and not very direct migration is indicated, or the sharks
may stay near whales or in suitable regions. I have no monthly details from
New Zealand. Mr. A. Dean, who has caught many large South Australian
specimens, states (1966) of Carcharodon, “Despite a proved capacity for long
migrations individuals favour a particular area and will repeatedly return
to it.” One female shark he recognized from a characteristic scar after 13
years; her weight had apparently not increased.

(8) Halsydrus mccoyi.

I have seen the remains of the Orkney Islands “Sea-serpent” in the Royal
College of Surgeons’ Museum, London, on which the genus name Halsydrus
was based; they were those of a basking shark.

A contribution towards a bibliography of the basking shark is appended
(Appendix A).

For cosmetic purposes, the ladies of Japan are anxious to obtain squalene,
an oily preparation from basking sharks and dogfishes. Since, however, the
ladies of Japan are already beautiful it seems a pity to sacrifice such uncommon
and interesting animals as basking sharks and the less known squaloids like
Centrophorus for this purpose. In the past, seals have been decimated for
their pelts, egrets and other birds have been slaughtered for their plumes,
and many rare and lovely creatures have vanished in the fleeting cause of
fashion. The basking shark is mainly known in Australasia from beach-strewn
examples, about 27 of which have been noted from literature and museum
specimens from 1883 when McCoy discovered it in Victoria until 1956 (See
Table II).

When months of occurrence have been reported they have been May,
September and November for Victoria; May, August and September for New
South Wales and, for New Zealand, February, April, May “every [Southern]
spring’ and “summer months”, August, October, November and December.

Size of specimens has been from about 8 ft. long to 34 ft. 3 in. (N.Z.,
1889), usually between 9 and 13 feet. and with perhaps a peak in the graph
at, 2) tet.

Sex in most cases was not reported but when this was mentioned there
were 6 males to 1 female, an unreliable ratio and contrary to the findings of
Harrison Mathews (1963) in Old World seas.

(9) Euprotomicrus bispinatus.

Recorded from westward of Australia by Bigelow and Schroeder in 1957,
the latest information on this species has been put on record by Parin (1964,
Trudy Akad. Nauk SSSR. Okeanol. 73: 163, etc., figs. 2-4).

Acknowledgments

Most of the work upon which this paper is based was done in the field
in different States of Australia and in Papua during the 1940’s when the author
was employed by the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research; the rest,
(in Australia, New Zealand and some Pacific Islands) during his term as
Curator of Fishes at the Australian Museum, Sydney. To both these institutions
he is grateful for laboratory and library facilities. Thanks are also due to
Miss Elizabeth Pope, of the Australian Museum, who kindly dissected sharks
selected from the catches of the Red Funnel Trawlers of Sydney. The co-operation
of officials of the State Fisheries Departments in Perth, Hobart and Melbourne
is gratefully acknowledged. Information was also derived from shark-meshing

WHITLEY 181

contractors, fish markets, fisheries statistics and records of anglers’ catches, but
considerations of space will not allow for full details to be included here. Mr.
D. Boness of Taronga Park Aquarium, Sydney, has also been helpful in
several ways.

REFERENCES

Bigelow, H. B. & Schroeder, W. C., 1948.—Mem. Sears. Found., i.

Boeseman, M., 1959.—Nederlands-Nieuw-Guinea, Sept. 1959: 1-7.

Dean, A., 1966.—Australian Outdoors, June 1966: 16-68.

Fowler, H. W., 1928-1949.—Mem. Bern. P. Bish. Mus., 10:1-540 et. ibid. 11:
311-383, 383-466 and 12: 3-152.

Garrick, J. A., 1954.—Trans. Roy. Soc. N. Zeal. 82(3): 695-702.

Garrick, J. A., 1956.—Trans. Roy. Soc. N. Zeal. 83(3): 555-571.

Garrick, J. A., 1957.—Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 116(3): 171-190.

Garrick, J. A., 1959a.—Trans. Roy. Soc. N. Zeal. 86: 127-141.

Garrick, J. A., 1959b.—Trans. Roy. Soc. N. Zeal., 87: 75-89.

Garrick, J. A., 1960.—Trans. Roy. Soc. N. Zeal. 88: 105-117.

Gilbert, P., 1963.—Sharks and Survival (Boston: Heath): i-xiv + 1 - 578.

Graham, D. H., 1956.—A Treasury of New Zealand Fishes (Wellington: A. H.
& A. W. Reed): second edition.

Jacups, A., 1943.—Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1942-43: 11.

McCulloch, A. R., 1929-30.—Austr. Mus. Mem., 5:i-x + 1 - 534.

McKay, R. J., 1966.—Journ. Roy. Soc. W. Austr., 49(3): 65-82.

Munro, I. S., 1956.—Fisheries Newsletter, 15(7), July 1956: 13 onwards.

Munro, I. S., 1958.—Papua N. Guin. Agr. J., 10(4) = Fish. Bull. i: 97-369.

Parin, N. V., 1964.—Trudy. Akad. Nauk. SSSR. Okean., 73: 163-184.

Parrott, A. W., 1958.—Big game fishes and sharks of New Zealand (London;
Hodder & Stoughton): 1-128, illustr.

Phillipps, W. J., 1946.—Domin. Mus. Rec. Zool., 1(2): 5-20.

Postel, E., 1958.—Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. Paris, (2)30: 342.

Springer, S., 1939.—Notes on the Sharks of Florida. Proc. Florida Acad. Sci.,
3: 1-41, 1938.

Springer, V., 1964.—Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 115: 588.

Stead, D. G., 1963.—Sharks and Rays of Australian Seas (Sydney; Angus &
Robertson): i-x + 1-212.

Strasburg, D. W., 1963.—Copeia, 1963 (1):33.

Waite, E. R., 1916.—Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 40: 452-458.

Whitley, G. P., 1940.—The Fishes of Australia, i (Sydney: Roy. Zool. Soc.
N.S.Wales): 1-280.

Whitley, G. P., 1943.—Rroc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 58: 114-144.

Whitley, G. P., 1944.—Austr. Zool., 10(3): 252-273.

Whitley, G. P., 1945.—Austr. Zool., 11: 1-42.

Whitley, G. P., 1950.—Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1948-49: 28.

Whitley, G. P., 1964a.—Rec. Austr. Mus., 26(5): 145-195.

Whitley, G. P., 1964b.—Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 89(1): 11-127 (especially

. 32-34).
Whitley, G. P., 1965.—Austr. Nat. Hist., 15 (2), June 1965: 44-46.
Young, W. E., [1933].—Shark! Shark! (London: Hurst & Blackett): 1-288.

SHARKS

182

‘9S61 “8 “UOUYV

“L761 ‘PLOT

"p76l ‘sddiyyryd

see Sy ane Se pier
viuvwusey ‘Avg siuvg

pue[eoz MON
‘e[nsuluog voviedesurvy MA .sulids AI9A9,,

puvesZ MON ‘puelyony —

a = a ~ <i]
—— en eS enn EEN

“ECOL
® 1261 “Ove

"8061 ‘Z319Z
“ST6L “J9spnH

pue pO6l ‘osplig

“CO6T “OEM

“ZO6T “SUE

‘LO6T = “OUeAA

‘168, ‘“ueulossoyD

‘unesny, “shy
"§ Ul yseo ‘PP CZ Jelensny yInog ‘Avg s.10;Mo7 —

OL 8 8 Byersny Nos ae

‘pDSOSNAGNS Dpilunfpw sxeM GIN0gS MON ‘Uspy

UO poy *P 9 OL rl “suv ‘TO6T
STR
"6 ynog MON “AV POJFOMTL _ KEIN ‘TO6T
puv[eo7
MON “TN ‘Woduoaeq seou
ae VE ‘TOATY SPeAA JO YOU AVON “AON “6881
"2 uMOIs-jJ[ey MY 6 RIIOJIA ‘ATI’ WOd ae!

| |) eee eee | || ———n—

eLIOJOIA ‘Avg

‘ZO6I ‘MeYsIoy <) Se ol SUOsqoH] ‘UMOJSWURTTTIAA YO AeWW ‘Z061
‘TESL ‘Nose ‘vol ‘Id
“$88Il ‘AODII ‘788I| spodoiajd uo poy BIIOJIA “Ppuvy}IOd
R €88l ‘Avopryl |? *.9 O€ YWIsUIT “AON ‘E88I
I9p1OIOY SYIVWIY AjI[VoOT 91eq

‘syieyg SUIyseg JO sSpiOde1 uvIse[elsny

Il Alavi

‘papi1ose1 JOU jnq Aj][eIOIoWUWIOD Usye}] usd0q DALY SUSWIIDeGs
iayjo Ajqissod ‘oinjyeioyy oy} Wor poapiduiod useq sey jsi[T sAOqe 9],

fog)
Ss _syjuow sJewumns ul
ppuelesZ MON] Pues]
yyNeg Jo 4seod j4soM
oy} yo usoss jsyreys pO ‘9S6I
suryseq JO] s[eous,, PUL[eOZ
‘9661 ‘oO “uoUy |-uo}yURTd UO poy “O[/MON “VINOYIey “Avg B00 YO
‘9661 ‘<q “uouy OZ jnoqy BIIOJDIA ‘JOOquIeUIIE AA IT “39g “Ocel
‘youey “yy ‘¢ Aq *(uouIseds
‘ojoyd “SW pur Z8s6l ‘ZN WIL) puefesZz MON
ynoge ‘sUT}]NOSMON ‘dl pel = =6 ‘qNnow ATG MON ‘TyeuURIey, WOg
‘ypS6l ‘UURDSIN |'u0yyUL[doOZ UO spoof purlesz MON
‘ovel ‘sddiytyd «OL C1 purleezZ MON ‘“Hideyy ‘sny “ye6l
a elpeijsny
= ‘CE6l =8IPH «9 OL ynog ‘Avg J9jun0.UuYy
= ‘Opel ‘sddityd «OL Cl puejesZ MEN “5}9 UOJSUTTTSAA
= ‘ovel ‘sddirud erG puees7 MON “eIeye pI API “7E6T
puv[es7Z MON
‘soaIvyM UO0SUTTEPA YO L ‘994 “COI
puv[eo7
‘Ovel ‘sddiyytyd ‘poyods °7T MON “AB soyMEHR “BOITEAA Tudy ‘TEe6l
puvleoZ MON ‘UO JSUTTTOAA
‘sddyimyd “£ “M Aq UWs9S_ [BISAIS Jesu ‘pues, Widey Yo ‘99d “6761
‘Ove!
® peel ‘ASMA SIUM YINOG MON ‘SoxVT ‘ydog “OE6l
‘TE6l ‘Weusiew “LI “VV SC TeAW Ieou yoveg osuns[
; purles7Z MON ‘UO SUTTISAA
‘Orel ‘sddiytyd «9 8C yeou ‘nuineledeied “ISU, 3, ‘99d “SI6T

‘uopoulyy SB ‘L061
‘UleJUnoOy Y pled sig uURTeNsSNY eH

184 SHARKS

APPENDIX A.

Contribution towards a bibliography of the Basking Shark.

A splendid bibliography of the Basking Shark, covering publications from the earliest
times to about the year 1941 was provided by Bigelow & Schroeder (1948: 147). In 1931,
Mr. W. J. Phillipps of the Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand, and I compiled
& manuscript synonymy of the Basking Shark and detailed its occurrence in Australian and
New Zealand seas. Our account was never published but we independently included briefer
references to the Basking Shark in separate papers of ours published since 1931. The
Zoological Record for recent years has supplied numerous references to reports of Basking
Sharks, mainly from the Northern Hemisphere. There is, therefore, no need to traverse
the ground covered by the above sources, nor to particularize mention of the Basking
Shark in various editions, translations, or secondary accounts of such authors as Cuvier;
moreover, a number of local European and Japanese publications are unavailable for
consultation; but a supplementary list of references, mostly additional to those in
Bigelow & Schroeder (1948) and in recent Zoological Records is offered below in the
hope that it may contribute to a better understanding by later students of the biology
of the Basking Shark.

Although no Basking Sharks appear to have been washed ashore or captured by
Australians or New Zealanders for a decade or so, the species has come under the notice
of Japanese commercial interests.

The first reference to the possible occurrence of the Basking Shark in the Pacific
Ocean was not a satisfactory record: in Frederick Debell Bennett’s Narrative of a Whaling
Voyage around the Globe (London: Bentley), vol. 2, 1840: 240, we read:

‘“‘While cruising in the South Pacific, we occasionally observed . .. ‘*Bone-sharks’’

. . If we admit that an error exists on the subject of there being whale-bone in its

mouth, it appears probable that the Bone- Shark is allied to, or identical with, the
Basking- shark (Squalus maximus)

Bennett was in the whaler Tuscan from 1833 to 1836. He was not near Australia or
New Zealand, so his ‘“‘South Pacific’? more likely refers to the Marquesas or Society
Islands, from which, however, the Basking Shark seems never to have been recorded.

The next Pacific record appeared in ‘‘Forest and Stream’”’ in 1877, according to
Dean’s Bibliography of Fishes. As no Australian library holds this publication, I applied
to the Library of Congress, Washington, U.S.A. for information. Mrs. Winifred Desmond,
of that Library kindly supplied xerox copies of two articles from Forest and Stream of
vol. 7, 1877; 356 and 8:17. The former, by M. Harvey, was entitled ‘‘The Basking Shark
in Newfoundland Waters’’ and reported one found there in August 1876; 30 feet long,
Selache maximus. The second paper, ‘“The Basking Shark in the Pacific’, by E. R. Wilson,
states that he had seen the whalemen’s ‘“‘Bone Shark’? in the South Seas and on the
coast of Africa. In 1861, he saw one between Tumbez and Guayaquil, Ecuador, and in 1859
saw barrels of basking shark oil shipped to Callao, Peru. Thus Wilson’s Pacific records
were not Australasian.

Australasian records of Basking Sharks from the 1880’s to the 1950’s are listed
in Table II. An indication of world distribution is given in figure 2.

“‘Seehunde”’ Goyeau, 1760, Hamburg Mag., 24:531 (fide Muller & Henle, 1839 and Dean, 1923).

“Brygd-Fisk’”’ Fries, 1772, K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. 157 and Kiobenh. Selsk. Skr., 10,
1772: 202 (fide Dean, 1923).

Squalus maximus Berkenhout, 1795, Synopsis Nat. Hist. Gt. Brit., ed. 3, 1: 61, no. 10, ex
Pennant. Jd. Blainville, 1811, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 18c: 88, pl. 6, fig.
1 (not seen). Jd. Hunter, 1834, Cat. Comp. Anat. Mus. R. Coll. Surg., 2:63 & 86.
Id. Jenyns, 1835, Man. Brit. Vert. Anim., Nov. 1835: 563, no. 193. Id. Richardson,
1836, Faun. Bor. Amer. 3:291. Jd. Templeton, 1837, Mag. Nat. Hist. (Charlesw.),
1:413. Id. Owen, 1852, Descr. Cat. Comp. Anat. Mus. Roy. Coll. Surg., ed. 2,
1:51, 145 & 203. Id. Smyth, 1854, The Mediterranean: 204. Jd. Montague, 1861,
Dict. Univ. Hist. Nat. (D’Orbigny), 9: 549. Id. Schlegel, 1869, Nat. Hist. Neder.,
Visschen: 191, pl. 19, fig. 1.

Scoliophis atlanticus Anon., 1817, Rept. Comm. Linn. Soc. N. England on Serpent: 44
(fide Sherborn, Index Animalium). New England.

Selache maxima (-us, -um) Agassiz, 1835, Poiss. Foss., 3:87, pl. F, figs. 8, 8a. Id. Swainson,
1838, Nat. Hist. Classif. Fish. Amphib., 1:119. Id. Allman, 1842, Fourth Ann.
Rept. Dublin Nat. Hist. Soc., 1841-42, fide Wright, 1877. Id. Bonaparte, 1846,
Cat. Metod. Pesc. Europ.: 17, no. 62. Id. Baird, 1868, Amer. Agricult. 27:130
(fide Dean, 1916). Id. Hadfield, 1875, Zoologist (2) 10: 4415 (Isle of Wight,
England). Jd. Allman, 1876, Nature, 14:368. Id. Wright, 1877, Nature 15:292 and
16:61. Id. Lutken, 1880, Vid. Medd. Kjobenh., 1879: 45 & 62 and Tidsskr. Pop.
Frems. Nat., 26:56. Id. Macleay, 1883. Abstr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, Nov. 28,
page iii and Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, 8, 1884: 464 and 9, 1884:62, ex McCoy,
MS (Portland, Victoria—first Australian record). Id. Macleay, 1886, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Tasm. 1885:300. Jd. Cheeseman, 1891, Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., 23:126 "(Wade R., N.Z.).
Id. Grieg, 1897, Naturen: 85. Td. Collett, 1903, Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Christ.. 1:121.
Id. Murie, 1906, Zoologist, 10:396. Id. Mazzarelli, 1908, Riv. Mens Pesca Pavia

185

WHITLEY

‘poursu Ajoyeredes useq oAvy 0} Ivedde you sesop w0Oy sseuvder ou,

‘OHURTIV YNOG “O9GT “IPIVOOIG twWDWION “H

“eITBIySNY “ZeE6l ‘“WolIeg wMooonw ‘Gq

“eoIeuly JO SsajejG poyun “(suds Z) LIST “uOUy sno1zUD]q0 “DO
“UBIUBIIO}IPI “(SUAS Z%) OT8T ‘anbsoutjey vaorbun “gq
‘edoing ‘“(sutAuouAS #T pues) goL,T ‘1euUNy snwmixznU ‘y

:SMOT[OJ se
‘SULIOJ [BUOTSEI 0} USATS SOUIVU J4SoT]IVd OY IOJ Sorj{[BoOT-edA} oyBOTpUT s1209}0'7

“yIeyS Buyyseg ey} JO uoTNqWysIp pwoM—z onsTT

etd

p
(Bw

i
3
é )

Ae SA

7

ad en
J

186 SHARKS

10:165, and Parona, in ibid.: 263 and Monti_ in ibid.: (2) 5, 1910:158. Id. Parisi,
1912, Riv. Sci. Nat. Milano, 3:221. Jd. Senna, 1920, Monitore Zool. Ital. Firenze.
31:35, pl. 3 (skull). Jd. Saemundsson, 1922, Vid. Medd. Dansk. Foren., 74:190
et ibid., 84, 1927: 183, pl. 5, 2 figs (Iceland). Id. Valle, 1922, Congress Gen. 28
Soc. Pesca Trieste: 31, 4 figs. Jd. Vinciguerra, 1924, Rend. Union Zool. Ital.
Genova: 36. Jd. Jenkins, 1925. Fish. Brit. Isles: 314, pl. 122.

Id. Refs. in Zoological Records for 1932 and 1933. Jd. Fraser Darling, 1947, Natural
History in the Highlands and Islands: 171, coloured pl. 27a (p. 220). Female swims
in front of male as they cruise.

Squalus rhinoceros Gill, 1864, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1864: 259, in synonymy, ex
DeKay, 1842. Maine, U.S.A.

Selache rostrata Pavesi, 1874, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, 6:36, pls. 1-3. Italy.
Selache sp. Gunther, 1880. Intro. Stud. Fish.: 322.

Selache pennanti Noetling, 1885, Faun. Tertiary Prussia: 49. New name for Pennant’s
Basking Shark, regarded as distinct from S. mazima Day, Cornish—fide Grant,
1886, Zool. Rec., 1885:17. England.

?Selache glauconitica Noetling, 1885, Faun. Tertiary Prussia: 49. Fossil.
Rhinodon Aflalo, 1896, Nat. Hist. Austr.: 221 & 249. Australia. Not Rhincodon Smith, 1829.

Cetorhinus (Selache) maximus Boulenger, 1904, Cambr. Nat. Hist.: 453, fig. 259. Id.
Escribano, 1909, Bol. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., 9:340, pl. (Portugal; fide Dean).
Id. Dean, 1923, Bibliogr. Fishes: 619.

Rhinodon typicus Ward & Fountain, 1907, Rambles of Austr. Nat.: 120 (Great Australian
Bight. Record unreliable). Not Rhincodon typicus Muller & Henle the South
African Whale Shark.

Cetorhinus sp. Leriche, 1908, Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, 146:875. Fossil, fide
Zoological Record.

Selache (Cetorhinus) maximus Gudger, 1915, Zoologica, 1:382.

Cetorhinus maximus McCoy, 1885, Prodromus Zool. Vict. 2 (dec. 11): 11, pl. 104 (Port-
land, Victoria). Id. Ogilby, 1889, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales, (2) 3:1772, ex McCoy.
Id. Lucas, 1890, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (2) 2:45, ex McCoy. Jd. Kershaw_ 1902,
Vict. Nat., 19:62 (Hobson’s Bay, Vic.). Id. Waite, 1902, Rec. Austr. Mus., 4:263
(Eden, N.S.Wales). Jd. Jordan & Fowler, 1903, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 26:625 (Japan,
ex Matsubara). Id. Stevenson, 1904, Rept. U.S. Fish. Comm. 28, 1902: 227. Td.
Bridge, 1904, Cambr. Nat. Hist. 7:453 (Australian waters). Id. Stead,, 1906,
Fish. Austr.: 233. Id. Waite, 1907, Rec. Canterb. Mus., 1:6 (New Zealand). Id.
Zietz, 1908, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 32:291. Id. Elmhirst, 1913, Glasgow Nat.,
5:66. Id. Jordan, Tanaka & Snyder, 1913, J. Coll. Sci. Tokyo Univ., 33:17, fig. 8.
Id. Engelhardt, 1913, Sitzb. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 4, Suppl.-Band 3: 35 & 97,
fig. 3 (distribution). Id. Gudger, 1915, Science, 42:653. Id. McCulloch, 1919, Austr.
Zool., 1:223, fig. 24a and Illustr. Austr. Encyclop. 1, 1925:142. Id. Waite, 1921,
Rec. S. Austr. Mus., 2:22, fig. 29 and Fish. S. Austr., 1923:41, fig. Id. Phillipps 1924,
N. Zeal. J. Sci. Tech., 6:266, fig. 10. Id. Dixon & Eddy, 1925, Personality of Water
Animals: pl. opp. p. 105 (large American specimen). Jd. Jordan & Hubbs, 1925,
Mem. Carneg. Mus., 10:102. Jd. Lord, 1927, J. Pan-Pacif. Res. Inst. 2 (4):12 (Banis
Bay—new rec. Tasmania). Id. Bonnot, 1929, Calif. Fish & Game, 15 (2):175.
Id. Berger, 1930, Nat. Hist. (New York), 30(4):443. Id. Phillipps, 1930, Arch.
Hydrobiol., 21:499. Id. A. L. Marshall, 1931, Education Gazette (Sydney), 25 (2):
20, fig. (Near Myall Lakes, N.S.Wales, notes and photo. Teeth in Australian Museum,
Sydney). Id. Chu, 1931, Biol. Bull. St. John’s Univ., 1:3 (China). Id. Norman, 1931,
Hist. Fishes: 39, fig. 18d (gill-rakers). Jd. Tanaka, 1932, Jap. Fish., no. 21, and
of later Japanese authors. Jd. as ‘‘Basking Shark’’, Hale, 1932, 48th. Ann. Rept.
Mus. S. Austr., 1931-32:9 (Encounter Bay, S. Austr.). Id. Fang & Wang, 1933,
Contrib. Biol. Lab. Sci. Soc. China (Zool.), 8 (8):243, fig. 13. Id. Norman, 1933,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1933:1121 (Falkland Iss.). Id. Tchang Si, 1933, Bull. Soc. Zool.
France, 58: 423, fig. 1. (Abnormal branchial apparatus of Chinese example).
Id. Young & Mazet, Shark! Shark!: 266, etc. Id., as ‘‘Basking Shark’’, J. G. Marwick,
1934. Orcadian, Feb. 1, 1934 (Low’s ‘‘Natural History of Orkney” (1813) quoted).
Id. A. E. Cooper, 1934, Lonsdale Library 17, Sea Fishing: 105 (Shetlands, etc.
Nearly 8,000 lb.). Id. Borri, 1934, Atti Soc. Toscana Sci. Nat. Pisa, 44: 93, figs.
& ref. to 1929 paper on p. 102. Id. F. de Buen, 1935, Not. Res. Inst. Esp. Oc.
(2) 88: 6, 9, 16 & 29, fig. 20. Id. Walford, 1935, Calif. State Fish. Lab. Fish. Bull.,
45: 39, with original figure. Id.. as ‘‘Blue-nosed shark’’ Sphere (London), Sept.
10, 1938: 400, fig. (Weymouth, England; 12 ft.). Id. McKenzie, 1939, Proc. Nova
Scotia Inst. Sci. 20 (1):14 (Nova Scotia, up to 10,700 lb. according to graph).
Id. Gudger, 1940, Science 91:357 (Norway). Id. McKenzie, 1940, Proc. Nova Scotia
Inst. Sci., 20 (2):42 (2514 ft. should have weighed 7,200 Ilb.). Jd. Refs. in
Zoological Records, various years. Id. Beebe & Tee Van, 1941, Zoologica, 26:98,
fig. 4. Id. Chapman, 1942, Copeia, 1942(1):51 (Washington). Id. Bonham, 1942,
Copeia, 1942 (4):264, figs. (claspers). Id. Navarro, 1943, Bol. Real. Soc. Esp.
Hist. Nat., 41:55 (Balearics). Id. Hart, 1946, Discov. Rept., 23: 259, etc. (Patagonia).
Id. Barnard, 194-, Pict. Guide S. Afr. Fish.: 14, pl. 2, figs. 4a-b (South African
recs. Summer migrant). Jd. Hillaby, 1948, Discovery, 9: 369, 10 text-figs. Jd.
Scattergood, 1948, Copeia, 1948 (2):143 (Gulf of Maine). Id. J. B. Phillipps, 1948,
Calif. Fish & Game, 34:11, figs. Jd. Fitch, 1948, Calif. Fish & Game, 34:219, figs.

WHITLEY 187

77-78 (California). Jd. Gudger, 1948, J. Elisha Mitch. Scient. Soc. 64:41, pl. 7.
figs. 1-2 (grows to at least 45 feet). Id. Bigelow & Schroeder, 1948, Mem. Sears
Found., 1:147, figs. Id. Yanez, 1949, Rev. Biol. Marina (Valparaiso), 1 (3) :233, fig.
41 (Chile). Id. Tortonese & Trotti, 1949, Centr. Talass. Tirreno Pubbl., 1:17.
Id. Roedel & Ripley, 1950, Calif. Fish. Bull., 75: 21, etc.. fig. 30 (California.
Bears live young). Jd. Matthews & Parker, 1950, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 120 (3):
535, pls. 1-8 & 15 text-figs. (Anatomy and biology). Id. Tortonese, 1950, Arch. Zool.
Ital. Torino, 35:119. Id. Refs. in Zoological Records, various years. Id. G. Maxwell,
1952, Harpoon at a Venture: 25, figs. 1-82. Id. Scattergood, 1952, Copeia, 1952
(3):205 (Gulf of Maine. Male of 348cm. = 650lb. Liver 12.5 per cent of total
weight). Id. P. F. O’Connor_ [1953], Shark-O, passim. Id. Parker & Boeseman,
1954, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 124 (1):185, 3 plates and figs. in text (Food, growth,
moult of gill-rakers). Id. McCann, 1954, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 52: 331,
_ pls. 1-2. (New Zealand. Feeds on zooplankton). Id. Anon. (a), 1956, Rec. S. Austr.
Mus., 12, plate opp. p. 104 (South Australia, 1914). Id. Munro, 1956, Handbk.
Austr. Fish., no. 14. Id. Anon. (b), 1956. The Standard [newspaper, Warrnambool,
Victoria], Sept. 12 and 13, 1956 (Warrnambool, Victoria; 11 Sept. 1956). 7d.
Clarke, 1956, Discov. Rept., 28: 261, pl. 2, fig. 4 (Horta. From stomach of sperm
whale). Jd. B. L. Gordon, 1957, Nat. Hist. (N. York), May 1957: 272, figs. (Nova
Scotia. Up to 50 feet). Id. F. G. Wood, 1957, Copeia, 1957 (2): 153 (Florida). Id.
Greenbank, 1957. Copeia, 1957 (2):156 (Chesapeake Bay). Id. Backus, 1957, Copeia,
1957 (3):246 (Massachusetts. Juvenile). Id. Anthony Watkins, 1958, The sea my
hunting ground, passim, illustrated. Id. Leim & Day, 1959, J. Fisher. Res. Board
Canada, 16 (4):504. Id. Hardy, 1959, Open Sea, 2:69, pl. 4 & text-fig. Jd. Backus,
1960, Copeia, 1960 (3): 244. Id. Torchio, 1960, Act. Soc. Ital. Mus. Civico Milano,
99 (4):303_. fig. 1. Id. Siccardi, 1960, Rev. Mus. Argent. Cienc. Nat. Bernard
Rivadaria (Buenos Ayres), 6 (2):61, plates & text-figs. Id. Refs. in Zoological
Records, various years. Jd. Baldwin, 1961, Copeia, 1961 (4):476. Id. Heegaard,
1961, Rec. Austr. Mus., 25:177 (copepods). Jd. Scott, 1962, Fish. S. Austr.: 26, figs.
Id. Cadenat, 1962, Bull. Inst. France Afr. Noire, 24 (A) 1: 305, pl. 2 (Senegal).
Id. Hubbs, 1962, Copeia. 1962 (3):677 (Cuba; new record. Ref. to Torre, 1945).
Id. Harrison Matthews, 1963, Smithson. Rept., 1962; 415-421 (The shark that
hibernates. Structure, habits, spermatophore, viviparity. Smallest specimen about
6 feet. Sex-ratio). Id. Chen, 1963, Biol. Bull. 19 Tunghai Univ.: 37 (Taiwan). Id.
v.d.Land, 1965, Zool. Meded., 40(32):293 (Distribution and parasites). Id. Parker
& Stott, 1965, Zool. Meded., 40 (34), pl. 1, figs. 1-2 (Age size and vertebral
calcification). Jd. Leim & Scott, 1966, Fish. Atlant. Coast Canada: 29, fig. Id.
Squire, 1967 Copeia, 1967(1): 247. fig. 1.

Tetroras maccoyi Barrett, 1932, Sun Nature Book 4: 13, fig., ex Whitley & Phillipps,
MS. Australasia. Type from Portland, Victoria, in National Museum, Melbourne.
Id. Coppleson, 1933, Med. J. Austr., April 15, 1933: 458.

Halsydrus maccoyi Whitley, 1934. Mem. Qld. Mus., 10: 197, pl. 29, figs. 1-3. (Williamstown,
Victoria. South Australia. Great Australian Bight. New Zealand locs. Mungo Beach,
most northerly rec. in New South Wales. 25 feet). Id. Whitley, 1940, Fish. Austr.
1:132, figs. Id. Powell, 1947, Native Anim. N. Zealand: 62, fig. 298. Id. Goadby, 1959,
Sharks: 32-33, fig.

Halsydrus maximus Whitley, 1939, Austr. Zool., 9:241 (23 trivial names in synonymy).
Id. Fowler, 1940, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100 (13): 113. Jd. Phillipps, 1946. Dom.
Mus. Rec. Zool., 1(2):9 (New Zealand locs. and lengths). Id. Hass, 1958, We come
from the sea: 225. Id. Parrott, 1958, Game fish. sharks N. Zealand: 107, fig.
Id. Stead, 1963, Sharks & Rays Austr.: 200, fig. 18.

Cetorhinus maccoyi Mathews & Parker, 1950, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 120 (3) :536.
Australia.

““Sea Creature’? Anon., 1950, The Sphere (London), June 24, 1950: 464, 2 figs.
(English Channel).

Cetorhinus maximus infanuncula (new form) Deinse & Adriani, 1953, Zool. Meded._ Sle 307,
pls. 17-18. (Holland. 21 specimens between 1821 & 1952. Absence of gill-rakers in
some).

“Basking Shark’? Anon. (c), 1956, Evening Post [newspaper, Wellington, New Zealand],
27 Oct. 1956. (Off Goose Bay, Kaikoura, New Zealand. 16 ft., Oct. 1956.
Fed on plankton. “‘Shoals seen off the West Coast of the South Island in
summer months’’). Jd. Moreland, 1958?, New Zealand newspaper (Port Taranaki,
New Zealand. 9 ft. = 134 Ib.).

Cetorhinus maximus maccoyi Siccardi, 1960, Rev. Mus. Argent. Cienc. Nat. Bernard Rivadaria
‘(Buenos Ayres), 6(2): 61.

Cetorhinus maximus normani Siccardi, 1960, Rev. Mus. Argent. Cienc. Nat. Bernard
Rivadaria (Buenos Ayres) 6(2): 84, plates & figs. South Atlantic.

188 BOOK REVIEW

“Nomenclator Zoologicus. Edited by Marcia A. Edwards,
B.Sc. and A. Tindell Hopwood, D.Sc. Vol. VI 1946-1955”
(London: The Zoological Society of London), 1966, pp.

[viii +1 329.

The first five volumes of this Nomenclator Zoologicus were produced
by Dr. S. A. Neave who died at the end of 1961. They recorded the
bibliographical origins of the name of every genus and subgenus in zoology
published between the years 1758 and 1945 and have been noted by this
reviewer elsewhere*. “This volume, the sixth in the series, covers the period
from 1946 to 1955 and also contains many earlier names which for various
reasons were omitted from the previous volumes”, and corrigenda are
incorporated in the main body of the work as well as being listed separately.

The gratitude of zoologists is due to the editors of this sixth “Neave”
for the care they have taken with this exacting work, in which very few
misprints have been found. The compilation is time-saving, as it obviates
much tedious searching through the annual indexes of the Zoological Record,
whilst the cross-references are of the utmost value. It is perhaps a tribute
to the Nomenclator Zoologicus that (at least in ichthyology) practically no
preoccupied new generic names are proposed nowadays.

So, once again, heartfelt thanks are expressed to the Nomenclator Zoologicus
and to Miss Marcia Edwards and Dr. A. T. Hopwood, its indefatigable editors.

— G. P. Whitley.

* Whitley, 1939, Austr. Zool., 9 (3): 262; 1940, Austr. Naturalist, 10 (7): 241-243;
and 1950. Proc. Roy Zool. Soc. N.S.Wales, 1948-49: 44.

189

NOTES ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE NET AND SPERM-WEB
OF A CRIBELLATE SPIDER DINOPIS SUBRUFUS (KOCH)
(ARANEIDA: DINOPIDAE)

by DENSEY CLYNE
(Figures 1-6).
1. NET

Several species of the genus Dinopis were described by L. Koch (Die
Arachniden des Australiens, 1879) from specimens sent to him by H. B. Bradley,
a former trustee of the Australian Museum. These included Dinopis subrufus.

This spider is common around Sydney, its habitat being low shrubbery
and herbage, and the following observations were made in a garden in Turramurra,
12 miles north of that city, where the spider is abundant throughout the year.

_ The net is used by males and females from about 4 mm. upward in
size for the capture of prey. The female makes it during the whole of her
life, the male until his final moult, when he leaves his customary place to
go in search of a female. The net, composed of threads of cribellate silk and
measuring about 10 mm. x 15 mm. unexpanded, is made by the spider in the
early evening.

Emerging at dusk, Dinopis moves deliberately around on her long, stick-like
legs placing the supporting framework of non-cribellate silk thread. As far
as the terrain will allow, these threads always occupy the same relative positions.

Fig. 1 is a diagram of the completed framework. Between points C, D
and E there is always a small network of supporting threads; these have
been left out for simplicity. Lines H-D and D-I are secured at their outermost
points somewhat behind lines F-C and C-G. Similarly, lines J-E and E-K are
secured a little behind H-D and D-I.

The framework made, Dinopis takes up a position from behind, grasping
it with her legs as shown in Fig. J, where numbers are used to indicate the
placing of tarsi 1 and 2. R1 indicates the tarsus of the first right leg, L1 the
tarsus of the first left leg, R2 the tarsus of the second right leg and L2 the
tarsus of the second left leg. It will be seen that at this stage the spider is
suspended head upward by her first legs, which grasp line B-C. Her second
legs support her also, by grasping respectively lines F-C and C-G. The first
and second legs remain in these positions throughout the making of the net.

The third legs change position constantly as the net is made; they are
employed to hold, each in turn, the four lines H-D, D-I, J-E and E-K at
the junction of which the rectangular net is placed, and to affix to them as
required the lengths of cribellate thread which compose it.

The fourth legs are used in the usual way of cribellate spiders to produce
the blue-white cribellate silk by rhythmic combing movements of each calamistrum
in turn across the cribellum. Under magnification, the silk appears as two
wavy parallel lines connected by a series of fuzzy transverse loops.

Placing the tip of her abdomen at point M (Fig. 2) Dinopis now starts
combing out the first length of cribellate silk. When this length is nearly
completed, L3 picks up line E-N about half-way along and takes it towards
the spinnerets. The first length now finished, the fourth legs stop combing,
L4 takes the line from L3 close to point N, and applies it to the spinnerets
to attach the length of silk in place.

Combing immediately recommences; R3 moves to point N; L3 moves to D-O,
and at the appropriate moment carries it towards the spinnerets. Combing stops;
L4 picks up the line; the new length is attached to it at point O, and now
the direction is reversed.

190

SPIDER

Figure 1.

CLYNE

Figure 2.

191

SPIDER

193

CLYNE

Figure 4.

=“ SPIDER

Figure 5.

CLYNE 195

Figure 6.

196 SPIDER

The next length is combed out and attached this time with the help of
R3 and R4 to point N. In whatever direction the spider is working, the leading
third leg moves ahead ready to attach the new length, and the trailing third
leg follows on to the last point of attachment. (Fig 4).

As this procedure continues, the centre sections of silk grow shorter and
shorter as the lines of attachment converge at E. A little before E is reached,
Dinopis starts to use only two sections of silk to span the required distance,
and after it is reached, only one.

Gradually the shape of the structure has altered (Figs. 3 and 4).
Probably by appropriate tensioning, the outer lengths of cribellate silk which
to begin with were at only a slight angle to the horizontal, have been drawn
up until they are almost vertical. The last few single lengths, connecting points L
and O directly, put the finishing touches to what has now become a rectangle.

Now the final steps are taken. Dinopis combs out another length of
silk, but instead of carrying it across to the opposite side of the net, she
attaches it directly above its point of commencement on line F-C. Another
length is produced, taken downward parallel to this, and attached at the same
corner. A third is carried across the top of the rectangle to the opposite corner,
and a fourth is taken up to line C-G directly above this corner.

The net is now complete, and Dinopis leaves it, to move slowly up to
the top of the framework, turn around, and come down head first. On the
way she bites through line B-C (Fig. 1) and the observer would expect much
of the elaborate structure to fall in a tangle. However, by now the spider
is firmly grasping lines F-C and C-G to which the net has just been secured;
she herself is suspended by her fourth legs from an independent line still
attached to her spinnerets, which hangs vertically behind the line she has
just severed.

All that happens on the severance of line B-C is that this, together with
the central complex of threads just above the net, collapses, and the net
itself drops a little. It is now held in position by:

(1) lines L-D, D-O and M-N;
(2) the cribellate threads holding it to lines F-C and C-G; and

(3) the spider, which is suspended above and behind it, her first two
pairs of legs curved forward to hold the four corners in their tarsi
(Fig. 5).

It remains only for the net te be tested, which Dinopis does by stretching
it out once or twice to several times its apparent dimensions. After this the
spider remains motionless.

If a suitable insect comes within reach, the spider flings the instantly
expanded net over and around it, letting herself drop sufficiently by releasing
her fourth tarsi. The two elastic threads attaching the net to lines F-C and
C-G allow the net to be carried forward and down without breaking away
from the framework, and the spider still grasps the four corners of the net
which she then wraps around her victim. If the prey turns out to be large and
dangerous, the spider moves away and allows it to struggle free. A second
net is sometimes constructed by Dinopis while she is still holding her prey
in her jaws.

In the daytime, Dinopis hides amongst foliage, hanging head down with
the legs held together in pairs in the form of a Maltese cross. If no prey
has been obtained, the net is left in place during the day, and the spider
returns to it at nightfall.

N. L. Roberts (Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. N.S.W. 1953-4) has timed the
construction of the net as varying between 22 and 34 minutes, and my own
observations roughly correspond with this. Males at the penultimate stage
appear to take a few minutes less than females. I have timed the rate of
movement of the calamistrum across the cribellum and spinnerets at approximately

CLYNE 197

200 strokes (each stroke comprising an upward and a downward motion) per
minute.

In the same paper, Mr. Roberts describes how Dinopis “eats” the silk
of the old structure when making a new one. I have watched the same
procedure. The silk is rolled up into a ball, and held and manipulated by
the mouthparts while digestive fluid is secreted on to it, the spider often
pausing in her work to dispose of a large portion.

2. SPERM-WEB

The male moves from his habitual head-down resting position on
vegetation near the female and fixes into place a few silk lines in the form of
a narrow Y. Grasping these, and now head upward, he fills in the lower
part of the V with a fabric of non-cribellate silk threads.

After placing the first lines across the top of the area to be filled, he
moves the tip of his abdomen up and down and sometimes across. When
moving downward he places the silk with a series of dabs; when moving upward
he lays it smoothly with one motion.

The web takes about five minutes to make and when finished measures
approximately 1 cm. long by 5 mm. at the widest part.

The sperm-web completed, the male moves to its opposite face, grasping
point A (Fig. 6) with his fourth legs, and points C with his third legs. He
dabs his abdomen with an even motion approximately 70 times against the
centre of the web at point B. When he moves away a small shining spot
is visible to the unaided eye.

The spider now returns to the opposite face of the web, adopting a
head-upward position with legs grasping the supporting threads. Now he places
his palps alternately over the top of the web and on to the spot of sperm.
Each palp is applied about 8 times. The time of induction by each palp varies
from 30 seconds at the beginning to 10 seconds towards the end. While one
palp is applied, the other is moved slowly up and down.

After sperm induction the spider resumes a head-down position above
the sperm-web, which he does not devour or destroy.

198 BOOK REVIEW

“The Collection and Preservation of Insects”, by K. R. Norris.
The Australian Entomological Society Handbook No. 1.

Brisbane, 1966. Price $1.00.

It is indeed encouraging to read in the foreword to this work that the
Australian Entomological Society, in addition to producing a biannual Journal,
which contains research papers, intends also to produce a series of Handbooks
on topics of wide interest to entomologlsts. No clue, however, is given as
to what topics may be covered by future Handbooks.

The first of this series, on collection and preservation of insects for
scientific study, is remarkable for the wide coverage given to techniques,
and, in the case of those techniques which will be most widely used by
collectors, for the completeness with which the processes are explained. Thus
the beginner will be able to avoid many pitfalls which he could otherwise
experience in handling or carrying very fragile specimens, using unsuitable
pins, mounting specimens after drying, failing to label every specimen of a
series, or handling potassium cyanide. Where techniques are not fully explained
or merely mentioned, references are generally given to more detailed accounts.
It is presumed these more advanced techniques are most likely to be used
by professionals who have an adequate scientific library at their disposal.

The question may be raised, as to what section of the entomologically-
minded community will benefit most from this publication. Certainly it will be
of some use to all those students of the Insecta, whose work or hobby involves
the two processes mentioned in the title. On the other hand the vocabulary
used suggests that the writer was thinking of the scientifically educated when
preparing the book. Some insight into his purpose may be obtained by
considering the history of its development. Mr. Norris, as an entomologist of
long experience in many and diverse research projects, was initially approached
several years ago to contribute a chapter on collection and preservation to
a comprehensive textbook of Australian Entomology. This work, sponsored
by C.S.I.R.O. Division of Entomology and edited by Dr. I. M. Mackerras,
is expected to be on the market within the next year or so. It is intended
as a textbook for senior entomology students in universities and as a reference
work for the professional entomologist, though the probability is to be mentioned
that it will be useful also to many more advanced amateurs. When Mr.
Norris had finished his chapter it was circulated with several other of the
chapters to a number of specialist. entomologists for critical comments.
Subsequently, after some revision, the chapter was published as the present
Handbook. As a consequence the backroom entomologist who will have to
substitute diluted methylated spirit for ethanol (which is not easily available),
or who may not even know that ethanol and glycerol are unfamiliar (though
highly sophisticated) synonyms for ethyl alcohol and glycerine respectively,
has received little consideration from Mr. Norris. However there are some
simpler publications available which should supply the needs of this worthy
section.

One is obliged to acknowledge the need for a booklet on this level as
it is not to be assumed that the university student can readily obtain all the
information from other sources, or that the professional already knows every-
thing on this topic. It should be noted that many universities in Australia do not
provide adequate courses in Entomology, so that those entering the professional
field may have still to learn their basic techniques.

The style of the book is abundantly clear, as are also the diagrammatic
illustrations, and the printing is of good quality. The price of one dollar may
slightly strain the resources of the full-time student, but should not unduly
disturb others. Other features which add to the book’s usefulness are the
summary of preservation methods for each order of insects and a comprehensive
subject index.

— D. K. McAlpine.

199

SOME PSEUDOSCORPIONIDEA FROM AUSTRALIA, CHIEFLY
FROM CAVES

By M. BEIER*

(Figures 1-4).

Summary
Miss Barbara Dew, of the University of Sydney, has collected, over
recent years in various caves of New South Wales, four species of Pseudoscorpions,
three of which (Morikawia cavicola, Sundochernes guanophilus and Protochelifer
cavernarum) are here described as new. A fifth species, Sundochernes dewae n.sp.,
was taken from birds’ nests in hollow trees.

Sathrochthonius tuena Chamberlin

3 ¢,3 2, Southern Limestone, Jenolan Caves, N.S.W., in guano, 6. VII.
1963, B. Dew leg.; 7 @ from the same locality, 25. VI. 1964; 1 9, Basin
cave, Wombeyan, N.S.W., in guano, 19. X. 1963, B. Dew leg.

This true cave-dwelling species was described by Chamberlin (1962) from
an unnamed cave, perhaps in the Blue Mountains near Sydney.

Morikawia cavicola sp. nov.
(Fig. 1).

Pale yellowish brown. Carapace a little longer than broad, moderately
narrowed in the basal third, sharply reticulate in the hind corners. with
18 relatively long bristles (the lateral preocular bristles only short), of
which 4 are on the front border (the submedian pair rather close) and 2
on the posterior border; front border with broad, rounded, acutely dentate
epistome; posterior border concave. Eyes and eye-pigment greatly reduced, very
small and flat rudiments of lenses of the posterior eyes at most present. The
two anterior abdominal tergites somewhat paler than the others. Tergites 1 to 4

ZF x
ae ww
2 ae ce KV %
oe" race v\

U 04 Oo5 mm

Fig. 1. Morikawia cavicola, nov. spec., chela of the male, lateral.

* Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna, Austria.

200 PSEUDOSCORPIONIDEA

each with 4, the following each with 6 bristles, the three bristles on each
side of equal distance. 9th tergite with an unpaired median bristle. Last
tergite with two long tactile bristles. Palm of chelicerae with 5 bristles. Fixed
cheliceral finger with about 8 teeth, the last tooth enlarged; movable finger
finely and uniformly denticulate. Spinneret hump wanting in the female also.
Flagellum with 5 to 6 long pennate bristles. Palpal femur a little longer
than carapace, flatly granulate laterally in the basal half. Palpal hand rather
coarsely granulate dorsodistally, very narrow, twice as long as broad; chela
6.2 times longer than broad. Hand with a single moderately long and strong
spike-bristle mediodistally at the base of the fingers. Fingers 1.9 times longer
than hand. Fixed finger with about 36 erect, narrow, and acute teeth of very
inequal size on its whole length (the intercalary teeth scarcely half as long
as the primary teeth), only the 4 distal ones and the 11 or 12 basal ones
equal in length. Movable finger toothed only in its distal half with 11 long,
erect, and acute teeth, and with very small, mostly grain-shaped intercalary
denticles; the row of teeth ends shortly distally of the tactile seta sb; about
12 flat rudimentary teeth in the basal half of the movable finger. The tactile
setae ib and isb, as usually, shortly proximad of the middle of the dorsum of
the hand; the remaining tactile setae also in normal position. Coxae of. the
first pair of legs with a blunt conical protruberance without bristles. Coxae
of the second pair of legs with a row of 7 finely pennate coxal spines.
Intercoxal tubercle absent. Margins of the genital opening of the male smooth,
with fine marginal bristles.

Body: length ¢ 1.5 mm., @ 1.7 mm.

Carapace: length, ¢ 0.48 mm. @2 0.53 mm.;_ breadth,
é 0.42 mm., 2 0.48 mm.

Pedipalps: length femur, ¢ 0.52 mm., 2 0.59 mm.; length hand,
$6 0.30 mm.; breadth hand, ¢ 0.145 mm.; length fingers,
é 0.56 mm.; length chela, 9 0.92 mm.

Holotype 6 and Allotype 9. Bungonia, N.S.W. The Grill Cave,
in guano, 6.11.1965, B. Dew leg, (S. Aust. Mus., Adelaide,
No. Ar 165-6).

Paratype. 1 ¢6 from the same locality (Mus. Vienna).

Comments—The new species is distinguished from all the other species
of the genus by the broad, rounded, and irregularly dentate epistome. It differs
from the related M. zonata Beier from New Caledonia and M. grimmeti
(Chamberlin) from New Zealand moreover by the absence of eyes, the equal
distance of tergal bristles of the abdominal segments 5 to 8, and by the
presence of a single moderately long spike-bristle of the palpal hand. This
species is the first representative of the genus in Australia. It is a true cave-
dwelling animal.

Sundochernes dewae sp. nov.
(Fig. 2).

Carapace and pedipalps rather dark reddish brown, the former a little
paler in its basal half. Integument very densely and rather finely granulate.
Vestitural bristles very short and distinctly clavate, the lateral bristles of
pedipalps only dentate. Carapace about as long as broad, with 10 posterior
border bristles, without eye spots; both transverse furrows rather narrow and
not very deep but distinct, the sub-basal one scarcely one third closer to the
posterior border than to the anterior furrow. Abdominal tergites divided,
except the ultimate, which is not or incompletely divided. The half tergites
of the middle segments each with 9 posterior border bristles and 1 lateral

BEIER 201

border bristle, without discal or median border bristles; those of the 10th
segment with 4 posterior border and 2 discal bristles and with 1. lateral
and 1 median border bristle; 11th tergite with 12 marginal and 4 discal
bristles in all, without tactile bristles. Ultimate sternite granulate, without
tactile bristles. Palm of chelicerae with 6-7 bristles, the shorter proximal ones
stout and dentate. Galeal bristle short, scarcely reaching beyond the tip of
the finger. Galea with very small terminal branches, which are but a little
longer in female than in male. Pedipalps robust. Trochanteral humps,
especially the ventral one, relatively high and prominent. Femur abruptly
pedicellate, 2.3-2.4 times, tibia 2-2.1 times, longer than broad, the latter,

Fig. 2. Sundochernes dewae, nov. spec., right pedipalp of male and female.

especially in the male, very highly swollen medially; hand ovate, 1.6-1.7 times,
chela with pedicel 2.9-3 times, without pedicel 2.7-2.8 times, longer than broad.
Fingers nearly as long as hand without pedicel, the fixed one with about 34,
the movable one with about 38 teeth; the fixed finger has laterally 7, medially 6,
the movable one laterally 6, and medially 5 accessory teeth. Distribution of
tactile setae as usual, ist scarcely distad of est, it subapically nearly opposite
et; st of the movable finger but a little closer to ¢ than to sb. Legs moderately
slender, tarsus of the 4th pair without tactile bristle.

Body: length ¢, 2, 3 mm.

Carapace: length ¢, 2 0.90 mm.; breadth ¢, 0.85 mm.;
2 0.90 mm.

Pedipalps: length femur, ¢ 0.78 mm.; @ 0.67 mm.; breadth
femur, ¢ 0.32 mm.; 9 0.29 mm.; length tibia, @ 0.74 mm.;
9 0.66 mm.; breadth tibia, ¢ 0.37 mm.; ¢ 0.32 mm.; length
hand, ¢ 0.82 mm.; 2 0.75 mm.; breadth hand, ¢ 0.50 mm.;
2 0.44 mm.; length fingers, ¢ 0.68 mm.; 9 0.63 mm.

202 PSEUDOSCORPIONIDEA

Holotype. 1 &, Brewarrina, N.S.W., from nest of Galah (Kokatoe
roseicapilla) (a native parrot) in hollow tree, June 1964, B. Dew,
(Australian Museum, Sydney).

Paratypes. 1 ¢, 2 9, 7 nymphs from the same _ locality
(Australian Museum, Sydney and Mus. Vienna).

Comments—This species is easily recognizable by its very clumsy pedipalps
and the palpal tibia strongly convex medially.

Sundochernes guanophilus sp. nov.
(Fig. 3).

Carapace and pedipalps intensely reddish brown, the former somewhat
lightened in its basal half, abdominal tergites brownish. Integument very densely
and moderately finely granulate. Vestitural bristles relatively long and rather
stout, the dorsal bristles of the body shorter and slightly but distinctly clavate,
the bristles of the pedipalps dentate only. Carapace about as long as broad
posteriorly, without eye spots, with 10-12 posterior border bristles; both
transverse furrows sharply incised, the sub-basal one 1/3 farther from the
anterior furrow than from the posterior border. All the abdominal tergites
divided; the half tergites of the middle segments with 10 or 11 posterior
border bristles, of which some have a subdiscal position, and with 2 lateral
border and 1 median border bristle; 10th half tergite each with 8 posterior
border, 3 discal, 2 lateral border, and 1 median border bristles; ultimate
tergite with 6 border and 8 discal bristles of irregular position, without tactile
bristles. Ultimate sternite finely and densely granulate, with weakly clavate
bristles, without tactile bristles. Palm of chelicerae with 6 bristles, B, SB,
and the accessory bristle roughly dentate. Galea of both sexes only with
short apical branches. Pedipalps relatively stout. Both trochanteral humps
rounded. Femur abruptly pedicellate, 2.6 times, tibia 2.2.-2.3 times, longer than
broad, the latter rather strongly convex medially; hand ovate, 1.5-1.7 times,
chela with stalk 3 times, without pedicel 2.8 times, longer than broad. Fingers,
especially in the female, distinctly shorter than hand without pedicel, with
34-38 marginal teeth; accessory teeth rather small but numerous, the fixed
finger laterally with 9, medially with 3, movable finger laterally with 7, medially
with 4. Position of tactile setae as usual, ist scarcely distad from est, it close
to et and a little nearer to the top of the finger than to ist; st of the movable
finger closer to ¢ than to sb. Legs rather slender; tarsus of the 4th pair
without tactile bristle.

Body: length ¢, 2 3 mm.
Carapace: length 6, 2 1 mm.; breadth ¢ 0.90 mm.; 9 1.05 mm.

Pedipalps: length femur, ¢ 0.88 mm.; ¢@ 0.86 mm.; breadth
femur, 6 0.34 mm.; 2 0.33 mm.; length tibia, ¢ 0.84 mm;
2 0.83 mm.; breadth tibia, ¢ 0.38 mm.; @ 0.35 mm.; length
hand, ¢ 0.85 mm.; 2 0.88 mm.; breadth hand, ¢, 92 0.49 mm:;
length fingers, ¢ 0.66 mm.; 2 0.63 mm.

Holotype é and Allotype 2. Fig Tree cave, Wombeyan, N.S.W.,
in guano, 19.11.1963, B. Dew leg. (S. Austral. Museum, Adelaide,
No. Ar 163-4).

Paratype. 1 @, from the same locality (Mus. Vienna).

Comments—Easily distinguishable from all the other species of the
genus by the relatively long vestitural bristles. Closely related to S§. dewae
and very similar to this species in the shape of the stout pedipalps and in
having the tibia strongly convex medially, but the ventral trochanteral hump

BEIER 203

Fig. 3. Sundochernes guanophilus, nov. spec., pedipalp of male and female.

flatter and more rounded, the vestitural bristles much longer, and the legs
more _ slender.

Protochelifer cavernarum sp. nov.
(Fig. 4).

Carapace and pedipalps intense reddish brown, abdominal tergites yellowish
brown. Integument, the palpal hand inclusive, very densely granulate. Dorsal
vestitural bristles of the body dentate and slightly clavate distally, those of the
pedipalps dentate only, the medial bristles of the latter somewhat longer and
thicker than the lateral ones. Carapace nearly 1.4 times longer than broad
across the middle, without bigger granulae; both transverse furrows very distinct,
the sub-basal one broader and flatter than the sharply incised anterior furrow,
and from the latter at least twice as far as from the posterior border; posterior
angles simple also in the male. Eyes normally developed. All the abdominal
tergites divided, but the first of the male undivided; posterior angles also
simple in the male. Half tergites mostly with 7 posterior border bristles and
1 lateral border bristle, but without discal or median border bristles. Ultimate
tergite with 1 moderately long tactile bristle near the middle of each half
tergite. Ultimate sternite with a pair of tactile bristles in the same position;
10th sternite with 2 longer bristles closer to the median line. Palm of chelicerae
with 5 bristles. Galea nearly a simple awl-shape in the male, with small apical
branches in the female. Galeal bristle reaching the tip of the galea in the male,
almost so in the female (right galeal bristle of the male holotype teratologically
duplicate). Pedipalps very slender. Trochanteral humps rounded. Femur shortly

204 PSEUDOSCORPIONIDEA

and rather indistinctly pedicellate, 6.6 times, tibia 5 times, longer than broad,
very shortly pedicellate, both joints broadest distally; hand very narrow,
cylindrical, 2.9 times, chela with pedicel 5.6 times, without pedicel 5.3 times,
longer than broad. Fingers as long as hand with pedicel, densely and bluntly
toothed. The tactile seta ist almost opposite est, it subapically; the tactile
setae ¢ and st of the movable finger approximate each other. Legs long and
very slender. Hind coxae of the male scarcely excavate, with flat apical hump,
more densely setose around the opening of the small and simple coxal sacs,
without other significant features. Fore tibiae, especially in the male, distinctly
curved. Fore tarsus of the male long and slender, but a little shorter than
tibia, not specialized. Subterminal bristles and claws simple. Ramshorn organs
very small and reduced.

Body: length ¢ 2.8-3 mm.; 2 3-3.2 mm.

Carapace: length ¢, @ 1.10 mm.; breadth across the middle
0.80 mm.; behind 0.90 mm.

Pedipalps: length femur, ¢, 2 1.52 mm.; breadth femur 0.23 mm.;
length tibia 1.37 mm.; breadth tibia 0.28 mm.; length hand 1.12
mm.; breadth hand 0.38 mm.; length fingers 1.08 mm.

Syntypes. 3 ¢, 2 9, Murder Cave, Cliefden, N.S.W., in guano
19.11.1966, B. Dew leg. (S. Aust. Museum, Adelaide, No. Ar
167-71).

Paratypes. 3 6, 2 2 from the same locality (Mus. Vienna);
2 nymphs, Belfry Cave, Timor, N.S.W., in guano, 16.V.1964;
G. S. Hunt leg.; 1 tritonymph, Timor Caves, Timor, N.S.W., in
guano, 13.X1I.1965, B. Dew leg. (S. Aust. Museum, Adelaide and
Australian Mus., Sydney).

Fig. 4. Protochelifer cavernarum nov. spec., left pedipalp of female and tibia
and tarsus of fore leg of male.

BEIER 205

Comments—The new species is easily recognizable by the very slender
pedipalps and the narrow palpal hand. It is related to P. australis (Tubb)
but has the pedipalps longer, the abdominal tergites with fewer bristles, the
hind corners of the anterior abdominal tergites of the male not prolonged,
and all the tergal bristles clavate and dentate. It is the first known cavernicolous
species of the genus Protochelifer, which is distributed in Australia and New
Zealand.

References

Beier, M., 1966.—On the Pseudoscorpionidea of Australia. Aust. J. Zool.
14: 275-303.

Chamberlin, J., 1962.—New and little known False Scorpions, principally
from caves, belonging to the families Chthoniidae and Neobisiidae.
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 123: 301-352.

206

THE MEGALOPA STAGE OF THE HOMOLID CRAB LATREILLIA
AUSTRALIENSIS HENDERSON AND COMMENTS ON OTHER
HOMOLID MEGALOPAS

By D. I. WILLIAMSON,

Marine Biological Station, Port Erin, Isle of Man, British Isles.
(Figures 1-2).

There is, as yet, no published description of all the developmental stages
of any member of the decapod family Homolidae, and the megalopa stage, which
bridges the gap between the planktonic zoea larva and the bottom-living crab,
is known for very few members of the family. Works on the development
of Latreillia australiensis Henderson are confined to the present note and to
the recent description of the first zoeal stage (Williamson, 1965).

Material and Identification

The single specimen on which the present account is based was obtained
off Cronulla, New South Wales, in October 1964 by Dr. R. J. MacIntyre of
C.S.ILR.O. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. It was among the contents
of a townet which touched the bottom (muddy sand) at a depth of 100 m.
It lacks pereiopods 2 and 5 on both sides and pereiopod 3 of the left side is
also missing. The dissected specimen is lodged with the Australian Museum,
Sydney.

Since the megalopa was neither bred in captivity from an _ identified
parent nor reared to a recognisable young crab, its identity cannot be considered
as being definitely established. It bears, however, a strong resemblance to
the megalopa of the Mediterranean species Latreillia elegans Roux, described
by Cano (1893); the identity of that specimen was confirmed when it moulted
to produce a stage identifiable on adult characters. The Cronulla specimen has
a branchial formula agreeing with that of the genus Latreillia Roux and
differing from those of all other known homolid genera. The only member of
this genus recorded from Australian waters is L. australiensis, and the present
specimen was taken in a region where this species is known to be very common
(Williamson, 1965). In the light of this evidence the megalopa is considered
as almost certainly belonging to L. australiensis.

Description (Figures 1-2)

Length, from tip of supraorbital spine to tip of extended telson, 10.2
mm; from sulcus between supraorbital spines to tip of telson, 6.5 mm. Width,
between tips of supraorbital spines, 10.8 mm.

Carapace only slightly wider posteriorly than anteriorly. Ventrally-directed
rostrum with broad base; pair of very prominent and widely divergent supra-
orbital spines, each ending in hooked posterior spine and rather smaller anterior
spine; prominent mediodorsal carapace spine behind level of eyes with smaller
anteriorly-directed spine arising from its proximal half; pair of ventrolateral
bulges, each with papilla, at about level of mouth; posterior dorsal tubercle;
dorsal and dorsolateral carapace ridges; a few short setae on dorsal posterior
margin of carapace.

Dorsal tubercle on 1st abdominal somite, larger dorsal prominence on 2nd
somite. Pleura of somites 2-5 produced ventrally. Telson almost three times
as broad as long, slightly convex posteriorly, without marginal setae or spines.

Eye + stalk only a little longer than maximum diameter of cornea.

Antennules bent back beneath carapace at base of rostrum; each consists
of 3-segmented peduncle, 2-segmented ramus with stiff terminal seta and several
short lateral setae, 7-segmented ramus with about 20 aesthetascs (olfactory

WILLIAMSON 207

Figure 1.—Latreillia australiensis, megalopa. a, dorsal view; b, lateral view;
c, posterior abdomen, dorsal (setae of right uropod omitted); d, pleopod
of 5th somite. Scale-line represents 2 mm in a and b; 1 mm in c and d.

208 MEGALOPA

Figure 2.—Lartreillia australiensis, megalopa. a, antennule; b, antenna; c,
mandibular palp; d, maxillule; e, maxilla; f-h, 1st-3rd maxillipeds.
Scale-line represents 1 mm in a to e; 1.5 mm in f to h.

WILLIAMSON 209

filaments) on proximal 5 segments. Antennal peduncle of 3 segments, vestigial
scale on proximal segment; flagellum of 7 segments. Mandibular palp large,
3-segmented. Maxillular palp incompletely divided into 2 segments. Maxillary
palp undivided but variations in thickness give indications of 3 segments;
scaphognathite of maxilla with proximal lobe only slightly wider than distal,
none of setae conspicuously enlarged.

Epipod of Ist maxilliped an elongated triangle; coxal and basal endites
well developed but latter much the larger; 2-segmented endopod with large
inwardly-directed terminal expansion. Developing podobranch on 2nd maxilliped
smooth but pinnae visible beneath cuticle; both 2nd and 3rd maxillipeds with
slender setose epipods. Endopods of 2nd and 3rd maxillipeds each 5-segmented;
ischium and merus of 3rd maxilliped large and flat, ischium with 4 inner teeth.
Exopods of all three maxillipeds with rather short flagella, not more than 7
setae on each. Chelipeds slender. Bases of 5th pereiopods dorsal to those of 4th.

Eight pinnate gills on each side, including podobranch on 2nd maxilliped;
no epipods on pereiopods.

Biramous pleopods on somites 2-5; endopod of each a smooth rod;
exopod almost twice as long as endopod, flattened, with many long marginal
setae. Endopod and exopod of each uropod about equal, with 13 and 17 setae
respectively.

Discussion

In a previous paper (Williamson, 1965) I referred to the megalopa of
the Mediterranean species Latreillia elegans as having paired dorsal spines on
the anterior carapace. This was a misinterpretation of the figures given by
Cano (1893), and closer inspection of these shows that the carapace armature
of this megalopa and the present specimen show no important differences.
The megalopa of L. elegans may be distinguished from that ascribed to L.
australiensis on the following points: the supraorbital spines are rather less
divergent and their terminal projections are longer; the mediodorsal spine on the
anterior carapace is more slender but bears a similar anterior projection; the
dorsal projection on the 2nd abdominal somite is more pointed and there is
also a prominent pointed dorsal projection on the 3rd somite; the telson is
longer. The general similarity between the two megalopas is fully consistent
with their being members of the same genus.

The megalopa of Homola barbata (Fabricius) has been described by Rice
(1964), and three other homolid megalopas whose identities are in some doubt
have been described by Aikawa (1937), Williamson (1965) and Sakai (1965)
respectively. Comparison of these megalopas of doubtful identity with the
known megalopas of Latreillia Roux and Homola Leach prompts some further
comments on the genera to which they might belong.

Aikawa’s megalopa was taken in Sagami Bay, Japan, together with
several specimens which probably represent the same species in the last zoeal
stage. All were ascribed to the genus Homola, but they are very different from
the authenticated last zoeal stage and megalopa of Homola described by
Rice (1964). The megalopa is of about the same size as that of L. australiensis.
Its carapace bears processes corresponding to those of the two known megalopas
of Latreillia except that there are two (as opposed to one) mediodorsal tubercles
in the posterior half. The rostrum is more forwardly directed than in these
species of Latreillia, and the tip of the rostrum and the two extremities of
the mediodorsal spine on the anterior carapace are all blunt. The supraorbital
spines are long and divergent but incomplete. There are no dorsal projections
on the abdominal somites and ventrolateral projections are confined to the
last somite. The appendages described closely resemble those of the megalopa of
L. australiensis. The differences between this Japanese megalopa and the
corresponding stage of either L. elegans or L. australiensis are greater than the
differences between these two last-named megalopas, but the resemblances
are very considerable. The Japanese species seems likely to belong to Latreillia
or, more probably, to a closely related genus.

210 MEGALOPA

In the same paper in which he described the planktonic homolid larvae
from Sagami Bay, Aikawa (1937) described the Ist zoeal stage of both
L. phalangium de Hann and Paromola japonica Parisi from laboratory hatchings.
The stage I zoeas of these two species and of L. australiensis (cf. Williamson,
1965) are all very similar and show a number of differences from the stage
I zoea of Homola (cf. Pike & Williamson, 1960). As the stage I zoeas of
Latreillia and Paromola Wood Mason are so similar, considerable resemblance
between the megalopas of the two genera is to be expected, and Aikawa’s
megalopa might well therefore belong to Paromola. Support for this tentative
identification is provided by similarities between the last zoeal stage taken with
the megalopa and the stage I zoea of P. japonica, which led Pike & Williamson
(1960) to suggest that they may be developmental stages of the same species.

The megalopa which I earlier referred to Paromola petterdi (Grant) (cf.
Williamson, 1965) was taken in the same area as the specimen now referred
to L. australiensis. It differs conspicuously from megalopas of Latreillia and
from Aikawa’s megalopa; the long supraorbital spines are slightly convergent
and there is a short dorsal spine at the base of each, there is a short mediodorsal
prominence on the anterior carapace, a very long dorsal spine arises from the
posterior half of the carapace, and there are extremely long lateral carapace
spines. The recorded Homolidae from eastern Australian waters are L.
australiensis, H. orientalis Henderson and P. petterdi (Dr. J. C. Yaldwyn, personal
communication), and P. spinimana Griffin (1965) was described as a new
species from waters off northern New Zealand while my account of the megalopa
was in the press. This megalopa can definitely be excluded from Latreillia by
both its branchial formula and its carapace armature, and it was considered
that its very long carapace spines were inconsistent with its grouping in the
same genus as H. barbata, although this point is re-examined below. The specimen
was therefore described as the probable megalopa of P. petterdi, but this conflicts
with the suggestion (above) that megalopas of Paromola probably resemble those
of Latreillia. Griffin (1965) has pointed out that the adult characters of
P. petterdi are not wholly consistent with its inclusion in the genus Paromola,
and its transfer to another genus would appear to remove much of the difficulty
mm ascribing the megalopa to this species. A very different suggestion on the
identity of this megalopa is, however, derived from a consideration of a second
megalopa from Sagami Bay, Japan.

This second Japanese megalopa, briefly described by Sakai (1965), shows
a marked resemblance to that from Cronulla previously ascribed to ?P. petterdi;
the principal difference is that the lateral carapace spines of the Japanese
specimen are only about a quarter the length of those of the Australian
specimen and end bluntly. Sakai named his megalopa Thelxiope orientalis
(= Homola orientalis) with apparent certainty but without explanation. The dif-
ferences between adults of H. barbata and H. orientalis were considered by Doflein
(1904) to merit only subspecific separation, and although most authors have
placed the two forms in separate species they have regarded them as being
closely related. At first sight, therefore, it seems unlikely that their megalopas
could be so strikingly different as those described by Rice (1964) and Sakai
(1965). On the other hand, while there is a most conspicuous disparity in the
development of the carapace processes of these two megalopas, there is
close arrangement in the positioning of these processes, so that each of the
spines of Sakai’s megalopa is represented by a short blunt projection in the
megalopa of H. barbata. Perhaps, then, these megalopas are more closely related
than would at first sight appear possible, and Sakai’s identification of his
megalopa should be tentatively accepted.

The megalopa previously ascribed to ?P. petterdi must certainly belong
to the same genus as Sakai’s megalopa. If this genus is Homola then the known
distribution of species suggests.that the Australian megalopa also should belong
to H. orientalis. lf the conspicuous differences in the development of the

WILLIAMSON 211

carapace spines between the megalopas described by Rice (1964) and Sakai
(1965) represent only a specific distinction within the genus Homola, then it
appears quite consistent that the much smaller corresponding differences between
the megalopas described by Williamson (1965) and Sakai should represent only a
subspecific or varietal distinction between geographically separated populations of
H. orientalis. The evidence presented by Rice (1964) that late zoeal stages of
H. barbata from different geographical areas may be morphologically quite
distinct tends to support the general suggestion that the late larval stages of
the genus Homola may show much greater variety of form than do the adults.

It will be seen that, in our present state of knowledge, the identification
of homolid megalopas is more often a matter of conjecture than of certainty.
More rearing in captivity appears to present the only prospect of more definite
identification.

References

Aikawa, H., 1937.—Further notes on brachyuran larvae. Rec. oceanogr. Wks.
Jap., 9(1): 87-162, 36 figs.

Cano, G., 1893.—Sviluppo dei Dromidei. Atti. Acad. Sci. fis. mat. Napoli, (2)
6.(2)= 1-23-27 pls.

Doflein, F., 1904.—Brachyura. Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee- Exped. ‘Valdivia’, 6:
i-xiv, 1-314, 68 figs., 58 pls., 1 chart.

Griffin, D. J. G., 1965.—A new species of Paromola (Crustacea, Decapoda,
Thelxiopidae) from New Zealand. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. Zool. 7 (4):
85-91, 2 pls.

Pike, R. B & Williamson, D. I., 1960.—Larvae of decapod Crustacea of the
families Dromiidae and Homolidae from the Bay of Naples. Pubbl.
Staz. zool. Napoli, 31: 553-563, 2 figs.

Rice, A. L., 1964.—The metamorphosis of a species of Homola (Crustacea,
Decapoda: Dromiacea). Bull. mar. Sci. Gulf Caribbean, 14: 221-238,
11. figs.

Sakai, T., 1965.—The crabs of Sagami Bay, collected by His Majesty the
Emperor of Japan: xvii + 206 + 92 + 32, 100 pls. col. Maruzen,
Tokyo. (In English and Japanese).

Williamson, D. I., 1965.—Some larval stages of three Australian crabs belonging
to the families Homolidae and Raninidae, and observations on the
affinities of these families (Crustacea: Decapoda). Aust. J. mar.
freshw. Res., 16: 369-398, 7 figs.

212

NOTES ON AN OVERLOOKED NUDIBRANCH GENUS, ROBOASTRA
Bergh 1877, AND TWO ALLIED GENERA (Mollusca: Gastropoda)

By ROBERT BURN*
(Text figures 1-6).

SUMMARY

The separation of the species formerly attributed to the nudibranch genus
Nembrotha Bergh 1877 into three distinct genera (Nembrotha s. s., Tambja Burn
1962, Roboastra Bergh 1877) is justified by radular and genital differences.
Introduced in a footnote 90 years ago and overlooked by later writers,
Roboastra is defined for the first-time. Two species of Roboastra, gracilis (Bergh)
and arika sp. nov., are recorded from Australian seas; descriptions and figures of
each are given.

INTRODUCTION

During a larger investigation of the Australian species of the Doridacean
Phanerobranchia Nonsuctoria, it was noticed that several species previously
assigned to the genus Nembrotha Bergh 1877 show sufficient differences to be
reclassified. The discovery of a specimen of N. gracilis Bergh 1877 centred
attention on this species and its allies, and led, in turn, to the rediscovery of
an available generic taxon, Roboastra Bergh 1877, for this species and the
recognition of a new species, R. arika.

The writer is greatly indebted to the Trustees of the Science and Industry
Endowment Fund, C.S.I.R.O., for grants in aid of this and other research,
and to Dr. D. F. McMichael, Curator of Molluscs, Australian Museum, for
the loan of the material reported upon below. This research is part of a
wider study of the Opisthobranchia of Australia.

THE GENUS NEMBROTHA BERGH.

The genus Nembrotha Bergh (1877: 450) was introduced with six new
species, the first of which, N. nigerrima Bergh (p. 451) was later designated
as type (O'Donoghue, 1924: 567). Since that time 16 nominal species have
been added to the genus; some of these are probably synonyms and the actual
number is probably considerably less.

Bergh’s original six species, though very similar in many ways, are
easily divided according to the shape of the radular teeth into three groups.
Group I comprising N. nigerrima Bergh (p. 451), N. kubaryana Bergh (p. 454)
and N. cristata Bergh (p. 458; 1905: 194) has a rectangular rhachidian with
five denticles along the upper margin, a simple cusp on the lateral tooth and
10-11 marginal plates. Group II with species N. diaphana Bergh (p. 454) and
N. morosa Bergh (p. 457: 1905: 195) has a rectangular rhachidian with a
smooth upper margin, a bifid cusp on the lateral tooth and three marginal
plates. Group III with only N. gracilis Bergh (p. 458) has a reduced three-
pronged rhachidian, a deeply bifid lateral tooth and two reduced rectangular
marginal plates.

The writer’s studies of ten Australian species confirm these groups based
solely on the differing radulae. Moreover, these studies show that other
morphological differences exist by which the three groups can be effectively
separated. Thus there is much to justify the proposal that the three groups be
raised to full genera. The genera are named as follows (each is defined in
detail below):

* Hoon. Associate in Conchology, National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne.

BURN 213

Group I: Nembrotha. The type species of the original genus, Nembrotha
nigerrima Bergh, comes within this group and therefore the generic taxon
must apply here in the restricted sense (s. s.).

Group II: Tambja. The south-eastern Australian N. (?) verconis Basedow and
Hedley (1905: 158) has the radular characteristics of this group. In a
previous paper (Burn, 1962: 98), the genus Tambja was introduced with
this species as its type. Tambja is therefore available for this group.

Group III: Roboastra. This rare group (of which only six or so specimens
are recorded in the literature) has as its first species N. gracilis Bergh. A single-
line footnote below the original description of this species (1877: 458) reads
“Wahrscheinlich wird diese Art Typ eines neuen Geschlechts (Roboastra, Bgh)
bilden”. Thus, though not qualified by any sort of definition either then or
later by Bergh, this name is available for this group. It follows that N. gracilis
is the type species by original monotypy. Bergh himself appears to have
overlooked this taxon as he fails to mention it in any of his later works
dealing with Nembrotha (1881, 1883, 1890a, 1890b, 1892, 1905, 1907).

CLASSIFICATION

As the writer does not entirely agree with the current classification
surrounding the three genera in question, the following arguments for certain
alterations are offered.

At present the three genera are included in the family Gymnodorididae
(Odhner, 1941: 12; Marcus, 1958: 32, 1965: 277; Marcus and Marcus, 1964: 200;
Marcus and Burch, 1965: 236), or the subfamily Gymnodoridinae (Macnae, 1958:
342), the type genus of which is Gymnodoris Stimpson (1855: 379). This
latter genus and its allies, Angasiella Crosse (1864: 50), Paliolla Burn (1958: 7).
Lecithophorus Macnae (1958: 362) and Analogium Risbec (1928: 193), are
all soft gelatinous bodied species-groups without labial armature, a little
differentiated or greatly degenerated radula without rhachidian, and most
significantly with a discrete hermaphrodite gland in all instances (except
possibly Lecithophorus).

Nembrotha, Tambja and Roboastra have a somewhat stiffer or harder
body with or without labial armature, a differentiated radula with a strong
rhachidian and the hermaphrodite gland spread over the liver mass. These
characteristics among others are also those that unite the subfamilies of the
family Polyceridae. It therefore seems logical to separate these three genera
from the Gymnodorididae on the basis of these different characters and to
create for them a new subfamily, Nembrothinae, of the family Polyceridae.
Like Macnae (1958: 342), the writer understands the units of the Polyceridae
to be subfamilies not worthy of family status as proposed by Odhner (1941:
11-12).

The new subfamily may be defined as follows: Nembrothinae; Polycerids
with strong rhachidian tooth, one large lateral tooth and 1-14 marginal plates
each side, with smooth or slightly pustular body (without velum, velar
processes and notal or branchial appendages), with weak or no labial armature.

The following key indicates the differences for the separation of the
Polycerid subfamilies, and: Table 1 lists the genera assigned to each subfamily.

1. Genera possessing ramose or compound processes ........................0000004. 2)
Genera with or without simple papillae on the head and notal margins .... 4.
2. Radula with numerous uniformly tricuspidate teeth
i 5) 2 ee ON ROR NORM ays coer KALINGINAE (Pruvot-Fol, 1955: 356).
Radula with differentiated teeth (in some genera with one or more
spurious: *rhachidial \plates) 1.4. \s8t ee TRIOPHINAE. (3).
3.)'Melum.. distinct: from netal «marein: (0020) Pk... TRIOPHINAE ss.s.
Processes continuous round entire notal margin, velum not distinct
ROOM rc eas lie: oa MEAG TA Oh Cha ake 5 ees ae LAILINAE nov.
4. With simple papillae and without rhachidian ...................... POLYCERIDAE.
Without papillae and with strong rhachidian ........ NEMBROTHINAE nov.

214 NUDIBRANCHS

TABLE 1 — LIST OF GENERA

KALINGINAE TRIOPHINAE POLYCERINAE | NEMBROTHINAE

Kalinga Alder and| Triophinae, s.s. Polycera Cuvier, | Nembrotha Bergh,
Hancock, 1864. | Triopha Bergh, 1816. 1877.
1880. (Palio Gray, Tambja Burn, 1962.
Kaloplocamus 1857). Roboastra Bergh,
Bergh, 1880. (Greilada Bergh, 1877.
Plocamopherus 1894).
Riippell and Polycerella Verrill,
Leuckart, 1828 1881.
Joubiniopsis Thecacera Fleming,
Risbec, 1928. 1828.
Lailinae, nov. Ohola Bergh, 1883.
Laila MacFarland,| Galacera Risso-
1905. dominguez,
Limacia Miller, 1960.
1778.
Holoplocamus
Odhner, 1926.

Crimora Alder and
Hancock, 1864.
Issena Iredale and
O’Donoghue,

1923.

THE GENERA AND THEIR SPECIES

The writer has examined ten species from the Australian coastlines that
are referable to the subfamily Nembrothinae. The generic diagnoses are based
upon these examinations while the chronological lists of nominal species are
derived from the literature without regard to possible synonymy.

NEMBROTHA Bergh (1887: 450). Rhachidian rectangular with 4-5
denticles along upper margin, lateral. tooth with single cusp, marginal plates
6-14. Buccal collar weak; labial armature very weak or absent. Prostate gland
large, racemose and spread over spermatheca.

Nominal species: nigerrima Bergh, 1877 (type).

kubaryana Bergh, 1877.

cristata Bergh, 1877.

caerula Eliot, 1904.

lineolata Bergh, 1905.

purpureolineata O’Donoghue, 1924.

livingstonei Allan, 1933 (rhachidian denticulate, type
examined at Australian Museum, June 1961).

TAMBJA Burn (1962: 98). Rhachidian rectangular with notched or smooth
upper margin, lateral tooth with bifid or simple cusp, marginal plates 3-7.
Buccal collar strong; labial armature absent. Prostrate gland small, confined
to a glandular section of the vas deferens.

Nominal species: diaphana (Bergh, 1877).
morosa (Bergh, 1877).
gratiosa (Bergh, 1890).
affinis (Eliot, 1904).
verconis (Basedow and Hedley, 1905) (type).
amitina (Bergh, 1905).

BURN 215

capensis (Bergh, 1907).
limaciformis (Eliot, 1908).
tabescens (Risbec, 1928).
sagamiana (Baba, 1955).
divae (Marcus, 1958).

ROBOASTRA Bergh (1877: 458). Oral tentacles strongly developed as
dorso-laterally grooved cylindrical projections equal in length to the rhinophores.
Rhachidian reduced with three prongs or well-defined denticles, lateral tooth
deeply bifid, marginal plates reduced, linear, 1-3 in number. Buccal collar
very weak; labial armature absent. Prostate gland small, confined to a
coiled glandular section of the vas deferens.

Nominal species: gracilis (Bergh, 1877) (type).
rubropapulosa (Bergh, 1905).
luteolineata (Baba, 1936).
arika Burn, sp. nov.

THE GENUS ROBOASTRA IN AUSTRALIAN SEAS

Two specimens, representing two species, have been examined by the writer.
Descriptions and figures of their anatomy are presented, together with comments
on variation, synonymy and distribution.

ROBOASTRA GRACILIS (Bergh).
(Figs. 1-3).

Nembrotha gracilis Bergh, 1877: 458, pl. 56, figs. 11-17.

Nembrotha rubropapulosa Bergh, 1905: 198, pl. 5, fig. 14, pl. 18,
figs. 19-22.

Nembrotha gracilis. Baba, 1949: 42, 136, pl. 13, fig. 45, text fig. 39.

Material: Brooms Head, south of Clarence River Heads, northern New
South Wales, January 1966, 1 specimen and colour transparency, collected and
photographed by Mr. Geoffrey Biddle; Australian Museum reg. no. C.65665.

Description: The single preserved specimen is 13 mm. long, 5.5 mm.
high and 3.5 mm. wide; living length was about 25 mm. Alive, the body-colour
was dark greenish-black with paler dull greenish foot margins. Along each
side lay at least four rows of orange pustules; three or four shorter rows were
present on the dorsum in front of and behind the branchiae. The oral tentacles
and rhinophores were dull blue-green, the branchiae green. The preserved
slug is blue-black with cream lines on the dorsum and _ sides, blue-black
rhinophores and oral tentacles and bluish-green branchiae.

The living slug (Fig. 1) was very slender and highest at the branchial
region. Projecting prominently from the head, the pair of cylindrical oral
tentacles have a dorso-lateral groove (Baba, 1949: 136, pl. 13, fig. 45a).
The four branchiae were simply pinnate. The contractile rhinophores have
15 or more strong lamellae. The whole body surface except the sole was
covered with low pustules; the skin in the preserved slug is very thick and
tough.

The anterior alimentary tract begins with a long thick-walled muscular
oral tube. A very thin blue-green pigmented cuticle lines the oral tube towards
the inner end. At the junction of the muscular pharynx and oral tube, a
pair of elongate pouches open into the tract. The pouches have purple inner
walls. The minute colourless radula (Fig. 2) comprises 26 rows of 2.1.1.1.2
teeth. The rhachidian has three slender denticles, of which the middle one

216 NUDIBRANCHS

Figure 1.—Roboastra gracilis: living slug drawn from a coloured transparency
(photo. Geoffrey Biddle).

is a little shorter. The lateral tooth has a strongly curved bifid cusp and a long
spur-like denticle near the base. The marginal plates are small and not yery
distinct; when viewed from some angles, they appear to be a single plate
(as in N. rubropapulosa Bergh, 1905: 198, pl. 18, fig. 21, b) but when viewed
from the side, the two plates are readily visible.

The anterior genital mass (Fig. 3) fills the whole of the second quarter
of the body cavity. The ampulla is large, folded thrice upon itself, thin-walled,
soft and whitish in colour. The male branch commences with a long horseshoe-
shaped soft glandular prostatic dilation that skirts round the spermatocyst. The
outer muscular vas deferens is much narrower and a little shorter than the
prostatic part. It terminates in a dilated penial section, comprising truncated
conical penis armed with numerous hyaline hooks projecting into dark blue
pigmented penial sheath. The vagina is long and straight; at its end attaches
the large ovoid spermatheca and shortly before this joins the folded slenderer
duct of the smaller pyriform spermatocyst. The slender unterine duct was not
properly observed; it appears to leave the vagina before the duct of the
spermatocyst, thus making the seminal vesicles vaginal in connection. The
vagina shares a common aperture within the genital atrium with a rather large
pyriform sac (vaginal gland) with narrow lumen and thick spongy vertically
plicate walls.

av

Figure 2.—Roboastra gracilis: half row of radula.

BURN 217

spermatheca

vaginal
gland

vagina

Figure 3.—Roboastra gracilis: anterior genital mass.

Discussion: R. gracilis is a handsome species at once recognized by its
pustulate body and the bands of orange or yellow along the sides and dorsum.
Other characteristics are the shorter second cusp of the lateral tooth, the pair
of pouches at the anterior of the pharynx, the long prostatic dilation of the
male branch, and possibly, the vaginal connection of the seminal vesicles.

Bergh’s types were two specimens preserved in alcohol without either
notes on or sketches of the living slugs. Subsequently, when the “Siboga”
material was reported upon (1905), he described a brightly coloured papillate
species as N. rubropapulosa (p. 198), which differed only from his R. gracilis
in that there was one elongate marginal plate on each side of the radular rows.
As noted in the above description of the present specimen, the division between
the marginal plates can be very difficult to see. Thus N. rubropapulosa cannot
be effectively separated from R. gracilis and must be placed in the synonymy
of the latter.

Baba (1949:. 136, text fig: 39, c) has shown that this species may have
either two or three marginal plates. The number of plates is therefore not a
specific characteristic by which the species can be separated from its congeners.

N. rubroocellata Bergh (1905: 201) from which the radula was _ lost
before examination, is very similar to R. gracilis in body shape and colour.
It may be identical with the latter in which case it will sink into the synonmy.

R. luteolineata (Baba, 1936: 26) and R. arika sp. nov. are separated
from R. gracilis by their smooth skin, different colour patternings and details
of the rhachidial and lateral radular teeth.

218 NUDIBRANCHS

This is the first record of R. gracilis from both New South Wales and
Australia. Previous records are from Camiguin Island, Mindanao Sea, Philippines
(Bergh, 1877), Saleyer Island, Indonesia (Bergh, 1905), and Japan (Baba, 1949).

While the above description was in proof, a second specimen was
received for study. It was collected and photographed by Mr. Geoffrey Biddle,
at Minnie Waters, east of Grafton, northern New South Wales during March
1966; Australian Museum reg. no. C.65843. In life it was about 28 mm.
long, and as preserved measures 17 mm. long, 6.5 mm. high and 4 mm. wide. Live
coloration was almost identical with that of the first specimen with the
exception that orange lines are present dorsally and laterally (instead of
rows of orange spots, each spot capping a pustule). The specimen is very
similar in colour to N. rubroocellata Bergh (1905: pl. 4, fig. 14) and
strengthens the suggestion that this species is synonymous with R. gracilis.

Other data from this second specimen are as follows. Body pustular, skin
tough, rhinophores with 20 fine lamellae, and branchiae five in number. Radula
small (length about 1 mm.), half as wide as long, colourless, and with formula
28 x 3.1.1.1.3; rhachidian plates present in 28 rows, wider and more curved
than in Figure 1; lateral teeth present in 25 rows, rather stronger than in the
latter figure but with the same short second cusp; marginals present in 22
rows, each plate distinct, the outermost larger than in the Japanese material
(Baba, 1949: text fig. 39). Uterine duct very much shorter than in Figure 3
with its point of insertion with the vagina lying in the crotch of the latter
and the duct of the spermatocyst. Thus the vesicles are in vaginal connection
as stated above.

ROBOASTRA ARIKA sp. nov.
(Figs. 4-6).

Material: On reef near Johnson’s Reef, south end of Lord Howe Island,
January 1963, 1 specimen (Holotype) collected by Miss Julie Booth, Australian
Museum reg. no. C.65666.

Description: The single preserved slug (Fig. 4) is 12 mm. long, 6 mm.
high and 3.5 mm. wide. Preserved coloration consists of dark blue-grey lines
enclosing paler yellowish areas on the dorsum and sides. The lines run along
the head and pallial margins and in addition, there is a median line and three
or four lateral lines. The stems of the branchiae are blue-grey and the pinnulae
yellowish. The rhinophores are yellowish in front and behind and dark blue
at each side. The live slug was probably bright blue and yellow.

fpr eesti bien: =
0G 2 yee Rate me Bes
beer RSS PELE SS Mas os

Figure 4.—Roboastra arika: preserved Holotype from right side.

BURN 29

The body is shaped like that of R. gracilis with a prominent pair of dorsa-
laterally grooved cylindrical oral tentacles. The skin is entirely smooth and
thin. The five branchiae are simply pinnate. The rhinophores have about 18
weak lamellae on each side of the wide anterior and posterior rhachis. The
rhinophores are wholly extended.

Figure 5.—Roboastra arika: hali row of radula.

A very thin cuticle lines the oral tube; there is no labial armature. The
radula (Fig. 5) has about 3J. rows of 3.1.1.1.3 teeth. The rhachidian has three
stout tapering denticles. The lateral tooth has a stronger and longer second
cusp than in R. gracilis and a narrow tapering spur-like denticle near the
base. The three marginal plates are more prominent than in R. gracilis.

The ampulla (Fig. 6) is small and turban-like. The first part of the male
branch is short, twisted, prostatic and soft. The outer part is broader, longer,
twisted and muscular. The penial sheath is dilated; the enclosed penis is truncate
conical and armed with hyaline hooks. A large vaginal gland opens into
the genital atrium. The female gland mass is small and the female ducts
not developed.

Figure 6.—Roboastra arika: anterior genital mass (female ducts not developed).

220 NUDIBRANCHS

Discussion: R. arika is closely allied to R. luteolineata (Baba, 1936: 26)
from Okinawa. Both have smooth bodies and overall similar radular shape. The
latter species is black or blue-black in colour with narrow orange lines on
the dorsum and sides and its radula has shorter denticles on the rhachidian
and a more curved lateral tooth with a larger basal denticle. From R. gracilis
the new species is separated by the smooth body, the detailed shape of the
radular teeth, and the shorter, narrower prostatic part of the vas deferens.

This is the first record of Roboastra from Lord Howe Island. The specific
name arika is an Australian aboriginal word meaning “blue water-lily”,
selected in allusion to the probable live coloration of the species.

REFERENCES

ALLAN, J. K., 1933.—Opisthobranchs from Australia. Rec. Aust. Mus., 18(9):
443-450, pl. 56.

BABA, K., 1936.—Opisthobranchia of the Ryikyi (Okinawa) Islands. J. Dept.
Agric. Kyushu Imp. Univ., 5(1): 1-50, pl. 1-3.
, 1949.—Opisthobranchia of Sagami Bay. 194 + 7 pp., 50 pl. Tokyo
(Iwanami Shoten).
, 1955.—Ibid., Supplement, 59 pp., 20 pl. Tokyo (Iwanami Shoten).
, 1960.—The genera Gymnodoris and Nembrotha from Japan. Publ.
Seto Mar. Biol. Lab., 8(1): 71-74, pl. 5.

BASEDOW, H. and C. HEDLEY, 1905.—South Australian Nudibranchs, and
an enumeration of the known Australian species. Trans. Roy. Soc.
S. Aust., 29: 134-160, pl. 1-12.

BERGH, R., 1877.—Malacologische Untersuchungen (C. Semper, Reisen im
Archipel der Philippinen), 2(11): 429-494, pl. 54-57.
, 1881.—Beitrage zu einer Monographie der Polyceraden. II. Verh.
Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, 30 (1880): 629-668, pl. 10-15.
, 1883.—Ibid. Ill. Ibid., 33 (1883): 135-180, pl. 6-10.
, 1890a.—Malacologische Untersuchungen. 3(17): 873-991, pl. 85-89.
, 1890b.—Report on the Nudibranchs. Results of dredging .....
in the Gulf of Mexico and in the Caribbean Sea ..... by the
“Blake.” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 19(3): 155-182, pl. 1-3.
, 1892.—Malacologische Untersuchungen. 3(18): 995-1165.
, 1905.—Die Opisthobranchiata der Siboga Expedition. Sib. Exp., part
50, 1-248, pl. 1-20.
, 1907.—The Opisthobranchiata of South Africa. Trans. S. Afr. Phil.
Soc., 17(1): 1-144, pl. 1-14.

BURN, R., 1958.—Further Victorian Opisthobranchia. J. Malac. Soc. Aust.,
2: 20-36, pl. 6-7.
, 1962.—Descriptions of Victorian Nudibranchiate Mollusca, etc. Mem.
Nat. Mus. Vict., 25: 95-128.

CROSSE, H., 1864.—(Footnotes), in G. F. Angas, 1864. J. Conchyliol., 12:
43-69, pl. 4-6.

ELIOT, C., 1904.—On some Nudibranchs from East Africa and Zanzibar.
Part 5. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1904(1): 83-105, pl. 3-4.
MACNAE, W., 1958.—The families Polyceridae and Goniodorididae in southern
Africa. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Afr., 35(4): 341-372, pl. 17-18.
MARCUS, E., 1958.—Notes on Opisthobranchia. Bol. Inst. Oceanogr. S. Paulo,

7(1-2): 31-79, pl. 1-8.
, 1965.—Some Opisthobranchia from Micronesia. Malacologia, 3(2):
263-286.

BURN 221

MARCUS, E. and E., 1964.—Verzeichnis der euthyneuren Meeresschnecken
Brasiliens. Beitrdge zur Neotropischen Fauna, 3(3): 195-206.

MARCUS, E. and J. BURCH, 1965.—Marine euthyneuren Gastropoda from
Eniwetok Atoll, Western Pacific. Malacologia, 3(2): 235-262.

ODHNER, N., 1941.—New Polycerid Nudibranchiate Mollusca and remarks
on this Family. Géteb. K. Vet. Vitterh.-Samh. Handl., F. 6, (B),
1(11):1-20.

O’DONOGHUE, C., 1924.—Report on Opisthobranchiata from the Abrolhos
Islands. J. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), 35: 521-579, pl. .27-30.

PRUVOT-FOL, A., 1955.—Notes sur deux nudibranches attribués a la famille
des Polyceradae. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 80(5-6): 350-359.

RISBEC, J., 1928.—Contribution 4 l’Etude des Nudibranches Néo-Calédoniens.
Faune Colon. Franc., 2(1): 1-238, pl. A-D, 1-12.

STIMPSON, W., 1855.—Descriptions of some of the new marine invertebrates
from the Chinese and Japanese Seas. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,
7(10): 375-384.

A SMALL COLLECTION OF SERPULID WORMS
(ANNELIDA: POLYCHAETA)

FROM DARWIN, NORTHERN TERRITORY, AUSTRALIA

By DaLz STRAUGHAN*
(Figs. la-d).

This material was collected by Miss Elizabeth Pope of the Australian
Museum Staff during a visit to the Darwin region in October 1965. This is
by no means a comprehensive collection from the area as the collector herself
points out, but because the material is the first serpulid material collected from
Darwin it is of sufficient interest to warrant publication. It is also interesting
to note that all except one of the five species recorded from Darwin were
recorded in a recently published review of the Serpulidae of Eastern Australia
(Straughan, 1967).

Endean (1957) after an examination of the shallow water echinoderm
fauna and Womersley (1959) suggest that the fauna occuring along the
Queensland coast is similar to that occuring in the Dampierian Province of
Northern and Western Australia. Pope (1965) found that of four species of
barnacles of the family Chthamalidae recorded along the east coast of
Queensland, three have been recorded from northern Australia west of Torres
Strait. Kott (1966, tab. 1) has found that of 25 ascidians recorded from
northern Australia, 19 have been found in both the Dampierian and Banksian
faunistic Provinces.

Darwin is on the northern Australian coast (approx. 131°E longtitude and
12°26’ S latitude). Records show the mean sea temperature to lie round about
the 80°F mark and the minimum sea temperature, even in winter, is rarely
less than 70°F.

Family Serpulidae.
Genus Serpula Linnaeus.
Serpula magna Straughan, 1967.

1 specimen, Dudley Point, Darwin, Northern Territory, 28-10-65.

This species has previously been collected along the Queensland coast
with isolated specimens occuring as far south as Pt. Vernon (approx. 26°S
latitude) and Dunwich (approx. 27°S latitude). Although Pillai (1965)
collected from East Java and Madura in Indonesia, this species has not
yet been recorded outside Australia.

Genus Vermiliopsis Saint-Joseph.
Vermiliopsis pygidialis (Willey, 1905).
1 specimen, from underside of rock bearing Siliquaria ponderosa, East Point,
Darwin, Northern Territory, 25-10-65.

This species was recorded from Ceylon (Willey, 1905); Suez; Zanzibar
(Fauvel, 1953); Queensland (Straughan, 1967).

Willey (1905), Pixell (1913), and Fauvel (1953) state that the branchiae
are elongated, often with much swollen ends free from pinnae. Straughan (1967)
records a specimen with branchiae of this type from Pialba, Queensland.
Dew (1958) and Pillai (1960) do not comment on the state of the branchiae
of their material.

The specimen collected at Darwin does not have a free tip on the branchiae
and the terminal pinnae are at the end of the branchiae. The operculum
resembles those figured by Willey (1905), Fauvel (1953), and Pillai (1960),
and has a brown chitinous and elongate cap. The opercular stalk bears some
annulations.

* Department of Zoology, University College of Townsville, Queensland.

STRAUGHAN 223

branchiae

fas

Cirrus

inter branchial
membrane

Figure 1.—Spirobranchus coutierei (Gravier). See text.

SERPULID WORMS

i]
tN
_~

Genus Pomatoleios Pixell.
Pomatoleios kraussii (Baird, 1865).
Numerous specimens, on rocks at Fannie Bay, Darwin, Northern Territory,
11-10-1965; numerous specimens, below oyster zone on chain, supporting filter
screens, Stokes Hill Power House, Darwin, Northern Territory, 22-10-1965;
empty tubes, “mud zone”, East Point, Darwin, Northern Territory, 26-10-1965;
10 specimens, Dudley Reef, Darwin, Northern Territory, 13-10-1965. |

This species was previously recorded from Indian Ocean (Pixell, 1913);
Madras, Red Sea (Fauvel, 1953); South Africa (Day, 1955); Queensland coast
(Endean, Kenny, and Stephenson, 1956); Ceylon (Pillai, 1960); Japan (Imajima
and Hartman, 1964); Philippines (Pillai, 1965).

Knox (1960, p. 593) states “One of the distinctive features of the southern
shores of South Africa, Australia, and New Zealand is the development in
the mid-littoral zone of encrusting serpulids” and on p. 594 “Pomatoleios
crosslandi [=kraussii] occurs on the sub-tropical and warm temperate shores
of East and South Africa, Pomatoleios kraussii on the sub-tropical coasts of
Queensland .. .”

P. kraussii forms a zone in the tropics as well. Straughan (1967) records
that it forms a zone at least as far north as Cooktown (about 16°S latitude)
on the Queensland coast and, from the abundance and density of the material
collected, it is an important zoning animal at Darwin.

As indicated above, the species extends into the northern hemisphere.
Pillai (1960, 1965) notes that the species is abundant and often found in
masses but does not mention the formation of zones. Imajima and Hartman
(1964) do not indicate the abundance or distributional habits of the species.

Genus Pomatostegus Schmarda, 1861.
Pomatostegus stellatus (Abildgaard, 1789).

1 specimen, on reef, Cape Don, Northern Territory, 17-10-1965; 3 specimens,
Dudley Point reef, Darwin, Northern Territory, 28-10-1965.

This species was previously recorded from the tropical waters of the
Indian, Pacific and Atlantic Oceans (Fauvel, 1953). It was recorded from
Shark Bay, Western Australia by Augener, (1914), from Thursday Island
by Dew (1959) and from North Queensland by Straughan (1967). It now
appears to have a continuous east west distribution through tropical Australian
waters.

Genus Spirobranchus Blainville.
Spirobranchus coutierei (Gravier, 1905).
4 specimens, in coral among rocks, Fannie Bay, Darwin, Northern Territory,
11-10-1965.

This species was previously recorded from Suez (Gravier, 1905); Zanzibar,
Red Sea (Pixell, 1913); and Panama (Monro, 1933).

As noted by Gravier (1905) and Pixell (1913) the number of opercular
processes in this species is variable. The smallest of the specimens from
Darwin has a cone-shaped top to the operculum with no processes (Fig. 1a)
while the largest has a flat opercular plate bearing several processes (Fig. 1b).
All have a cirrus with several processes arising from the interbranchial membrane
between adjacent gills (Fig. Ic).

This species appears to settle on the outside of growing coral and the
tube gradually becomes covered by coral. The three larger tubes from Darwin
were covered by coral with only the tube apertures visible while the anterior
of the smallest tube was not covered by coral. The tube has a dorsal ridge
and a pair of indented lateral ridges. There are also a series of indentations
along the edge of the tube where it joins the substrate. (Fig. 1d).

Empty tubes si) Spal lbh
Several tubes on oyster shell, Fannie Bay among rocks, Darwin, 11-10-1965.
These appear to be empty tubes of Protula sp.

STRAUGHAN 225

REFERENCES

Abildgaard, P. C., 1789.—Beschreibung einer groszen Seeblase (Holothuria
priapus Linn.), Zween Asten des Steinbohrers (Terebella Linn.), einer
grossen Sandrohre (Sabella Linn.). Schr. Ges. Naturf. Freiende Berlin
9: 133-146.

Augener, H., 1914.—Polychaeta 2, Sedentaria. Fauna Sudwest-Aust. 3(1): 1-170.

Baird, W., 1865.—Description of several new species and varieties of tubicolous
Annelides (= tube Limivore of Grube), in the collection of the
British Museum. J. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) 8: 10-22.

de Blainville, H., 1817.—“Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles.” Art. Vers.
7368-501.

Day, J. H., 1955.—The Polychaeta of South Africa. Part 3. Sedentary species
from Cape shores and estuaries. J. Linn. Soc. Lond. 42: 407-452.

Dew, Barbara, 1958.—Notes on a Polychaete worm recovered from the aquarium
at Taronga Zoological Park. Proc. Roy. Zool. Soc. N.S.W. 1956-57
754-57.

, 1959.—Serpulidae (Polychaeta) from Australia. Rec. Aust. Mus. 25
(2)> 89-56; fies. 1-21.

Endean, R., Kenny, R. and Stephenson, W., 1956.—The ecology and distribution
of intertidal organisms on the rocky shores of the Queensland mainland.
Aust. J. Mar. Fresw. Res. 7: 88-146.

Fauvel, P., 1953.—Annelida Polychaeta (The Fauna of India, including Pakistan,
Ceylon, Burma and Malaya). Allahabad. 1-507, figs. 1-250.
Gravier, C., 1905.—Sur deux types nouveaux de Serpuliens Pomatoceropsis
nov. gen., coutierei nov. sp., Bonhourella nov. gen., insignis nov. sp.

Mus. Hist. nat. Paris. Bull. 11: 437-444.

Imajima, M. and Hartman, O., 1964-—The Polychaetous Annelids of Japan.
Allan Hancock Found. Occas. Pap. 26: 367-377.

Knox, G. A., 1960.—Littoral ecology and biogeography of the southern oceans.
Proc. ‘Roy: Soc.’ B. 0152: 577-624:

Kott, P., 1966.—Ascidians from Northern Australia. Pap. Dep. Zool. Univ. Qd.,
2(15): 279-304.

Linnaeus, C., 1758.—Systema Naturae, 10th ed.

Monro, C. C. A., 1933.—The Polychaeta Sedentaria collected by Dr. C. Crossland
at Colon in the Panama region and the Galapagos Islands during the
expedition of the S.Y. St. George. Zool. Soc. London, Proc. (1):1-96
36 figs.

Pillai, T. G., 1960.—Some marine and brackish-water Serpulid Polychaeta from
Ceylon, including New Genera and Species. Ceylon J. Sci. 9 (Bio.
Sci.) 3(1):1-40, pl. 1-40.

, 1965.—Annelida Polychaeta from the Philippines and Indonesia.
Ceylon J. Sci. (Bio. Sci.) 5(2): 110-177.

Pixell, Helen L. M., 1913.—Polychaeta of the Indian Ocean, together with
some species from the Cape Verde Islands. The Serpulidae, with a
classification of the genera Hydroides and Eupomatus. Trans. Linn.
Soc. Lond. (Zool.) 16: 69-92.

Pope, E. C., 1965.—A review of Australian and some Indomalayan Chthamalidae
(Crustacea: Cirripedia). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 90(1): 10-77.
Saint-Joseph, Baron Antoine de, 1894.—Les annélides polychétes des cdtes

de Dinard Troisieme Partie. Ann. Sci. Nat. (7)17: 1-395, pls. 1-8.

Schmarda, L. K., 1861.—Neue wirbellose Thiere Neabachtet und gesammelt
auf einer Reise um die Erde 1853 bis 1857. Leipzig 1. Turbellarien,
Rotatorien und Anneliden, (2): 26-37, pls. 21-23.

Straughan, D., 1967.—Marine Serpulidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) of eastern
Queensland and New South Wales. Aust. J. Zool., 15: 201-261.

Willey, A., 1905.—Report on the Polychaeta collected by Professor Herdman,
at Ceylon, 1902. Rep. Pearl Fish Manaar, Serpl. 4: 243-324.

OBITUARY NOTICES

Lieutenant-Colonel Henry Bertram Knowlding Burgh

During the early 1940’s I first met Harry and Mrs. Burgh. They became
active members of the Ornithological Section of the Royal Zoological Society
of New South Wales, took keen interest in both the scientific and social activities
of the Society, regularly attended meetings and joined in field-outings. When
their children, Robyn and Phillip, were old enough they also became well-known
among field-outing personnel. I well remember seeing Robyn holding her
father’s hand and Phillip astride his shoulders. Harry Burgh was then at
his happiest — the perfectly equipped naturalist, eager to locate and explain
what birds, mammals and flowers really meant to him. He had a good
knowledge of birds and will be remembered as a competent field ornithologist.

Henry Burgh joined the Society in September 1942 and was a member
of Council from May 1949 to September 1953. He had a distinguished military
career. He served during World War II as a Major in various Pacific Islands
operations, and afterwards with the occupation forces in Japan. Promoted to
the rank of Lieutenant-Colonel, he served in Korea. From 1957 to 1960 he
was Technical Staff Officer with the Australian Army in London. Since
June 1963, he served as Commanding Officer of No. 2 Base Workshop at
Moorebank, near Sydney, and held that position at the time of his death,
on March 20th, 1967, at the age of 50. He was accorded a full military
funeral.

We extend our sympathy to Mrs. Ada May Burgh, Robyn and Phillip
and mourn the loss, all too early in life, of one who possessed a great love of
the outdoors, and found so much interest not only in ornithology, but zoology
in general.

— A. R. McGill.

i)

Dr. P. D. F. Murray

The sudden death of Dr. P. D. F. Murray on 18th May 1967, during a
voyage from Australia to England removed from the circle of his friends
a man of unaffected charm and considerable attainments and a member of a
famous family, distinguished in varied walks of life. The Australian Genealogist
8 (3), 1956: 47-49 indicated this relationship.

Patrick Desmond Fitzgerald Murray was the son of the noted Administrator
of Papua, Sir Hubert Murray, and was born on 18th June 1900 at Dorchester
in England. He was educated at Riverview College, Sydney, and the University
of Sydney.

He was a member of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales as
long ago as 1919, but not continuously since, for he rejoined in November
1949. He was Librarian of the Naturalists’ Society of New South Wales in
the early 1920’s. In 1922 he went to Oxford University where he received
his B.Sc. degree in 1924. He had studied under Professor Goodrich and
Julian Huxley. With the latter he worked on the effects of grafting animal
tissues on to the membranes of embryo chicks. In April 1924, Murray became
a Macleay Fellow in Zoology of the Linnean Society of New South Wales,
continuing his research on limb-buds of the embryo chick and on the reactions
of tissues to the introduction into them of foreign bodies (especially other
tissues) with special reference to metaplasia. He also worked on the influence
of different quantities of yolk on the development of allied species of the frog,
Pseudophryne, and on the transplanting of insect tissues. He contributed several
papers to the Linnean Society of New South Wales on the anatomy of sharks
and of the frog. He next became lecturer and demonstrator in zoology at
the University of Sydney, from 1926 to 1929, receiving the degree of D.Sc.
His unpretentious behaviour made him popular with students: he cycled to
lectures, which he timed with a gold watch on the end of a piece of string.
I am grateful to him for introducing me to the wonders of plankton when I was
one of his party tow-netting from a rowing-boat in Port Hacking in 1926.

In the 1930’s, Murray was a Royal Society Smithson Research Fellow
at Cambridge where he graduated M.A. (Hon.). From 1938-39 he was
demonstrator at Bedford College, London, thence until 1948 was University
Reader in Biology at St. Bartholomew’s Hospital Medical College in London.
“Pat” Murray was Challis Professor of Zoology at the University of Sydney
from 1949 and was a Trustee of the Australian Museum from 1950 until
January 1960 when he resigned both positions to take up that of Reader
in the Department of Zoology at the University of New England, Armidale,
New South Wales. In 1954, he became a Fellow of the American Academy
of Arts and Sciences and in 1966 was elected a Life Member of the Royal
Zoological Society of New South Wales as a tribute to his zoological work.

It will be for others to compile his bibliography. Here I may merely
note that Murray wrote short articles on the crab, Pinnotheres, and other
subjects in the Australian Naturalist from 1922 onwards. His researches, or
some of them, on the nerve-endings of frog limb-muscles, on the muscles
of the dog-fish, Squalus, and the Wolffian duct of another dog-fish, Scylliorhinus
appeared in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales in
the 1920’s. He published a work on Bones in 1936 and various articles in
academic journals. His major work was the text-book, Biology: an introduction
to medical and other studies (London: Macmillan, 1950; second edition, 1960).

== G. PB: Whitley:

BOOK REVIEW

“Underwater Guideposts. Homing of Salmon.”
By Arthur D. Hasler, University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 1966.
Price $6.00 (U.S.)

It has been shown over and over again that salmon are able to return
some years later to the very tributary in which they were born, often after
travelling a thousand miles and more in the sea from the mouth of their
home river system. This implies open ocean directional swimming, as well as
ability to find their home stream. Professor Hasler and his students have been
determinedly attempting to solve these problems over the last fifteen years,
and he has now given us a review of his work, and that of others, on
salmon migration.

The method used is a statement of the general problem, and then an
outline of experiments, or series of experiments, to test hypotheses made. This
book also gives credit to the work of many other researchers, and one is led
easily through the maze of literature on the subject, being shown how
experiment after experiment solves various sections of the puzzle.

Professor Hasler shows with clarity that fishes can smell the difference
between the waters of two streams, that they can learn and remember these
differences, and that it is very likely that early learning of the “bouquet”
of a home stream is the method of finding the “home tributary”. He points
out that still much will have to be done to prove this beyond doubt.

Professor Hasler also proposes that in the open ocean phase of migration
the salmon are oriented by a sun-compass mechanism. He describes briefly
some experiments to suggest that white bass in Lake Mendota, Wisconsin use a
sun-compass mechanism, and feels the salmon may do the same. This is not
fully substantiated.

To give Professor Hasler credit he often puts an opposing authority’s
view-point.

This book is stimulating in its (generally) simple explanation of the
whole process of scientific inquiry. As in much scientific work far more
questions are opened than solved.

This book does not talk down to the reader, and yet is in understandable
language refreshingly free from scientific jargon. The specialist will find it a
good account of the subject, if admittedly based on the work of one school.
Non-specialists will get an excellent insight into the fascinating migratory
behaviour of the salmon, and the enthusiastic scientific behaviour of Professor
Hasler.

— F. H. Talbot.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV PLATE I

PERSONAL OBSERVATIONS

VICTORIA

BY

WILLIAM VON BLANDOWSKI,

EPRATOR OF THE MUSEUM OF BATURAL HISTORY

ih MELBOURNE.

PAMPER REORINTEO FIO THE “TRANGAC TIONS OF “THe
PHNOM AL. BOSH.

Beer

snewene

_- MELBOURNE:
GOODHUGH & TREMBATH, FLINDERS LANE, EAST. ‘
-1855.

Blandowski.

(For explanation see page 172)

PEATE

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV

‘dues = s1ysMopuryg

(For explanation see page 172)

i
“
; ie
aL
5
i
Lane i*
*. ie “
= = 4
4 a
' is
+ )
ee
P= <i
i
i
-
i
7
i
1
1
i
be -
; fae { ‘
it i
= 4

PLATE III

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV

*

i

ALVI d

VINOLOTA

1ysMmopury gq

TNS AON We

a AN HaUSAITo

)

ee,

(For explanation see page 172)

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV

(See page

178).

PLATE IV

Jaws of holotype of Galeolamna greyi Owen in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, London.

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES

MEMBERSHIP
(The Society’s year commences on Ist July)

Fees are as follows:—

Class Amount of Subscription
Missociate |. Memipenwa coat ee tae ee eee OS OO per annuny
Ordinary Member .... Waren Rie: at 0 eae AeA
(Members joining after ist January i in any year pay one-half subscription ).

Life Associate Member .... _.... ... $21.00in one sum
ates WieMIDEL Te ie i ik Re gre Ue nen a BAD OOL ce SO,

Honorary Member ..... oye to Australian Zoology
Honorary Associate Member ... IH OR Whe eRe or to the Society
Junior Members (aged 16 or under) . AV eo ace ae OO COS, PEr-) An aUlit

ss Elected for services
TITLES

(Conferred by the Council)
i (For valuable services

TEE US ARE ae chong Co a RN OM aaa te NA We eat ee eh a to the Society or to
Australian Zoology
‘Associate Benefactor .... For contribution of $200.00 to the Society’s Funds
Benetactor ack eee sy < $1,000.00 ,,_ ,, =. He
Endowment Member .... ,, 5M $2:00000) 5, 8335 a ms
PRIVILEGES:

Members of all classes may attend all meetings of the Society and its
various Sections. Every member (other than an Associate, Life Associate
or Junior Member) receives a free pass to Taronga Zoological Park and
Aquarium, and twelve tickets each year, admitting 12 adults or 24 children
to the Park only.

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, Royal Zoological Society of
New South Wales, c/o Australian Museum, P.O. Box A.285, Sydney South,
New South Wales.

PUBLICATIONS
The Australian Zoologist, published at irregular intervals since 1914.

Proceedings, published since 1933-34.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS AND
SPECIAL REPRINTS.
“Bibliography of Australian Entomology, 1775-1930”, by A. Musgrave, 1932.

“A Check List of the Birds of Paradise and Bower Birds”, by T. Iredale, 1948.
“Revision of the New South Wales Turridae”, by C. F. Laseron, 1954.

“The Published Writing of Tom Iredale, with an Index of his new Scientific
Names”, by D. F. McMichael & G. P. Whitley, 1956.

“A Reclassification of the Order Odonata”, by F. C. Fraser, 1957.
“Dragonflies of Australia”, by F. C. Fraser, 1960.
Orders and enquiries should be sent to the Honorary Secretary, Royal

Zoological Society of New South Wales, c/o Australian Museum, P.O. Box
A.285, Sydney South, New South Wales, 2001.

CONTENTS OF THIS PART

Page
PASZKOWSKI: William Blandowski—the first Government gn i, tai of
Victoria sin 147
WHITLEY: Sharks of ‘the: Australasian: Reston().347). (32555 Gia | eee
CLYNE: Notes on the construction of the net and sperm-web of a
cribellate spider Dinopis subrufus (Koch) (Araneida: Dinopidae) .... 189
BEIER: Some Pseudoscorpionidea from Australia, chiefly from caves ... 199
WILLIAMSON: The megalopa stage of the homolid crab Latreillia
australiensis Henderson and comments on other homolid megalopas .... 206
BURN: Notes on an overoloked nudibranch genus, Roboastra eee seh
and two allied genera (Mollusca: Gastropoda) . ie 212
STRAUGHAN: A _ small collection of serpulid worms (Annelida:
Polychaeta) from Darwin, Northern Territory, Australia ... .... 222
Obituary Notices:
Lieutenant-Colonel Henry Bertram Knowlding Burgh ... ... .... 226
Di PAD. F. Murray oa ee
Book Reviews:
“Nomenclator Zoologicus — Vol. VI, 1946-55” ...0 00.00... 2... 188
“The Collection: and’ Preservation of ) Insects; oi)0 3, ) a ae
“Underwater. Guideposts.’ Homing ‘of Salmen’?..) 0222 <>

PLATES I-IV.

Wholly set up and printed in Australia, for the Royal Zoological Society of
New South Wales by

Surrey Beatty & Sons, Rickard Road, Chipping Norton, N.S.W., 2170
602-7404, 602-6522

Pe ARS iced |

Vy y \
“

GS

Yi,
in

WZ
EF

THE
_ AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST

SN
ad

VEZ

VOLUME XIV — PART 3

SS

ge

JULY 5, 1968

RPS
IE :

WS
=
EE LL.

ens

_AW
fF

Price: Two Dollars

T4MN)

SSS SAN SN Y
[3 7 AME 70 ism

TW GN
OM

Issued by the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales,

S
Zi

> EN
GY) FL

Taronga Zoological Park, Mosman, N.S.Wales, 2088.

XS EN
L8H AF

SS

BR ok
igre

Registered at the G.P.O., Sydney, for transmission by post as a periodical.

ys

x : IF TIR)
SDD DP DP DVDS DDD PHP DH dD DH DODDS DH DHDOMR

‘y

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES
Established 1879

Registered under the Companies Act, 1899 (1917).

Patron:

His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales, Sir Arthur Roden ee
V.C..- KG McG. CBE, Kt.St.J.

Vice-Patron:
Sir Edward Hallstrom, K.B., F.R.Z.S.

COUNCIL, 1967-68
President:
Basil Joseph Guy Marlow, B.Sc.

Vice-Presidents:
John Cameron Yaldwyn, M.Sc., Ph.D.

Henry John de Suffren Disney, M.A.
Courtney Neville Smithers, M.Sc.
Ronald Strahan, M.Sc., F.L.S.
Honorary Secretary: Mrs. Leone Z. Harford, F.R.ZS.
Assistant Honorary Secretary: Mrs. Olive Wills
Honorary Treasurer: Francis McCamley

Honorary Editor: Gilbert. Percy Whitley, F.R.Z.S., R.A.O.U.

Members of Council:

John Miles Campbell, J.P. John Moore Smail, LIB.

Henry John de Suffren Disney Courtney Neville Smithers

Ernest Jeffery Gadsden . Ronald Strahan

Maxwell Hall Gregg Frank Hamilton Talbot, M.Sc., Ph.D.,

Lawrence Courtney-Haines F.LS.

Mrs. Leone Harford Ellis Le Geyt Troughton, C.M.ZS.,

Francis McCamley F.R.Z.S.

Basil Joseph Guy Marlow Gilbert Percy Whitley

Peter Edward Roberts, B.A. Mrs. Olive Wills

John Ronald Simons, M.Sc., Ph.D., John Cameron Yaldwyn
OFFICERS:

Honorary Solicitor: Mr. J. J. Francis

Honorary Auditors: Messrs. Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Company,
Tower Building, Australia Square, Sydney, 2000.

Assistant Honorary Treasurer: Mrs. Kathleen McCamley

H onorary Librarian: (Vacant)

Entomological Section: Junior Group:
Chairman: Mr. Rex Gilroy Chairman: Mrs. L. Harford
Hon. Secretary: Mrs. O. Thacker

Conchological Section: Ornithological Section:
Chairman: Mr. F. McCamley Chairman: Mr. P. E. Roberts

Hon. Secretary: Mr. N. S. Gomersall Hon. Secretary: Mr. H. Battam

THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST

VOLUME XIV PART 3

JOSEPH LEATHOM HOLE WASSELL AND HIS CONTRIBUTION
TO AUSTRALIAN NATURAL HISTORY

By ELIZABETH N. Marks

National Mosquito Control Committee, Department of Entomology,
University of Queensland.

(Plates V-VI).

Cape York Peninsula was Lea Wassell’s home in every sense and his
delight was to match himself against the Peninsula bush in physical tussles which.
called for all his strength, endurance and bushcraft, and in intellectual contests
using his natural history knowledge, his powers of observation, and his
ingenuity to wrest from it its strange and undescribed animals and plants
and secrets of their life-histories.

Here was a many-sided man indeed—an over-optimistic adventurer who
landed himself in an incredible multiplicity of predicaments, an intrepid and
resourceful bushman who successfully extricated himself from these situations;
a man of gentle manners and a graceful courtesy to all his fellows, whose
favourite outfit comprised a pair of khaki shorts and a wrist watch; apiarist,
store-keeper, soldier, scientific assistant, mail contractor, hotel keeper, pastoralist;
skilled mechanic and worker in wood and metals, ingenious gadgeteer, whose
description of himself as a “jack-of-all-trades with a bias towards bug hunting”
was a characteristically humorous and modest assessment of a consummately
skilful collector of natural history specimens.

Lea’s father, Dr. Joseph Wassell, son of a Brisbane family, after a
brilliant academic and sporting career at the University of Sydney, became
Government Resident Medical Officer at Thursday Island in 1902 and in
1915 died there, respected and beloved by all classes throughout the Torres
Straits. Lea, born at Thursday Island in 1908, went then with his mother and
sister to live at Manly, Sydney. With them went an Islander nursemaid who
taught the small boy to swim long distances under water, often to the
astonishment of visitors to Manly beach. He started school at Manly Public
School in 1915 and a teacher there, Mr. Woods, noticed and encouraged his
interest in insect life. During the years he attended that school, all Lea’s
pocket money was spent at Cherry & Sons on entomological pins, boxes,
setting gear and killing bottles, and all his spare time in collecting around
Manly and French’s Forest. H. J. Carter was interested in the boy and helped
him and he often accompanied Carter, Dr. G. A. Waterhouse and Dr. E. W.
Ferguson on collecting trips. These men were distinguished entomologists
specializing respectively in Coleoptera, Lepidoptera and Diptera.

From 1922-4 Lea was at King’s School, Parramatta. Duncan Mackay
recalls that when they were new boys together, Lea at 14 was possibly the
tallest boy in Thomas House, knew the Latin names for his insects, and
was a keen photographer with a flair for taking a balanced picture. He
writes: “One day in mid 1922 a chemist in Parramatta rang the housemaster
to warn him that one of his boys had just had a Cyanide bottle recharged
and he presumed the master knew all about it. The ‘fat’ WAS in the fire
then but H. C. Blaxland was of an understanding nature and allowed the
bottles (others of us had bottles also by then) to be locked up under the
stairs, and beetles and butterflies given the lethal dose every now and then.”

230 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

During 1923 and 1924 the two friends frequently were gated after taking
French leave to go into the bush after beetles and birds’ eggs.

Lea spent 1925 in Brisbane where he attended Brisbane Grammar School
and the following year, returning south, he won the All Schools Open High
Jump for Sydney Grammar.

Looking back in 1966, he wrote of his early collecting days, “Days
spent with Dr. Ferguson, Dr. Waterhouse, H. J. Carter and days spent
roaming French’s Forest collecting Buprestids for A. M. Lea. Always remember
wonderful days on horseback with H.J.C. in the Blue Mountains. We used
to hold the reins and the spike of an open umbrella in one hand and shake
flowering gums with the other hand.

“French’s Forest was a wonderful place and I used to walk miles and
miles when collecting beetles from the Angophora flowers. I think a couple
of dozen Stigmodera grandis would be a good average season’s haul but I
recall one season that I walked every third day and was very energetic and
sent Lea 80 S. grandis.

“TI used to collect a lot around Sydney and around the Narrabeen Lakes
with Dr. K. K. Spence [a coleopterist]. Used to have my own collection
in the N.S.Wales days but gave it up. Have little to remind me, a few letters
and a small string of beetles wasselli.”

The South Australian Museum printed labels for him “in return for
the copious supply of beetles I used to send from N.S.W.” In 1956, sending
specimens of Delias aruna inferna to Mr. Perkins, he said, “Have hardly
touched a butterfly since the days when Dr. Waterhouse and I used to collect
Hesperidae and I did a bit of setting for him”.

In 1931 Lea Wassell was in Brisbane and joined the Entomological Society
of Queensland; he succeeded G. H. Hardy to become its second Treasurer
1932-3. At that time the Society held excursions and he took part in these,
being particularly interested in Helminthidae (then thought to be Dryopidae)
on which he gave a talk in June 1932, acknowledging identifications by
H. J. Carter. Over the years since the Society had many and varied exhibits
from him, though he was seldom there to present them himself. He was a
foundation member of the Australian Entomological Society.

Lea was bee-keeping at Blackbutt in the upper Brisbane Valley in
1936 when he met Eileen Thompson, a trained nurse whose father, H. J.
Thompson, had business and pastoral interests in the Coen district of Cape
York Peninsula. They were married in 1938 and went to live at Coen, assisting
her parents in their business.

In 1940 he enlisted in the Army. J. L. Groom, his C.O in New Guinea,
writes, “Lea worked as a member of the 5th Field Hygiene Section stationed
at Enoggera in 1940 and 1941, and played a very important part in the
district mapping of mosquito breeding places in co-operation with Mr. F. A.
Perkins and a number of other staff members of the unit. This work was of
considerable importance to the health of both military personnel and the
civilian population.

He left for New Guinea on the Aquitania on, I think, Christmas Day,
1941. Following the first Japanese bombings and the rapid evacuation of
civilians, considerable health problems arose. Lea was responsible for the
supervision of teams charged with the cleaning up of health risks in the
town [Port Moresby] area. He did an excellent job and I deeply regretted
that he was boarded medically unfit for service in that area.”

Invalided out of the Army after six months in New Guinea, Lea was
asked by Major N. M. Gutteridge to re-enlist on a live-at-home basis, to
become Field Instructor for the L.H.Q. School of Malaria Control, located
in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, under the
command of Captain F. A. Perkins. Many of the personnel of Malaria
Control Units that served in New Guinea passed through this School. He

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 231

filled this post until the end of the war, rising from Sergeant to Lieutenant
and taking pleasure then in the opportunity to wear his father’s officer’s
sword on a ceremonial occasion.

The years with the School, besides adding mosquitoes to his special
interests, established his friendship with many of the University staff, both
academic and technical, and from 1946-50 he was himself on the staff as
collector of class material for the Departments of Zoology and Botany. His
colleagues of those days remember well this very tall, lean, bronzed man
with the high forehead, twinkling brown eyes, and long springy stride that
made him hard to keep up with in the field.

During this period he usually managed to fit in an annual trip to Coen
and Silver Plains Station. An east-west line through the centre of Silver
Plains was the southern limit of many New Guinea animals and plants and
Lea became fascinated with the area, particularly the vast and almost impenetrable
rainforest known as the Massy and Rocky Scrubs.

In 1951. he resigned from the University and in 1952 was appointed
to C.S.I.R.O. and worked on pearl culture at Thursday Island. In late 1952
his father-in-law’s illness necessitated the family’s moving to Coen where
they lived until 1955 when they moved to Silver Plains station near Port
Stewart. Here Lea’s time was occupied with the building of a new homestead
and sheds, yards and fencing, making roads and later an airstrip, cutting
timber and carting supplies. Among honorary duties, he was a Fauna Protector
and a Coast Watcher. The stock work, which his wife enjoyed and supervised,
never appealed to him. He wrote, “I exasperate my family and neighbours
by my inability to tell a horse from a gelding or a droughtmaster from a
devon-shorthorn cross.” Work was interspersed with illness, operations and
accidents, including in 1960 the loss of three joints of the first and second
fingers of his left hand in a circular saw he had rigged up from one of the
old gold mines. It was typical of Lea that when the accident happened,
he looked at the mangled hand and said, “You chaps carry on here and
Tll go and fix this up’, which he did. Nobody was at the homestead at
the time but his son David arrived to find him snipping off a finger hanging
by a thread of skin, and was able to obtain the help of Cairns Aerial
Ambulance with advice on interim treatment, and transport to Cairns Hospital.
On arriving home again Lea took supplies by jeep to a mustering camp on
the station’s northern boundary. On the way back the jeep broke down, so
that afternoon and the next day he walked back to the homestead—‘“About
a 42 mile walk which wasn’t so bad as the week before I could hardly
manage twice round a Cairns city block.” A few months later he wrote
that "the hand is well healed and does not give me any bother, have already
trained it for pinning microlepidoptera . . . quite OK with .22 or .303

. have caught and handled 4 snakes and 1 venomous one so far.”
He was able to “handle my chain saw like a veteran cake cutter except when
left hand tires when changing types of cut and then my shorts or right
leg gets a bit frayed.”

Lea was now able to spend all his spare time doing what he liked
doing more than anything else, exploring the rainforest, an exhausting and
hazardous occupation for it had to be done on foot, following the pads of
wild cattle, and he often found it necessary to shoot a wild charging scrub
bull. Fortunately he was a crack shot. Commenting on a crocodile skull in
the last photo taken of his wife and himself before leaving Silver Plains,
he said, “It is doubtful if professional croc. shooters ever get the thrill of
unexpected encounter shooting with lights as I do when wandering around
by day. This croc. came from holes between Massy Creek and Rocky River,
a male 16 ft. 8 in. Two other large ones that gave me a thrill were
16 ft. 7 in. and 17 ft. 5 in. both of which I shot at the mouth of the first
creek south of the Rocky River, 50 ft. 8 in. of croc. for 3 shots.” Some
of his trips were in a fibreglass boat along the coast and to off-shore islands.

2:32 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

The country that most fascinated and yet eluded him was at the top
of the Mclilwraith Range, where his ambition was to camp and collect for
several months. Whenever he could he worked to cut himself a track up
through the Massy scrub, but the needs of the station, the physical mishaps
that befell him, and the weather all operated against completion of this
project. In 1963 he told Mr. Perkins, “It is galling to me to be so tied
down with work in an area like this that I now seldom get out to collect.”
In May 1964 he wrote, “The trip has not really eventuated yet. I started
cutting a track up the valley of the main Massy Creek. Wanted to complete
the track to the top of the MclIllwraith Range, move all my gear up and
collect. To dodge patches of horizontal scrub and lengths of creek banks
covered with jumbled sharp stones I had to have a number of crossings
and found that the Massy was too high this year. The area I am heading
for is the highest land between the Bloomfield River and New Guinea and
the high part has now been definitely found to be 2,700 ft. I got up to
about 1,700 ft. and it is a wild and very promising spot.”

In 1965 the station was sold and the Wassells moved to Cairns. Despite
illness, Lea’s ambition remained. He wrote in July 1966 that he would be
going to Coen “to pack for a trip to that high country. I will travel by
landrover as far, or as near to, as I can the edge of the rainforest. I will
not set out from Silver Plains and use my tracks to the edge of the
rainforest on the Massy but travel by foot along the crest or eastern edge
of the Mclllwraith Range till I reach my goal. It will be slow going as I
will wander back and forth till I have all gear and food in the area, then
Tll have a good look round for everything I want and hope to find.” In
December 1966, against doctor’s orders, he went to Coen, to the little old
cottage where he had stored all his collecting gear, to prepare for this trip.
There on 22 December, a friend found him collapsed and he died on
the way to the aerodrome.

Lea Wassell was a worthy successor to the notable amateur entomologists
and naturalists who had encouraged him as a boy, though his contribution
to knowledge was not in published works. (His 1966 article “Coprophagous
weevils”, J. ent. Soc. Qd. 5: 73-4, developed from notes and specimens he
sent to Mr. Perkins, was possibly his only entomological publication.) His
pleasure and his achievement was in the provision of scientific material,
accompanied by careful field observations, to persons or institutions that he
knew could make good use of it. Thus directly, and also indirectly by guiding
visiting scientists, he made an immeasurable contribution to knowledge of
the flora and fauna of Cape York Peninsula. He had hoped at one stage
to obtain sufficient commissions from institutions to enable him to spend
half the year in the field but for a variety of reasons this proved impracticable,
though he did undertake some. He gave freely of his time and work to
scientific bodies and his gain was the satisfaction he received through this
work.

Lea fostered an interest in nature study in many children. To the
Coen State School he donated an insect collection and books on nature -
study, no doubt remembering Mr. Woods and his own early schooldays at
Manly.

Specimens that he gave to the Department of Geology, University of
Queensland, included the type of a cretaceous decapod, Enoploclytia tenuidigitata
Woods, collected on the Walsh River. A large geological collection was
ready to be sent when lost in floods. Under charter to the Department
of National Development, in 1963 he took Mr. K. G. Lucas of the
Bureau of Mineral Resources to various parts of the coast and _ islands,
incidentally finding aboriginal paintings on Cliff Island and being bitten by
a Myall snake, Denisonia suta, which he caught at Port Stewart and sent
to the Australian Museum.

Interesting plants sent to the Queensland Herbarium included two new
orchids, Vanda whiteana Herbert and Blake and Dendrobium wasselli Blake.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 233

In 1958 he undertook a commission for the Royal Botanic Gardens and
National Herbarium, Melbourne. Mr. J. H. Willis writes “During 1958 he
sent us 89 different orchid plants (and a few others) that he had collected
in the Rocky River region of the Mclllwraith Range, in June and July of
that year. Most of these Cape York orchids have done well and several
of them have flowered, thus enabling us to make identifications. Among them
were some apparently new records for Australia (including the New Guinean
Dendrobium d’Albertisii) and two genera that are quite new to Australia—
viz. Robiquetia and Thelasis, represented by what are almost certainly
undescribed species. Together with an undescribed Sarchochilus, these were
the highlights of Lea’s consignment. His habitat notes accompanying the
various numbers are helpful, e.g. “Found on fallen tree at edge of river,
full sunlight. Also originally found on top of boulder in Massy Cr. in full
sunlight many years ago.” Lea also helped the C.S.1.R.O.’s_ Australian
Phytochemical Survey, supplying Lunasia, an understory plant from inaccessible
areas in the Coen district, which provided a link in the chemical study of
the Rutaceae; helping in the work on Finger Cherry; and guiding botanical
parties, one such, which included Dr. L. J. Webb and Mr. L. S. Smith,
being to the Mclllwraith Range in 1962.

Dr. F. H. Talbot, Director of the Australian Museum, has written
“Mr. J. L. H. Wassell was an Honorary Associate of the Australian Museum
and over a period of many years collected a great number of valuable
specimens from Cape York for the Museum. Mr. Wassell collected [mollusca]
for Dr. McMichael for some years prior to the Australian Museum-Cape
York expedition in 1960. At this time the Department of Reptiles became
closely associated with him. Since that time he has sent us small but fairly
regular shipments of reptiles and frogs, a number of which constituted new
additions to our collection. On the expedition just mentioned Mr. Wassell
and his wife were hosts to Mr. Smithers and Mr. Marlow and Mr. Cogger
during their stay on Silver Plains and subsequently Mr. Wassell acted as
guide and mentor during the party’s work in the Rocky River area. The
success of the 1960 expedition was in large part due to the help given to
us by Mr. Wassell and his family. Mr. Wassell’s unflagging enthusiasm for
all things biological was contagious and his death deprived the Museum and
its staff of a very good friend.”

Contributions to the Australian National Insect Collection included Tetrigidae
and Morabinae sent to Dr. K. H. L. Key and some hundreds of microlepidoptera
sent to Mr. I. F. B. Common. The latter, collected as they came to light
at the homestead, were umnspread but carefully pinned and in excellent
condition. Lea also reared a few Lepidoptera, and sent a fine series of galls
from which was reared a large, probably undescribed, species of Alucitidae
(Orneodidae).

The Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, with which
he had been so closely associated during the war, was one of the chief
beneficiaries of Lea’s generosity. To its head, Mr. F. A. Perkins, he sent a
great variety of specimens, among them trap-door spiders with their tunnels
ingeniously preserved by a coating of grass-tree gum; scorpions which his
aboriginal helpers caught by the tail; ant-plants with their associated insects;
a new mite, Laelaps wasselli Domrow, from the white-tailed water rat; a
specimen of Cylindrachaeta the primitive burrowing cricket; marine midges,
Pontomyia natans, from Princess Charlotte Bay; a nest of the native bee,
Trigona hockingsii, whose behaviour Professor C. D. Michener wished to
study while he was visiting the Department. To Lea Mr. Perkins sent some
of the Department’s overseas visitors, Dr. and Mrs. J. L. Gressitt, Bishop
Museum, in 1961 (Mrs. Gressitt has a hair-raising tale about her encounter
with a scrub bull, shot by Lea in the nick of time); and Professor P. J.
Darlington of Harvard. Professor Darlington wrote “He was a fine naturalist
and a fine collector of natural history specimens. My wife and son and
I visited the Wassells at Silver Plains in 1958, and Lea took my son and

234 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

me to the Rocky River and into the scrub there for several days, travelling
cross-country of course, and camping. He was an exciting companion and a
tremendous worker, with an unrivalled knowledge of that part of the country
and of the animals in it. He will be very greatly missed.” It was fitting that
the last entomologists Mr. Perkins sent to Lea, in 1964, were two of the
younger generation from his own staff, Miss L. A. Powell (now Mrs. Ballantyne)
and Mr. G. B. Monteith.

Many of the specimens sent to the Department were accompanied by
photographs or transparencies of habitat or host animal or plant. Lea’s
interest in photography had continued since boyhood. Major floods at Silver
Plains in 1958 destroyed many of his slides as well as notebooks and
equipment.

Some of Lea’s major entomological contributions concerned mosquitoes,
in which he collaborated with E. N. Marks, who started her research in
the Department in the days of the Army Schools, and her field work under
his and Mr. Perkins’ tuition. On a field trip together from Coen in 1953,
driving through dry savannah country, she told him of collecting larvae of
Aedes longirostris from crabholes among mangroves near Cape York, and
of finding Aedes culiciformis, a species previously known from two specimens,
biting in large numbers on Badu I., without finding its breeding place.
Lea almost immediately pulled up at a small waterhole, located fresh water
crab-holes within a few yards of it from which resting mosquitoes flew, inserted
a rubber tube more than 18 in. to reach water, and sucked up larvae which
when reared proved to be A. culiciformis. Later, in the wet season, he
checked that the larvae were still confined to crabholes and photographed them
there; he also dug out many holes in an unsuccessful attempt to discover
whether this species, like one in Africa, lays its eggs on the crab.

On that same trip, following a route used only once by another vehicle
between Violet Vale and Marina Plains, the faint tracks were lost on a
claypan. Dr. Marks, convinced she had found them, called to Lea to drive
up a bank and that there were no obstructions. Up he drove and crashed
into a stump hidden in long grass, bending the landrover’s steering rod.
There were no recriminations, he merely said, “I think we'll have a cup
of tea.” While the billy boiled he removed the rod, heated it in the coals
while the tea was drunk, belted it straight with the back of an axe, replaced
it, and the trip continued.

Lea worked out numerous life histories. He was the sole or joint
collector of the type specimens of six species of Aedes, including A. wasselli
Marks, and the first to discover two genera in Australia, Malaya (formerly
Harpagomyia) at Cairns in 1944 and Orthopodomyia at Rocky River in
1958. The single larva of O. andamanensis that he collected remains the only
specimen of the genus known from Australia.

His outstanding achievement was to work out the first life history of
a species of Aedes (Chaetocruiomyia). This endemic Australian subgenus
had been known for 50 years, and six species described, but specimens were
rare in collections and only one damaged male was available. Lea wrote
in April 1960, “I am concentrating on high and difficultly accessible bodies
of water i.e. tree top holes. First fruits are No. 1. Our natives quite understood
me climbing tall trees and peering into holes as everyone likes wild honey
and it is well known that us poor whites can’t always see beehives from the
ground, they are a bit wary of me now, however, after seeing me perched
in forks of trees paring branches down with a draw knife. Very often
carry a good pair of binoculars and examine trees thoroughly before exerting
myself.” His “No. 1” included a male and a female of A. (C.) tulliae each with
its larval and pupal skins; the larvae were from two holes of about 1 in.
diameter and 6-12 in. depth 25-30 ft. above ground in limbs of a dead
bloodwood.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 235

Undoubtedly other persons and other institutions have benefited from
Lea Wassell’s collections. As with other great collectors, it will be many
years before all the mew species that he added to collections have been
recognised and described. His friends will hope that they come into the
hands of workers who make due acknowledgement of the contributions of
collectors, for they represent part of a substantial gift to science by a
very remarkable man.

Kind and generous, courteous and considerate, Lea Wassell will be
warmly remembered by all his friends, who realise too that he could not
have achieved what he did without the sympathetic understanding and
unselfish support of his wife, Eileen. With her, with their sons Joseph
and David, and with his sister Melanie, all who knew Lea feel a profound
sympathy.

Besides the sources acknowledged in the above account, it is based on
information received from Lea’s wife, on his correspondence with F. A. Perkins
and E. N. Marks, and on the personal recollections of his friends.

236 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

AMALIE DIETRICH

By (the late) ROBERT H. LOWIE
(Submitted by Luella Cole Lowie (Mrs. R. H. Lowie), Berkeley, California).

In the little Saxon town of Siebenlehn, west of Dresden and southwest of
Meissen, Amalie Nelle was born in the year 1823. She was the only girl in
a family of four brothers, of whom only one—Karl—lived beyond childhood.
Their father was a leather-worker who specialized in pocket-books and bags.
The only living son learned the same trade and went as a journeyman during
his wander-years to far off Romania, where he settled down as a master
worker. The elder Nelle planned the future of his daughter in the ordinary
way by hiring an apprentice who might, if he turned out well, become Amalie’s
husband. Until then, after her confirmation, she was to help her father with
the needlework. The girl was a talented pupil at school, and her mother was
extremely proud of her daughter’s attainments. Her father, however, bemoaned
the endless reading and learning. Later on, when she had to help him with
his work, she read secretly many reports of journeys into foreign lands or
romantic stories of adventure. Amalie had many suitors, and the old man
was impatient when she turned down a weaver, a saddler, and a well-to-do
grain handler. This last suitor lived in the Oberstadt, a part of Siebenlehn
into which the Nelles rarely ventured. The girl seemed to be a changeling,
and the people of the town began to joke about her: “Nelle’s daughter talks
like a book,” they said. Even her age-mates could not understand her, especially
because she was not interested in hearing about their love affairs.

Amalie was about twenty years old when one day her godmother from
the Oberstadt brought news about a strange roomer, who was a druggist
by trade. However, he had recently given up his job and had hung before
the house a placard with the announcement: “W. A. S. Dietrich, Naturalist.”
The old lady believed that he must be practicing magic because he had
his room full of curious containers and he gathered snakes, turtles, and
unusual plants. Often he muttered magic words and—or so the godmother
believed—had through magic caused a young apprentice to a tailor to carry
willingly the utensils needed by his master while they journeyed about in strange
countries where Turks and other heathen lived.

One day Frau Nelle and her daughter went into the woods to gather
mushrooms. There they accidentally met a slender, elegant-appearing man
who was studying a bit of moss intently through a microscope. She recognized
in him immediately the enigmatic stranger. He, after he had examined the
mushrooms already collected, led them to a place deep in the woods, where
there were mushrooms in abundance and warned them against the poisonous
ones. Soon they had filled an enormous basket and the grateful mother invited
Herr Dietrich to her house the following evening in order to partake of
the mushrooms.

For Amalie this experience was the most exciting event of her life. The
blue-eyed, slender scientist had fascinated her, just as he had charmed the
apprentice. From then on he visited the Nelle family again and again and
brought books with coloured illustrations. The young woman listened spellbound
to his explanations about the similarities and differences among mushrooms.
One evening when she accompanied him outside, he pressed into her hand
a slip of paper with the words, “Your heart is my heart.” The next morning
he asked her parents for her hand in marriage. The elderly couple were
disturbed, the father especially for practical reasons. The profession of
druggist he could understand and respect, but what would be the yearly
income of a scientist? The young man spoke often and without hesitation
saying that he had great hopes for the future, although he had little interest
in money. At the moment however he could not promise anything. His

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 237

wife would have to devote herself without reservation to the forwarding
of his career and in the immediate future to give up the refinements of
living. She must be willing, perhaps for years, to bear deprivation and
discouragement. These prospects did not discourage the lovesick Amalie in
the least, but her parents worried a great deal over them. With heavy hearts
they gave her their permission, even though the suitor mentioned various
members of his family who had become famous through their knowledge
of botany. One of his ancestors, the landed proprietor in Ziegenhain in the
neighborhood of Jena, had supplied the University with botanical specimens
for puropses of demonstration and was a correspondent of Linnaeus. Also
his uncle as a young man had aroused the interest of Goethe and later as
Hofrat Dietrich became the overseer of the great ducal gardens in Eisenach.
Another uncle had been a professor of botany at Jena.

It soon became clear that Dietrich had meant literally just what he had
said during the courtship of his wife. All considerations that were not
advantageous to his calling were put aside. He rented a large building that
lay far from the middle of the town, in order to be near the woods that
were his hunting grounds. For his collections he needed a great deal of
room, especially room for drying specimens, so that the collected material
would not become mouldy. He was delighted with the great wardrobes
that his parents-in-law sent him. They were however not filled with linens,
clothes, or kitchen utensils because they were so appropriate for his collections
of insects. As for the three hundred taler dowry, he used this to buy presses
for his plants, holders for his herbarium, flypaper, and alcohol.

Mother Nelle could neither visit her daughter daily in the distantly
located house, nor could she bear it not to see her often. Therefore she
persuaded her hesistant husband to sell the little house in which they had
lived for years and to move into the neighbourhood of the young couple.
She kept house for her daughter while William introduced his young wife
into the collecting tricks of his profession. Amalie waded barefoot through the
brooks in order to collect plants that grew on the other side. She wandered
uphill and downhill. After the travail of the day they worked far into
the night in order to prepare their assembled treasures of nature. William
even dragged the old Nelles into the work, to help him after the evening
meal. He taught his wife to see nature with new eyes—to find beauty in
humble mosses and in the mud on the edge of a ditch. He explained to
her the system of the famous classification of botanical names by Linnaeus,
and, in winter, when there was no chance to gather specimens, he began to
assign to her the assembling of materials that their customers had ordered,
for instance: medicinal herbs for an apothecary, grasses and plants for farmers,
mosses, ferns, and wreaths for scientists and specialists, poisonous plants
for demonstration in schools. Amalie learned quickly, and the approval of
her husband gave her unspeakable joy. She helped him with the preparation
of classified lists and also with the endless work of mounting the plants
on cardboard. Their financial situation was sometimes good and sometimes
bad. They were beside themselves with joy to receive a threefold order for
an exhibition of the entire flora of Saxony and were plunged into gloom
when the client, who was unable to pay, sent them only nine taler instead
of the expected ninety.

Soon William had to overcome an even greater disappointment. His
greatest desire was to have a son who would become his companion upon
his collecting trips and who could eventually become another Linnaeus or
Humboldt. But when in 1848 Amalie bore her first child, it was a girl to
whom they gave the name of Charitas. For four years Frau Nelle looked
after the child, so that her daughter might have enough time to help her
husband further with his work: but then she suddenly became sick and
died. The loss of her mother was a severe blow to Amalie, and the results
were incalculable. Amalie’s father, who had never felt happy so far from

238 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

Siebenlehn, decided to move back into the lower part of the town where
he found a housekeeper for his house. Moreover, Amalie was from the
beginning of her marriage entirely engrossed in her husband’s work and had
completely left the housework to her mother. So it came about that the
care of the house became thoroughly disorganized. Even though the financial
situation of the Dietrich family was not good, they had to have a housekeeper,
because William: knew that as a technical assistant Amalie was of invaluable
worth to him. A pretty, cheerful young woman applied for the job. She
was endowed with all natural charms, in contrast to the lady of the house.
She polished off the housework at great speed and attempted to help Herr
Dietrich in his technical work, for which however she had no talent. One
day Amalie heard that the girl had beaten Charitas for some small offence,
whereat she dismissed her. Soon after this event William travelled to Berlin,
in the hope of raising money to pay their debts and to find some new
commissions. In the meantime Amalie was to prove her knowledge by
assembling, independently of him, a collection of poisonous plants of a
specified type. By accident Amalie discovered, while searching through her
husband’s notes for some needed information, a letter which proved that
her beloved husband and teacher had been carrying on an affair with the
pretty maid. It was a bitter blow for Amalie, and she believed that life
was no longer to be borne, at least not in that house. Her brother Karl
had been doing very well in Bucharest where he had married the daughter
of his employer; Amalie obtained a travel permit from the mayor of the
town and travelled with little Charitas to Romania. A payment from a
client arrived at just the right moment to enable her to make the journey.

Mother and daughter travelled through Dresden, Vienna, and Budapest
to reach Bucharest. Upon her arrival there she was warmly welcomed by
her brother and his wife, Leanka. They saw to all the formalities, and,
because she had a little child, wanted very much to adopt Charitas. Amalie
and her sister-in-law, who had lived her entire life in the lap of luxury,
were so completely different from each other in personality, that it was
not possible for them to develop common interests and an understanding
of each other. Amalie did not want to separate from Wilhelm and was
unhappy because she had nothing to do. Through her inactivity she became
nervous and therefore undertook a position as housekeeper for a _ miller.
A thirst for the science of her husband had, however, so taken possession
of her that during a vacation she made a trip into the Carpathians to
search for unknown plants and fossils. Suddenly a great longing overcame
her, and in spite of all objections from Karl and Leanka, she decided to
return to Siebenlehn. Her brother and his wife wanted her to leave Charitas
with them and promised to bring her up in great comfort, but to Amalie
the thought of leaving her child there was unbearable. A year after her
departure from Siebenlehn she and Charitas were again back home, where
she became reconciled with Wilhelm. In Romania she had learned housekeeping
thoroughly and was willing to undertake the work of a housekeeper and at
the same time to be active as an assistant to a scientist. Soon a _ business
trip became necessary for the pair. Charitas had to be left for seventeen
weeks in the care of a suitable widow, while her parents went on foot
through Thuringen, Hesse, Westfallen, and along the Rhine as far as Cologne.

In the cities they sought out whenever possible many clients: schools,
universities, scientists, druggists, anyone who showed an interest in natural
history. When their business visits came to an end, they visited museums,
picture galleries, and interesting old churches. After a while, during a newly-
undertaken trip, Amalie suggested an improvement. Instead of their former
carrying of everything on their own backs, she bought a dog and a little
cart to serve as transport for their collections and goods. Amalie and the
dog pulled the cart, and when it was necessary to go uphill, Wilhelm shoved
the wagon from behind. In this way they travelled for four months through

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 239

Silesia to Krakow and into Bohemia. They then returned home tired and
discouraged. Because the times were bad, they had been able to obtain
only a few orders. Upon her return she discovered that things had not
gone well with Charitas. The good-natured widow had in the meantime
remarried, and could not any longer keep the child with her. The only
available substitute, a saddler by trade, had not given the child enough
to eat and had mistreated her frightfully. Sometimes he made Charitas
work until midnight. Because the child helped herself to an apple the wife
of the saddler had beaten her unmercifully and had given her no supper
on Christmas Day. It was a tragic story that Amalie had to hear.

Fortunately Amalie and her daughter were not always separated. On
one trip Wilhelm travelled with a young stocking-knitter into Poland. This
outstanding scientist, who usually hated social contacts like the plague,
exercised a hypnotic effect upon men with similar interests, so that these
were often willing to travel with him for little or nothing in place of his
wife. From time to time, when it was a matter of a short trip, Amalie took
the child with her and tried to educate her in the knowledge that she
had gained from her husband. Wilhelm did not value such instruction in the
least and never ceased bemoaning his lack of a son. Amalie racked her
brains to find a way of giving Charitas a good education. The outlook
remained dark and uncertain, because they rarely had success in their work.

In long letters to her brother she narrated the history of her joys and
tribulations. She valued and respected the thoughtfulness and readiness to
help on the part of her brother, but she refused financial aid from him:
“Wilhelm is very proud, and I believe he would rather starve than allow
himself to be aided in this way.” She explained in detail why they had to
make these trips and what she experienced during them:

“I have myself asked to accompany him: Wilhelm has not demanded
it of me—yYou ask angrily why, if burdens have to be carried, Wilhelm
should not carry them. Have I not often told you that Wilhelm is an educated,
refined, scholarly gentleman who has a tender body? Consider the matter!
He can’t carry things, but I can, and why shouldn't I? . . . When in the
Siebengebirgen he decided to return home, I took it upon myself to carry
everything. Wilhelm did not put the burden upon me: I voluntarily asked
for it. And because we are so poor I knew literally no other solution. .
The outer man starves, that I admit, but not the inner. Dear Karl, what
I have experienced! I could write books about it, and I would like to describe
to you the impressions that the various countries have left upon my soul,
and I wish I could repeat to you the conversations that I have heard or
in which I have taken part . . . That is the lovely thing about our calling:
it brings us always together with educated and scholarly men.”

Naturally, Amalie told her brother that she was always very shy when
she had to do business with a strange professor, but as soon as she gave
her name the shyness disappeared because he would ask her if she were
related to the botanist Adam from Ziegenhain or sometimes one would
show her the ancestral tree of the Dietrichs in the encyclopaedia. “Then I
parry laughingly and say: ‘as if I had not been acquainted with Adam ever
since my marriage’. Everywhere she had to deal with educated people
and often a professor would ask to see her.

‘I am delighted when I can give information about my _ observations
of nature. These can then be bought, ordered, or exchanged; and one so
exciting contact compensates me for the forthcoming hardships . . . It is much
more advantageous if I travel alone and Wilhelm works at home. Also,
when there are further demands, Wilhelm cannot manage alone, as I ean.
I make no complaints about him, notice! It lies in the nature of things.

1 Bischoff, Charitas: Amalie Dietrich: Ein Leben, G. Grote’sche Verlagsbuch-
handlung, Berlin, 1913, p. 166.
> ibid. pp. 165-167.

240 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

At night Wilhelm must have a real bed to sleep in, whereas to me it is all
one: in the evening I am always so tired that I sleep just as well on a
pile of straw as in a soft bed. Many times I am also quite without courage”

It was a reward for her work when a professor in Marburg asked
her to give his students a talk about her methods of making collections.
To be sure, she refused, because she felt herself incapable as a person to
give instruction. William, in contrast, was not embarassed to hold such
lectures. He led teachers, pupils, or students of the forestry school into the
nearby woods, held a lecture for them there, and encouraged them in the
collection of various kinds of plants. He received numerous offers of jobs
from museums and schools, but he nonetheless refused all of them because
he did not wish to bind himself to such duties.

“But I would happily take everything upon my shoulders, if only Wilhelm
would again be as he was in the first years. How love helped to carry
the burden! . . . However, it is still a great joy to me that Wilhelm at
least notices my progress; he says that I could now well represent our
name; and above all else, if it were practical, that I should in summer
undertake the collecting-trip alone.”

At the time of this letter, she had already been for eleven weeks wandering
alone on foot through the Salzburg Alps, where she clambered about in
order to catch a rare type of butterfly and to assemble a complete collection
of Alpine plants.

“How many inspiring and magnificent impressions I have again received
from my trip! I cannot describe it all for you. But if the wonderful,
beautiful world lay at my feet, then I would reproach myself for all the
petty cares that so often distress my soul . . . Wilhelm expressed himself
as delighted over what I had collected.’

Amalie never gave up the belief that she owed all her knowledge and
ability to her husband, but she no longer worshipped him nor did she
follow him blindly. Once when she returned home with a comparatively
large sum of money, he wanted immediately to purchase a large botanical
lexicon. But she did not permit this expenditure until she had paid off
their debt to the grocery store. Whatever concerned their work she still
entrusted to her husband. When he pushed her to undertake a trip into the
Netherlands and Belgium in order to gather sea plants, she consented although
she raised objections because of her temporarily weakened state of health.
Indeed, she had great success on this journey and was able to sell all
her collected specimens. However, in Haarlem she fell in a faint on the
street, and had to be taken to a hospital, where the medical expenses
swallowed up the major part of her hard-earned money. When, after an
absence of several weeks, she again came home, her husband and her
daughter had disappeared. Things had gone badly with Wilhelm in the
meantime and he had completely lost his courage. Because no news came
from her, he had concluded that she was dead. He had accepted a position
as tutor in a castle that stood close by. His task was to instruct the sons
of the Count. He had never bothered himself about Charitas and expected
her to take care of herself, although he permitted her to take with her
as many beds and linens as she wanted. Amalie hunted for her husband
and finally found him. She listened to his story and decided to separate
from him. She tried to get the neglected business back on its feet with
the duplicate specimens that he had left behind him. Charitas was now her
assistant, but the girl did not adapt herself to the work. She was willing, but
she had not inherited from her parents an interest in natural history and

ibid. pp. 167-168.
ibid... pou? &.
Fy ADIGA Pale.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 241

could not get highly excited over an unusual plant. Moreover, she had
school lessons to study and had to prepare herself for her confirmation.

The turning point in Amalie’s life came during a business trip to Hamburg.
An indigent private teacher who was not able to buy her mosses advised
her to seek out in Hamburg the wealthy factory owner, Doctor H. A. Meyer,
who was an enthusiastic amateur collector of natural products. He also
played an important role as backer of the zoological and botanical gardens.
Because of her earlier disappointments Amalie was not without doubts when
she presented some of her plants to the examination of Dr. Meyer. To
her amazement he bought at once plants to the value of 25 taler, which
to one in her situation was a fortune. The Meyers thereafter often invited
her to their house. They had a presentiment of her talents and, since she
was greatly concerned about her present income, took the trouble to create
for her a position in which she could fully develop her talent. At this
time there lived in Hamburg a certain Johann Casar Godeffroy (1813-1895),
one of the great business men of the Hanseatic city. He had so built up
an inherited business that he was associated with the leading copra merchants
of the world. He owned or controlled forty-six trade establishments sprinkled
over the islands of the South Sea. In the year 1861 he had founded a
museum in Hamburg and had equipped expeditions for the collecting of
biological and ethnographical materials in Oceania. The Meyers recommended
Frau Dietrich to Herr Godeffroy. When she—after an introductory letter
of recommendation—laid evidences of her scientific knowledge before him,
he offered her a contract with a fixed income to travel to Australia for
an unlimited period of time and there to complete numerous collections. She
accepted the contract with joy; from then on she no longer had to live
from hand to mouth.

In the Godeffroy Museum Amalie learned the newest methods of stuffing
animals, because the fields of her search were to be wider than ever before.
A serious personal problem agitated her a good deal. What would become
of her fourteen-year-old Charitas? Daughter and mother had in the past
so often been separated from each other—the girl being sent from pillar
to post, so that she longed for a life together with her mother. She could
naturally not accompany her mother on the trip to Australia, but she could
at least get a good education, which Amalie could now afford to give her.
However, what kind of an education should she have, and who would care
for and advise her? In this matter the wife of Dr. Meyer was helpful
and promised to act as guardian for the girl during the mother’s absence.
Nevertheless, it was a painful parting, but the die had been cast, and in
1863, at the age of forty, Amalie sailed toward Brisbane.

During the next ten years the life of this lonely woman was reflected
in her letters. Dangers and disappointments were not spared her in this
foreign land. Once, for instance, an extraordinaily beautiful waterlily beckoned
her into a swamp, which threatened to suck her down; but in the last moment
came a group of aborigines, who had heard her screams, and rescued her
in their canoe. As a result of this adventure she fell ill of a recurrent fever
which condemned her to six weeks of idleness. The high point of all
horror came when a fire burned to the ground her bamboo hut, and destroyed
both her equipment and her already-completed collections. Her one thought
was: What would the Museum say? Would it call her back as an incompetent?

However, Godeffroy and Sons had in the meantime become acquainted
with her worth. Every letter from Hamburg with instructions had _ been
answered by her with the sending of valuable and perfectly prepared specimens,
often of types that had been until then unknown. Therefore, the director
of the Museum saw no tragedy in the unlucky incident. A sympathetic
letter informed her that new equipment was on the way—also that two
types of wasp had been named after her. Because of their concern for her,
it was suggested that Amalie should have an assistant. Amalie reacted to

242 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

the suggestion in an unusual but quite characteristic manner: without promoting
herself, but with a feeling of doing her duty, she invited Wilhelm to share
her work and again to take up their common life that had been so worthwhile
in the first years of their marriage, only with the difference that they would
not need to worry about their daily bread.

Wilhelm, however, was a beaten man, who felt that he had been. a
failure in life. His answer contained a moving acknowledgement of his earlier
mistakes:

“How young you still feel! What energy, what eagnerness you must still
have! Do you really believe that anything so beautiful as the first years of
our marriage could ever occur again? I do not believe it. For us, too much
lies between and has left ineradicable traces behind it . . . You heap burning
coals upon my head, and believe me, they do burn! ... No, no, I
cannot come to you; no one can now make use of my strength, because I
no longer have any. I am listless and sick in body and soul, as you can
see for yourself in my handwriting. It is an effort for me to write these
lines to you. Why do you go on thinking of me? Do you even suspect how

painful it is for me? . .. That you always showed a talent for botany,
I have always known, but I am astounded that you occupy yourself with
what Australia has to offer . . . Everything remains a failure for me and

a success for you. And yet I thought—fool that I was—that I would be
in these matters the one who was called upon and signalled out. What would
Uncle ‘Hofrat’ in Eisenach have to say to this, if he were still alive? How
opposed he was to my choice of a wife! And I expressed to him the hope
that in the course of time I would raise you to my level. Already even
then a fire blazed in your eyes, but I did not understand its meaning. I
depended in my judgement of your nature always upon externals, on non-
essentials. And now give me once again in spirit your courageous, ever-busy
hands and think without horror upon your Wilhelm Dietrich.”* A year later
he died.

Amalie had pressing need for helpers to speed up her work. She hired
two assistants and upon the advice of Godeffroy even a horse and cart.
Every letter from Hamburg expressed the satisfaction of her employer, and
his Australian agent received the order to furnish her with whatever money
she considered necessary for her expeditions. She then collected everything
imaginable: mammals and birds, fishes and insects, and even primitive utensils
and weapons, skulls and skeletons. Her insight into the scientific world grew
day by day; the Entomological Society of Stettin elected her to membership,
and for her model collection of Australian types of wood she was awarded
a gold medal as the first prize in a horticultural exhibit.

Amalie saw nature not only with the eye of a scientist. From
Rockhampton in Queensland she wrote: “Under the giant trees grow ferns,
beneath which I disappear entirely and sometimes I am anxious, whether
or not I can work my way out from among luxurious climbing plants, ferns,
and bushes. Great orchids hang down by almost invisible threads from the
trees; they are wonderfully formed, they have beautiful colouring, and they
look at me so secretly that my hand picks them only with a certain
shuddering, as if they were living creatures that would reproach me for
disturbing their peaceful existence.”’ From a point even further north she
travelled in a canoe to a forty-mile-distant island. “What a_ paradisical,
beautiful journey! Words fail me for giving you a true picture of what I
was allowed to see. Over us we had a clear, blue sky, and under us—well,
a world that left me stunned with wonder, a fairy world that enchanted
my eyes. Luxuriant seaweed, dark coloured, intermingled with soft, finely
formed algae, whose colours varied from dark brown to the softest green

Bischoff, Charitas, loc. cit., pp. 315-317.
1. Ibid... 2eBe

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 243

and even rose . .. This plantworld is lived in by an animal world of
the richest form and colour. Near the gracefully moving seaweed and
algae stands rigidly the beautifully formed coral that is almost a blinding
white which gleams red and dark violet. And still there is life in this stiff
form. Nearby you see many-coloured mussels, cylindrical sea-urchins, starfish,
sea roses, the whole area inhabited by ponderous crabs. Like spirits from
the underworld shimmer the great, transparent jellyfish, but the most interesting
are the fishes. Oh! You should see the fishes! This kingdom of form and
colour! . . . I am delighted . . . that Godeffroy allows me to paint with
the colours of nature, as they show themselves here; otherwise I fear that
the spirit of the colour magic would be destroyed.”

A sensitive and observant woman was this daughter of a leather worker.
However, she was not without weaknesses. As much as she loved Charitas,
it was still impossible for her to transpose herself with complete sympathy
into the soul of her daughter. Because she herself was carved out of hard
material, she could not realize how it broke the girl’s heart never to be
allowed to get together with her father; she was at one time even sent
away from the dinner table when she refused to eat a meal of cooked
caterpillars, and she had been forced to live for months with stern and
unfriendly people. Often Amalie had not once written her during her
expeditions, because the postage was too expensive, and everything had to be
reckoned down to the last penny. Above everything else the mother could
not reconcile herself to accept the fact that Charitas’ mentality was different
from that of her parents.

During the ten long years of separation Charitas had made great progress
under the motherly concern of Frau Meyer. She attended a boarding school
and obtained an education as a kindergarten teacher from a former student
of Froebel’s. At the Meyer home she made the acquaintance of numerous
personalities, especially Karl Schurz, a brother-in-law of Dr. Meyer’s who
stayed with the family when he was on a visit from America. When Charitas
was twenty-one years old the Meyers found her a position as a governess
in London with some friends who accepted her as a member of the family.
Frau Dietrich was overjoyed at this good fortune but she could not really
understand this shy young girl who since her earliest childhood had
suffered from a sense of insecurity and feared every change of domicile,
nor could she refrain from making comparisons between her daughter’s good
luck and her own struggles in youth: “But how can you say that the journey
so frightened you? Everything was made easy for you, and you never came
into a completely strange environment. Just think how I had to travel in
the early days!’”® For Amalie every sign of sentiment was an affront. When
Charitas wrote of her great longing to see her mother, Amalie replied: “Do you
imagine that I also do not have longings? But let us not become sentimental
about each other. You have such a tendency to be soft.’”’° In London Charitas
had many new experiences. Among others she saw Hamlet and attended a
lecture by Dickens, shortly before his death. Her excited description of
these experiences called forth the following remarks from her mother: “I see
from your letter that you have an interest in all possible kinds of things,
but it seems to me that precisely for natural science you have none at all.
It is high time that I should soon come home and introduce you into the
wonder world in which I live. You write me about all kinds of things,
but I have not yet heard whether you have visited the zoological garden in
London or whether you were at the aquarium . . .” Then Charitas protested:
“Dear Mother, are there not other things in the world in which one can

ibid., pp. 403-404.
9 ibid., p. 372.
1 ibid., p. 375.

244 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

be interested, aside from the fishes of the South Sea or the flora and fauna
of Australia?"

In spite of her seriousness, Frau Dietrich did not lack humour. Charitas
described to her the World’s Fair in London in 1871, where she had seen
the Queen and the Prince Consort very close to. Amalie, who on ‘her trip
had tarried for a short time in Polynesia, answered as follows: “My dear
child, hush and be still about your queen and the Danish prince and how
the higher ranks call themselves, for whatever you can bring forth, I can
cap it (or go you one better). I have made a visit to the king of Tongatabu,
George I, and as a reminder of our friendship he sent me his photograph.

When I come home, I want to give it to you . . . The queen also sent me
a powder box .. . That intimate you haven't been with the wearers of
crowns.”

From time to time her deep maternal love broke through the hard
shell of her heart: “I have in the whole world now no one but you,
and my hope is that God will keep me in good health, so that in a couple
of years I can return home. And what sense would there be to my return
if I were not there together with you. Finally, finally, there will no more
separation for us.”

The homecoming was however not entirely as she had pictured it to
herself. In January 1873 she returned to Hamburg. She had the appearance
of an old woman, her back bent, and her weathered face crisscrossed with
wrinkles. When Charitas came to her she called out to her daughter: “At last.
No more separation as long as I live! With what longing have we awaited
this day! Now you need never again ask or beg that I remain with you.”
However, a letter to Australia had been lost en route, and Amalie heard
for the first time now that her daughter was betrothed to a young clergyman,
who had already entered into his ecclesiastical duties with a congregation near
the Danish border.

Therefore, the longed for union of mother and daughter could not take
place, especially as Amalie did not want to live in the parsonage. She
believed that she would not fit in well in a parsonage and would be too
old to adjust herself. Frau Meyer explained to Charitas that for Amalie
it was a disappointment to have a minister for a son-in-law—if only it could
have been a naturalist!

The great amount of work that awaited Amalie kept her busy and
helped her to overcome her disappointment. For thirteen years she worked
as curator for the Godeffroy Museum on her own collections; and when this
museum was suddenly transferred to control by the city, she was offered a
position in the Botanical Gardens in Hamburg. Moreover, aside from this
work she was busy enough. Because she was always sensitive about the
lacunae in her education, she regularly attended all the public lectures. On
one occasion she learned that certain documents about Australia were to be
presented at an anthropological Congress in Berlin. She travelled to the
capital by train—but the servant at the door of the meeting room denied
her entrance because the session was closed to women. When she begged
him to find her a corner seat in the gallery, he brought the problem to
the attention of the chairman, Councillor Neumeyer, who immediately
introduced her to the assembled scholars and conducted her to an outstanding
place of honour. So she was in her old age not entirely without recognition.

She remained—or perhaps better—she was once again poor. The extensive
savings from her salary in Australia she loaned or gave away recklessly and

"ibid... p: 410:
2 ibid., p.. 426.
8 ibid., pp. 340-341.
4 “ibid., p. 436.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 245

she lost everything. Her greatest regret was that now she had nothing to
leave to her daughter and grandchildren. For herself she had enough to live
on; she found a place in a simple, city-owned foundation. There was no
break between herself and her daughter, and in summer Amalie often came
unannounced for a visit. With her three grandchildren she wandered a good
deal through the fields, explained to them the secrets of botany, and showed
the two oidest how one planted a herbarium. On her oldest grandchild, a
boy, she hung a toga made of tree bark which she had brought with her
and draped him with the decorations of the natives, and laughed over
his antics until the tears rolled down her cheeks.

In March of 1891 when she was again on a visit in Schleswig, she
had another attack of lung infection, from which she died. “The death,” as
her daughter wrote, “smoothed out the many wrinkles and creases in her
face. All the folds, stiffnesses, and drooping disappeared and those standing near
could recognize in the noble face the simple distinction of the courageous
fighter.”

a Peowie wrt > bere 2 1) ee ee ee

ibid., p. 448.

246 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

CHARLES DARWIN AND STRZELECKI’S BOOK “PHYSICAL
DESCRIPTION OF NEW SOUTH WALES AND VAN DIEMEN’S LAND”

By LECH PASZKOWSKI

Readers of the Australian Zoologist do not need any introduction to
Charles Darwin. His fine, honest, observing and modest mind of true scientific
greatness has influenced not only the Natural Sciences but also human
thought in general. One could expect that Darwin’s biographers would have
combed and recombed all the libraries of the world and to have published
all his precious manuscripts. But even so, from time to time, some material
is still found. ae

An unknown letter by Charles Darwin was found in 1957, and what
is more interesting, its contents refer to the book about Australia, Physical
Description of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land by Paul Edmund
de Strzelecki.

The letter was found at the Yale University Library during a search
made at the request of Mr. Waclaw Slabczynski, a Librarian at the National
Library of Warsaw, and an eminent biographer of Sir Paul Strzelecki. Slabczynski
devoted a decade to his well-documented biography* recording material and
documents held in no less than two hundred libraries and institutions from
all over the world. He rightly suspected that there had been some personal
contacts between these two scientists. Firstly, Strzelecki’s book was illustrated
with some fossils borrowed from Darwin’s collection (four specimens) and
secondly, Darwin, in his Journal of Researches into Natural History and
Geology of the Countries visited during the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle round
the World . . ., London, 1870, quoted Strzelecki (p. 448).

The Letter by Charles Darwin

Darwin’s letter consisting of three octavo pages was written at Down,
Bromley, Kent in the middle of 1845, and was in the form of an acknowledgement
for a copy of Strzelecki’s book. It reads as follows:

Down Bromley Kent
Sunday

My dear Sir

I received a few days since your kind & valuable present. I am
exceedingly obliged to you for it, though I feel that I have no
claim on so magnificent a present.

I congratulate you on having completed a work which must
have cost you so much labour & I am astonished at the number of
deep subjects which you discuss. I must be permitted to express
my sorrow that there are not far more copious extracts from ‘M.S.
Journal’. I hope some day to see it fully published—yYou speak of
your unidiomatic English; I heartily wish that one quarter of our
English authors could think & write in language one half as spirited
yet so simple. Once again allow me to thank you very sincerely
& believe me dear Sir

Yours very faithfully
C. Darwia

You were so good when I last saw you as to say that you
would take trouble of informing me (as a guide for myself) what
you paid for the engraving of the shells alone. The plates appear
to me admirable.

* Pawel Edmund Strzelecki. Podrédze—Odkrycia—Prace (Paul Edmund Strzelecki.
Voyages—Explorations—Works), Warsaw, 1957.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 247

In the first instance Darwin referred to “the number of deep subjects”
which he found in the book. What, then, are these “deep subjects” which
“astonished” the great scientist. Certainly the climbing of Mt. Kosciusko was
not the issue impressing Darwin, but perhaps it was Strzelecki’s philosophical
reflections on humanity, the beauty of nature, the conquest of free people,
slavery, change of nationality, difficulty in learning English, the lot of
Aborigines, the behaviour of so-called savages, projects for the improvement
of Australian agriculture and the irrigation of New South Wales.

“Mon Journal’ and Strzelecki’s Literary Style

Many of these reflections were given in the footnotes to Strzelecki’s book
and taken from his “Mon Journal” written in French. Darwin expressed his
regret that only a few pages of the “Journal” were included and hoped
that this work would be published one day.

It seems most probable that this precious “Journal” is still held in the
archives of the London Appeals Court, as it was consulted by this Court
in 1877, four years after Strzelecki’s death, when his relatives in Poland
attempted to probe the validity of his last will. As it is not the custom of
the British Courts to destroy papers and documents, there is a fair chance
that “Mon Journal” will be found one day and no doubt it will cause a
major sensation among Australian scientists and historians.

The next important fact in the letter is Darwin’s remarkable praise for
Strzelecki’s literary style. As Hume Dow in his excellent Selection of English
Prose, Science Speaks (Cheshire, Melbourne, 1966, 3rd Edition), pointed
out to the students of English, “Darwin had a feeling for words and exercised
care in the way he used them. However, his comments on writing are
rare” (p. 87).

From the postscript we can perceive that the two scientists met from
time to time and assisted each other in the field of Natural History.

The Chapters on Botany and Zoology

The chapter on zoology in Strzelecki’s book consists of 73 pages and
starts with the following words: “To the vegetation to which the physiognomy
or general aspect of Terra Australis owes its main features, must now be
added, in order to complete the delineation of that physiognomy, a notice
of the Zoology of the country. Variety, beauty, and elegance, in forms and
colours, and in their combinations, characterise some of the zoological
classes; while striking and wonderful peculiarities of external and internal
organisation distinguish others. All the classes may be said to offer, in their
physiological structure, subjects for most interesting and instructive study.”

The chapter is divided into two sections: “Fossil Fauna” (53 pages)
and “Recent Fauna” (20 pages). Beside his own introduction, general notes
and few descriptions Strzelecki was helped by two scientists, John Morrison
and William Lonsdale, who examined the collection which he brought from
Australia. Morrison, apart from describing all Fossil Flora, gave an account
of the fossil Mollusca found in Strzelecki’s collection, while Lonsdale covered
a good deal of Fossil Fauna including Polyparia. Lonsdale also stated (Physical
Description, p. 262) that “The examination of Strzelecki’s collection of ‘ossil
Polyparia, from Van Diemen’s Land, has extended the knowledge of the corals,
for which the name of Stenopora was proposed in the Appendix to Mr.
Darwin’s work on Volcanic Islands . . .” and “It is not to allude to the
occurrence of a Favosites and an Amplexus, in Strzelecki’s collection without
soliciting attention to the additional evidence they afford in support of
previous inferences respecting the age of the deposits in which fossil polyparia
were found by Mr. C. Darwin; or to the curious increase of agreement
thus presented the Palaeozoic Fauna of Europe and extinct Faunae of New
South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land” (ibid., p. 268).

' In this chapter there are also quotations from J. Sowerby and R. Owen.

While the “Fossil Fauna” was a collective work by Lonsdale, Morris and
Strzelecki, the “Recent Fauna” was mainly provided by John Gould who
prepared the list of Australian mammals and birds.

248 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

It is perhaps worth mentioning, that one of the very first findings by
Strzelecki, in September, 1839, was a fossil tooth of a mastodon. Sir Richard
Owen published an account of this in the “Description of a Fossil Molar
Tooth of a Mastodon discovered by Count Strzelecki in Australia” in the
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, October, 1844, vol. XIV, pp. 268-271.
Strzelecki actually bought the tooth from a native while exploring ossiferous
caves in Wellington Valley. “The native stated that the fossil was taken
out of a cave further in the interior than those of Wellington, and which
Count Strzelecki was deterred from exploring by the hostility of the tribe
then in possession of the district.’ The incident was also mentioned by
Strzelecki himself in the Physical Description, p. 312.

While in Australia he also collected a lot of other curiosities and objects
of natural history, which he sold to the Museums of Europe. Strzelecki stated
that he spent about £5,000 on exploration in Australia, but his whole income
during those four years amounted to no more than £1,200. Therefore, his
earnings from the sale of the Australian natural objects were really astounding.

The Praise of a Geologist

As his interest was mainly directed to Australian mineralogy, geology
and agriculture, the chapters on these subjects seem to be the most valuable,
especially for palaeontologists. Dr. A. N. Lewis, an eminent Australian
geologist, evaluated the work of Strzelecki in these words:

“Strzelecki was the first writer to publish a systematic account of any
scientific studies in Tasmania. The records of his work are practically entirely
contained in his Physical Description of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s
Land. This book is a classic and held the field as the important work on
geography and geology of Tasmania until superseded by R. M. Johnston’s
Geology published in 1888. Now, 100 years later, it is appropriate for us
to pause to consider Strzelecki’s real contribution to science as far as he
dealt with Tasmania. This contribution, even considering the virgin field in
which he worked, was outstanding. My personal tribute to Strzelecki is that
100 years after he wrote, I make constant reference to his book and I have
found help thereby which has materially aided my work in the same field.

“The descriptive paragraphs opening Chapter III are as good to-day as
they were when written and form an admirably concise statement of the
physical description of the country which has never been bettered in published
literature.

“It is in the department of palaeontology that Strzelecki’s work had
assumed prime importance. I have no direct evidence that he possessed any
particular knowledge of this branch. He handed his collections to Lonsdale
and Morris for description. The results are printed in the Physical Description
and form the real basis of Australian Palaeontology, unimpaired by the passage
of time. Strzelecki, however, did the collecting. The collection was remarkably
complete and shews a wide grip of the subject to enable such a comprehensive
and well located group of representative fossils to be got together. It shows
a painstaking labour for which Australian geology will always be grateful.

“The other chapters on Botany and Zoology, the Aborigines, Agriculture
and Soils are now mainly interesting as historical records but shew that
Strzelecki was a keen observer and, above all, a writer remarkable for the
brevity and lucidity of his descriptions. The book is not much read now but
still raises a feeling of amazement in the minds of those students who spare
time to dip into it. A scientist’s claim to fame rests not so much on the final
truth he discovered as on his contribution to the distance he carries their
knowledge towards the final goal. According to this test Strzelecki still stands
first amongst Tasmanian scientific writers.” (Quotations from “Strzelecki in
Tasmania” by A. N. Lewis, Royal Australian Historical Society Journal and
Proceedings, vol. XXVI, part 1, Sydney 1940, pp. 76-78).

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 249

The Reviews

The Physical Description was published in May, 1845, and almost
immediately was warmly received by many reviewers: Journal of the Royal
Geographical Society, 1845, vol. XV, pp. LVII-LVIII; The Atheneum, 19.7.1845;
The Times, 8.10.1845; Sydney M. Herald, 20.1.1846; Sydney M. Herald,
28.1.1846; Quarterly Review, Feb., 1846; Launceston Examiner, 7.2.1846;
Sydney M. Herald, 16.3.1846; Port Phillip Herald, 17.3.1846. The list of
reviews was not confined to England and Australia, as the Berlinische
Nachrichten of 2.5.1846 and even Calcutta Englishman discussed the book.

Without doubt the reading of Physical Description induced an American,
James H. Perkins, to express the following enthusiastic opinion: “Strzelecki
. . . has done more to make New South Wales and Tasmania scientifically
intelligible than all other inquirers” (North American Review, 1850, vol. LXX,
pp. 196-197 and The Memoir and Writings, Boston 1851, vol. II, p. 499).

However, there was not a single review of Strzelecki’s book in Poland.
At the time the Poles, occupied as they were with the main task of national
survival were not at all interested in Strzelecki. They simply did not care
about the fact that one more able man had left the country.

Perhaps the best tribute to the book is, that after more than a century
two new editions of Physical Description have appeared in recent years. In
Poland the Scientific Publishers produced a fine translation by Dr. J. Flis
(Nowa Poludniowa Walia, Warsaw, 1958), while in Australia a_ splendid
facsimile edition was published in 1967, by the Public Libraries Board of
South Australia, and is available now for the modest price of $6.

Scientific Names in Honour of Sir Paul Strzelecki

The English writers, F. Boase (Modern English Biography, London, 1901,
vol. 3, p. 806) and Thomas Seccombe (Dictionary of National Biography,
London, 1909, vol. 19, p. 70), stated that several species among Australian
fauna and flora were named after Sir Paul Strzelecki.

Mr. J. H. Willis, Assistant Government Botanist of Melbourne informed
me that we have no accepted plant name commemorating Strzelecki, although,
in 1857, Ferdinand von Mueller did name a new genus, Strzleckya, in honour
of Sir Paul, but this has long since been abandoned, as a synonym for
Flindersia, genus of the “native teak’, “cudgerie” and “crow’s ash”. Later
Mueller described the species Flindersia strzeleckiana, which too was long.
ago superseded by the name F. maculosa, “Leopard tree’.

I was not able to trace any names referring to living fauna, but there
are at least three names of fossils: Plewrotomaria strzeleckiana (Gastropod),.
named by John Morris in 1845; Brachymetopus strzeleckii (Trilobite), Prof.
Frederick McCoy in 1847 and Spirifer strzeleckii (Brachiopod), named by the
Belgian scientist L. G. de Koninck in 1877. Mr. F. Hadzel, a geologist of
Canberra, informed me also that another three trilobites were given the
adjective strzeleckiensis by the Polish palaeontologist Zygmunt Grzybowski.

It would seem that the geographers were much more generous to Sir
Paul, as, in his biography, Mr. Slabczynski lists fourteen official names of
geographical features named after Strzelecki (one in Canada and thirteen
in Australia). I have found another four, not to mention several street names:
however not all of them are official.

Little Boys’ Dreams
It is interesting to note, in passing that, as little boys, both Darwin and
Strzelecki liked to draw the attention of their elders to their actions. This
“showing off’ was quite normal and a healthy indication of the future
intelligence and individuality of both boys. While Darwin was stealing apples,
or pretending to do so, and running away fast in order to arouse the
admiration of adults, Strzelecki charmed his family and servants with very
talented declamation and composition of speeches and sermons. In both

cases the boys made a success of their lives.

250 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

Darwin’s Remarks

In 1958, W. Slabczynski traced the original copy o£ Physical Description
presented by Strzelecki to Darwin. At present, the book is held in the Library
of the Botany School, Cambridge University. It bears Strzelecki’s autographed
dedication: “To Charles Darwin Esqr M.A. from the author 19th of May.”
and the ex-libris of Sir Francis Darwin, who received his father’s book
collection. Subsequently Sir Francis offered the copy, along with many other
of his father’s books, to the University of Cambridge.

At the end of the afore-mentioned copy there are inscriptions in pencil,
which, according to the opinion of Mr. Alexander Watt, the Librarian at
the Botany School, Cambridge, were most probably made by Charles Darwin
himself. The inscriptions are as follow:

“So that animals cannot have pressed [sic. passed?] from one island to
another, recently”

“143—-Van Diemen’s long an island for coast elevated 100 ft”

“254—Proteaceous leaf Bulinus & Helix”

*“296—Van Diemen Carboniferous Series—Morris (?)”

“p. 302 Diprotodon Marsupial. Pachyderm Fossil to 312 (not important)”

“347—Sterility of one race of mankind with another”

“p. 352 Number of natives Van Diemens Land.”

Slabezynski twice published photographs of Darwin’s letter: the first
time being in the Polish scientific periodical Kosmos A (Warsaw), vol. VII,
1958, part 4, pp. 379-383 and the second time in a book under his editorship
P. E. Strzelecki—Pisma wybrane (Selected Writings of P. E. Strzelecki),
Warsaw 1960, Scientific Publishers. The latter volume was reviewed, mentioning
Darwin’s letter, in The Australian Geographer (March, 1962) and also in
the English and German periodicals: The Times Literary Supplement
(29.12.1961), The Geographical Journal (London, vol. CXXVIII, part 4,
pp. 557-558) and Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen, 1962, part 2, p. 119.

The Contrasting Opinions

In spite of his many services to Australia Sir Paul Strzelecki has not
always received fair treatment from Australian historians and writers. For
example, in contrast to Darwin’s unreserved praise of Strzelecki’s literary
style and ability an Australian lady novelist, when referring to the Physical
Description, wrote in her “Story” of Paul Edmond (sic) Strzelecki that, “It is
grammatically correct; it is in the Victorian manner, and probably appreciated
by its first readers; but, all the same, it is the heavy writing of a not very
imaginative mind, using conventional images without freshness. It makes
the reader wonder about the praise given his childish compositions; it is in a
foreign language, but it has much in common with his French letters, which
are also extremely heavy, and, even making allowance for language, it is hard
to understand the praise some critics have given to his style.”

The reason for such contrasting opinions could be attributed to the
lack of a satisfactory English biography of Sir Paul of a high scholarly
standard along the lines of Joselyn Baines’ Joseph Conrad: A Critical Biography
(London, 1959). But without doubt, it will be written one day.

It is worth recalling, that the Australian writer, who, by remarkable
intuition first associated Darwin with Strzelecki, was John Reynolds of Hobart.
Many years before the previously discussed letter of Darwin was found at
the Yale University, Reynolds published in the Illustrated Tasmanian Mail of
12th June, 1929, a fine and penetrating article in which he stated: “Strzelecki
belongs to that great band of men which made the Nineteenth Century so
remarkable. With Humboldt, Franklin, Darwin, and Wallace, he must be
regarded as one of the leading scientific explorers of his time.”

Acknowledgements
Sincere thanks for information and advice are extended to Mr. W.
Slabezynski of the National Library, Warsaw; Mr. J. H. Willis, Assistant
Government Botanist of Victoria, Melbourne; Mr. T. A. Darragh, Curator of
Fossils, The National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne; and to Miss N. D.
Lucas of Box Hill, Vic., for kind help in preparation of the typescript.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 251

THREE EARLY NATURAL HISTORY BOOKS

By K. A. HINDWoop
(Plates VII-X)

In 1793, there was commenced in London a publication dealing with the
animals and plants of the recently-established settlement at Sydney, New
South Wales. The authors of this work, which was issued in parts and titled
Zoology and Botany of New Holland, were Dr. George Shaw and Dr. (afterwards
Sir) James Edward Smith.

Dr. George Shaw was born at Bierton, Buckinghamshire, England, on
December 10, 1751. He was educated at Oxford and later attained the degree
of Doctor of Medicine. Subsequently he became Director of the British Museum
where he died in residence on July 22, 1813. Dr. James Edward Smith,
his co-worker at the time, was an eminent botanist, a close friend of Sir Joseph
Banks and one of the founders, in 1788, of the Linnean Society of London,
of which institution he was president for forty years. He it was who purchased
Linnaeus’ collection in 1784. He was born in 1759, knighted in 1814 and he
died in 1828.

The Zoology and Botany of New Holland is the first book to deal exclusively
with Australian natural history and, because of that fact, is of considerable
historical interest. The subjects described and illustrated are birds, mammals,
plants, a fish, a snake, a tortoise and a crayfish. Earlier books, such as
Phillips Voyage (1789) and White’s Journal (1790) discussed animals and
plants of the new Colony in some detail and also contained a number of
relevant illustrations, but they were not concerned entirely with natural history.

Apparently it was the intention of the authors to publish the Zoology and
Botany of New Holland in parts over an extended period. However, it
seems that only two parts, each of four plates with related text, were issued:
then the zoological and the botanical sections were separated and, with additional
plates, produced under different titles and individual authorship, the final
result being three books instead of one as first planned. The full titles of
the three works are:- Zoology and Botany of New Holland; Zoology of New
Holland, and A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland.

The Zoology and Botany of New Holland contains four botanical plates
and four zoological plates, all of which were used again in parts J. and 2
of the Zoology of New Holland and in A Specimen of the Botany of New
Holland respectively in a sequence that agreed with the pagination of their
original issue.

Copies of the Zoology and Botany are extremely rare. I have seen only
one set and that is in the Library of the Australian Museum, Sydney. It is
bound with a copy of the Museum Leverianum, a work by Dr. George Shaw
dealing with the objects in that famous London Institution. The Museum
Leverianum was issued in parts between 1792 and 1796. Also bound with
this copy of the Zoology and Botany are four plates from one of its offshoots,
A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland: these plates are Nos. 1 and 2
and 5 and 6; plates 3 and 4 having previously been issued in part 1 of
the Zoology and Botany.

It should be stressed that the original work is the Zoology and Botany;
this publication was then broken into two separate books, (1) the Zoology and
(2) the Botany. A copy of the Zoology in the Mitchell Library, Sydney, is
bound with the half and full title-pages of the Zoology and Botany, but
only has the plates of the Zoology. A combined copy of the Zoology and

252 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

of the Botany in the Dixson Collection, Public Library of N.S.Wales, has
the title-page of the Zoology and Botany and the title-page of the Botany,
together with the dedication and preface (which was the same in both books),
followed by the complete text and plates of the Botany and then the title-page
of the Zoology and the complete issue of that book. The volume is titled
on the spine “Zoology and Botany of New Holland, Shaw and Smith”, giving
the impression that it is the original Zoology and Botany, whereas it is, in
effect, two separate publications, i.e. the Zoology and the Botany, bound
together.

Why Drs. Shaw and Smith decided to discontinue the Zoology and Botany
and then carry on in their own fields is a matter for speculation. Shaw is said to
have been a “laborious writer and compiler’ (1840), while Gregory Mathews
noted (1925) that he was reported by his contemporaries as being “lazy, so
there must have been [according to Mathews] some good workers in his age,
as the following list [bibliography] will show”. Dr. Smith was the son of a
rich Norwich silk-merchant and doubtless of independent means and outlook.
Possibly different interests and a divergence of opinion caused the separation.

Five of the eight plates in the Zoology and Botany bear dates; one of
these, lettered 1, but issued as plate 2 of the first part, is inscribed August 1,
1793, and four (Nos. 5, 6, 7 & 8) of the second part are dated October 1,
1793. The title-page is undated but the preface is dated December, 1793. It is
known that part 1. was received by the Linnean Society of London on
October 1, 1793 and part 2, which contained the half and full title-pages, on
November 5, 1793.

In the Minutes of the Linnean Society’s meetings for the years 1793 and
1794 are the following relevant donation records:-

Zoology and Botany of New Holland.
No. 1 received October J, 1793; No. 2 received November 5, 1793;
No. 3 received February 4, 1794.

Zoology of New Holland.
No. 2 received May 6, 1794.

A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland.
No. 3 received July 2, 1794; No. 4 received January 6, 1795.

It will be noted that a part 3 of the Zoology and Botany is recorded, but
I cannot confirm that more than two parts of that work were issued. When the
Zoology and Botany ceased being published as such, the printed labels that were
pasted on the limp covers of the parts were used also for the early numbers
of both the Zoology and the Botany. In the case of the Zoology the word
“Botany” was crossed out in ink, and with the Botany the word “Zoology”
was so scored. Perhaps some confusion in the marking of the labels is
the explanation of the recorded issue of a third part of the Zoology and Botany
as noted in the Minutes of the Linnean Society.

Bound with a combined copy of the Zoology and the Botany in the
Mathews’ Collection, National Library, Canberra, are the original covers of
the Zoology and Botany (part 2), the Zoology (parts 1. and 3) and the
Botany (parts 1, 2, 3 and 4). Mathews apparently acquired the parts in the
state as issued but later removed the wrappers when binding the set, so
that he was not certain what particular plates some of the parts contained:
for instance, he has written on the wrapper of part 2 of the Botany that

“This part contained plates v-vili and their respective letterpress . . . [which
is correct, K.A.H.] and, I think, Columba antarctica and Chaetodon constrictus
with their respective letterpress . . .” [which is incorrect, K.A.H.]. The two

latter plates were first issued as plates 5 and 6 of part 2 of the Zoology and
Botany and then as plates 5 and 6 of the Zoology. In the Emu (1912) Mathews

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 253

has commented on the issue and the contents of the three works herein
discussed.

Following the cessation of the Zoology and Botany the issue of the
zoological plates was continued by Shaw under the title Zoology of New
Holland, a work which ran to three parts each of four plates and accompanying
letterpress. The title-page of the Zoology is dated 1794 but, unlike the Zoology
and Botany, there is no dedication or preface. Four of the twelve plates
therein had already appeared in parts 1 and 2 of the Zoology and Botany
and three of them bear dates of the year 1793, while the four plates of part 3
(the final part) are dated either September 1, 1794 (plate 11) or September 10,
1794 (plates 9 and 10) and November 1, 1794 (plate 12). The date of
September 1, 1794 on plate 11 may be an error for September 10, which is
the date appearing on the two preceding plates. Although some of the plates
in this work have the year 1793 on them they are the ones used earlier
in the Zoology and Botany: therefore, the year of publication of the Zoology
can be taken as being 1794. Part 2 was received by the Linnean Society on
May 6, 1794 so that part 1 was probably issued earlier in the same year. Five
birds, three mammals, a fish, a lobster, a snake and a tortoise are illustrated
and discussed in the Zoology.

The issue of the botanical plates and letterpress was continued by Dr.
Smith under the title A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland. The title-page
is dated 1793 and the preface, which is dated December 1793, is the same
as that in the Zoology and Botany, but whether the first part of the Botany
was issued in 1793 has not been ascertained. Parts 3 and 4 were received
by the Linnean Society on July 2, 1794 and January 6, 1795 respectively, so
it is just possible that part 1 may have appeared late in 1793. The fourth
and final part was received by the Linnean Society on January 6, 1795;
the cover is dated 1794 though three of the plates (14, 15 and 16) are dated
January 1, 1795.

The Botany is dedicated to Thomas Wilson who supplied the original
coloured drawings from which the plates were prepared by James Sowerby.
Sowerby was also the publisher of all three works. The drawings, said to be
“made on the spot”, were sent to Wilson from the Colony by Surgeon-General
John White “along with a most copious and finely-preserved collection of
dried specimens . . .” (preface, p. viii). The artist may have been the convict
Thomas Watling who is known to have been “employed” by White to paint
the “non-descript” productions (i.e. the zoology and botany) of the country.

One plate, at least, of the Botany, that of Styphelia tubiflora was prepared
from a drawing “obligingly communicated by the late Major Ross, and
assisted by very magnificent specimens from Mr. White” (p. 46). Major Ross,
who died in 1794, was Lieut-Governor under Phillip. He had a poor opinion
of the Colony, referring to it in a letter written to Evan Nepean, the Under-
Secretary for the Home Department, as “this vile country”, and “All that is
contiguous to us is so very barren and forbidding, that it may in truth be said,
here nature is reversed” (1894).

The figures in the Zoology of New Holland (which book is without a
preface) were probably taken from specimens in most cases. An unexplained
matter arises in relation to the Squirrel Opossum (plate 11) of which it is
stated in the text that no living specimens had yet been imported. However,
Professor T. G. Vallance, of Sydney, has in his library a contemporary
manuscript (undated) from Dr. Shaw to James Sowerby giving explicit
instructions for the preparation of the figure of that species from a living
animal. The letter reads:-

Dr. Shaws Comps. to Mr. Sowerby & informs him that the quadruped
intended for the ensuing No. of [thle New-Holland Zoology is now

254 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

at Mr. Wilson’s, & if Mr. S. will send a messenger for it he may
have it at his own house for some days, which will be necessary, in
order to study its several attitudes, & to give as elegant a figure
of it as possible. It is an Opossum with the aspect of a Squirrel,
& is a very beautiful animal. As soon as the drawing is made Dr. S.
will be glad to see it. Mr. S. will take notice that the tail is
strongly prehensile, & may therefore be represented in such a manner
as to shew that particular, unless it shd. be thought to interfere with
the elegance of the plate; But the best way will be to make several
sketches in different attitudes.

It is to be fed with bread & milk. It is nearly torpid by day, but very
active by night. Care must be taken to express well & clearly the
lateral membrane of the sides & feet, as in the flying Squirrel.

fColuber porphyriacus.

Dr. Shaw has named the snake \The crimson-sided Snake

Brit. Mus.

Monday morn.

The reference to the naming of the Crimson-sided Snake is of interest
because it was one of the four species (including the Squirrel Opossum) figured
in part 3 (1794) of the Zoology of New Holland. The above letter was
exhibited by Professor Vallance at a meeting of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales (1967).

Thomas Wilson, mentioned earlier, was interested in the natural sciences.
He was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society of London in 1792, being
sponsored by Dr. George Shaw, Thomas Marsham and Jonas Dryander, the
last-named then being Sir Joseph Banks’ botanist-librarian, having succeeded
Solander. Surgeon-General White’s Journal is dedicated to Wilson who
arranged the material in that book for publication. Shaw and Smith dedicated
their Zoology and Botany to Wilson, whose name also appears in the dedication
to A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland.

James Sowerby (1757-1822), the publisher and artist of the three books
discussed, was the first of a large family whose members illustrated botanical
and conchological books for nearly a century. He was a considerable scientist
of wide interests, a Fellow of the Linnean Society, an artist of distinction
and a talented engraver (1950).

Apart from their historical interest, the Zoology and Botany of New Holland,
the Zoology of New Holland and A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland
are important because several of the birds and other animals were named
therein for the first time. Doubtless “new” plants were also described by Smith
in the Botany.

I have in my library a copy of the first part of the Zoology in original
wrappers which are of thin laid paper, dull purple in colour. A printed label on
the front cover measures 4” x 34”. The sheet size of the plates and the
letterpress pages is 12” x 9%”.

A collation of the three books is as follows:-

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

255

ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY OF NEW HOLLAND (Shaw and Smith)

Half _title-page; full title-page, n.d.; dedication; preface, dated December, 1793,
pp. i-vilil, pp. 1-24 and plates 1-8.

Plates order| Plate
of issue | Nos.

————— | __—_ ss ———————————————————————————_ |

31) 63
4, 4
part 2, 5 5
6} 6
Tedvgh
8} 8

1-12.

n.d.

(erased) |1-3 (4 blank)

Aug. 1, 1793 |5-7 (8 blank)

n.d.

n.d.

9-12

13-14

Oct. 1, 1793 | 15-16

Oct. 1, 1793 |17-18

Subjects

Psittacus eximius
Nonpareil Parrot
Didelphis pygmaea

Pygmy Opossum
Ceratopetalum gummiferum
Three-leaved Red-gum Tree
Banksia _ spinulosa
Prickly-leaved Banksia
Columba antarctica
Antarctic Pigeon
Chaetodon constrictus
Constricted Chaetodon

Oct. 1, 1793 {19-21 (22 blank)|Embothrium speciosissimum

Oct. 1, 1793 |23-24

Great Embothrium, or Waratah

Embothrium silaifolium
Cut-leaved Embothrium

ZOOLOGY OF NEW HOLLAND (Shaw)
Half title-page, full title-page, 1794; no dedication or preface; pp. 1-33, plates

part 1, 1 2

7 ON
Re:

Al ed

part 2,5 5
6| 6

Wit

Slo. a

10| 10
Tf) kl
12} 12

n.d.

(erased) |1-3 (4 blank)

Aug. 1, 1793 |5-7 (8 blank)

n.d.
n.d.
Oct.
Oct.
n.d.

n.d.

Sept.
Sept.
Sept.

Nov.

9-11. (12 blank)
(erased) | 13-14
1, 1793 | 15-16
1,793 “17-18

19-20

Psittacus eximius
Nonpareil Parrot
Didelphis pygmaea
Pygmy Opossum
Psittacus terrestris
Ground Parrot
Merops_ phrygius
Embroidered Merops
Columba antarctica
Antarctic Pigeon
Chaetodon constrictus
Constricted Chaetodon
Testudo longicollis
Long-necked Tortoise

21-24 (24 blank)|Cancer serratus

10, 1794|25-26
10, 1794|27-28
1, 1794 |29-31 (32 blank)

1, 1794 |33 (34 blank)

Serrated Lobster

Turdus punctatus
Spotted-shouldered Thrush
Coluber porphyriacus
Crimson-sided Snake
Didelphis sciurea

Squirrel Opossum
Didelphis macroura
Long-tailed Opossum

256

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

A SPECIMEN OF THE BOTANY OF NEW HOLLAND (Smith)
Half-title-page; title-page, dated 1793; dedication; preface, dated December, 1793;
pp. i-viii, pp. 1-54, and plates 1-16.

part...4,.-1

2

part’ '2, %S

pate 3; 9

part 4, 13

2. p36:

1

2

n.d.

n.d.

n.d.

n.d.

n.d.

n.d.

Oct.

Oct.

n.d.

n.d.

n.d.

n.d.

n.d.

1793

te 't793

1-4

5-7 (8 blank)

9-12

13-14
15-16
17-18
19-21
23-24
25-27
29-30
31-33
35-38

39-44

Jan. 1, 1795 |45-49

Billardiera scandens
Climbing Apple-berry
Tetratheca juncea

Rushy Tetratheca
Ceratopetalum gummiferum
Three-leaved Red-gum Tree
Banksia spinulosa
Prickly-leaved Banksia
Goodenia ramosissima
Branching blue Goodenia
Platylobium formosum
Orange Flat-Pea

(22 blank)|Embothrium speciosissimum

(28 blank)

Great Embothrium, or Waratah
Embothrium silaifolium
Cut-leaved Embothrium
Embothrium sericeum

Silky Embothrium
Embothrium buxifolium
Box-leaved Embothrium

(34 blank)|Pimelea linifolia

(50 blank)

Jan. 1, 1795) |S 1-52,-

Jan. 1, 1795 {53-54

REFERENCES
1840. Swainson, William. Taxidermy, with the Biography of Zoologists, p. 324.
1894. Britton, Alexander. History of New South Wales from the Records, vol.

Flax-leaved Pimelea
Pultenaea stipularis
Scaly Pultenea
Eucalyptus robusta
Brown Gum Tree, or New
Holland Mahogany
Styphelia tubiflora
Crimson Styphelia
Mimosa myrtifolia
Myrtle-leaved Mimosa
Mimosa _hispidula
Little Harsh Mimosa

1912. Mathews, Gregory M. Bibliography of the Birds of Australia, p. 123.
1950. Blunt, Wilfrid. The Art of Botanical Illustration, p. 190.
1967. Proceedings, Linnean Society of New South Wales, vol. 91 (for 1966),

p: 259:

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Sincere thanks for assistance are extended to members of the staff of
the Mitchell Library, Sydney; to Miss Mary Davies and staff of the library of
the Australian Museum, Sydney; to Mr. H. L. White and staff of the National
Library of Australia, Canberra; to Miss Sandra Raphael, Librarian, Linnean
Society of London; to Mr. Frederick C. Sawyer, Librarian, British Museum
(Natural History), London; Mr. Rex Rienits of London; Professor T. G.
Vallance of Sydney and Mr. Gilbert P. Whitley, of Sydney.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 251)

THE CIRCULAR HEAD SCIENTIFIC JOURNAL AND SOME OTHER
EARLY TASMANIAN NATURAL HISTORY MANUSCRIPTS

By ToM IREDALE and G. P. WHITLEY

A Sydney bibliophile, Mr Kenneth Stewart, possesses some manuscripts
and drawings which date back to the early years of natural history in
northern Tasmania. These do not appear to have been noticed in zoological
or historical literature, neither have we observed their like in libraries).
We are grateful to him for placing this material at our disposal for this
brief, preliminary report. The items date from 1836 to about 1838 and
may be sorted chronologically as follows:

1836 [no month given]: [Water-colour painting of a pentatomid bug

captioned] Cimex Query. Launceston. 1836.

Feb.-March: Extracts from a Journal of a Visit to the South Coast
of New Holland in Febr. & March 1836.

June 21: The Circular Head Scientific Journal, Vol. 1, No. 1.
Gratis to our Correspondents. [And] Supplement [to same.
R. C. Gunn? writes on birds. The Supplement deals with birds
and black snake].

July 5: To the Editor of the Circular Head Scientific Journal.
Contribution Ist. Wednesday 5 July 1836 [Birds].

July 29: The Circular Head Scientific Journal. Vol. I, No. 2. [Aves,
Mammalia, Table of the Distribution of Mammalia.]

Oct. 23: To the Editor of the Circular Head Scientific Journal.
Communication 2d. [Birds.]

Nov. 29: Circular Head Scientific Journal. Vol. I, No. 3 [Birds.]

1837, April 29: Circular Head Scientific Journal, Vol. I, No. 4 [Birds.]
July 11: Circular Head Scientific Journal, Vol. II, No. [1]. [Birds.]
Aug. 1: Circular Head Scientific Journal, No. 2, Second Series [i.e.
Vol. Il, No. 2]. [Birds.]

Nov. 11: Letter dated Sunday afternoon . . . “Worn to a Stump.”
Recd. 11 Nov. 1837.

Nov. 20: Notes on the Birds of Van Diemen’s Land by Ronald. C.
Gunn. No. 1. Circular Head.

1838,Jan. 1: Remarks on the Birds of Van Diemen’s Land by Ronald
C Gunn. Circular Head.

Feb. 15: Notes on some of the Birds of Van Diemen’s Land by
Ronald C. Gunn. Circular Head.

May 30: Continued from our last on the Birds of Van Diemen’s
Land. May 30, 1838.. Dedicated to the Light of the North.
[Launceston.] Ornithological Journal. Edited by I. Grant. [King-
fisher, shrikes, etc., etc.]

June 26: Notes on the Birds of Van Diemen’s Land. Circular Head.

1 With the possible exception of another set seen years ago amongst some
miscellaneous uncatalogued pamphlets which cannot at the moment be
traced.

2 Ronald Campbell Gunn (1808-1881) became police magistrate at Circular
Head, a remote part of north-western Tasmania, in 1836. Here he
must have employed his leisure in writing and editing his Circular
Head Scientific Journal. In 1838 he was back in Hobart in other
official positions. He was a fine naturalist, leaning more towards botany
than zoology. For further particulars of Gunn, see Whittell, 1954, The
Literature of Australian Birds, p. 308, and the Australian Dictionary of
Biography, 1966.

258 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

[1838] December: Supplement to the [Circular Head] Scientific Journal.
Launceston.

Years? Undated: On the Digestive organs of Birds. Profr. R. E. Grant,
London.
To the Editor of the Circular Head Scientific Journal. Contribution
ist. [Bears device with Latin motto: flammam alere (i.e. to feed
the flame) and contains description of owl. Undated, but
evidently written in July 1836.]
To the Editor of Circular Head Scientific Journal. Communication
3d. [Undated, but perhaps written in 1836. Includes sketch
of bird’s claw.]
Loose sheets of paper with writings concerning birds, letters
(including some from I. Grant and James Lee to R. C. Gunn),
and lists.
Water-colour painting of bird, Vanellus gallinaceous [the Spur-
winged Plover, Lobibyx novaehollandiae].
Water-colour painting of [a Tasmanian] land shell.

The layout of some of the above items is in the style of a newspaper
or periodical. Copies of the Circular Head Scientific Journal must have been
laboriously written and were sometimes illustrated by small pen-drawings of
parts of birds. There was probably a printing press at Circular Head in
the 1830’s [compare K. R. Von Stieglitz, 1952, A Short History of Circular
Head, p. 49]. The Australian Encyclopaedia (6, 1958, p. 331) tells us that a
newspaper, the Circular Head Chronicle (Smithton, Tasmania) is still in
existence, but does not say when it was founded. [It began 18 July 1906.]

The first Australian newspapers were printed in Sydney from the year
1803 and in Hobart from 1810 and Launceston had the Tasmanian in 1825.
Examples of handwritten newspapers in Australia are given in Alan Finch’s
book, Pens & Ems (Adelaide: Rigby), 1965, wherein we read of one having
been “appended to a stately eucalyptus tree” in Perth in 1828, another which
appeared in Fremantle in 1830, the Melbourne Advertiser of 1838, and so on.
Therefore the Circular Head Scientific Journal was not the first of its genre.

Although not a formal publication in the modern taxonomic sense, Ronald
Gunn’s manuscript Circular Head Scientific Journal should be saved from
obscurity, studied by ornithologists for its information on northern Tasmanian
birds of long ago, and recognized as a collector’s piece of exceptional rarity
amongst Australiana.

Since the above was written, we learn that Mr. Stewart has transferred
his valuable material to the Australian National Library, Canberra.

The items formerly belonged to Mr. J. R. Kinghorn, of Northwood, New
South Wales, who tells us that they most probably came from Dr. E. P.
Ramsay’s papers: of their earlier provenance, nothing is known. Xerox copies
of some of the manuscripts, chiefly the Circular Head Scientific Journals, are
in the Mitchell Library, Sydney (MSS. 1180. Primary sources *5-242 B).

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 259

FROG CALLS AND THE SPECIES PROBLEM

by M. J. LITTLEJOHN
Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne
(Plates XI-XIII; text-fig. 1)

Until fairly recently, conventional taxonomical procedures were generally
based on the examination of morphological characters. With the advent of
adequate techniques for objectively describing and quantifying behaviour
patterns, these ephemeral attributes have been receiving increased attention in
systematic studies at various levels of classification. While the use of a
wider range of characters in taxonomy is of value per se, the important point
about behavioural (or ethological) attributes at the species level is that they
often operate as premating reproductive isolating mechanisms. These are factors
which increase reproductive efficiency by reducing the frequency of attempts
at cross-mating between species which breed in the same places at the same
time (i.e. sympatric species). Thus, a study of ethological isolating mechanisms
in closely related species can provide valuable and interesting information
about the importance of behavioural differences in maintaining their genetic
distinctness. It also permits an assessment of how different these species-specific
behaviour patterns must be in order to operate efficiently. In addition,
knowledge of mating behaviour and ethological isolation in a group of closely
related species may provide clues about the evolution of behaviour. Because
of their role in maintaining species-distinctness, premating isolating mechanisms
are the most important taxonomic characters that a species possesses. Accordingly,
they should carry maximal value in species recognition and diagnosis. However,
from the viewpoint of the other principal aim of taxonomy (the establishment
of relationships) premating isolating mechanisms, being th emost distinctive
characteristics of closely related sympatric species, may be of little phylogenetic
value.

Ethological isolation in frogs

The conspicuous male call of frogs operates as a major ethological
isolating mechanism between sympatric species. Since it is a quite usual
occurrence for five to seven species of frogs to call simultaneously at the same
breeding site, problems of specificity and efficient acoustical communication
can be considerable. Some aspects of this subject were discussed in an earlier
article (Littlejohn, 1965, Austr. Nat. Hist, 15:52-55). The normal
sequence of breeding behaviour in frogs is as follows. A reproductively ripe
female becomes responsive to the mating call and moves towards a calling
male of the same species (a positive phonotaxis). She eventually is seen by,
or she touches the male who then clasps her. Oviposition and external
fertilization follow. The specific male mating call and the associated female
response to the call ensure that the chances of cross-mating are reduced to
a minimum. But this mating system is not a perfect one, for males appear
to be rather indiscriminate and a female moving towards a calling male of
her own species may pass near a male of another species and be clasped.
Thus interspecific pairs are occasionally found in the field. Whether or not
these mis-matings result in fertile hybrids depends on the degree of genetic
compatibility, and the ability of the intermediate progeny to compete successfully
with individuals of the parental species. Modern techniques of sound recording
and analysis allow the objective and quantitative investigation of the structure
of the mating call. Female acoustical behaviour can also be studied through
field observation and call discrimination experiments.

Mating calls and cryptic species
Because of its presumed function as a species-specific attractant, the
mating call is a most valuable species characteristic in taxonomy. Closely

260 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

related sympatric species of frogs (and other groups of animals which use
sounds as isolating mechanisms) may thus be expected to have markedly
different call structures. Hence, if when studying variability in mating call
structure, discontinuity is found within one presumed “species”, we may
assume that two or more taxonomic entities are actually present and
that the situation should be investigated further. This initial behavioural clue
has often led to the discovery of parallel slight morphological differences,
the significance of which was not previously realized. In other cases, no
morphological differences may be apparent, in spite of careful examination.
However, this fact need not alter the decision that we are dealing with two
good biological species since the distinction depends on their basic genetic
differences and their failure to interbreed in nature. Morphological differences,
unless associated with ethological isolation, are of secondary taxonomic
importance at the species level. Species which have little or no apparent
morphological differences are termed cryptic or sibling species and many
have recently been found in sound-producing groups of animals.

The three south eastern Australian species of the Crinia signifera complex
may serve as an example of the use of mating call in revealing cryptic species.
These three species were previously included within C. signifera, but studies
of mating calls led to the discovery first of C. parinsignifera and later C. sloanei.
As can be seen from the accompanying figure, the calls of these three species
are strikingly differentiated, particularly in duration and pulse rate. The frogs
are very similar in morphology, but following their recognition on the basis
of call structure, slight and consistent morphological differences were found
between living adult breeding males, which can usually be identified on the
basis of differences in pigmentation and granularity of the ventral surface
of the body. The identity of living females, and all preserved specimens, still
remains somewhat problematical. Geographic ranges have been determined by
road logging of breeding choruses and all three species found to occur in
an extensive area of sympatry in northern and north eastern Victoria. No
intermediate calls have been heard or recorded.

The two south eastern Australian species of the Crinia laevis complex
(C. laevis and C. victoriana) provide an example of almost perfect cryptic
species. Again, the presence of quite distinctive mating call structure led
to their detection. The calls of the two species are similar in consisting of
one or two long introductory notes; followed by a series of short repeated
notes. It is within the structure of the repeated notes that a marked qualitative
difference is present, as can be seen in the accompanying figure. The geographic
ranges of these two taxa are almost mutually exclusive, but one area of
contact was found in the Grampians of western Victoria. At this locality
the forms maintain their distinctness and thus can be assumed to be good
species. An exhaustive examination of adult and larval morphology has failed
to reveal consistent differences. Numerous examples of this type could be
cited in Australian and North American frogs and North American crickets.

Geographical variability in mating call structure

If the mating call is to be considered as a major species character, then
we need to know something about variability between individuals and
throughout the geographic range of a species. Calls of a large number of
species have now been examined in detail and it appears that individual
variation within a population is slight. In general, when populations of
one species from different parts of the geographic distribution are compared,
some statistically significant differences may be detected; but these differences
are much smaller than those present between mating calls of sympatric species.

However there is one situation, known as reinforcement, in which marked
geographic variation in mating call structure may be found. Consider two
geographically separated (allopatric) daughter populations, directly derived

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 261

from one ancestral population. It is reasonable to assume that the mating
calls of these two populations will be similar (because of their common
ancestry). Nevertheless, the populations will be expected to show some genetic
divergence, as a result of differential adaptation to their respective environments.
This divergence may result in genetic incompatibility so that if crosses were
made between members of the two populations the progeny would be sterile,
inviable, or of reduced fitness relative to the parental forms.

Changing environmental conditions, such as those resulting from a
transition of glacial to interglacial climate during the Pleistocene Epoch, could
then lead to the expansion of geographic ranges of the two species and
result in a broad zone of overlap (sympatry). These contacting populations
will lack species-specific signals. Consequently, an inefficient reproductive system
will exist in which there is a high frequency of mismatings and the possible
production of less fit or sterile hybrids. If the hybrids were as fit as the
parental types, then the two forms would not overlap but merge through
repeated hybridization and backcrossing (introgression). We would thus not
be dealing with two species. But if the hybrids are at a disadvantage (as
we have postulated), then natural selection may be expected to operate
within the zone of sympatry to reduce the frequency of interspecies matings
by favouring those individuals which mate within their own species. Males
with calls less like those of the other species, and females which respond
to these calls, will be more successful in reproduction and will leave more
of their kind than those which cannot discriminate and consequently mate
interspecifically. Thus, the mating call-response systems of the two species
will begin to diverge, i.e. they will be reinforced against each other. On
theoretical grounds it has been predicted that this process can be quite
rapid, with most of the change occurring in a few generations. This process of
reinforcement is one aspect of a general evolutionary process termed character
displacement, which can also be applied to divergence resulting from ecological
interactions. The study of these phenomena is basic to an understanding of the
process of species formation. At most, only four or five cases of reinforcement
have been quantitatively examined, and one of these involves two south-eastern
Australian species of tree frogs.

Tree frogs of the Hyla ewingi complex

The two closely related but morphologically distinctive species, Hyla
ewingi and H. verreauxi, occur in a wide zone of sympatry in south eastern
Australia, along the coast in the south and the Divide in the east. Extensive
areas of allopatry of H. verreauxi are found in the north, and of H. ewingi
in the southwest. No natural hybrids have yet been found in the zone of
sympatry. Results of artificial hybridization tests between the two species
from western sympatry suggest that a high degree of genetic incompatability
and hybrid inviability is present. Thus the two basic requirements for the
occurrence of reinforcement are present. Previous work has shown that
whereas the mating calls of the two species from sympatric populations are
quite distinctive, differing mainly in pulse repetition rate, those of frogs
from allopatric populations are very similar, so much so that we cannot
resolve them with certainty by ear or physical analysis. This pattern of
geographic variability has been interpreted as reflecting results of natural
selection for efficient premating isolation between the sympatric populations
(i.e. reinforcement), while the allopatric populations are presumed to have
retained the original basic call structure. A figure showing general south-eastern
distributions, and geographical variation in one call component, pulse repetition
rate, is presented here. Other noticeable differences have been detected in
call duration (eastern sympatry) and carrier frequency (western sympatry).
In addition, the distinctness of the pulsing (amplitude modulation) is markedly
reduced in the western sympatric populations of H. verreauxi. Because the
ranges of variation of pulse repetition rate in the sympatric populations do

262

120

pulses/sec.

100

EWING/

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

ALLOPATRIC SYMPATRIC ALLOPATRIC

Fig. 1.—Distributions of Hyla ewingi and H. verreauxi in south eastern
Australia and a graphical summary of geographical variation in pulse
repetition rate (corrected to 10°C.). The range is indicated by the
long vertical line and the mean by the short horizontal line. Each
sample includes calls of at least twenty five individuals. (Based on
data presented by Littlejohn, 1965, Evolution 19: 234-243).

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 263

not overlap, whereas those of the other parameters do, we may assume
that this most distinctive call component is very important in the call
discrimination process. There is also no overlap in ranges of variation of
pulse repetition rate of the allopatric and sympatric samples of H. verreauxi.
We can therefore predict that these allopatric populations are potentially
reproductively isolated. Conversely, the pulse repetition rates of western
sympatric H. ewingi and allopatric H. verreauxi do overlap and we might
again predict that these populations would not be ethologically isolated if they
became sympatric. If this is so, then a rather anomolous taxonomic situation
exists in which these remote populations could behave as good biological
species, but are linked by a series of intermediate populations. Since the
process of speciation is gradual, such examples are to be expected and are
of great vaiue in providing information about the evolution of reproductive
isolating mechanisms and the formation of species.

Call discrimination tests

The above speculations about the effectiveness of mating call differences
can be objectively tested by call discrimination experiments. We are currently
investigating these problems in the H. ewingi complex and a brief description
of the methods and some of the preliminary results may be of interest.

Several parameters of the male mating call (e.g. duration and pulse
repetition rate) are markedly temperature dependent. If female specificity
depends on these call components then we must assume that the response
system has the same temperature coefficient. Consequently in attempting an
experimental analysis of this behavioural response it is desirable to control
such environmental factors as temperature. This in turn makes the laboratory
a more suitable place than the natural situation for experimental investigations
of this type. The basic apparatus presently in use consists of a sound and
heat-insulated, temperature-controlled box, about eight feet long, thirty inches
wide and eighteen inches high. A foam plastic floor, marked out in eight
inch squares so that the positions and movements of the frogs can be
accurately described, is dampened with water to provide a saturated atmosphere.
Two small loudspeakers, each driven by a separate tape recorder, are
symmetrically placed within the enclosure at the centres of the appropriate
squares, and near the ends. Tapes of test calls are prepared in advance by
selecting recordings made at temperatures close to that of the discrimination
box (usually 10 or 11°C) and repeatedly transcribed onto another tape
so that a long sequence of the same call is available. Observations are made
by dim red light and the behaviour of the animals being tested is noted on
a third tape recorder (Plate XII).

Reproductively active female frogs, freshly collected from nearby breeding
sites, are returned to the laboratory as quickly and quietly as possible. The
recorders are loaded with the appropriate prepared tapes, usually one of
which carries the call of a male of the same species from the same area
(control), while the other is that of a male of another species, or of the
same species from another area (experimental). The recorders are then
started and the sound levels of the loudspeakers balanced and adjusted to
approximate the loudness of natural calls. The female frogs are carefully
released and the discrimination trial started. An orientation to a loudspeaker
is scored if the frog enters the speaker square (Plate XIII). A normal pattern of
orientation to a call involves deliberate and progressive movement towards the
sound source, often in a circling path, and finally actual contact with the loud-
speaker. At the end of a trial the frogs are gathered up and returned to a central
container where they are allowed to settle down for about twenty minutes.
To counteract any bias in the system the loudspeaker connections are
exchanged so that control and experimental calls are now coming from opposite
ends, and the next trial is started. The experiments are repeated until adequate
samples have been obtained. It is a rather uncertain and difficult process to

264 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

obtain reactive females so that some compromise in sample size may be
necessary. Many apparently suitable subjects simply sit at the release point
for the duration of the trial, while others may attempt to escape from the
enclosure by rapid randomly oriented movements which are in striking contrast
to the deliberate and overt orientations of reactive frogs.

A reasonable number of H. ewingi and H. verreauxi females from western
sympatric populations have now been tested in the discrimination tank and
the results of these experiments give strong support to the predictions made
from the quantitative study of geographical variation in mating call structure
in this complex.

Electrophysiological studies of the ear can also provide information about
the general problem of sound reception and discrimination. Recent work in
the United States of America has indicated that the frog’s ear may operate
as a tuned acoustical filter, allowing only sounds within a certain frequency
band to be transmitted by the auditory nerve to the brain for processing.
This indicates the possible importance of the carrier frequency differences
which we have noted in the geographical survey of mating call structure in
the H. ewingi complex. Since the natural calls used in the initial discrimination
trials may differ in carrier frequency as well as pulse repetition rate, it has
become necessary to develop techniques for electronically synthesizing mating
calls in which only one factor is varied. We have begun such a programme
and the results so far obtained, while most encouraging, are not adequate
to permit any generalizations about the significance of the various call
components.

This kind of experimental approach to behaviour thus confirms conclusions
derived indirectly from a consideration of geographical variability in mating
call structure and from comparison of calls of sets of sympatric species. It is
hoped that in outlining our research that we may be able to give some
indications of the role of behavioural studies in modern taxonomy and evolution,
and of future experimental applications.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

Plate XI, Fig. 1.—Oscillograms of mating calls of (A) Crinia parinsignifera,
(B) C. signifera, and (C) C. sloanei, recorded in a sympatric breeding
chorus at Mulwala, N.S.W. The time marker below each trace indicates
0.01 second intervals.

Plate XI, Fig. 2.—Audiospectrograms of repeated notes in the mating calls of
(A) Crinia laevis, and (B) C. victoriana. These recordings were
obtained from two localities in the Grampians, Vic., close to where
the geographic ranges contact.

Plate XIJ—Mr. J. Loftus-Hills observing the movements of a female tree frog
during a call discrimination trial. Note the small white loud speaker
enclosure below the cooling pipes inside the discrimination box.

(Photo: Author)

Plate XIII—A female Hyla verreauxi which has been attracted to the loud
speaker from which recorded mating calls of a male of the same

species are being broadcast.
(Photo: Author)

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 265

REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS OF THE BATHURST DISTRICT

By IAN B. MCARTNEY,
Bathurst, N.S.W.

I can make little claim to this work being “all my own”. I am very
grateful for the assistance given to me by Mr. Harold Cogger of the Australian
Museum and to Barry West (who for the present is of no fixed abode). Also
to the many others too numerous to mention who have brought specimens
to me.

LIZARDS

FAMILY: Geckonidae
THICK TAILED GECKO: Gymnodactylus millii. Not a very common species:
Rock Forest, Mt. Rankin, Mt. Dedman.
STONE GECKO: Diplodactylus vittatus. Whole Bathurst area, usually amongst
granite.
LESUEUR’S GECKO: Oéedura lesueurii lesueurii. From Mt. Dedman only.

FAMILY: Pygopididae

BURTON’S LEGLESS LIZARD: Lialis burtonis. Bridal Track. One specimen
only. Turondale (numerous).

FRAZER’S LEGLESS LIZARD: Delma frazeri frazeri. Turondale. One specimen
only.

FAMILY: Scincidae

SKINK: Ablepharus lineoocellatus anomalus. A fairly common species through-
out the Bathurst district.

WALL LIZARD: Ablepharus boutonii plagiocephalus. Mt. Rankin.

Ablepharus greyii. Mt. Rankin; one specimen only.

CUNNINGHAM’S ROCK SKINK: Egernia cunninghami. Very ‘common
throughout whole Bathurst district, particularly in the vicinity of granite,
although quite often found in tree stumps and logs.

THREE TOED SKINK: Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) decresiense decresiense.
Appears to be restricted to some higher areas around Bathurst, quite
common under rotten logs in Vittoria area.

COMMON GRASS SKINK: Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) guichenoti guichenoti.
Common (as name implies).

Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) pectoralis. Mt. Stewart.

WEASEL SKINK: Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) mustelinum. Chifley Dam from
one specimen only.

Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) entrecasteauxii. Walang.

METALLIC SKINK: Lygosoma (Leiolopisma) metallicum. Mt. Dedman from
one specimen only.

COPPER TAIL SKINK: Lygosoma (Sphenomorphus) taeniolatum taeniolatum.
Common in rocky areas.

STRIPED SKINK: Lygosoma (Sphenomorphus) lesueurii lesueurii. Whole
Bathurst area.

COMMON WATER SKINK: Lygosoma (Sphenomorphus) quoyii quoyii. Most
waterways (not in the vicinity of town).

COMMON BLUE TONGUE: Tiliqua scincoides scincoides. Whole district.
SOUTHERN BLOTCHED BLUE TONGUE: Tiliqua nigrolutea. Appear to
be restricted to Southern side of Bathurst. From southwest to east.
SHINGLE BACK: Trachydosaurus rugosus rugosus. More common on north

side of town. Only occasionally south of Bathurst.

266 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

FAMILY: Agamidae

BURROWING DRAGON: Tympanocryptis lineata. George Park, Bathurst.
TREE DRAGON or JACKY LIZARD: Amphibolurus muricatus. Whole

district.

COMMON BEARDED DRAGON: Amphibolurus barbatus barbatus. Whole
district.

MOUNTAIN DRAGON: Amphibolurus diemensis. Mt. Horrible from one

specimen.

DRAGON: Previously called Diporiphora australis but arrangement of pores
makes it an Amphibolurus. Possibly an undescribed species (Cogger).
EASTERN WATER DRAGON: Physignathus lesueurii lesueurii. Most waterways

(not in immediate town area).

FAMILY: Varanidae

LACE MONITOR: Varanus (Varanus) varius. A species fast becoming very
scarce. Usually found in places not frequented by humans.

GOULD SAND GOANNA: Varanus (Varanus) gouldii gouldii. Even rarer
than the above. Appears to be restricted to the north side of Bathurst.

SNAKES

FAMILY: Typhlopidae

BLIND SNAKE OR WORM SNAKE: Typhlops nigrescens. (Example only)—
Common enough but not frequently found, owing to secretive habits.
In dealing with typhlops I have only listed the above species. Because of
their small size and minor differences between species, identification is
often difficult.

FAMILY: Boidae

CARPET PYTHON: Morelia spilotes variegata. This would possibly be one
of the rarest reptiles in the Bathurst district.

FAMILY: Elapidae

COPPERHEAD: Denisonia superba. Usually found on high lands and snow
country.

BLACK HEADED. OR GOULD SNAKE: Parasuta gouldii. Reasonably common
but not usually seen unless one searches for them. Found under rocks ete.

SMALL EYED SNAKE: Cryptophis nigrescens. Mt. Horrible.

COMMON BROWN SNAKE: Demansia textilis textilis. Whole Bathurst area.

YELLOW FACED WHIP SNAKE: Demansia psammophis. Forge area. From
one specimen only.

MAINLAND TIGER SNAKE: Notechis scutatus scutatus. A common species
found in all parts of the Bathurst area except the north, e.g. Bridle Track
and Turondale. There is a good deal of colour variety in this district.

COMMON RED BELLIED BLACK SNAKE: Pseudechis porphyriacus. As the
name implies, a very common species, usually found in the vicinity of
waterways in the whole of the Bathurst district.

BANDY BANDY: Vermicella annulata. Somewhat rare species but found in

all parts of the Bathurst district.

TORTOISES

FAMILY: Chelydidae

COMMON LONG NECKED TORTOISE: Chelodina longicollis. Found in
all waterways in the Bathurst district. .

MACQUARIE TORTOISE: Emydura macquarii. Turon River. From one
specimen only. Lower Macquarie (Ranwick Hole).

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 267

AMPHIBIA.
FAMILY: Leptodactylidae
PAINTED FROG: 4Heleioporus pictus. Perthville to South.
BULL FROG: Lymnodynastes dorsalis. Whole district.
MARBLED FROG: Lymnodynastes tasmaniensis. Whole district.
FLETCHER’S FROG: Lymnodynastes fletcheri. In common with tasmaniensis.
BROWN FROGLET: Crinia signifera. Whole Bathurst district. A great variety
in colour markings.
BIBRON’S TOADLET: Pseudophryne bibronii. Whole Bathurst area.
Uperoleia sp. In the case of this species identification is not positive. Species
either Uperoleia marmorata or Uperoleia rugosa.
GOLDEN SWAMP FROG (BELLS): Ayla aurea. Whole Bathurst district.
LESUEUR’S FROG: Ayla lesueurii. Bridle Track. Somewhat rare.
Hyla booroolongensis. Very common along the stony margins of all water-
ways in whole district. Specimens identified by Mr. Harold Cogger.
EWING’S FROG: Ayla ewingii loveridgei. Sub species very common in
whole district.
PERON’S TREE FROG: Ayla peronii. A somewhat rare species in this
district.

References

Eric Worrell, “Reptiles of Australia”.

J. R. Kinghorn, “The Snakes of Australia”.

H. G. Cogger, “Frogs of New South Wales”.

E. R. Waite, “The Reptiles and Amphibians of South Australia”.

268 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

TWO NEW SPECIES OF GALAXIID FISHES FROM THE LAKE
PEDDER REGION OF SOUTHERN TASMANIA

By ROGER FRANKENBERG

(Plates XIV-XV)

INTRODUCTION

Collections of galaxiid fishes from the Lake Pedder region of southern
Tasmania by A. Neboiss and C. McCubbin in 1965, by W. D. Williams and
party in 1966, and by the author in 1967, have provided the material for
this paper. Two new species are described, with remarks on their relationships
and ecology. The occurrence of a third species in the region is noted.

The above collections represent the only records of galaxiids from a
comparatively large portion of Tasmania between and including most of the
drainage basins of the Gordon and Huon rivers. As galaxiids are the dominant
element in the native fish fauna of the rest of Tasmania, it is not surprising
that the little known southern part should yield new species.

Aquatic habitats in the Lake Pedder region can be broadly divided
on a physical basis as follows: (1) Lake Pedder itself, in the headwaters of
the Serpentine R. (Gordon R. drainage), about two miles square and relatively
shallow, with wide sandy beaches and little rooted aquatic vegetation; (2) swamps
and slow-flowing streams with aquatic and overhanging terrestrial vegetation
and a substratum with considerable organic detritus, situated in a flat plain
draining into Lake Pedder or the Serpentine R.; (3) streams with steep
gradients draining ranges to the north and south of Lake Pedder; and (4) small
glacial lakes high in the Frankland Ranges (S. and W. of Lake Pedder),
e.g. Lake Surprise, about 400 yards in diameter, with a rocky bottom: and,
in parts, a thick blanket of algae. At the east end of the Frankland Ranges,
the line of the divide between the Serpentine and Huon Rivers lies in the
plain and is scarcely distinguishable, suggesting that some continuity of headwaters
may occur with periods of heavy rain and consequently allow migration of
aquatic organisms from one river to the other.

In the descriptions below, methods of making counts and measurements
follow Hubbs and Lagler (1958), except that (1) the caudal peduncle is
measured along its dorsal length, and (2) vertebrae counts represent the
total number of distinguishable centra minus two in each case, i.e. the ural
vertebrae are not counted. The total count is given for dorsal and anal
fin rays. Abbreviations used in the text are, “LT’=total length, “LS” “standard
length, “f’=frequency. Where counts are given for paired characters, those
of the left side are listed first. For the locality records listed, the figure in
parentheses following the date indicates the number of specimens. Collections
were made using a dip-net and a %” mesh seine. The type-series of each
species (and all material collected by the author) were initially fixed in
hexamine neutralised formalin and subsequently transferred to 70% ethyl
alcohol.

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT
Galaxias pedderensis sp. nov.

(Plate XIV)

Holotype: a female 49 mm. standard length, reg. no. D.941, Tasmanian Museum,
Hobart. Named from the type-locality.

Type-locality: Lake Pedder, southern Tasmania, near the mouth of the
inflowing stream from Lake Maria, and including the stream itself up to
100 yards from the mouth, 1 February, 1967.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 269

Paratypes: 19 specimens: 16 from the same locality and at the same time
as the holotype, 3 from a pond about 400 yards south of the type locality,
3 February, 1967.

Diagnosis: distinguished from all other species of Galaxias by a combination
of the slender caudal peduncle, single pyloric caecum and the low number
of vertebrae.

Description: based on the type and 19 paratypes, 32.0-70.0 mm. LS, of which
7 specimens were cleared and stained. Biometric data are presented in Tables
1 and 3.

Body fusiform, head with flat dorsal profile, depressed between the
orbits. Jaws sub-equal anteriorly; posterior termination of the maxilla varies
between verticals from the anterior one fifth to one half of eye. Premaxilla
and dentary each with about 12 to 16 teeth, no lateral canines; 7 to 8 teeth
on the mesopterygoid and a double row of about 5 on the lingual plate;
both upper and lower pharyngeal teeth present.

A large open pore on each side of each tubular anterior nostril, and
1 immediately antero-medial to each simple posterior nostril; 2, pairs of pores
in the interorbital space, respectively about 0.33 and 0.8 of the eye diameter
from its anterior margin; 1 pore on the upper margin of each eye slightly
posterior to the second interorbital pair, a suborbital (but no postorbital)
pore; 2 pores between the maxilla and eye and 2 each side below the jaws;
6 pores along the preoperculum, the first below or slightly anterior to the
suborbital pore (slightly posterior in two of the largest specimens).

Gill rakers on lower part of first arch 2 to 3 times longer than wide,
of about equal size in individuals, except for the anteriormost 1 or 2

One short pyloric caecum present, from 1.5 to 3.0 times longer than
width at base (4 specimens examined). Least depth of the caudal peduncle
varies between 0.32 and 0.37 of its dorsal length.

Pectoral fins rounded, extending from 0.40 to 0.51 of the distance to the
origin of the pelvic fins. Pelvic fins with small unpaired ‘splint’ ray on outer
margin and extending from 0.54 to 0.69 of the distance to the origin of
the anal fin. A maximum number of 2 branches per ray in both paired fins.
Anal fin commences between 0.38 and 0.64 of the dorsal fin base behind
the dorsal fin origin. Anterior 4 to 6 dorsal rays and 5 to 6 anal rays
unbranched, remainder 2-branched in specimens longer than 43 mm. LS.
Last ray divided from base (except in 1 specimen). Caudal fin emarginate,
with caudal ridges scarcely extending to the limit of the anal fin. A
maximum of 4 branches in a single caudal fin ray.

Branchiostegals: counts of branchiostegal rays for 12 specimens are 7-7(f.3),
8-8(f£.5), 9-7(f.1), 9-8(f.1), 9-9(f.2).

Vertebrae: parapophyses not fused with centra on prepelvic trunk vertebrae.
Counts of trunk and caudal vertebrae for 17 specimens, covering a total
range of 49 to 52, are 29-21(f.1), 30-21(f.2), 30-22(f.1), 31-19(f.2), 31-20
(f.1), 32-18(f.2), 32-19(£.2), 33-16(f.1), 34-16(f.2), 34-17(f.1), 35-16(f.2).

Colour in alcohol: upper body and sides with irregular blotches, dark brown
to light grey in colour according to the degree of expansion of the melanophores.
Ventral surface light coloured, except that the pigmented coelomic wall may
be visible. Fins hyaline, the fin rays (except the posterior pectoral rays)
outlined with dark pigment. In the larger specimens dermal pigmentation
extends on to the anterior part of the dorsal fin, and to a lesser extent,
the anal fin.

Colour in life: wpper body and sides light yellow-brown with blackish-brown
blotches; lower sides of trunk grey-green; ventral surface whitish. Fins light
yellow-brown at bases, becoming colourless distally.

Size: Maximum size observed 80 mm. LT, 70 mm. LS (a female). Largest
male 53 mm. LT, 46.5 mm. LS.

270 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

Breeding: in 10 specimens, only the 6 largest, from 43 mm. LS (4 females
and 2 males), showed any trace of gonad development, and this was at a
very immature stage. Females appear to reach a larger size than males,
otherwise there is no apparent difference between the sexes.

Habitat: abundant near the edge of Lake Pedder, and in a flowing stream
entering the lake. A few specimens were collected from a pond near Lake
Pedder (type locality of a second species described below).

Affinities: G. pedderensis appears most closely related to G. johnstoni Scott.
The lower number of vertebrae (Table 3), the single pyloric caecum
(cf. 2 in johnstoni), the narrower caudal peduncle (32.5-37.0, mean = 34.6%
of the dorsal length, cf. 39.0-47.0, mean = 43.1%), and the longer head
(23.1-26.0, mean = 24.7% of LS, cf. 21.0-23.0, mean = 22.0%) serve to
distinguish G. pedderensis from G. johnstoni. The specimens used of each
species are of comparable size (32.0-51.5, mean 40.8 mm. LS, cf. 40.5-60.0,
mean 44.9) so that little of the difference in the morphometric characters
may be attributed to allometric growth.

Distribution: known only from Lake Pedder and immediate surrounds,
southern Tasmania.

Study material and locality records

Lake Pedder, southern Tasmania, near the mouth of the inflowing stream
from Lake Maria, and from the stream itself up to 100 yards from the
mouth. 1. ii. 1967 (49) R. Frankenberg, B. Cane & G. Wells. Type-series—
holotype in Tasmanian Museum, Hobart, paratypes in Department of Zoology
Museum, University of Melbourne (M.U.Z.D.).

Pond on the east bank of Lake Pedder, about 400 yards south of the
stream entering Lake Pedder from Lake Maria. 1 and 3.i1.1967 (3) R.
Frankenberg (M.U.Z.D.).

Lake Pedder. 3.iii.1966 (4) W. D. Williams. (M.U.Z.D.).

Lake Pedder. 30.1.1965 (6) A. Neboiss. (National Museum, Victoria).

Galaxias parvus sp. nov.
(Plate XV)

Holotype: a female 41 mm. standard length, reg. no. D.940, Tasmanian Museum,
Hobart. The name parvus is from the Latin meaning ‘small’.

Type locality: Pond on the east bank of Lake Pedder, about 400 yards
south of the stream entering Lake Pedder from Lake Maria, southern
Tasmania, 1 and 3 February, 1967.

Paratypes: 19 specimens, 17 of which were collected at the same time and
from the same locality as the holotype, and 2 from Lake Pedder near the
mouth of an inflowing stream about 400 yards north of the type locality,
1 February, 1967.

Diagnosis: distinguished from all other species of Galaxias by a combination
of the rounded caudal fin, and the low number of vertebrae and pelvic fin
rays.

Description: based for the most part on the holotype and 9 paratypes, 22.5
to 54.0 mm. LS. Osteological features and branchiostegal fin ray counts derive
from 7 cleared and stained paratypes, 20 to 34 mm. L.S. Biometric data are
presented in Tables 2 and 3.

Body fusiform; head flat between the orbits and with a rounded anterior
profile. Jaws equal anteriorly, or lower jaw slightly protrudes; posterior
termination of the maxilla varies between verticals from the anterior margin
of eye and anterior third of eye.

Premaxilla and dentary each with about 16 teeth of fairly even size,
those on the dentary being slightly larger. Lingual teeth well developed,
about 5 each side along a rather narrow lingual plate; mesopterygoid also
with about 5 teeth; both supra- and infrapharyngeal teeth present.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 271

A large open pore on each side of each tubular anterior nostril and
1 immediately anterior and medial to each simple posterior nostril; a pair of
pores in the interorbital space 0.25 to 0.33 of the eye diameter from its
anterior margin; a line of 4 pores between the posterior margins of the eyes,
the middle 2 sometimes slightly more anterior; a sub-orbital and a postorbital
pore; 2 pores between the maxilla and the eye and 2 each side below the
jaws; 5 pores along the preoperculum, the first below and distinctly posterior
to the suborbital pore; numerous smaller pores on the head.

Gillrakers on the lower part of the first arch vary in length from
about 1 to 3 times width at base, but, except for the anterior ‘ew, are of
similar size in any one specimen.

Pyloric caeca absent (6 specimens examined). Least depth of the caudal
peduncle varies between 0.42 and 0.50 of its dorsal length.

Pectoral fins broadly rounded with a short basal peduncle and extending
from 0.40 to 0.53 of the distance to the origin of the pelvic fins. Pelvic fins
with a small unpaired ‘splint’ ray on the outer margin and extending from
0.49 to 0.66 of the distance to the origin of the anal fin. Dorsal and anal
fins rounded, with 4 to 6 unbranched anterior rays. A small and usually
unbranched posteriormost ray in these fins appears distinctly separate from
the penultimate ray (except in one specimen) and has been counted separately.
The anal fin commences between 0.13 and 0.40 of the dorsal fin base
behind the dorsal fin origin. Caudal fin truncate to rounded (slightly
emarginate in juveniles); ridges from the caudal fin extend anteriorly, the
ventral ridge reaching to or nearly to the base of the anal fin. Where an
odd number of principal caudal rays occurs, the lower lobe usually contains
one more ray than the upper (one exception). A maximum number of 7
branches in a single fin ray for the caudal fin and 4 for all other fins.
Branchiostegals: counts of branchiostegal rays for 7 specimens are 7-6(f.1),
7-7(£.3), 8-7(£.3).

Vertebrae: fused parapophyses on all trunk vertebrae. Counts of trunk and
caudal vertebrae for 15 specimens, covering a total range of from 44 to 47
are 25-19(f.1), 25-20(f.1), 25-21(f.2), 26-18(f.1), 26-19(f.1), 26-20 (f.1),
26-21(f.1), 27-17(f.1), 27-19(f.3), 27-20(£.3).

Colour in alcohol: body above lateral line light grey-brown to dark brown,
with small irregularly spaced denser blotches. Sides below lateral line lighter
in colour, ventral surface whitish. Fins hyaline, the rays outlined with black
pigment.

Colour in life: back and sides yellow-brown, lower sides grey-green; belly
whitish, except for a more or less conspicuous salmon-pink to gold coloration
anterior to the pelvic fins—this colour was more evident in the smaller
specimens. A greenish iridescence on the operculum. Fins light yellow-brown
on the proximal part, hyaline distally.

Size: maximum size observed 60.5 mm. LT., 54.0 mm. LS (female). Largest
male 53.5 mm. LT, 38.5 mm. LS.

Breeding: in 10 specimens (5 males and 5 females), immature gonad develop-
ment was evident in all, the smallest being 22.5 mm. LS. The largest
specimens are females, otherwise there appears to be no obvious sexual
dimorphism.

Habitat: Swamps, still pools and backwaters; collected mainly by sweeping
a dipnet through vegetation on the margins of pools. Juveniles were collected
in open shallow water on the edge of Lake Pedder together with adults
and juveniles of G. pedderensis.

Affinities: in size, general appearance, and in characters such as fused prepelvic
parapophyses, 5 to 6-rayed pelvic fins, less than 50 vertebrae, and the rounded

272 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

caudal fin with a tendency towards fewer than 16 principal fin rays, G. parvus
departs from the more usual Galaxias condition, as represented by G. pedderensis
and G. johnstoni, towards the Australian species, Brachygalaxias pusillus Mack.
These features apart, however, G. parvus shows greater osteological similarity
to the above two species of Galaxias. On this basis, and from its association
with G. pedderensis, G. parvus is regarded as being phyletically closest to
G. pedderensis, the two representing ecospecies which have diverged morpho-
logically in the course of adaptation to differing habitats—G. parvus to
swamp conditions, and G. pedderensis to the more open lake-stream habitat.
The features of similarity noted above between G. parvus and Brachygalaxias
pusillus are therefore considered to be due to parallel evolution, and the
adaptive nature of the resulting ‘morphotype’ is supported by personal
observations on B. pusillus, which typically occurs in swampy conditions, i.e.
similar to those of G. parvus.

Distribution: Lake Pedder and headwaters of the Huon and Serpentine Rivers,
southern Tasmania.

Study material and locality-records

Pond on the east bank of Lake Pedder, about 400 yards S. of the stream
entering Lake Pedder from Lake Maria. (Gordon R. drainage). 1 and 3.11.1967
(23) R. Frankenberg. Type-series—holotype in the Tasmanian Museum, Hobart,
paratypes in the Department of Zoology Museum, University of Melbourne
(M.U.Z.D.).

Pond near H.E.C. Hut (= type locality?), Lake Pedder, 3.ii1.1966 (1)
W. D. Williams. (M.U.Z.D.).

Lake Pedder, near mouth of inflowing stream from Lake Maria, 1.11.1967
(5) B. Cane, R. Frankenberg & G. Wells. (M.U.Z.D.).

Anabranch of Huon R., approx. 2.5 miles SE. of Lake Pedder, 2.ii.1967
(29) R. Frankenberg. (M.U.Z.D.).

Mosquito Creek, SW. of Mt. Bowes (Huon R. drainage), 11.11.1965 (1)
C. McCubbin. (National Museum, Victoria).

Galaxias affinis Regan?

Attention is drawn to the existence of a third species of Galaxias from
the Lake Pedder region. This is represented by two specimens, 50 and 75 mm.
LS, from Lake Surprise. These differ from the other two species in having
two pyloric caeca (a vestigial third in one), and markedly higher vertebrae
numbers (Table 3). The colour pattern also differs, consisting of dark
spots and irregular vertical bars. On the basis of these features, these specimens
may represent juveniles of G. affinis Regan, but further work is necessary
on this ill-defined species before any confidence could be placed in such a
designation.

Material examined.

Lake Surprise (Huon R. drainage), Tasmania. 3.ii1.1966 (2) W. D. Williams
(M.U.Z.D.).

Galaxias johnstoni Scott

Comparative material of G. johnstoni (from the Derwent R. system,
Tasmania) comprises the type-series (4 specimens from a tributary of the
Nive R. (Scott, 1936), and 3 specimens from the Clarence Lagoon, in
the headwaters of the Nive R., collected by J. Wilson, 27.iii.1962 (M.U.Z.D.).
This material is the total recorded for the species.

SUMMARY

Two new species of galaxiid fishes, Galaxias pedderensis and G. parvus
are described from the Lake Pedder region of southern Tasmania and their
affinities discussed. The existence of a third species in the area, questionably
referred to G. affinis Regan, is noted.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 273

TABLE 1. Biometric data for the type specimen and 9 paratypes of
Galaxias pedderensis

Holotype Holotype & 9 paratypes
Range Mean
Pectoral fin-rays .... Pa 4. PW 135,.13 12-15 13.3
Pelvic fin-rays (paired) saayanaaeinas au ngactsthastarw/kcy/ | 7-7 7.0
Dorsal finsrays 5, ee I 12 11-13 11.7
Anal fin-rays ye Pp aan ee arte a aap Is) 13-14 13.2
Principal caudal fin-rays ne Ads eg ealG 16-16 16.0
Branched caudal fin-rays ... .... .... 14 14-14 14.0
Gill-rakers Gower limb) -=. 3. 22 Ai 10-11 10.6
Wotal length invmm) 2... 4... 56 37.0-58.0 46.9
Standard length in mm. ... Leg 32.0-51.5 40.8
As a percentage of standard length:
Head length .... ae 24.5 23.1-26.0 24.7
Body depth (maximum) ue wee lAa3 14.0-15.9 14.7
Body width (maximum) . wis Meee. | Aleem 11.4-13.0 1222
Snout tip to pelvic fin-origin eck eeclesroped 51.3-54.0 52.8
Snout tip to dorsal fin-origin ... .... 68.8 66.7-70.3 68.6
Snout tip to anal fin-origin ........ 72.9 71.0-74.6 72.9
Caudal peduncle depth .... receecmne aO 7.2- 8.3 7.6
Caudal peduncle dorsal length Rie 213 20.4-23.1 22.0
Pectoral fin length . & P APEAV2I9 11.6-14.3 12.7
Pelvic fin length .... 11.6 10.7-12.6 11.5
As a percentage of head length:
Eye width . au ae 20) 24.0-27.5 25.6
Snout length eats Ree” a en TES 20.0-25.3 21.8
Interorbital width ... ... ... .... 30.0 28.7-32.5 30.1
TABLE 2. Biometric data for the type specimen and 9 paratypes of Galaxias
parvus
Holotype Holotype & 9 paratypes
Range Mean
Pectoral fin-rays .... iy rere ame! (res 12-14 12.8
Pelvic fin-rays (paired) STORM tly SEMIN S'S 5-6 5.4
Dorsal fMM-TAYS. jek es ees es ey, 10-12 11.3
Anal fin-rays ...._... HE ens) Sees 11-15 13.3
Principal caudal fin- -rays Ee Fils) 14-16 Hes
Branched caudal fin-rays .... .... .... 12 8-14 11.7
Gill-rakers (lower HTNED)) = ss) eee a oe ce 7-9 8.5
Total length in mm. .... .... .... .... 46.5 25.5-60.5 40.1
Standard length in mm. .. 41.0 22.5-54.0 B)S |
As a percentage of standard | length:
Head length _.... Te goer i OES 23.1-27.5 25.4
Body depth (maximum) .. cuales anne Lisa 14.8-19.3 17.5
Body width (maximum) .. waphudheies debe Thal Ze 11.1-16.2 14.3
Snout tip to pelvic fin-origin SW, ee ay Oe 50.6-55.6 53.5
Snout tip to dorsal fin-origin .... ..... 70.2 67.9-70.7 69.3
Snout tip to anal fin-origin ... .... 75.1 70.7-75.3 72.9
Caudal peduncle depth .... 8.5 8.3-10.2 9.2
Caudal peduncle dorsal length . 19.0 18.9-22.2 20.3
Pectoral fin length . a oe 012.2 12.0-16.3 13.5
Pelvic fin length _.... wien LOD 9.6-11.5 10.3
As a percentage of head length:
Eye width . 2 toe DOD 21.6-31.9 28.0
Snout length Wea 5 Nec a cicveght 1 LORS 16.0-20.0 18.0
Interorbital width Ui Bea 17/8: 23.3-36.7 30.9

274 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

TABLE 3. Fin ray and vertebrae counts in three species of Galaxias from
the Lake Pedder region and G. johnstoni Scott. (D) = Derwent R.
drainage, (H) = Huon R. drainage, (G) = Gordon R. drainage,

N = number of specimens.
Pectoral Pelvic

Species Locality N 11 12 13 14 15 16 5) Garis
G. parvus Lake Pedder (G) ... 20 1 8 8 3 10 10

Upper Huon R. (H) 15 ieee 15
G. pedderensis L. Pedder (G) .... 20 PPL Opn, 19.4
G. johnstoni’ Nive R. &

Clarence Lag. (D)" 47 6) 1) 48 Suit
G.-affinis ? iL.xSurprise. (CH) © ...a 2 1 ee | 2

Dorsal Anal Principal Caudal

Species NO co r2s 13 iii 14 5 14° TS S16 ce87
G. parvus ZO SO 8 2 Sey SOO PARE HZ Drs eae

15 ES: Dae al etiies: 14 1
G. pedderensis 20 i ee 1 Pat eaey | 20
G. johnstoni LATOR ole ene mes: Raciedhaan 4 7
G. affinis ? 54 2 | | 2

Vertebrae

Species N 44 45 46.47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
G. parvus TSS eee A

15 6.5.5.3 eh
G. pedderensis 18 Bee Sead
G. johnstoni 3 3
G. affinis ? 2, 1.4

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This work was carried out under a University of Melbourne Research
Grant. Thanks are due to Dr. W. D. Williams for the donation of specimens
and to the National Museum of Victoria for the loan of specimens. The
hospitality of the Peterson family, Hobart, is gratefully acknowledged. Mr. B.
Cane and Mr. G. Wells assisted in collecting, and Mr. J. Grant provided air
transport to Lake Pedder.

REFERENCES

Hubbs, C. L. and K. F. Lagler, 1958.—Fishes of the Great Lake region.
Cranbrook Inst. Sci., Bull. No. 26, 213 pp. illust.

Regan, C. T., 1905.—A revision of the fishes of the family Galaxiidae.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1905: 363-384, 4 pls.

Scott, E. O. G., 1936.—Observations on fishes of the family Galaxiidae.
Part I. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1935: 85-112, figs. 1-4.

Stokell, G., 1966.—A preliminary investigation of the systematics of some
Tasmanian Galaxiidae. Pap. & Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 100: 73-79,
4 pls.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PLATE XIV
Galaxias pedderensis.—(1) holotype, 49 mm. LS, (2) a paratype 60 mm. LS
from a pond near Lake Pedder.
PLATE XV
Galaxias parvus—(1) holotype, 41 mm. LS, (2) a specimen 40 mm. LS
from an anabranch of the Huon R. near Lake Pedder.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 275

A NEW CRAB OF THE GENUS TRICHOPELTARION FROM
AUSTRALIA

By R. K. DELL
Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand
(Plate xvi, text-figures 1-5).

ABSTRACT

A new species of Trichopeltarion is described from southern Australia.
This is the first Australian record of the genus.

INTRODUCTION

In describing Trichopeltarion fantasticum from New Zealand, Richardson
and Dell (1964, p. 150) commented that no species of this group was
known from Australian waters but suggested that the group would almost
certainly be collected there. In fact specimens were already present in
collections. Dr. J. C. Yaldwyn had examined the collections of crabs in the
Australian Museum to check whether any unidentified members of the
Atelecyclidae were represented before the paper was written. Later, when
working on the collection of Majidae, he came across an unidentified specimen
of Trichopeltarion presented by Charles T. Harrisson in 1910 from 40-50
fathoms off Tasmania. This specimen was sent to the writer. Mr. Melbourne
Ward had also had specimens of this species from oft Tasmania in his
collection for many years and had assigned it a manuscript name. Dr. Yaldwyn
recognised these while examining the Ward collection and was instrumental
in having them also sent to the writer. It had been planned to write a joint
description of the new Australian species with Mr. Ward. His untimely
death prevented this plan from. being carried out. The writer has therefore
decided to dedicate this handsome and interesting Australian species to
Melbourne Ward as a sign of respect.

Genus Trichopeltarion Milne-Edwards, 1880.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 8, p. 19.
Type species (monotypy) Trichopeltarion nobile Milne-Edwards, 1880.

Trichopeltarion wardi n.sp.
(Plate xvi; text-figs. 1-5).

Carapace without the spines slightly longer than broad; anterior margin
broadly rounded, posterolateral margins very gently rounded, posterior margin
almost straight. Anterior and lateral margins with strong, spiny teeth, posterior
margin with fine, close tubercles. Regions reasonably well marked. Carapace
with groups of close-spaced, evenly developed pustules, developed most strongly
over the median and posterior portions of the carapace. Pattern of pustules
best shown in Plate vii. Front with three equally developed, acute spines,
flattened dorsoventrally. Pre-orbital spine strong with subsidiary teeth, relatively
wide. Supraorbital spine narrower but denticulate. Post-orbital spine subequal
with pre-orbital, bearing subsidiary teeth. Behind the post-orbital spines
are two strong compound spines on each side, in front of the lateral spines,
followed by two simple teeth and then the relatively short, lateral spines.
Lateral spines, each less than one sixth the width of the carapace without
spines, bearing subsidiary teeth, Abdomen of seven segments, very similar
in detail to that of fantasticum.

Orbits large, bordered by three spines above, anterior edge bounded by
the basal antennal segment. Eyestalk very narrow, comparatively long.

Right cheliped (figs. 2, 3) greatly developed in males, very similar to
that of fantasticum. Left chela much smaller.

Localities: Off Maria Island, Tasmania, Danish seine working in 40 to 45
fathoms, Capt. K. Moller, Holotype male in the Australian Museum, Sydney

276 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

(P. 14789) and one paratype male in the Dominion Museum, Wellington -
(ex Melbourne Ward collection); 38°12.5’S, 149°05.5’E., off Cape Everard,

Victoria, 152 metres, 20.6.1962, C.S.IL.R.O. Fisheries (Australian Museum,

P. 15188); East of Schouten Island, Tasmania, 40-50 fathoms, 1910, presented

Charles T. Harrisson (Australian Museum, P. 4045).

Dimensions: Holotype Paratype
Carapace width including spines ... ... ..... .... 26 mm. 25 mm.
Carapace width without lateral spines... ..... .... 20 mm. 20 mm.
Carapace 1eneth.. 3.) ac ae Le ee 28 TT 26 mm.

The known range is from Tasmania to Victoria in depths from 40 to 70
fathoms. In view of the distribution of the genus in the Indo-Pacific, from
Japan, the East Indies and the Indian Ocean, the absence of any representative
from New South Wales and Queensland can only be considered apparent at
present. This gap will undoubtedly be filled by additional collecting.

2
5
Figs. 1-5 Trichopeltarion wardi n.sp. Fig. 3 Right cheliped of paratype
Fig. 1. Outline of orbital spines of paratype Fig. 4 Underside of orbital area

Fig. 2 Right cheliped of holotype Fig. 5 Abdomen.

The Australian species seems closest to the New Zealand fantasticum
Richardson and Dell, from which, however, it differs in many details.
T. wardi lacks the long lateral spines of fantasticum, does not have the
tubercles grouped into complex clumps, has a simpler supraorbital spine, lacks
spines behind the lateral spine, and has a different pattern of spines and
tubercles. The other species to which it shows some resemblance is JT. alcocki
Doflein, from which it differs in having divided spines along the carapace
in contrast to the simple spines of alcocki.

LITERATURE CITED
Richardson, L. R., and Dell, R. K., 1964. A New Crab of the Genus
Trichopeltarion from New Zealand. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z., Zool.,

4: 145-151.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE
Plate XVI — Trichopeltarion wardi n.sp.,
Holotype. Photo: Anthony Healy.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 ihe

RECORDS OF, AND OBSERVATIONS ON, THE CORAL SHRIMP
GENUS STENOPUS IN AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND AND THE
SOUTH-WEST PACIFIC

By J. C. YALDwyYN
Australian Museum, Sydney.

(Figures 1-2).

At the time of publication of a recent paper on the behaviour in captivity
of a pair of Banded Coral Shrimps, Stenopus hispidus (Olivier), from the
Sydney area (Yaldwyn, 1966), many specimens, photographs, observations and
sight records of this species in Australasian waters had accumulated in the
Australian Museum. Rather than list these as a mere appendix to this recent
paper, it was considered advisable to deal with them in more detail in a
separate publication. Thus this account extends the known distribution of
the closely allied Stenopus tenuirostris de Man from the Indian Ocean and
Indonesia to the Solomon Islands; it lists numerous recent records of S. hispidus
from the Sydney area; it confirms the presence of S. hispidus in New Zealand
and western Australian waters; it discusses colour and colour-pattern in
S. hispidus, and it quotes a report on presumed “fish-cleaning” by S. hispidus
in the Sydney area. This last observation is of double interest; it is the first
from Australian waters and it extends the records of this behaviour pattern
(for discussion of this specialized symbiosis see Limbaugh et al., 1961) almost
to the southern recorded limit of this species in warm temperate, rather than
tropical, waters.

Order DECAPODA
Suborder NATANTIA
Section STENOPODIDEA
Family Stenopodidae

Stenopus Latreille, 1819

Stenopus Holthuis, 1946, Temminckia VII: 5.

Stenopodids with body compressed; carapace and abdomen densely covered
with evenly spaced, anteriorly directed, strong spinules, sometimes placed in
longitudinal rows; telson elongate, ending in two strong spines. 3rd maxilliped
with ischium spined externally and with a distinct exopod. 4th and Sth pereiopods
with short biunguiculate dactyls. Endopod of uropod with two dorsal ridges,
median stronger than inner ridge.

The type species is Palaemon hispidus Olivier, known from the Indopacific
and tropical western Atlantic. Three other species are known in the genus:
S. spinosus Risso from the Mediterranean and Red Sea; S. scutellatus Rankin
from the tropical western Atlantic, and S. tenuirostris de Man from the Indian
Ocean and Indonesian waters.

Stenopus tenuirostris de Man, 1888

Stenopus tenuirostris de Man, 1888, Arch. Nat. 53 (1): 567, pl. 22a fig. 5.
Stenopus tenuirostris, Holthuis, 1946, Temminckia VII: 21, pl. III figs. c-e.

Stenopids with 3 to 9 teeth on ventral margin of rostrum, and with rostrum
reaching as far as, or beyond, the distal margin of the antennular peduncle.
3rd abdominal segment with a distinct shield-shaped area medially near posterior
margin. Spinules on 4th to 6th abdominal segments not in distinct transverse
rows, those on 6th segment in more or less distinct longitudinal rows.
Scaphocerite not toothed along entire lateral margin, but with a distinct
untoothed portion distally adjacent to distal spine. Pereiopods 1, 2, 4 and 5
with rows of small spinules along most segments.

278 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

MATERIAL EXAMINED.

Tunabuli Harbour, Santa Isabel (or Ysabel) Id., Solomon Islands, N.S.
Heffernan, 1924, 1 ¢ carapace length 6 mm, length large hand 10 mm, 8 ventral
rostral teeth; 1 ovig. @ carapace length 7 mm, length large hand 9.5 mm,
9 ventral rostral teeth (Australian Museum P. 7638).

DISTRIBUTION.

Previously known from the Seychelles in the Indian Ocean and from the
Indo-Malayan Archipelago (for detailed localities see Holthuis, 1946). Now
recorded from the southern Solomon Islands, east of New Guinea.

Stenopus hispidus (Olivier, 1811)

Palaemon hispidus Olivier, 1811, Encycl. meth. Hist. nat. 8: 666.
Stenopus hispidus, McNeill & Ward, 1930, Rec. Aust. Mus. XVII (9): 360.
Stenopus hispidus, Holthuis, 1946, Temminckia VII: 12, pl. 1 figs. a-g.

Stenopids with ventral margin of rostrum either untoothed or with a
single subapical ventral tooth, and with rostrum reaching to about middle of
2nd segment of the antennular peduncle. 3rd abdominal segment with no
shield-shaped area near posterior margin. Spinules on 4th to 6th abdominal
segments not in transverse rows, those on 6th segment in more or less distinct
longitudinal rows. Scaphocerite not toothed along entire lateral margin, but
with a distinct untoothed portion distally adjacent to distal spine. Pereiopods
1, 2, 4 and 5 with segments naked or with a few scattered spinules.

MATERIAL EXAMINED.

In the list below, the first measurement given for each specimen is the
carapace length, and the second, if given, is the length of the large hand,
i.e. the propodus with finger of the 3rd pereiopod.

Australian Museum Collections, Sydney. (Some of these records have
already been given in McNeill & Ward, 1930. Numbers quoted are Australian
Museum Register numbers).

Indian Ocean: On reef near R.A.A.F. camp, West Id., Cocos-Keeling Is.,
Dr. J. Harrison, 24-5-1952, 19 10mm, 17mm (P. 15413).

Hawaii: Reef, Waikiki, Honolulu, Melbourne Ward, 1925, 1¢ 10mm, 19mm
(P. 8503); 1¢ 10mm, 18mm; 1 ovig. 2 10.5mm, 15mm (both P. 15404).

New Hebrides: Vila Harbour, Messrs. Cummins & Stevens, 1910, 1 ovig. @
11.5mm, 15.5mm; 1 ovig. @ 12mm, 21mm (P. 2460-61). Vila Harbour, A. R.
McCulloch, whole mount on slide, carapace length approx. 5mm, hand 8.5mm
(P.15177).

Northern Territory: Off North East Id., nr. Groote Eylandt, western Gulf
of Carpentaria, 26 fms, M.V. Kestrel, 4-9-1963 (C.S.I.R.O. Prawn Survey
Sta. K11), 1 damaged ovig. 2 approx. 17mm, 29mm (P. 15405).

Queensland: Hope Id., S. of Cooktown, A. R. McCulloch, 1913, 1 ovig. 9
11mm, 16mm (P. 3775). Low Isles, off Port Douglas, Dr. W. E. J. Paradice,
1924,1 ¢ 9 mm, 19 mm; 1 @2 8 mm, 14 mm (P. 8042). Green Id., off Cairns,
Old Coll., 1 ¢ 10.5mm, 19mm (P. 275). Green Id., A. R. McCulloch, 1913,
1 $¢ 11mm, 20mm; 1 ovig. @ 11.5mm (P. 3844). Dunk Id., off Tully, E. J.
Banfield, 1909, 1 ¢ 13mm (P. 2291). Trawled about 7 miles N.W. of Hayman
Id., Cumberland Group, 20 fms, M.V. Challenge, Pres. K. de Witte, 1958,
1 ¢ 8mm, 16mm; 1 2 16mm, 28mm (P. 12995). One Tree Id., Capricorn
Group, among coral rubble in about 3 feet of water at low tide, lagoon, J. C.
Yaldwyn & Museum Party, 19-11-1966, 1 9 16mm, 27mm (P. 15406); shallow
reef pool at low tide, J.C.Y. & Museum Party, Nov., 1966, 1 ovig. 9 16mm,
29mm (P. 15603); lagoon, under dead coral 6-10 feet, B. Goldman & Museum
Party, 12-10-1967, 1 46 14mm, 29mm (P. 15604).

New South Wales: In pools with encrusting colonial corals, intertidal rock
platform, Minnie Waters, nr. Grafton, G. Biddle, 1963, 1 ¢ 13mm, 28.5mm
(P. 15003). Garden Id., Port Jackson, Sydney, Lieut. N. Glover, 1924, 1 ovig.
9 13.5mm, 21mm (P. 7203), original colour sketch by A. R. McCulloch in
Australian Museum, detailed colour description published by McNeill & Ward

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 279

(1930: 361). Below low-tide level, coast nr. Botany Bay, Sydney. R. Ware,
Jan. 1952, 1 ovig. 9 15mm (P. 12122). In rock crevice at about 18 feet,
Congwong Bay, La Perouse, C. J. Lawler, April, 1963, 1 ¢ approx. 5mm,
8mm; 1 2 12mm, 2].5mm (P. 14584-85), measurements as when caught, for
subsequent history see Yaldwyn (1966).

Lord Howe Island, Tasman Sea: Lord Howe Id., Mr. Thompson, 1900-
1908, 12 18mm (G. 2634); 1 ovig. 9 16mm (G. 4068); 1. ovig.
2 10mm, 18mm (P. 618). Johnson’s Reef, Lord Howe Id., Julie Booth,
April 1962, 1 ovig. 2 19mm, 27mm (P. 13775), for colour notes on this specimen
see below. Lord Howe Id., Julie Booth, Dec. 1962, 1 ¢ 17mm, 38mm
(P. 14586). :

Auckland War Memorial Museum Collections, New Zealand.

New Zealand: Taken by skindiving at 120 feet off northern tip of Poor
Knights Is., North Auckland, K. Tarlton, 1-6-1965, 1. damaged 9, approx.
11mm.

This is the first record in the scientific literature of Stenopus hispidus
from New Zealand. The specimen, and a colour photograph of another showing
the characteristic colour pattern of the species, were sent to me for comment
by Dr. A. W. B. Powell, Assistant Director of the Auckland War Memorial
Museum. A black and white photograph of S. hispidus appeared in the Dive
Handbook to N.Z. Skindiving (Tarlton, 1965: 11). The text reference on
page 8 states that the specimen illustrated came from a depth of 15 feet
in Deep Water Cove, Bay of Islands, North Auckland, that the photograph
was taken by Kelvin Tarlton (probably in 1964 or 1965), and that quite a
number of specimens had been seen by skindivers north of Auckland. The
Auckland Museum colour photograph appears to be of the Deep Water Cove
specimen. The above records would indicate that the Banded Coral Shrimp
is a genuine member of the northern New Zealand warm-water fauna and
not just a tropical stray (compare discussions on the recent records of other
Australian and Indopacific Crustacea from northern New Zealand, e.g. Dell, 1964;
Yaldwyn, 1961).

Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand.

Solomon Islands: Tide pool, Simigan Beach, Banika Id., Russell Is.,
R. K. Dell, 20-10-1965, Royal Society B.S.IP., 1 9 8mm, 15mm (Z. Cr. 1688).
“Moated” area, outer coast Banika Id., Russell Is., R. K. Dell, 22-10-1965,
Royal Society B.S.I.P., 1 unsexed 5.5mm, 7mm.

New Zealand: Taken by skindiving at JO fms off Poor Knights Is., North
Auckland, B. B. Anderson, 23-4-1967, 1 ovig. 2 16mm, 26mm (Z. Cr. 1779).

REPORTED SIGHTINGS AND PHOTOGRAPHS.

Western Australia and Indian Ocean: Dr. R. W. George, of the Western
Australian Museum, kindly provided me with a list of specimens of S. hispidus
taken in Western Australian waters and now in the collections of that Museum
(pers. comm., 16-11-1966). These are as follows: 50 miles N.E. of Adele Id.,
north of Broome, 50 fms (1 specimen); reef at Adele Id. (3 specimens);
trawled in Exmouth Gulf (3 specimens); North West Cape (3 specimens),
and Blow Holes, 40 miles N. of Carnarvon (about 8 specimens). There are
also 2 specimens from Christmas Id., in the Indian Ocean, south of Java and
north-west of Western Australia.

Queensland: The British Museum Great Barrier Reef Expedition, 1928-1929,
took Stenopus hispidus during the general survey of Low Isles, off Port Douglas,
and this material is recorded in F. A. McNeill’s recently completed report
on the Decapoda and Stomatopoda of the Expedition’s collections (Gt. Barrier
Reef Exped. Sci. Repts., in press). S. hispidus has also been photographed
several times at Heron Island, Capricorn Group, southern Barrier Reef, and a
colour photograph taken there by Keith Gillett has been published (Gillett
& McNeill, 1959, 1962, 1967, pl. 104), while others taken by H. G. Cogger
in December, 1960, are in the Australian Museum. The latter show the shrimp
in shallow water, with antennae extended laterally, moving over a surface of
living corals.

280 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

New South Wales, north of Sydney: Colour photographs in the Australian
Museum taken by G. Biddle at Minnie Waters, near Grafton, in the summer
of 1962-1963, show typically coloured S. hispidus from the large, coral-encrusted
pools of the intertidal rock platform. R. Johnstone reported (pers. comm.,
8-5-1967) a virtual “colony” of at least a dozen S. hispidus at a depth of
about 12 to 20 feet on a reef off the northern beach of Broughton Island,
off Port Stephens, May, 1966. No signs of “fish-cleaning” or pair association
were noted during a short visit.

New South Wales, Sydney Area: Specimens of Banded Coral Shrimps have
been reliably reported by skindivers during 1963-1966 from the following
localities: Terrigal, near Gosford (reported by C. J. Lawler from a photograph);
Whale Beach, Avalon (reported by Christine Prigge from dark zone of
partially subtidal cave, January, 1966); Fairlight, near Manly, Sydney Harbour
(photographed on roof of subtidal cave by D. E. Wilson, May, 1964); Fort
Denison, Port Jackson, Sydney Harbour (“Along the deeper northern shore,
in the few areas with natural rock formations, several cleaner shrimps,
Stenopus hispidus, were found in clefts or holes in the rocks. There were
two pairs and one solitary specimen,” see Lawler, 1965); Clovelly pool,
near Coogee Beach, Sydney (site of the R. Johnstone “cleaning” observations
given below; large specimen seen about 15 feet down by C. J. Lawler, 27-12-1963,
associated with a little group of “hinge-beak” prawns (Rhynchocinetes rugulosus);
Bare Island and Congwong Bay, La Perouse, Botany Bay (original, unequally
sized pair described in Yaldwyn, 1966; another pair, matched in size, under
observation by C. J. Lawler for about 18 months in 1964-1965; many other
specimens seen in this area during 1964-1966 by Lawler and members of the
Underwater Research Group of N.S.W.); Glaisher Point, near C.S.I.R.O.
Fisheries Laboratory, Cronulla, Port Hacking (C. J. Lawler), and Shiprock,
Burraneer Bay, Port Hacking (an equally sized pair seen in large crevice at
night in association with a large brown spotted cod, no “cleaning” observed,
another smaller specimen remained in a small cave for six weeks and grew
noticeably during this period—observations by C. J. Lawler in U.R.G. Bulletin,
published by the Underwater Research Group of N.S.W., for February, 1967.
A colour photograph by Lawler shows a small S. hispidus upside down on roof
of a crevice at a depth of about 50 feet).

New South Wales, south of Sydney: Colour photographs by F. McCamley
show typically coloured S. hispidus taken from a rock pool exposed during
low tide at Shellharbour, south of Port Kembla, Illawarra District, 22-4-1967.
This is the southernmost record of the Banded Coral Shrimp in Australian
waters.

Coral Sea: Under overhang among coral, shallow water, North East Cay,
Herald Group, Coral Sea, east of Cairns, Qld. Underwater sighting of single
specimen by the author, 6-11-1964.

Lord Howe Island, Tasman Sea: Several colour photographs of Stenopus
hispidus taken by Miss Julie Booth in 1962, are in the Australian Museum to
supplement the specimens from this area listed above. These demonstrate the
characteristic colour pattern of the Banded Coral Shrimp and record the
bright greenish-blue colouring of the ripe egg mass within the cephalothorax of
the mature female.

DISTRIBUTION (Figs. 1 and 2).

Previously known from the tropical western Atlantic (Bermuda in the
north to Curacao in the south) and the whole Indopacific area, extending
from the Red Sea and the east African coast south to Durban in the west,
north to Sagami Bay in southern Japan, east to Hawaii and the Tuamotu
Group, and south to eastern Australia (at the latitude of Sydney, N.S.W.),
Lord Howe Island (about 32°S.) and New Caledonia. Now recorded from
northern New Zealand (at approx. 35.5°S.), eastern Australia south to
Shellharbour, N.S.W. (approx. 34.5°S.) and Western Australia south to
between North West Cape and Carnarvon (approx. 24°S.).

281

AUSTRALIAN ZOCLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

(‘deur sty} UO UWOISNISUT IOJ 9}e] O00} PSATIDOI OIOM SPUPIST
UOWO[OG 94} WO, spI0d0I OM} SUT, “G'N) ‘Aj[eoo, Aqivou suo uey}
eIOU IO pIOD0I SUO Uy} SIOUI jUOsoIdeI AeUI 9[O1ID YOR “Ioded siyy
UI pojdesoe ssUI}ysIS poJlodel suipnjoul ‘snpidsiy sndouajg ‘duttsys

[e10D popueg oy} JO UOTNIINsIP pjIom popiose1 oy} suIMOYsS defy—] ‘sIq

eo

282 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

Fig. 2.—Map showing the recorded distribution of Stenopus hispidus in
Australia and the south west Pacific. Solid circles represent material
examined or records previously published; open circles represent
reported sightings accepted in this paper. Each circle may represent
more than one record or more than one nearby locality.

REPORTED “FISH-CLEANING” IN THE SYDNEY AREA.

As stated previously (Yaldwyn, 1966), no observations have as yet been
published on “fish-cleaning” by Stenopus hispidus in Australian waters. The
habit is, however, well established for the Banded Coral Shrimp in the western
Atlantic sector of its distribution and has been described in some detail
(Limbaugh et al., 1961). There, fish are attracted to such obvious features
as the white antennules and antennae projecting from a coral crevice or small
cave and waving in the sunlight. The fish then remain still while the shrimp
picks with its smaller claws (1st and 2nd chelae) at parasites, injured tissue
and other growths on their bodies and fins. The shrimp does not leave its
crevice to clean, but merely reaches out towards the fish, which appear to
congregate around known Stenopus “cleaning stations.”

Underwater observations by Mr. R. Johnstone of Sydney (pers. comm.,
10-5-1965, 14-2-1966) at the Clovelly pool, near Coogee Beach, Sydney, indicate
that “fish-cleaning” is similarly carried out by the Banded Coral Shrimp about
fifty miles north of its southernmost recorded limit in eastern Australian
waters. Johnstone describes the site of these observations, and the recess in
which the S. hispidus was established, as follows:

The Clovelly inlet runs east to west, and is guarded at the
entrance by a [man-made] rocky reef, which is uncovered at dead
low tide. The recess [occupied by S. hispidus] is approx. 40 yards
inside the reef on the southern side of the inlet, and is at the base of
a gradual drop off which consists of kelp [Ecklonia]—covered rocks.
It faces out onto a sand patch, which actually forms the floor in the
recess. At the time of the observed cleaning, and on subsequent
sightings, this floor had distinct fin marks on it. Kelp extends down
both sides and to the top of the recess; in front, about five feet

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 283

out and slightly to the east, is a kelp-covered rock. The sand floor
here is 18 feet from the surface at low tide, and the actual recess
measures 9 inches wide, 4 inches high and 6 inches deep. It has
a distinctly concave roof to which the shrimp would cling and wave
its antennae in a very inviting manner, indeed until one actually
looked into the recess the antennae were all that could be seen.

Johnstone’s actual observations in early May, 1965, on presumed “fish-
cleaning” were as follows:

Extending from the recess [described above] were some very
long antennae, which were waving about. Knowing something about
marine animals, I took a close inspection. To my surprise I discovered
in the small recess a specimen of the Banded Coral Shrimp and
knowing that other specimens had been found in the Sydney area
by Clarrie Lawler, I realized this was not a rarity. On examining
the recess further I saw marks and swirls in the sand on the floor,
so I backed off and waited patiently. After a long wait, a fish,
which I recognized as a small Jackass Fish, Nemadactylus macropterus,
prevalent at the time, presented itself at the recess and swam in.
After some delay, it emerged and swam off and the shrimp came
to the entrance and continued to wave its antennae. The swirls then
were the marks of fishes being cleaned.

Subsequently Johnstone observed the shrimp in the same recess for a
further three weekends, but he did not witness any further presumed cleaning
behaviour. The shrimp maintained its station on the roof of the recess and
there always appeared to be a larger variety of fish in this area than elsewhere
in the pool. These were mostly Jackass Fish, but included “Red and Magpie
Morwong, large Sweep and Mado”, and it clearly appeared to Johnstone that
the shrimp was the attraction. On the fourth weekend, when he returned to
the recess, it was covered by sand after heavy seas during the preceding week
and the shrimp could not be found.

COLOUR AND COLOUR PATTERN.

Since the well-known, coloured illustrations of Adams & White (1848-1849)
and Herrick (1893), the striking and distinctive colours and colour pattern
of Stenopus hispidus have been described and figured many times. In Australian
waters, McNeill’s figure (1926: 326; 1958: 257) and McNeill & Ward’s
description (1930: 361) were the first records, but these were soon followed
by Roughley’s pioneer colour photograph (pl. 35) in 1936. This “Lumiére
autochrome” was apparently the first colour-photograph of S. hispidus to be
published. All references to the colour in life of this shrimp were summarized
and discussed by Holthuis in 1946, and he drew attention to differences
in the descriptions of various authors and wondered if these were due to
variability within the species or to incorrect observations. Since that date,
many more illustrations have been published, and the fine colour photograph
in Gillett & McNeill (1959, 1962, & 1967), followed by the black & white
photographs in Bennett (1966: pl. 95a) and Yaldwyn (1966), clearly indicate
the colour pattern in eastern Australian specimens.

In a continuing attempt to answer the questions raised by Holthuis, at
least for the Australian area, a further colour description from recent material
will be given here. This is presented under the same headings used by Holthuis
in his discussion.

Colour Notes, Autsralian Museum Specimen P. 13775 (Johnson’s Reef, Lord
Howe Id., Julie Booth, April, 1962, ovigerous @, carapace length 19mm).
Observations made a short while after death and preliminary fixation in weak
formalin/sea water.

284 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

Anterior red patch on carapace. This red area does not reach posterodorsally
as far as cervical groove, but it includes the proximal half of the rostrum,
the ocular peduncles and the proximal part of the peduncles of antennules
and antennae. The central portion of this red patch is much darker than
the outer edges.

Red bands on abdomen. One band covers 3rd abdominal segment and
extends a little onto 2nd and 4th segments; a second band covers 6th
segment and base of tail fan.

Red bands on 3rd (enlarged) pereiopod. One band over middle of
propodus and proximal part of dactyl; one band over proximal 4 of
propodus; one band over median portion of carpus, and a fourth band over
median portion of merus.

Blue on ventral surface. The bases of the 3rd maxillipeds and ist to 4th
pereiopods are coloured dark blue.

This colour pattern compares well with that given in Yaldwyn (1966:
378), especially with regard to the position of the red bands on the abdomen
and enlarged pereiopods, and with the amount of blue present ventrally. The
red area anteriorly on the carapace of the Congwong Bay female (as
described in the 1966 account) extended over the base of the rostrum
(incorrectly stated as the whole “rostrum” in 1966) and eye-stalks, but did
not extend on to the antennular or antennal peduncles. Thus some variation in
pattern can be established even in the eastern Australian-Tasman Sea area.
However, considering the extensive range of this species in the Indopacific and
western Atlantic, the apparent stability of the main features of this colour
pattern is remarkable.

The proliferation of illustrations of this brightly banded shrimp since
Holthuis’s review in 1946, makes it important to attempt some bibliographical
listing of biologically useful figures before the task becomes too extensive.
Thus a provisional iconography of S. hispidus, updating that given in the 1946
synonymy, is presented here, with a special attempt being made to include
figures appearing in general works and illustrated popular natural history
volumes. This listing is probably by no means complete for the period
1946-1967, but may serve as a basis for a definitive catalogue at some later
date. As will be seen from the use by Waterman (1960-1961) and A.I.M.L.C.
(1965) of diagrams indicating the colour pattern of this shrimp on the
covers of their publications, Stenopus hispidus is becoming a widely recognized
symbol of marine tropical pattern and diversity.

Provisional Iconography of Stenopus hispidus (1946-1967)

The list given below is arranged in date sequence and, if possible, comments
are added on the style and significance of the figures quoted.

Kubo (1941: figs. 14-15)—line drawings to show details of hand,
scaphocerite, telson and mouthparts from Micronesian specimen. (Not
included in Holthuis, 1946).

Edmondson (1946: fig. 147)—lateral-view black & white photograph of
dead specimen from Hawaii.

Zariquiey (1946: fig. 56)—dorsal-view drawing, without indication of
colour pattern.

Buchsbaum (1948: pl. 268-6, 1951: pl. 72)—dorsal-view, black &
white photograph of living animal from: Bermuda, West Indies.
Barnard (1950: fig. 106)—lateral-view drawing of carapace to show

details of spinulation.

Zahl (1954: 418)—colour photograph of West Indian specimen.

Holthuis (1955: fig. 10Ja)—lateral-view drawing after that published by
Bate (1888) in his Challenger Expedition Report.

Utinomi (1956)—publication not seen; coloured figure fide Limbaugh
et al., (1961).

Balss (1957: fig. 1158)—lateral-view drawing after Bate (1888).

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 285

McNeill (1958: 257)—dorsal-view drawing of Australian specimen, a
republication of the figure in McNeill (1926).

Gillett & McNeill (1959, 1962 & 1967: pl. 104)—dorsal-view colour
photograph of specimen from Heron Island, Queensland.

Buchsbaum & Milne (1960: pl. 90)—colour photograph of dead specimen
from West Indies.

Grobe (1960: figs. 1-2)—fig. 1, black & white photograph of living
animal, but with both enlarged pereiopods missing; fig. 2, sketch
based on fig. 1 purporting to show position of S. hispidus during
“fish-cleaning”’.

Okada et al. (1960: pl. 50 fig. 5)—dorsal-view colour figure of Japanese
specimen.

Waterman (1960: dust jacket; 1961: dust jacket & p. 68)—dorsal-view
figure, redrawn after Herrick (1893) with colour pattern indicated
by shading, published to show spread of antennules and antennae in
chapter therein on “Mechanoreception” by Cohen & Dijkgraft; same
figure used as dust jacket motif for both volumes.

Hanson (1961: fig. 8A, 1964: fig. 2/4A)—black & white photograph of
living animal. Compare this dorsal-view photograph for colour pattern
and stance with that in Gillett & McNeill (1959, 1962, 1967).

Limbaugh et al. (1961: fig. 8)—lateral-view drawing, modified by Chace
from that published in Bate (1888), with colour pattern indicated
by shading.

Butterfield (1964: 29 photo 6)—colour photograph of living animal
against natural background taken in the Florida-West Indian area.

Church (1964: 93)—full-page, underwater, colour photograph of living
animal in crevice showing typical display of white antennae. Text
implies that photograph was taken by author at Wake Island in the
north west Pacific. Note: this photograph and that of Schroeder (1964)
are apparently the first natural underwater photographs of S. hispidus,
as distinct from aquarium photographs, to be published.

Schroeder (1964: 151)—underwater colour photograph of specimen ap-
proaching open mouth of “green moray eel” and apparently about to
begin “fish-cleaning”. This is a night photograph taken on Alligator
Reef near Key West, Florida, and shows typical red banding on
enlarged pereiopods, display of white antennae and blue-green egg
mass below abdomen.

Yaldwyn (1964: two figs. & cover plate)—two black & white photographs
to demonstrate “association” in an unequally-sized pair from Congwong
Bay, nr. Sydney, N.S.W. (see also Bennett, 1966 and Yaldwyn, 1966),
as well as a republication of Chace’s figure from Limbaugh ef al.
(1961), to show colour pattern.

A.I.M.L.C. (1965: cover figure)—stylized, two-colour figure in black
and red showing colour pattern, used as cover motif; redrawn, but
inspired by, Chace’s lateral-view figure in Limbaugh ef al. (1961).

Eibl-Eibesfeldt (1965: fig. 20)—underwater colour photograph of Peacock-
eye Dragonfish (Nemapterois biocellatus) resting upside down on
cave roof “being cleaned” by S. hispidus; text on pp. 63-64 states that
photograph was taken by author at a depth of 80 feet, off Rasdu
Atoll, north Maldives, Indian Ocean, 1957. Note: this is apparently
the first published photograph to indicate (though not actually show)
“fish-cleaning” by S. hispidus. .

Schmitt (1965: fig. 67)—lateral-view drawing, a republication of Chace’s
figure from Limbaugh et al. (1961).

Tarlton (1965: 11)—black & white photograph of dead specimen from
northern New Zealand waters.

286 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

Tinker (1965: pl. 3)—black & white photograph of dead specimen from
Hawaiian waters.

Bennett (1966: pl. 95a)—black & white aquarium photograph, taken by
F. G. Myers, of female from the Congwong Bay pair described and
figured in Yaldwyn (1964, 1966).

Schroeder (1966: 73)—-underwater black & white photograph of living
West Indian specimen on face mask of skindiver.

Straughan (1966: 10)—black & white photograph showing a specimen
upside down on the roof of a crevice formed under a small coral
head in the West Indies.

Thomson (1966: pl. 15)—colour photograph of living specimen on
natural background, taken by E. Grant on the Great Barrier Reef,
Queensland.

Weisz (1966: pl. XIIIB)—colour photograph of dead specimen, showing
very dark “red” bands,

Yaldwyn (1966: pls. XXV-XXVII)—black & white aquarium photographs
of the Congwong Bay pair, taken by F. G. Myers, to illustrate “resting
positions”, ophiuroid eating, courting “dance” and “saddle riding”
as described in text.

A.A.A.S. (1967: cover plate)—black & white underwater photograph of
specimen with antennae in full display, used as an example of a
reef animal showing “oral grooming behaviour”.

Finally there is the colour photograph of two S. hispidus in the Noumea
Aquarium, New Caledonia, duplicated and distributed by Dr. R. L. A. Catala
as Aquarium de Nouméa series III, no. 12, and listed in the printed sheet
of captions supplied with this series (publication date not known, but still
available in 1967).

The best colour photographs are those by Zahl (1954) and Gillett &
McNeill (1959, 1962, 1967), though as yet no detailed closeup colour
photograph has been published at a size large enough to serve as a clear record
of the full colour pattern of one individual specimen. It is interesting to
note the reuse of Herrick’s (1893) dorsal view figure, and especially the
number of illustrations that have been based on Bate’s early lateral-view
plate (1888) or on Chace’s modification of this drawing.

It should be pointed out here that the figure given in Macnae & Kalk
(1958: fig. 18h) as that of Stenopus hispidus is certainly not that species,
but is probably the hippolytid Saron marmoratus (cf. Barnard, 1950: fig. 128a).

COMMON NAME.

During the examination of the references cited above, it was seen that
the common names used for Stenopus hispidus varied from place to place
and from time to time within each area. The following names were noted,
though other variants may have been seen and overlooked.

Banded Shrimp: an obvious descriptive name used in Roughley (1936),
Gillett & McNeill (1959, 1962, 1967) and Bennett (1966).
Banded Coral Shrimp: a name widely used by amateur naturalists and
skindivers in the eastern Australian area at the present time.
Possibly the name was adopted, after Roughley and other Australian
authors, for S. hispidus along the Barrier Reef, and then spread south
in this form into New South Wales. Also used by Schroeder (1964,
1966) and Straughan (1966) in general accounts of West Indian

coral reef fauna.

Bandanna Prawn: used by Herrick (1893). He states that it was coined by
American biologists collecting S. hispidus with him at the Bahama
Islands, West Indies. The form Bandanna Shrimp is used in Hanson
(1964), and the spellings “bandana prawn” in Edmondson (1946)
and “Bandana shrimp” in Weisz (1966).

Barber-shop Shrimp: used by Buchsbaun & Milne (1960).

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 287

Barber-pole Shrimp: an obvious descriptive name heard locally in eastern
Australia. Presumably developed from that used in the widely known
Buchsbaum & Milne (1960).

Cleaner Shrimp: commonly used in general accounts of the “fish-cleaning”
habits of S. hispidus. In reality this is a more general term applied
in the form ‘cleaners” or “cleaner shrimps” to all the shrimps that
have been observed to clean fish and which are discussed in Limbaugh
et al. (1961). Thus it has been applied as well to Stenopus scutellatus,
Periclimenes yucatanicus, P. pedersoni, Hippolysmata grabhami and
H. californica.

Porcelain Shrimp: used by McNeill (1958). Presumably based on the
use of the term “porcelain white” in the colour descriptions given in
McNeill & Ward (1930) and McNeill (1958).

Spiny Shrimp: a descriptive name used by Barnard (1950) in his catalogue
of South African Decapod Crustacea. The form Spiny Prawn is used
by Tinker (1965) who also gives the Hawaiian name of ’O-pae-hund.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

The observations published above, based on both museum specimens and
field records, often supported by underwater photographs, fill in and extend
the recorded ranges of both Stenopus tenuirostris and S. hispidus, as well as
indicating the subtidal abundance of the latter in the Sydney area, near the
southernmost part of its range. The greater part of the field records were
made under water by skindivers, and this clearly underlines the importance
of this relatively new dimension in marine biology. Sufficient evidence is
thus presented here to show that S. hispidus can no longer be regarded as
an “occasional wanderer” as far south as the Sydney area, appearing only
when “a convenient warm summertime current has carried the larvae close
into the rock-bound coast” (McNeill, 1958), but must now be recognised as
a colourful and distinctive member of the underwater scene of coastal New
South Wales (south to at least Shellharbour).

The new records and observations given in this paper can be summarized
as follows:

1. The known range of Stenopus tenuirostris de Man is now extended to the
‘southern Solomon Islands.

2. Stenopus hispidus (Olivier) is now recorded from Western Australia, the
Northern Territory and northern New Zealand.

3. The known range of S. hispidus in eastern Australian waters is now
extended south to Shellharbour, N.S.W. (approx. 34.5°S.).

4. An observation on what is presumed to be “fish-cleaning” by S. hispidus
in the Sydney area is presented in some detail.

5. A discussion of colour and colour-pattern in S. hispidus precedes an
annotated, and provisional, list of illustrations of this species published
between 1946 and 1967.

6. A list of some common names applied to S. hispidus in various parts of
its range is given, and an attempt is made to trace the derivation of these
names.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to thank the following people for so readily providing me with
numerous specimens, observations, photographs and references to Stenopus
hispidus in the Australian area: G. Biddle, Grafton, N.S.W.; Julie Booth,
formerly of Lord Howe Island, now in Queensland; H. G. Cogger, Australian
Museum; Dr. R. K. Dell, Dominion Museum, N.Z.; Dr. R. W. George,
Western Australian Museum; Keith Gillett, Sydney; Anthony Healy, Sydney;
R. Johnstone, Sydney; C. J. Lawler and members of the Underwater Research
Group of N.S.W.; F. McCamley, Sydney; the Honourable Mr. Justice F. G.
Myers, Sydney; Miss Christine Prigge, Australian Museum; Dr A. W. B.
Powell, Auckland Museum, N.Z.; G. P. Whitley, Australian Museum, and
D. E. Wilson, Sydney.

288 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

Many others have helped in various ways since 1962 with the field and
underwater work referred to in this study, and, even though they are not
listed here by name, I hope they can see how their interest and efforts
contributed to the results as here published. My thanks are due to my
colleague Dr D. J. G. Griffin, and to F. A. McNeill, my predecessor
at the Australian Museum, for reading and commenting on this manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

A.A.A.S., 1967.—Science 155 (3764): front cover photograph.

ADAMS, A. & WHITE, A., 1848-1849.—Crustacea. In: The Zoology of the
Voyage of H.M.S. Samarang under the Command of Captain Sir
Edward Belcher, C.B., F.R.A.S., F.G.S., during the years 1843-1846.
Reeve, Benham & Reeve, London. 66pp., 12pls.

A.I.M.L.C., 1965.—Reprints from: Association of Island Laboratories of the
Caribbean, Sixth Meeting, Estacion de Investigaciones Marinas de
Margarita, Venezuela, Jan. 20-22, 1965. University of Puerto Rico
Information & Publications Office, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico.

BALSS, H., 1957.—Decapoda. VIII. Systematik. Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen
des Tierreichs 5, 1 (7) Lief. 12: 1505-1672, figs. 1132-1199.
BARNARD, K. H., 1950.—Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod

Crustacea. Ann. S. Afri. Mus. 38: 1-837, 154 figs.

BATE, C. S., 1888.—Report on the Crustacea Macrura collected by H.M.S.
Challenger during the years 1873-76. Rept. Voy. Challenger Zool.
24: 1-942, 150 pls.

BENNETT, Isobel, 1966.—The Fringe of the Sea. Rigby, Adelaide. 261. pp.,
179 pls, ;

BUCHSBAUM, R., 1948. Animals without Backbones. University of Chicago
Press, Chicago. Revised Edit. 405 pp., numerous plates.

, 1951. Animals without Backbones. Penguin Books, London. Two
vols. 401 pp., 128 pls.

BUCHSBAUM, R., & MILNE, L. J., 1960.—The Lower Animals. Living
Invertebrates of the World. Doubleday, New York. 303 pp., 144
colour pls.

BUTTERFIELD, A., 1964. The Coral Reef. Odyssey Press, New York. 45 pp.,
many colour photos.

CHURCH, R., 1964.—(In photographic article on diving at Wake Island).
Mondo Sommerso, Revista Internazionale del Mare, issue for August
or September, 1964.

DELL, R. K., 1964.—The Large Indo-Pacific Swimming Crab, Scylla serrata
(Forskal) in Northern New Zealand. Rec. Dominion Mus. 5 (8):
59-62, 1 fig.

EDMONDSON, C. H., 1946.—Reef and Shore Fauna of Hawaii. Bernice P.
Bishop Museum, Hawaii, Special Publication 22. 381 pp., 223 figs.

EIBL-EIBESFELDT, I., 1965.—Land of a Thousand Atolls. Macgibbon & Kee,
London. 195 pp., 127 figs.

GILLETT, K. & McNEILL, F., 1959.—The Great Barrier Reef and Adjacent
Isles. Coral Press, Sydney. 194 pp., 161 pls.

, 1962.—The Great Barrier Reef and Adjacent Isles. Coral Press,
Sydney. Revised Edit., 209 pp., 168 pls.

, 1967.—The Great Barrier Reef and Adjacent Isles. Coral Press,
Sydney. Revised 3rd Edit. 209 pp., 168 pls.

GROBE, J., 1960.—Putz-Symbiosen zwischen Fischen und Garnelen. Natur und
Volk 90 (5): 152-157, 4 figs.

HANSON, E. D., 1961.—Animal Diversity. Foundations of Modern Biology
Series, Prenticle-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. 2nd Edit., 1964,
118 pp., numerous figs.

HERRICK, F. H., 1893.—The Life History of Stenopus. In: BROOKS, W. K.
& HERRICK, F. H., The Embryology and Metamorphosis of the
Macroura. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. Washington 5 (4): 339-352, pls.
V-XIII.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 289

HOLTHUIS, L. B., 1946.—The Decapoda Macrura of the Snellius Expedition I.
The Stenopodidae, Nephropsidae, Scyllaridae and Palinuridae. Tem-
minckia 7: 1-178, 11 pls.

, 1955.—The Recent Genera of the Caridean and Stenopodidean
Shrimps (Class Crustacea, Order Decapoda, Supersection Natantia) with
Keys for their Determination. Zool. Verhand. 26: 1-157, 105 figs.

KUBO, I., 1941.—On Some Littoral Shrimps collected from Micronesia. Jour.
Imper. Fish. Inst. Tokyo 34 (1): 77-99, 15 figs.

LAWLER, C. J., 1965.—“Pinchgut” below Low Water Mark. Aust. Mar. Sci.
Newsletter 13: 20-21.

LIMBAUGH, C., PEDERSON, H. & CHACE, F. A., 1961.—Shrimps that
Clean Fishes. Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf Caribbean 11 (2): 237-257, 9 figs.

MACNAE, W., & KALK, Margaret, 1958.—A Natural History of Inhaca Island,
Mocambique. Witwatersrand University Press, Johannesburg. 163 pp.,
9 pls., 30 figs.

McNEILL, F. A., 1926.—Prawns and Shrimps. In: The Australian Encyclopaedia.
Angus & Robertson, Sydney, 2: 324-326, 3 figs.

, 1958—Prawns and Shrimps. In: The Australian Encyclopaedia.
Angus & Robertson, Sydney. 2nd Edit., 7: 255-257, 4 figs.

McNEILL, F. A. & WARD, M., 1930.—Carcinological Notes, No. 1. Rec. Aust.
Mus. 17 (9): 357-383, pls. LIX-LXI.

OKADA, Y. K. et al., 1960.—Encyclopaedia Zoologica Illustrated in Colours.
Hokuryu-kan Publishing Co., Tokyo. 4, 246 pp., 123 colour pls.

ROUGHLEY, T. C., 1936.—Wonders of the Great Barrier Reef. Angus &
Robertson, Sydney. 282 pp., 50 pls.

SCHMITT, W. L., 1965.—Crustaceans. Ann Arbor Science Library, University
of Michigan Press. 204 pp., 75 figs.

SCHROEDER, R. E., 1964. Photographing the Night Creatures of Alligator
Reef. Nat. Geog. Mag. 125 (1): 128-154, many pls.
, 1966. Something Rich and Strange. Argosy 363 (1): 67-73, 115-130,

photos.
STRAUGHAN, R. P. L., 1966.—Under the Coral. Salt Water Aquarium 2
(1): 10, 1 pl.

TARLTON, K., 1965.—Diving in Search of the Unknown. In: Dive Handbook
to N.Z. Skindiving. Dive, Wellsford, New Zealand. Pp. 8-12, 10 photos.

TINKER, S. W., 1965.—Pacific Crustacea. Charles E. Tuttle, Rutland, Vermont.
134 pp., 52 pls.

THOMSON, J., 1966. The Great Barrier Reef. Around Australia Program,
Nelson Doubleday (Australia), Crow’s Nest, N.S.W. 64 pp., maps
and photos, 23 colour pls.

UTINOMI, H., 1956.—Coloured Illustrations of Sea Shore Animals of Japan.
Hoikusha, Osaka, Japan. 167 pp. (Not seen).

WATERMAN, T. H., (edit.) 1960-1961.—The Physiology of Crustacea. Academic
Press, New York. Vol. 1, 670 pp., numerous figs. (1960). Vol. 2,
681 pp., numerous figs. (1961).

WEISZ, P. B., 1966.—The Science of Zoology. McGraw-Hill Book Coy., New
York. 875 pp., 16 pls.

YALDWYVN, J. C., 1961.—A Scyllarid Lobster, Arctides antipodarum Holthuis,
New to New Zealand Waters. Rec. Dominion Mus. 4 (1): 1-6, 2 figs.
, 1964.—Pair Association in the Banded Coral Shrimp. Aust. Nat.
Hist. 14 (9): 286, cover photo and 2 figs.

. 1966.—Notes on the Behaviour in Captivity of a Pair of Banded
Coral Shrimps, Stenopus hispidus (Olivier). Aust. Zool. 13 (4):
377-389. pls. XXV-XXVII.

ZAHL, P. A., 1954.—Night Life in the Gulf Stream. Nat. Geog. Mag. 105
(3): 391-418, many pls.

ZARIQUIEY ALVAREZ, R., 1946.—Crustdceos Decdpodos Mediterrdneos.
Instituto Espanol de Estudios Mediterraneos, Barcelona. 181 pp., 26
pls., 174 figs.

290 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

FRUIT-SUCKING MOTHS (LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE)

By I. MossE-ROBINSON
Department of Agriculture, Gosford, N.S.W.

(Figure 1)

Summary

A number of species of Noctuidae grouped together under the common
title of fruit-sucking moths is discussed. Reference is made to distribution,
economic importance, host preference of adults and larvae, and some methods
of control in the orchard.

An illustration of a fruit-sucking moth larva is given.

Fruit-sucking moth larvae develop on wild growing or ornamental hosts
where they are mostly of little importance, but the adult moths may visit
orchard trees to suck juice from ripening fruits. Myburgh (1963) aptly called
them “Vandals in the orchard.” They are not important as orchard pests
in New South Wales, but can be troublesome in Queensland.

Distribution

The fruit-sucking moths are widely distributed in the temperate and
tropical areas of the world and many species have been recorded as orchard
pests. In South Africa the most important are Serrodes inara Cram., Calpe
provocans Walk., C. emarginata Fabr. (Myburgh, 1963) and Achaea lienardi
Bd. (Taylor, 1965). Ebeling (1951) listed Othreis fullonia (C1.), O. materna L.,
O. ancilla Cram., Eumaenas salaminia (Cram.) and Achaea janata L. as
citrus pests in India. In central America, Mexico and Jamaica several species
of Gonodonta, including Gonodonta pyrgo Cram. damage fruit (Anon., 1963).

In Australia there are a number of species of varying economic importance
including O. fullonia, O. materna and E. salaminia all of which occur in
New South Wales. A. janata is common in Australia, but has not been
recorded attacking fruit. The larvae feed on the castor oil bush Ricinus communis
L. and other plants of the family Euphorbiaceae.

O. fullonia has the widest geographical range of all the fruit-sucking
moths, having been recorded from Africa, India, China, the Philippines, Malaya,
Australia, New Guinea, Indonesia, Tahiti, Marianna and Caroline Islands,
Loyalty Island, Society Island, Tonga, French Hebrides, Fiji and Westem
Samoa (Comstock, 1963).

The Adults

The adults are large, stout bodied moths, and measure approximately
4 in. across the wings. At rest the wings are folded tent-like over the body
in typical Noctuid fashion. In this position the cryptic colouring of the
upper wings makes the moth very hard to detect when resting on tree trunks
or old fence posts. When disturbed the moth quickly raises its forewings ts
show the brilliant orange underwings, probably as a defensive display against
predators.

Fruit Damage

The moth damages fruit by piercing the rind with its proboscis to
feed on the juice. The long proboscis or haustellum is formed by the fusion
of the greatly elongated galea into a tube which is finely serrated, pointed,
approximately 1 in. long, and strong enough to penetrate tough fruit rind.
The haustellum is tightly coiled between the labial palps when not in use
and is well shielded from above by the epicranium.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 291

The feeding hole is obvious and in oranges may be mistaken for the
damage of the larva of the orange fruit borer Jsotenes miserana (Walk.)
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). The injury predisposes fruit to infection by
moulds and rots, and in tropical areas where the moths are numerous fruit
loss may be considerable. Citrus fruits, particularly oranges and grapefruit,
appear to be favoured hosts, but other fruits such as bananas, plums, tomatoes,
mangoes, pineapples, persimmons, grapes, peaches, apricots, custard apples,
papayas and guavas may be attacked.

Importance in Australia

In Queensland these moths sometimes cause considerable fruit losses
and a number of species is usually associated with any outbreak (Anon., 1951).

Fruit-sucking moths are normally unimportant in orchard areas in New
South Wales, but were recorded attacking citrus in the Bourke district in
1958 (E. C. Levitt—personal communication). Damaged fruit was received
from Wanaaring on the Paroo River in June and damage was reported from
properties on the Darling River 14 miles north of Bourke soon afterwards
until August. The fruits affected were mostly navel oranges, and it was
estimated that 25 per cent of one crop was attacked. The injury to the
fruit and description of the moth suggest that O. fullonia was involved.

Species of fruit-sucking moths have been known to migrate a hundred
miles or more from their breeding ground to suitable orchard areas in South
Africa (Myburgh, 1963). Tryon (1898) noted McLachlan’s 1877 record of
a specimen of O. materna captured 300 miles to sea from Mauritius.

It seems reasonable to conjecture that the moths attacking fruit around
Bourke in 1958 may have migrated from Queensland south along the Culgoa
and Paroo Rivers.

The Larvae

The larvae of the fruit-sucking moths common to Australia are distinctive
dark brown to black caterpillars (a green phase of O. fullonia from Samoa
was described by Comstock (1963) ). They have conspicuous eyespots on each
side of the second and third abdominal segments. The eyespots may be
strikingly coloured in blue ,yellow and red, or black and white in the case
of O. fullonia. The eleventh segment is humped, and the larva is approximately
50 mm. long at maturity. The young caterpillars drop from the food plant
to the ground at any sign of danger. More mature larvae adopt an aggressive
attitude by swaying from side to side while holding on to the food plant
by their hind legs.

In Australia the larvae feed on leaves of various species of native creepers
of the family Menispermaceae. In 1961 caterpillars of O. fullonia were seen
at Narara feeding on Stephania japonica Miers, a native vine with heart-shaped
leaves about 3 in. in diameter. This and a similar vine Sarcopetalum harveyanum
Miers (a possible host) grow on the fringes of cleared areas, or in rain
forest or moist gullies. S. japonica also grows on coastal sand dunes. Dowling
and Haines (1963) referring to Othreis sp., commented that “frequently their
curious caterpillars are found feeding on large heart-shaped leaves of a vine
belonging to the family Menispermaceae growing abundantly in a nearly gully”
at Bandon Grove, near Dungog, New South Wales.

Other recorded hosts of the larvae in Australia are: Legnephora moorei
Miers, found in rain forest areas of New South Wales and Queensland,
Stephania aculeata F. M. Bail, a small species occurring in open forest
country of the Far North Coast of New South Wales and in Queensland,
and Tinospora smilacina Benth., found on the ranges from New South Wales
to the Kimberley district of Western Australia.

Other Menispermaceae that are possible hosts of the larvae are Carronia
multisepalea F. Muell and Fawcettia tinisporoides F. Muell., from the Richmond

292 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

River district of New South Wales and Pliogyne cunninghamii Miers which
grows north of Brisbane.

In Samoa and other Paciific Islands, the nornamental coral tree Erythrina
variegata L. var. orientalis (L) Merr. is a host of O. fullonia larvae. In India
the vine Tinospora cordifolia Miers, and the cocoa plant Theobroma cacao L.
are also hosts of the larvae (Comstock, 1963). In South Africa the larva
of Serrodes inara, a serious pest of canning peaches, feeds on the wild plum
Pappea capensis Eckl. and Zeyh. and Calpe provocans and C. emarginata feed
on a native creeper Antizoma capensis (L.f.) Diels (Myburgh, 1963). Larvae
of Achaea lienardi at times defoliate the black wattle Acacia mollissima Willd.
in South Africa.

Figure 1.—Mature larva of Othreis fullonia, slightly less than 24 times
natural size.

Control of moths as orchard pests

Little effort has been made to control the moths in Australia, chiefly
because outbreaks are intermittent and several years may elapse between
outbreaks. The moths’ habit of leaving the orchard during the day to rest
in the surrounding bush, returning again at night to the same, or possibly
another orchard makes control difficult. The moths usually attack fruit ready
for harvest when care has to be taken with insecticide usage. The larval
hosts of the majority of species grow outside the orchard areas in places
where conventional control measures are impracticable.

Swatting the moths individually at night has been tried but is inadequate
if the moths are present in any number. Where moths are present each
year the most practical method of avoiding loss in probably to harvest the
fruit as soon as possible, as suggested by Ebeling (1951).

Some success has been achieved in Queensland by using ripe or overripe
fruit, particularly bananas, as a lure. The fruit is tied together in bunches
of five or six or placed in open weave bags and hung in the orchard trees.
The lures are inspected for moths each night and any moths found are
destroyed. The fruit is changed every third day and destroyed to conform
with fruit fly regulations. An improvement of this method is to place a
fruit lure in the open mouth of an inverted hessian bag. After feeding
the moth flies upward into the bag where it rests and can be readily killed
when the bag is inspected in the morning.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 293

Acknowledgments

I would like to express my thanks to the Director and Chief Botanist,
Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, for kindly identifying a number of host
plants.

References

Anon. (1951)—Queensland Agricultural and Pastoral Handbook, Vol. III,
Government Printer, (Brisbane), pages 125-128.

Anon. (1963)—Ministry of Agr. and Lands Annual Report for year ending
31st December, 1960—Kingston, Jamaica, 1963. P.A.N.S. Section A,
Vol. 10, No. 1. Feb., 1964, page 13.

Comstock, J. A. (1963)—Fruit Piercing Moths of Samoa and the South
Pacific Islands. Canadian Entomologist Vol. 95, No. 2, pages 218-222.
Dowling, M. J., and Haines, L. C. (1963)—Notes on Hawk Moths and
Butterflies of Bandon Grove, N.S.W. Aust. Zoologist, Vol. XIII, Part 1,

pages 1-8.

Ebeling, W. (1951)—Subtropical Entomology, Lithotype Process Co. (Cali-

fornia), pages 516, 554.

Myburgh, A. C. (1963)—Vandals in the orchard. Sucking moths. Farming
in South Africa. Vol. 39, No. 7, pages 77-79.

Taylor, J. S. (1965)—Fruit-piercing moth Achaea lienardi Bd. in Eastern Cape
Province. J. Ent. Soc. Sth. Afr. Vol. 28, No. 1, pages 50-56.

Tryon, H. (1898)—Orange-piercing moths. Queensland Agric. Journ. Vol. 11,
Part IV, pages 308-315.

294 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

OBSERVATIONS ON THE AUSTRALIAN LAND-LEECH,
CHTONOBDELLA LIMBATA ‘GRUBE, 1886)
(HIRUDINEA: HAEMADIPSIDAE)

By LAURENCE R. RICHARDSON
4 Bacon St., Grafton, N.S.W.

Abstract

This is a semi-sedentary animal restricted to seepage moistened areas
with forest fringe in canopy forest lacking a lower stratum, not an animal
of the forest floor proper, and accordingly patchy in distribution. Non-reactive
to noise, vibration, disturbance of leaves and twigs, light or shadow, and
attaches only when physical contact has been made. There is no evidence
of jumping, hunting, or aggressive attack, nor of any long-range sensory
perception. The velar organs appear to be moisture sensitive. It is a limited
traveller. The stinging sensation and delayed irritation from the bite are due
to nephric excretion, not histamine or hirudin. The engorged leech is secretive
for 4 to 7 days, then progressively active. Burrowed into soil which is slowly
dried, the leech enters an inert anhydrobiotic state, recovering to full activity,
even after five months, immediately when dampened.

This is the common large sanguivorous land-leech of coastal eastern
Australia from Victoria to Southern Queensland, from sea-level to at least
3,500 feet. Although an occasional experience for those who enter wet bush,
there is no account yet of its habits and behaviour. Haemadipsids are notorious
nuisance animals of tropical and subtropical forests in India, Ceylon, Malaysia,
the East Indies, etc.; but the Australian land-leeches do not seem to reach
the same nuisance levels as those elsewhere.

The findings on Chtonobdella limbata in this report run contrary to
many statements made about haemadipsids in the past, and conflict with some
of the opinions held on C. limbata itself. This leech is semi-sedentary, a poor
traveller, leisurely in movement, and with a restricted range. No evidence
was found of hunting or pursuit activity, such as is exhibited by many
aquatic sanguivores, and this correlates with the low functional value of the
sense organs and the absence of any evidence of long-range sensory perception.
It gains attachment on its host only when accidental physical contact has been
established, and its first actions then are the same as when the leech is
placed on any other foreign surface.

Feeding is divided into a first phase when the jaws enter the skin while
the anterior sucker is held in position by the rigid body, not by powerful
adhesion. This phase ends when nephric excretion is released from the anterior
nephridiopores. This causes irritation in the incision. It is found here that
the irritant is neither ‘histamine’ nor ‘hirudin’. Feeding then passes into the
second phase with the body relaxed to receive the meal and held in place
by the adhesion of both suckers.

C. limbata is patchy in distribution in simple canopy forest lacking
lower strata of vegetation. They are found here in areas receiving seepage from
adjacent areas but drained in such manner that they are not covered with
standing water from any long period of time. The infested areas are floored
with forest litter, shaded by the canopy, and protected from the drying effects
of wind by forest fringe. These then are areas having relatively prolonged
periods of stable ground moisture levels, more so than the general forest floor
which is not the habitat of leeches. They are animals of the ground. None

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 295

were found on foliage. They are not aquatic. They do not enter water.
They cannot swim, but they can survive under water.

In dry weather, they are burrowed in soil, and with progressive reduction
in available water, they assume an inert dehydration-resistant form. This can
survive a total lack of environmental water for months, but becomes immediately
active when supplied with water. Since this is a precisely defined form of
cryptobiosis, I propose that it be termed anhydrobiosis being a response to
an environmental stress arising from the absence of water.

The g. Chtonobdella is haemadipsid, characterised by having 5 annuli in
the complete somite and only the pair of ventrolateral jaws, so that the bite
shows only two incisions. It is known at this time (Soos, 1967) by C. tristriata
(Goddard, 1910) in New Guinea; C. parva Moore, 1944 in the New Hebrides;
C. fallax Blanchard, 1917 in Madagascar; and in coastal eastern Australia
(Richardson, in press) by two species, C. limbata (Grube, 1866) and C.
australiensis (Lambert, 1899).

C. limbata is commonly 25.0 to 30.0 mm long in contraction and 50.0
to 60.0 in extension, a few exceptional individuals reach a maximum extension
of 85.0 mm. The body is somewhat circular in section; club-shaped, widest
posteriorly, tapering to the small anterior sucker which carries 5 pairs of
obvious black eyes arranged as an arch paralleling the margin of the sucker,
and with the first three pairs on the velum which overhangs the aperture of
the sucker; the interspace between the 4th and Sth eyes on each side greater
than between the 3rd and 4th; dorsum and sides, generally dark green with
a narrow cream to golden yellow median dorsal longitudinal stripe which
does not quite reach the ends of the body; a yellow lateral stripe along each
side includes the nephropores to be seen as minute regularly spaced dark
spots; the venter, generally rusty red mottled erratically with black patches
and even streaks. C. australiensis is of the size of limbata and also has a
mottled venter, but lacks the median stripe excepting on the last fifth of
the body in some and in this region there are also paired oblique lines of
gold patches with often bright red lines anterior to these patches. The mottled
venter distinguishes both from the leeches of the g. Philaemon which are
often found with them. These have an immaculate usually greyish venter;
4 annuli in the complete somite; 4 annuli between the genital pores (about
7 in Chtonobdella in Australia); and are much smaller leeches.

Habitat

I select for description one example which clearly illustrates the preferred
habitat of C. limbata rather than to attempt the descriptions of other examples
which are only confirmatory in my experience. The presence of a man-made
track is not an essential feature.

Bruxner Park near Coffs Harbour, N.S.W., a reserve of rain forest,
provides a typical habitat in the forest covered side-gully near the main picnic
ground. Rain had fallen on several days previous to the study described (Oct.,
1966). The litter on the forest floor proper was wet to the touch but there
were no puddles of standing water.

The fully-timbered gully had a high canopy but no lower level strata,
and the floor covered with leaves and other debris. There was no grass. A
well-developed fringe closed the edge of the forest along the road and extended
for some forty feet along the edge of the track as it entered the forest.
The track was an unmade foot-track, one to three feet wide, wet and
muddy outside of the canopy and progressively drier as it entered the forest
where it was covered with leaves and debris presenting an appearance similar
to that of the general forest floor.

296 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

Drainage of the area as a whole passed into a small semi-temporary
pool outside of the forest fringe. There were no leeches in this pool nor
in the grasses around the pool. There were no land-leeches on the muddy
wet portion of the track as it entered the edge of the fringe. C. limbata
was found on the next portion of the track which was drier but covered with
litter moist to the touch. They were present in a distance of 30 feet but
not above this where the surface was drier again. In an area of some 120
sq. ft., 20 leeches ranging in length from 20.0 mm to 75.0 mm when extended,
were collected on two searches, the third yielded none. All were found on
the ground, none on erect plants or foliage. Nearly all were on open litter,
a few close to the fringe plants, but none more than a foot from the open
track.

This area containing leeches was quite precisely defined. It was a short
length of track just within the canopy, margined by fringe shrubs etc., covered
with leaves and other small debris, of such slope that it drained so that there
was no water standing on it and water would not stand on it for any
great length of time after rain had ceased. It was not a water runway. It
received seepage from adjacent areas of forest floor. This and the protection
given by the fringe shrubs reducing the drying action of moving air and
of sunlight, gave a greater ground moisture stability than for the forest
floor, the adjacent fringe, or the areas outside of the fringe.

Having found that leeches could be readily seen when stationary or
moving even at distances up to ten feet, I searched two areas of 300 sq. ft.
each of adjacent forest fioor but did not find one leech on the open floor
nor beneath such stones, fallen branches, logs etc. which might have served as
shelter. The debris in one foot square areas taken at random was closely
searched on ten occasions in each area, but these yielded no leeches, nor
did any attach to me although given ample opportunity for various parts
of each area were searched on hands and knees. Forest fringe on either side
of the mouth of the track was also carefully searched but no land-leeches were
found.

The section of track below the road was then examined. The pattern of
forest fringe entering the mouth of the track and extending a short distance
beneath the canopy, the wet muddy initial portion of the track giving way
to a moist debris-covered surface, was repeated, and beyond this the surface
was drier. The results were the same. Land-leeches were found only on the
length of debris covered track margined by fringe vegetation. Only four
leeches were found. This lower track is much more frequently travelled
than the portion above the road which may be correlated with the small
number of leeches. It is possible that the numbers are kept down through
leeches being transported away from the area attached to intruders, or
crushed under the boot, for they do not behave in such way to escape
the foot.

An hour was spent in searching 1,000 sq. ft. of forest floor on each
side of the track, including the examination of one rather steep seepage area.
Particular attention was paid to small trees and other foliage. Again,
foot square areas of debris were closely searched and places of concealment
examined; but not one leech was found, nor did one attach to me.

The main stream is upper transitional in nature, consisting of long
pools separated by runs and low drops; the bottom, small boulders, graded
gravels to some sand; the banks high, steep and mostly beneath the canopy
so that they carry only a broken fringe shrubbery. No leeches were found
in the stream, nor on the banks, not even in the spray zones near the short
drops.

These observations have been repeated elsewhere. The land-leech is an
inhabitant of areas covered with forest floor litter, beneath the canopy,

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 Hepsi

guarded by fringe against the drying effects of moving air and sun, kept
moist by seepage, and of such slope and drainage that they do not stand
covered by water nor drain rapidly dry. It is reasonable that such conditions
can be created under other circumstances but I do not have wide experience
of this as yet.

Behaviour

As generally seen, some few leeches are moving but the greater number
are stationary, erect on the posterior sucker, a stance they maintain for twenty
minutes and longer. There are short intervals when they give the impression
that they are restless as a whole, but these intervals are transitory and could
not be related to any particular circumstance in their surroundings.

There is no response by change of attitude to noise such as from scratching
a piece of wood, rubbing wood together, snapping twigs in the hand or on
the ground, or the disturbance of leaves and twigs slowly or rapidly, or
other attempts to simulate indications of an animal moving across the ground.
Moving leeches do not alter direction towards such disturbances. The shoe-
covered foot placed down within a few inches of a leech produces no response.
Stationary or moving leeches show no response to shadow or to alternating
light and shadow in imitation of a moving animal. The pack-sack left on the
ground for an hour attracted no attention.

The hand, bare arm, and bare foot brought gradually closer to an erect
or moving leech brought no reaction even when within an inch of the leech.
There was no response to puffs of breath blown over the leech.

An erect leech does not attach to a twig or leaf brought into contact
with the anterior sucker, but a moving leech may sometimes change direction
away from the object when this is done repeatly. If a leech is erect on
a leaf on the ground and the leaf is lifted clear of the ground, the leech
does not move to the hand even when this is close to the leech. The leech
may move over to the edge of the leaf, where it seems unable to retain its
hold, for instead of moving over onto the lower surface, it drops, and is
so rapidly erect on the ground, that it gives the strongest impression the
leech has performed a precisely controlled jump.

The non-reactive behaviour changes immediately when some _ leeches
are brushed by the finger, foot, shoe or clothing; but not all show the
following response. The leech attaches with the anterior sucker, transfers the
posterior sucker to the new surface, and then moves rapidly and erratically
until it gains a sheltering area such as between the fingers or toes, beneath
the laces of a shoe, or inside the top of a low sock. The rapid erratic
movement is the same as when a leech is placed on a foreign surface, such
as the smooth surface of a plastic tray.

Locomotion

This is by the usual looping which is very precisely performed. The
extended animal attaches the anterior sucker, the posterior sucker is brought
up to the hind edge of the anterior sucker so that the body seen from the
side is thrown briefly into a high open loop. The anterior sucker releases
its hold, and the animal raises the body. Moving over the ground, the animal
halts repeatedly, may extend the body nearly level with the ground and
then ‘explores’ the surface in a semi-circle or less, touching with the margin
of the velum at briefly spaced intervals before moving on, which it most
generally does in a straight line. With these halts, the progression is not
even of the order of a foot a minute. Gentle attempts to encourage faster
progression are most commonly unsuccessful.

When the lid is removed from the jar, the recently captured land-leech
emerges rapidly onto the lip of the jar and may then drop onto the bench,
where it moves rapidly and erratically. If released onto a smooth-surfaced

298 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

plastic tray, it will be seen that at each point of contact by the suckers there is
left behind distinct round moist patches matching the size of the suckers.
With the hand-lens, it can be seen that this moisture is related to the active
excretion from the anterior pair of nephropores situated briefly behind the
margin of the anterior sucker, and from the auricles close to the dorsal
surface of the posterior sucker where the posterior nephropores are concealed.

When kept on the move for five to fifteen minutes, depending in part
on humidity and temperature, the leech becomes progressively inconvenienced
in movement. It can be seen that the marks from the suckers are becoming
less moist, dry quicker and are finally irregular in outline. The leech becomes
reluctant to move, and quite suddenly looses the capacity to do so. It falls
helplessly on the side and does not recover a normal stance. Nephric excretion
has ceased. One leech left on the dry surface did not recover its ability to
resume the ordinary stance even after two hours, the longest I have kept
one in this state.

Escaped onto the dry polished floor, I have not had one land-leech
manage to move more than eight feet before becoming incapacitated. Aquatic
sanguivores will often travel further than this when they escape.

Feeding

So far I have only studied in detail the first phase in feeding. By
scratching with a needle just sufficiently to bring continued minute bleeding
at a point suitable for observation, this can be watched under the low-power
binocular.

A leech held from mid-January to late October, unfed in a jar with
soil and plants, was put on the back of my hand. It was prevented in
moving between the base of my fingers, and then moved over the back of
my hand ‘exploring’ the surface within its extended reach before moving
position. Each time it halted, it continuously and persistently touched the
skin with the lower surface of the anterior margin of the velum at intervals
of 3.0 mm to 10.0 mm, at a rather uniform rate, there being about two
or three seconds to each action.

A scratch made on the first phalanx of the index finger brought the
least trace of continuing bleeding. The velum contacted the skin twice within
a millimetre of the blood but did not hesitate near it. It was not until the
velum later actually touched the blood that the sucker was slid along the
surface to cover the scratch. The body of the animal then became rigid.
There was no activity of the pharyngeal musculature such as would indicate
an immediate uptake of blood.

The sucker was expanded fully to a sub-circular shape and flattened
over the incision. Muscular action indicating the operation of the jaws could
not be seen. Raising the velum with a blunt needle, the jaws could be seen
sinking into the skin, but the sawing action which has been continuously
referred to for the european medicinal leech since Moquin-Tandon (1846) was
not obvious under these conditions of reasonable visibility, a suitable magnifi-
cation, and good illumination, nor was the skin raised as a papilla. It is
possible there is a sawing action at the very start, but at the time when
I was watching the jaws, they were sinking smoothly into the skin and at
least the basal half of each jaw was visible. The fact that the jaws continued
to sink into the skin after the velum had been raised by the needle, indicates
that the process is not dependent at this time on adhesion by the sucker.
It is the rigid body which provides the platform for the operation of the
mandibular muscles. It is the rigid body which presses the sucker down
and holds it in position.

A stinging sensation was felt briefly following the release of a clear
watery excretion from the anterior pair of mephropores and the spread of
this around the rim of the sucker. At this point, I raised the body of the leech

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 299

from the surface of my hand, to find two rows of transparent clear minute
long gelatinous threads, mucus-like in appearance, extending from all the
nephropores along each side of the body excepting the anterior pair, and
onto the skin. These threads were elastic and recall the early name given
to the nephridia as being ‘glandes muqueuses—mucous glands’ by writers such
as Blainville, Filippi, Moquin-Tandon etc. about a century ago.

Raising the body led to the detachment of the anterior sucker, and
the leech did not return to the bite. The bleeding was not significantly
increased. There was no red reaction or flare. Coagulation was normal. In
this first phase of the bite, terminating with the release of liquid excretion
from the first nephridia, neither histamine nor hirudin had been released.

The wound healed rapidly and normally, was barely discernible at the
end of 48 hours, and was forgotten. This bite was made on 2nd October.
On 9th October, I found myself scratching the site of the bite which was
stinging sharply, more so than at the time of the bite. The skin was so
fragile that it broke readily and a small quantity of bloody serum was
exuded. As trypanosomatids have been reported in the ‘crop of these leeches
(Richardson and Hunt, in press), the exudate was examined but was negative
for trypanosomatids.

On 12th October, there was further itching and an inflamed area of
some 4.0 mm diameter centred on the site of the bite. This I avoided interfering
with. There was repeated itching throughout the day, but no further recurrence.

This experience which shows that the stinging sensation at the time
of the bite and the subsequent irritability are due to nephric excretion and
not histamine nor hirudin, gives point to a field note where I recorded
that there was a slight stinging sensation on the skin of the hands after
fees many land-leeches. My hands were then obviously covered with
‘slime’.

The Engorged Leech

The fully-fed leech is grossly swollen throughout the greater length of
the body saving only the cephalic region consisting of the velum, anterior
sucker and somites v to vii. The body is obtusely rounded posteriorly, but
the posterior sucker is of normal size, form and is fully functional. Movement
is embarrassed, slow, clumsy, more of a crawling action in which the body
is briefly extended, the anterior sucker attached and the body drawn forward.
Since both suckers are functional, it would appear that the leech drops of
its own accord from the host rather than this being due to mechanical
difficulties in attachment in the engorged condition.

Removed to a jar floored with damp soil, leaves, etc., the engorged
leech burrows into the soil and remains in the burrow for four days to
a week before emerging and becoming active again. It will then move onto
the side of the jar above the level of the soil and hang in somewhat of a
horizontal position with the body sagging between the suckers. At first it
leaves the soil once in the day, moves little, then after some days it resumes
the usual twice daily activity, and is fully active within the month, although
still greatly swollen. At the end of about forty days, it can be seen that
the meal has been absorbed from the first few anterior caeca and from the
postcaeca of xix. Further change is slow.

Anhydrobiosis

I suggest this term to describe the manner of survival of the land-leech
in the absence of environmental water, when the leech becomes inactive,
but the condition is such that recovery is immediate when water again becomes
available. Water-lack is not necessarily seasonal in Australia, so such terms
as aestivation etc. are not applicable, especially as there is no correlation
with temperature. Cryptobiosis is used by some writers for the cessation of
general activities under environmental stress even to the point where no

300 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

vital activity is demonstrable. Anhydrobiosis is accordingly a _ category
of cryptobiosis based on environmental stress due solely to the lack of
water.

In mid-January, a freshly collected well-fed C. limbata was placed in
a half-gallon jar floored with damp soil, leaves, some moss, and a spray of
rooted fern, and closed with a perforated lid. No further water was supplied.

The leech established a short burrow in the soil, about one inch below
the surface and horizontal for the last portion. There was a well-established
daily activity cycle, the leech emerging in the late morning and late afternoon
and moving around on the side of the jar for an hour or more. At these
times, the illumination was in the order of 15 f.c., but artificial illumination at
this intensity at night did not set the leech into activity. I have not seen
any activity on the part of these leeches at night.

This very regular activity ceased about the end of May, and from then
on the leech was not seen. The plants lived into July.

The jar was opened on the 30th October. All plants were dead and
dried. The soil was powder dry. The leech was in the soil, but the burrow
was collapsed. The leech was contracted to a length of 25.0 mm, cylindrical and
about 6.0 mm in diameter, and briefly tapering to a point at each end.
Neither sucker could be distinguished. The body was fully firm, solid to the
touch, rigid; the skin so dry the dust fell from it. There was no response
to touch, handling, sunlight or other simple stimuli over a period of some
20 minutes.

The soil was replaced in the jar with the leech just below the surface,
and lightly sprinkled with water. In under 10 minutes, the leech had emerged
from the soil, was fully active and moving around in the jar. It transferred
readily onto the hand. The twice-daily activity periods were resumed. Later
further water was added until the soil was muddy and water-logged. The
leech then spent its time attached to the side of the jar well above the
level of the soil.

Other land-leeches held in small containers with only damp moss or
grass, have not survived progressive deydration. Held in a jar with water and
no soil, the leech does not enter the water. They are unable to swim. Dropped
into water, they sink helplessly. They are most reluctant to enter, but
can survive in water for over a week if forcibly kept below the surface.

Discussion

The accounts of land-leeches can be divided between those of the earlier

travellers, Tennant, Hooker, Haeckel, Schmarda, Semper and others in the
last century concerned with land-leeches in Ceylon, India, Malaysia, the
East Indies, etc., and the few later attempts to carefully determine the
habits and behaviour of these animals. Blanchard (1917) in his monograph
of the family, drawing from the earlier travellers, writes:
“Tl existe dans la zone intertropicale asiatique et océanienne des Sangsues
de petite taille, vivant a terre, sur les arbres, dans la brousse et dans les
hautes herbes. Quand l’Homme ou quelque Animal a sang chaud passe
a leur portée, elles se jettent avidement sur lui, par dizaines et souvent
méme en bien plus grand nombre, lui faisant subir de multiples saignées,
par ou le sang continue a s "echapper longtemps. - - - - - - - Tous ce qui ont
voyagé a Ceylan, - - - - - - ont été assailis par ces terribles animaux - - - - -
The earlier travellers pictured them as aggressive attackers, falling or jumping
onto the intruder into their area (e.g. Hooker: “they got into my hair, hung
on my eye-lids, crawled up my back”, etc.). Generally there is reference
to large numbers only as on the legs (Semper: “they formed on both sides of
the ankles bunches as large as the fist” etc.).

Such experiences have not been reported in Australia. Earlier accounts
give hardly passing mention to land-leeches in this country. I have not seen

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 301

them referred to in more recent writings to any greater extent, not even
in travels written by the more colourful authors. I have not yet had the
opportunity of studying them in a multistrata canopy forest, with the floor
wet throughout the greater part of the year; but the general dryness of
the floor of the Australian simple canopy forest, makes this commonly
unsuitable for leeches over considerable periods in all seasons.

Since Moore (1927), studies on land-leeches elsewhere show many
similarities to C. limbata as found in the present study. In 1886, Whitman
reported that Haemadipsa japonica did not ascend into trees and shrubs and
could not jump. Moore was satisfied that the latter was a physical impossibility
for land-leeches. Worth (1951) recognises that jumping could not be
successful since the sense-organs of the leech cannot range a target. The
more recent reports in general agree that they are for the greater part animals
of the ground as is evidenced by the major incidence of infestation being
on the lower legs. Matthews (1954) does not recall seeing land-leeches
more than three or four feet above the ground, and Smythies (1959) quotes
Harrison as writing of land-leeches dropping from shrubs. Such instances
as are given do not describe the condition of the ground.

Moore (1932) writes: “Land-leeches are found by no means everywhere
in the jungle, forest or grassland, but chiefly in local aggregations or colonies.
Such areas of concentration may be only a few feet or yards in diameter,
or they may cover many acres, especially in forest grazing land. Elsewhere one
may proceed often for several miles along a seemingly favourable jungle
trail and scarcely meet a leech.” Stammers (1950) writes of areas in Ceylon
yielding 50 and more leeches to the square yard. In contrast to Moore’s
description, Smythies (1959) quotes Dr. Huenhe as stating that in a six
month journey into the interior of Borneo, he was never more than a yard
from a leech.

Moore describes the circumstances which apply to C. limbata (also
Philaemon spp.) in the simple unstratified canopy forest where they are
restricted to limited, exceptional, well-characterised areas and accordingly
very patchy in distribution. So far I have had no indication of infested
areas covering many acres and casual observations based mainly or solely
on leeches found on the observer are not to be relied on as evidence in
this regard.

The features of an area suitable for land-leeches are seepage providing
relatively prolonged moderate moisture levels on the ground and drainage
adequate to prevent free-standing water and water-logging of the soil other
than temporarily. Related to this are such other factors as delay the drying
of the ground, protection against the sun and against the drying effects from
free-moving air. Many combinations can conceivably provide these requirements
depending on the topography of a region, such as deep narrow gullies, marsh
fringe etc.; but to date the evidence of reliable interested observers as given
to me and my own experience are in agreement that the most general combination
is an association of canopy forest and forest fringe. I can suggest also that
in many situations small muddy water-logged areas and small temporary pools,
supplying or receiving seepage will be related to infested areas as a source of
seepage or as evidence of seepage suitable for the circumstances necessary
for the land-leech.

These leeches are reluctant to enter water (the contrary is known only
for the asiatic H. sylvestris). Their locomotion is dependent on moisture and
their hesitant slow progression on the ground suggests attempts to select
suitably moist surfaces to cross. C. limbata is an animal of the ground.
From the behaviour in a jar with water-logged soil, when the leech remains
for days on the side of the jar well above the wet soil, which is quite unlike
the usual activity, they may be expected to ascend onto shrubs etc. at times
when there is temporarily free-standing or running water on the area of
choice. I have not yet been able to see this in the field.

302 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

The absence of reaction to a variety of stimuli, the general behaviour
in the field, the slow rate of progression etc., all indicate that C. limbata is not
an aggressive hunter or attacker which agrees with their morphology and
with their demonstrable lack of long-range sensory perceptor mechanisms.
So far I have been unable to find the situation described as “leeches moving in
to the attack’. It would seem that this is no more than the sudden realisation.
that the observer is standing in a leech-infested area.

The sense organs of the land-leech are of the same kind as in aquatic
leeches (Moore, 1927). The aquatics respond to light intensity, chemical
stimuli, vibration, and are thermosensitive (Mann, 1962).

The American aquatic sanguivore, Macrobdella decora, will be disturbed
over an area of 30 feet radius and more, by the vibration of a pole firmly
planted in the bottom of a pond, as also by the movement of an intruder.
Moore (1923) refers to this, and Whitman (1886) describes in some detail
the response which is well-known to those who study this and other aquatic
sanguivores. C. limbata showed no reaction to noise, vibration, or even the
disturbance of litter in the immediate vicinity of the leech. Whitman (1886)
found H. japonica sensitive to any movement of the jar. This is so with most
freshly captured leeches, including aquatics; but later with C. limbata there is
only an occasional response, and then only during activity periods. With several
in a jar, one might respond and others not. The lack of response when a
leech is raised on a leaf, does not indicate a sensibility to vibration.

The American aquatic scavenger, Haemopis marmorata, aggregates from
over a large area in ponds onto the body of a dead fish, so exhibiting a high
degree of chemical sensitivity. C. limbata did not respond to the hand brought
within less than an inch of the leech. It did not detect fresh blood from a
scratch on the skin even when the velum contacted the skin within a few
millimetres of the blood. Stammers (1950) reports that H. zeylanica passed
the anterior sucker through a film of fresh blood, “yet failed to pause and
examine it”. He found that this leech does not detect, even from a distance
of only a quarter of an inch, pieces of skin removed from cats and rats;
but when by chance contact is made, they bite into such skin and remain
attached for long intervals (max. 120 minutes). It is clear that long-range
chemical sensibility is absent which suggests that the velar sensory patches are
probably sensitive to moisture.

Temperature responses are demonstrated in aquatic hirudinids (Mann,
1962). Stammers reports (1950) strong positive reactions to moist warm
air blown over H. zeylanica which turn towards the source of the air and
may even move towards it. Such a reaction was seen by Whitman and is
referred to by others. In contrast, Stammers found that H. zeylanica would
pass even within a quarter of an inch of a glass tube warmed by water without
reaction to it. If by chance the leech contacted the tube, it would attach to
it and exhibit a feeding attitude which it did not adopt on a tube containing
cool water. Attention has been turned to temperature sensitivity in seeking a
mechanism through which the leech is attracted to the warm-blooded host.
I have not been able to demonstrate a response to the warm moist breath
blown over C. limbata in the field or at the bench. In the field, C. limbata
is exposed to the vagaries of moving warm moist air and of variations in the
temperature of this air as a normal part of the environment. When I have
brought my bare arm or hand near to a leech in the field, air temperatures
have been high, and the temperature differential quite small; but equally
there has been no response at the bench when the temperature differential
has been more in the order of 15°C. Since these leeches feed also from
amphibia and reptiles, a positive reaction to warm moist air is scarcely
acceptable as a factor in food-finding activity, especially in an animal otherwise
exhibiting no evidence of long-range temperature sensitivity. It would seem to
be an orientation reaction related to maintenance within the suitable environ-
ment.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 303

Aquatic leeches exhibit movement towards optimum light intensities, etc.
Various workers refer to response to light and shadow. Stammers (1950) describes
that the shadow from a card passing over the cephalic end of H. zeylanica
led to immediate activity, and that experimentally these leeches react to
a reduction of illumination so long as it is more than a change of 50% in
intensity. I could not get a response to shadow or light from C. limbata in the
field. In its environment, C. limbata lives on ground richly speckled with small
patches of deep shadow and speckles of bright light which move restlessly
as the light filters through the moving canopy. At the bench, jars containing
this leech were remote from the window, and when sunlight, filtering through
shrubbery outside of the window, came suddenly onto the jar during the
activity period, the leeches exhibited increased activity. Yet there was no
reaction to even very bright light shone suddenly on the jar in the dark
at night.

Collectively, all indications are that there are no long-range sensibilities
in the land-leech such as would serve it as a hunting animal. Sensibilities are
of the low order to be expected from unmodified aquatic sensory receptors
in the terrestrial environment. This conclusion agrees with the lack of any
evidence for aggressive hunting activity. Accepting this, we must now see
these leeches as animals lacking the acute sensibilities of aquatic leeches,
and for the greater part detached perceptually from their environment and
dependent on chance contact for their food. I will admit, that as my appreciation
of this status in their relationship with their environment developed, their
gentle tapping ‘explorations’ with the velum seemed similar to a blind and
deaf man guiding himself with his cane.

There is need for caution in studying these animals. They have a high
capacity to ‘condition’ and do this rapidly. Stammers (1950) noticed that
zeylanica after five or six trials showed ‘conditioning or fatigue’ to subsequent
reductions in illumination. On several occasions when I have had limbata on
my hand and prevented it from making a few attempts to bite, it has stayed
on my hand for even up to 45 minutes without attempting to bite again.
It is accordingly an animal for which unifactorial experimentation at the
bench may lead to error in the understanding of the behaviour of the animal as
an entity in its complete environment. The non-responsiveness to light and
shadow, etc. on the forest floor where many stimuli are a constant and varying
feature in the environment might be ascribed to conditioning and not recognised
as truly indicative of the behaviour of the normal animal within its environment.

Lindemann (1939), studying Hirudo medicinalis, concluded that there
was a first stage in the feeding process when the incision was made and a
histamine-like substance supplied into the incision to cause liberal bleeding,
followed by a second stage when blood was taken into the crop and hirudin was
mixed only with this blood. This contrasts to the long-held opinion that
hirudin was supplied into the incision at the start of the bite, and was
solely responsible for the subsequent bleeding by preventing coagulation
within the incision. Stammers (1950) showed that the coagulation time of
blood issuing from a bite was initially 13 minutes, diminishing after 10
minutes to a coagulation time of 3 minutes, but bleeding continued for
30 minutes. He concluded that both hirudin, and a histamine-like substance,
were supplied into the incision, and that the physiological activity of the
latter, continuing long after the hirudin was exhausted, was responsible for
the prolonged bleeding.

Worth (1951) also recognised an initial short biting phase, but with a
sensation of stinging, followed by the feeding stage, such as I have described
for C. limbata. However, it did not come to attention before that in the
initial stage of the bite, the body is rigid and presses the anterior sucker onto
the skin, while the jaws are penetrating into it. The sucker is not adherent
of its own function at this time. The release of nephric excretion from the

304 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

anterior nephropores enables adhesion and is accompanied by the slight stinging
sensation.

This could not be the histamine-like substance of Lindemann. It did
not lead to prolonged bleeding. Hirudin had not been released in this first
phase of the bite for the coagulability of the blood had not been reduced.
Unlike a typical histamine reaction, there was no reddening of the skin
and no flare at the site of the incision following the bite. Histamine is
readily destroyed when normal circulation is present. The long-delayed and
more intense subsequent irritation (which exhibited a red reaction, flare
and slight oedema) is obviously due to some substance other than histamine,
which could not have persisted this length of time at the site of the bite.
On the evidence of the generalised stinging of the surface of my hands after
handling many fresh land-leeches, this substance appears to be a normal
constituent of nephric excretion.

The firm adhesion of the anterior sucker and the relaxation of the body
to permit a ready flow of blood into the crop contrast strongly with the
initial biting phase.

The behaviour of the engorged leech differs from the conclusion reached
by Moore (1927) on the evidence from Robertson (1909) that neither she,
nor Dr. A. Willey, had ever found a fed land-leech in the bush. Moore
took this as establishing that the engorged leech was secretive and remained
in hiding until the meal was completely digested. It is clear this is not the
case in C. limbata. Many of the field-collected land-leeches I have dissected
have held blood in the crop; but I have not yet seen haemoglobin crystals in
the crop of any of these leeches like the quantities of crystals which are
present in the crop two months and longer after a leech has engorged itself.
This has suggested to me that these leeches more commonly make only small
meals such as from young frogs or other small animals.

The exhibition of the anhydrobiotic state was to be anticipated from the
many accounts of the absence of land-leeches in dry periods; but by comparison
with aquatic leeches, I had not anticipated such a high level of resistance to
dehydration, the only indication having been given by Moore (1927) in his
account of H. sylvestris where he records briefly that several collectors had
noted that they had found these in a ‘semi-torpid’ condition under stones
and buried in mud, and one described them as in a “contracted condition —
quite still, as though dead”. Aquatic leeches do not have the ability to
withstand the total absence of environmenal water such as shown by
C. limbata.

One feature of the circumstances found in this study presents an unusual
situation applicable to the land-leech. Aquatic leeches are for the greater
measure retained within their body of water. If one is attached to an
intruder who leaves the water, the leech usually detaches quickly and under
suitable circumstances can often be seen making its way back to the water.

C. limbata is a poor traveller with a restricted range in unsuitable
conditions. Feeding and attached to an intruder for twenty minutes or longer
(Worth records 35 minutes for H. zeylanica), the leech would be carried
relatively far from the area of choice, and, in all probability, to quite
unsuitable areas. Detached, it will seek concealment in the new area. It
might enter the anhydrobiotic state and be reactivated in time; but the
opportunity for return to the original small suitable area seems generally
improbable.

Such a factor may operate to limit the density of the population in
the small suitable area. The example given of the smaller number of leeches
on a patch on a well-travelled track contrasting with the higher numbers
on a less-travelled track favours the existence of such a factor.

At this time, it can be seen that the area infested with land-leeches
is well-characterised, recognisable, and can be avoided; or if unavoidable, the

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 305

feet and legs should be examined for leeches immediately after crossing such
an area. On travelled tracks, the simplest improved drainage of seepage areas
should reduce or even eliminate land-leech populations.

Acknowledgments

I express my sincere appreciation of the assistance I have been given
in obtaining literature and in many other ways by Dr. J. C. Yaldwyn, of
the Australian Museum, Dr. R. E. Barwick, of the Australian National University,
and Dr. W. H. Dawbin, University of Sydney. Miss E. Pope of the Australian
Museum has been most helpful with specimens of C. limbata and in other
ways; Mr. P. Strong of Grafton and Mr. H. Battam of Cronulla have
provided me with considerable collections of live land-leeches; and I have
been given valuable assistance in the field by members of the Clarence Valley
Field Naturalists’ Club. The Science and Industry Endowment Fund has
assisted me with microscopic and other equipment.

Literature Cited

Blanchard, R., 1917.—Monographie des Haemadipsines (Sangsues terrestre).
Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. x(7): 640-674.

Mann, K. H., 1962.—Leeches (Hirudinea). ix, 1-201. Pergamon Press. Oxford.

Matthews, R. S., 1954.—Land-leeches. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 52: 655-656.

Moore, J. P., 1923.—The control of blood-sucking leeches with an account
of the leeches of Palisade interstate park. Roosevelt Wild Life Bull.
2(1): 9-53.
, 1927.—In Harding & Moore. Hirudinea. Fauna of British India:
97-302. Taylor & Francis. London.
, 1932.—Land-leeches in the “Fauna of British India”. Some corrections.
Rec. Indian Mus. 34: 1-6.

Lindemann, B. A., 1939.—Das verhalten der kapillaren in der umgebung
des blutegelbisses. Arch. Exp. Path. Pharmak. 193:490-502.

Moquin-Tandon, A., 1846.—Monographie de la Famille des Hirudinees: 3-431
& Atlas. Bailliere. Paris.

Richardson, Laurence R., (In press).—An annotated list of Australian leeches.
Proc: Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

Richardson, L. R. & Hunt, P. J., (In press).—Trypanosomes in the crop
of a haemadipsid leech. Aust. J. Sci.

Robertson, M., 1909.—Studies on Ceylon haematozoa. Quart. J. Micr. Sci.
53(4): 665-669.

Smythies, B. E., 1959.—Leeches of Borneo. Sarawak Mus. Jour. ix (13-14):
279-294.

Soos, A., 1967.—Identification key to the leech (Hirudinoidea) genera of
the world with a catalogue of the species. iv. Family Haemadipsidae.
Act. Zool. Acad. Sci. Hungar. xiii (3-4):417-432.

Stammers, F. M. G., 1950.—Observations on the behaviour of land-leeches.
Parasitol. 40:237-245.

Whitman, C. O., 1886.—The leeches of Japan. Quart. J. Micr. Sci. (n.s.)
18 :215-315.

Worth, C. Brooke, 1951.—23. Description and discussion of the biting of
the Indian land leech (Annelida; Hirudinea). J. Bombay Nat. Hist.
Soc. 50:423-426.

306 AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968

BOOK REVIEW (and a TYPE DESIGNATION)

“The Fishes of New Guinea”, by Ian S. R. Munro (Sydney: Government
Printer) (December) 1967, pp. i-xxxviili + 1 - 651, coloured plates 1-6,
b. & w. plates 1-78 and text figs. 1-23. Price $14.50 + postage. Published by
Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries, Port Moresby, New Guinea,
and printed in New South Wales. Available from Department of Territories,
Sydney.

We welcome the long overdue appearance of this work which is compiled
with the thoroughness which we have come to expect from the author of
“The marine and freshwater fishes of Ceylon.” In this volume, everything is
made as easy as practicable for even a non-ichthyologist to identify a fish.
As a result, further discoveries amongst the rich New Guinea fish-fauna
may be expected and it will be easier to make them known. In fact, a
number of species recorded in recent years (i.e. since about 1958) could not
be included: delays of about a decade in the printing of Munro’s book—
delays for which that author was not responsible—caused these omissions
to be inevitable. Fortunately for the average fisherman or naturalist, these
additions are mostly deepsea fishes or pelagic larvae, rarely seen by the
landsman, or else they are interesting but obscure new species, mostly described
in foreign literature.

The science of New Guinea fishes is further clarified by the illustrations,
many from the pen and brush of Munro himself. Few may realize the
immense amount of patient work involved in producing a book of this kind;
the assembling of historical sources and analysis of scattered literature in
several languages, the detailed examination of specimens, the listing and
preparations of keys, proof-reading, indexing and making cross-references to
thousands of numbers, the selection and arrangement of over 1,130 drawings
and photographs and planning them to fit the plates—this is a colossal
undertaking, all the more creditable since for much of the time the author
was engaged in quite different work in a remote part of northern Australia.
His book deals with the marine and fresh-water fishes of the Territories of
Papua and New Guinea, the western part of New Guinea now known as
West Irian, and offlying island groups. For locality maps, synonymies and
bibliography, the reader is referred to an earlier Check-list by Munro. Misprints
and errors are rare and the book is beautifully printed and set out. One
new generic name, Symphorichthys was proposed therein, without special
nomination of a type-species, though Symphorus spilurus Gunther, 1872, was
obviously intended, and with the author’s agreement is hereby designated the
type-species. Perhaps Mr. Munro could be requested to finish his Handbook
of Australian Fishes now, for it must be confessed that, thanks to him,
countries like Ceylon and New Guinea now have better books about their
fishes than Australia and New Zealand.

—G. P. Whitley.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, 14(3), 1968 307

EDITORIAL NOTES

A slight departure from the usual running heads of the pages of the
Australian Zoologist may be noticed in the present number: instead of a
brief title and the author’s name with the pagination, a reference to volume
and date appears. This is to conform with the requirements of the General
Post Office when registering this publication for transmission by post as
a periodical. Some such change was envisioned in any case for the forthcoming
volume xv of the Australian Zoologist, so this issue merely hastens an improve-
ment which has been in mind for some time.

Mr. K. A. Hindwood has personally met the cost of the blocks illustrating
his paper on three early natural history books; his continued generosity is
appreciated.

Authors alone are responsible for the opinions expressed in their
contributions.

hae
‘
{
WOE
> a
Ti
:
+ © \
} +
ot y 7 4
I “7
’
HY gy ane P fo, a
"7 ot £5 on Nhe i d r br if at ut ane i
TPR RL SERN tae ea ts ae Ae a 6 [AE NORE NRE:
de A , al Aver ee ina
“ hs ipa ‘foal
=f if
f
;
A
'
;
4 La
an tu
j, / Mia ' hy, a)
a!
i Le re
wt Lg) rt

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV PLATE V

Lieutenant Joseph L. H. Wassell, A.A.M.C.
(circa 1944).

a”
See
Ls
3 i
i

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV

J. L. H. Wassell with paws of a large crocodile, Silver Plains,
North Queensland, 1960.

J. L. H. Wassell discovering the breeding place of Aedes culiciformis in
freshwater crab-holes, Yarraden Station, 40 miles south cf Coen, Queensland,
25 May 1953.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV Ue, WAU

Title-page of Shaw and Smith’s Zoology and Botany of New Holland, the
first book to deal exclusively with Australian natural history. From the copy
in the Australian Museum, Sydney.

‘a “es
-

oy

ae

PLATE. Vail

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV

ENOHSTT GRY WIONNIOLS TVS MNINQE BO SHIWAUVOV AVAGY THE OO WKH

‘Adod winaesnyy uPelypeiysny 2
ay} wolf sayv_ 9yy puBv Adeiqi sjAoyINy 94) WOIf AIUIOJ BY] “puvyjoH
MON JO duviog sug pure «sojOOZ S.MeYS *S¥1IOM a}vVIvdas dy} JO sadvd-o]}1],

‘

PRR :
NE — —- —
SO a : A eae Me ROO UKE
Sa rs eae a ENG SS SSS : AK ee . —
‘ | 2 40 ONV ‘mow wrasomnanys ‘7h -ON LV
“EEE ROT

“SMA TVISNOOH ANENAOT UNV
NATE UNE I NY bag BILSHRAIL VS tet SAN LV
SVE WO OF THAIHWUT FHOVIG API KE CON FARWIOS EAM CEST
“Stave Tt AG GYLNIWa

iiaissennsnapaneamensannannanbngnosntenenncsone neem cusecessennmannannanennenenmmmmeaenaneal

71 TOA

OHTA |, 9INUE sHEUr IN ad anoRM anhuRyopURT yy

“ALATION SVANNTT ANG 2O BNICIST WE

a ‘OY SANTN MAP CHV VIVA LHOW 20 SSONL TO axdanoustayo
‘SU'd “CW “H.LINS GUVMGa SHINVE —
At
‘ :
GQN?VI1I0OH MUINn

#0

RN YW LOG

BY I.

NG W10dd ¢

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV PEATE EX

No. L

TO BE CONTINUED OCCASIONALLY,

ZOOLOGY ===—e5er re

NEW HOLLAND,
AND

THE ISLES ADJACENT.

Publithed by J. Sowrrsy and Co. No.2, Mead Place,
Lambeth; may be had at No. 42, Paternofter Row,
and of the Town and Country Bookfellers.

Label used for cover of the Zoology of New Holland. Originally printed
and used for the Zoology and Botany of New Holland: from a copy in the
Author’s library.

TO BE CONTINUED OCCASIONALL(,

OF

mee aD UO BOTANY

OF

NEW HOLLAND,

AND -

THE ISLES ADJACENT.

Publifhed by J. Sowersy and Co. No. 2, Mead Place,
Lambeth; may be had at No. 42, Paternofter Row,
and of the Town and Country Bookfellers.

Label used for cover of A Specimen of the Botany of New Holland. Originally

printed and used for the Zoology and Botany of New Holland: from G. M.

Mathews’s copy in the National Library of Australia, Canberra, by permission
of the National Librarian.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV RIP AWE Tex

The Squirrel Opossum, Didelphis sciurea [now Petaurus norfolcensis|, from
plate 11 of Shaw’s Zoology of New Holland, 1794 (copy in the Australian
Museum, Sydney).

—Photo: C. V. Turner

PLATE, Xt

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV

SG
RAG SS
ESS GOAS

foal

=

1gul

if)

REV S

RONw’ WWE

. ue

AWN ; —

: CO |

SECONDS

gure 2

i

E

Frog calls

see page 264)

(For explanation,

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV PLATE XII

tity

Frog calls

(See page 264)

PLATE XIII

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV

Frog calls

264)

(See page

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV PLATE XV

Galaxias pedderensis Frankenberg

PEATE Way

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV

Galaxias parvus Frankenberg

PLATE XVI

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, VOL. XIV

AjeoH ‘V

:0]}0Ud—

‘ad AJOJOH

Ted

1pADM

UOMDIJICOYII T,

ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES
MEMBERSHIP

(The Society’s year commences on Ist July)

Fees are as follows:—

Class Amount of Subscription
Bseciate aCMIUCE > ac ee eh ee eS 2.10 per. annum
Ordinary Member .... . Soares we 4: a operaeer
(Members joining after ist J anuary in any year pay one-half subscription).

Life Associate Member ... .... . . .. ... $21.00in one sum
anes + MC ee ee ars egy ae a oes ee ee ae BALDO So ee

Elected for services
Honorary Member ..... fle to Australian Zoology
Honorary Associate Member .... BAIS A ty or to the Society
Junior Members (aged 16 or under) . isla core 2 Oe Cents: “per. annuni
TITLES
(Conferred by the Council)

(For valuable services

TELS RO A MP EI a TS ig ed tt ee ROPE en vale ae ara to the Society or to

Australian Zoology
Associate Benefactor ... For contribution of $200.00 to the Society’s Funds

Benefactor... pe tH es $1,000.00 ,,_ ,, < -
Endowment Member pgs x $2,000.00 ,, a, ss ne
PRIVILEGES:

Members of all classes may attend all meetings of the Society and its
various Sections. Every. member (other than an Associate, Life Associate
or Junior Member) receives a free pass to Taronga Zoological Park and
Aquarium, and twelve tickets each year, admitting 12 adults or 24 children
to the Park only.

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP

should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, Royal Zoological Society of
New South Wales, c/o Taronga Zoological Park, Mosman, New South
Wales, 2088.

PUBLICATIONS

The Australian Zoologist, published at irregular intervals since 1914.
Proceedings, published since 1933-34.

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS AND
SPECIAL REPRINTS.
“Bibliography of Australian Entomology, 1775-1930”, by A. Musgrave, 1932.
“A Check List of the Birds of Paradise and Bower Birds’, by T. Iredale, 1948.
“Revision of the New South Wales Turridae”’, by C. F. Laseron, 1954.

“The Published Writing of Tom Iredale, with an Index of his new Scientific
Names’, by D. F. McMichael & G. P. Whitley, 1956.

“A Reclassification of the Order Odonata’, by F. C. Fraser, 1957.

“Dragonflies of Australia”, by F. C. Fraser, 1960.

A Catalogue of the Psocoptera of the World, by C. N. Smithers, 1967.
Orders and enquiries should be sent to the Honorary Secretary, Royal

Zoological Society of New South Wales, c/o pp Faponed Zoological Park, Mosman,
New South Wales, 2088.

CONTENTS OF THIS PART

Page
MARKS: Joseph Leathom Hole Wassell and his contribution to Australian
natural. history ...._ ... 229
LOWIE: Amalie Dietrich .... 236
PASZKOWSKI: Charles Darwin and Strzelecki’s book “Physical Pee
of New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land” .... 246
HINDWOOD: Three early natural history books .... 251
IREDALE & WHITLEY: The Circular Head Scientific Journal and some
other early Tasmanian natural history manuscripts ..... 257
LITTLEJOHN: Frog calls and the species problem .... 259
McARTNEY: Reptiles and dest oae of the Bathurst district, New
South Wales ; wo aa ae
FRANKENBERG: Two new species of Galaxiid. fishes from the Lake Pedder
region of southern Tasmania .... 268
DELL: A new crab of the genus Jrichopeltarion from Australia .... 275
YALDWYN: Records of, and observations on, the coral shrimp genus
Stenopus. in Australia, New Zealand and the south-west Pacific .... 277
MOSSE-ROBINSON: Fruit-sucking moths (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) 290
RICHARDSON: Observations on the Australian land-leech, Chtonobdella
limbata (Grube, 1866) (Hirudinea: Haemadipsidae) . F c 294
Book Review (and a type-designation): “The Fishes of New Guinea” 306
Editorial notes 307
PLATES V-XVI
Ga Co, aapenes Mac Spanien MRR Maru orive MEW Mian ee gree LLU Peay acny ca ws Supplement

Wholly set up and printed in Australia, for the Royal Zoological Society of

New South Wales by

Surrey Beatty & Sons, Rickard Road, Chipping Norton, N.S.W., 2170

602-7404, 602-6522

gv

ITUTION

UVYUIT

NVUEIT

ITUTION

IVUSIT
tify,

a .

had 4

IVUdIN

NOILNLILSNI

“LIBRARIES

.S

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES

NOSHLINS S3IYVUSIV LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

~ \

AN

E WO
NOILNLILSNI

ow

li

8

<t

8 a

faa)

vs
LIBRARIES

Bi

Ww

A

>

Aw

m

? NOILLNLILSNI

Ww

=

=

hs Re

Ww

c}

=

>

aad

= =
5 3
z E
z 2
NVINOSHLINS

NVINOSHII

NY
SN
SMITHSON:
NVINOSHLI

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT!

ES - ee) te ie
& uw é ul a
= 2 aide = < A
a ra 4 a: =
rs ws 5 a - =
= sal as 2 z
z SMITHSONIAN, INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS SSIuYVyt
S a Oo ~ S
= = on EB
a x5 -
> a > a
z rs - = =
z a z ae Z
i pg TIUVUSIT LIBRARIES |
= = a ee =z
5 = S = S
= GY vt 3 =
fe z = Zz =
a = = ® = = 2
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI SSIYVvu'
w > <p) = w
om <” = w S
x. Gly ao S fae
< = < 2 <x
oc “ cc = rod
= rs) a 5 oS
es Po —j = 7 ae
SS!IYVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT!
= . = me nih
w —= = Gy, Oo
0 = = 4 Ly, 2
= : e F =
wo —_ > La “al —
H | ee : z :
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
w ek 3 “n = ”
= =< = vy, = =
g 2 8 HE? g
z = =e Mh a = a
2 Ser it Gao = =
vn ose = w ad
_ NVINOSHLIWS S3!YVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI
Pa HH = wn = |
n wn ud “a
= a = ne 2
a _< ay < . oe
Cc © Cc | agg
rar 4 sa ~
Oo es] — oO. =
= al z aad =
_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ZNOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IuVUE
ms — w pe
ee | > oD A ED <
eR 5 = > Ee {|
—_— % wv — w —s cj
a i. a a D ns
— ial iG z s . 2
NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS (Sa iuvuad Mul BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN Naa
= = <= NS = < WS
= = 2) SONS. a Z WY,
Oo NE ., oO INN SS. = i oO : , .
2 B i ZNK 2 2 |
one > ho My =

a > 5 = a z ay
f, (@) ha ST

Y= ie =e = = = : =
> = NS > = >" = aN. >
= ; = 7) = Te =

NI_ NVINOSHLIWS "$3 IUVHGIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION fies ILSNI_ NI
— ul 7 Svea) Gy = lu &

\ 2 = = = Yiy,* a =

J} c ; < B < WY bie < 2

io = 4 me iy’ /* ac 4
rend (28) = mm: 7 cet oa) >

ao | 5 2 r e sv 2

ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IiuVvuaIT_LIBRARIES SI
z ra 2 ~ AK = an =
Pi 4 7 Xi = S :

14 . «
ey a7, a = > 3 > F 3
E °a Yip A & ome — a = 7
—_ w cs ep) n = wm —

SNI_NVINOSHLIWS S31 UVUAIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN pNOLLALILSNIL N
< F = pes me * = Z =

: = 3 : é :

So me a’ op a D ;
a: O 4 pa & O ya os © 4
Ee < = = ise =
é z zi . 2 z 8

ES SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
a = a a ae 2 a

AN rts “ of Bs a \\ NY one “ =

eA es. _ o Se ANS o — ..

a) <3 = < a WA < = <i

yo = ri = aN cc ¢ ce
oe 2 es : : : :
BS)

SNI_NVINOSHLINS S3iYVUdIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_N
A) te = : i Zz ay, = i
o S = oo = ee) = 5.9]
a WY. > 70 > 2 > a
= WW = > i= = - ea
a AKG = cid - iia = eo

a w = =

‘ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa31yuvugIT_LIBRARIES S
n = in w Zz 22) ey ”
= < = < = < =
- = = = = z= a
oa fi, oO ale

ce = g , = Zz 5 SS rs
> = ea eee = > 8
PA r7>) ee > w” > 7) “ 2 |

SNI_NVINOSHLINS Sa 1yVYdIT LIBRAR! ES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION ee
a us rn us a us &

= oe =. & ie. a =

a a 4 0 = . m

o sa 5 ay o ae 9
pe ae wl 5 eee 1» —! ;

IES _ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS_ $3 lUVUaIT LIBRARIES
S) ie a) eo ~« @ o =
fs be 0] ee w \S "3 - 9] =
= = = \ ec 5 es =
a - re 2 \ ray a -
a g Bk = m Z

LSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI 1
z= 4] Za yk Ww = eae =
= = = . 8 < = =

bf Z = z * = Zz = Zz

— Lz = 2 = Z E

“wi et rsayyvVrarytwstyeveae
wierd )
AA AAAS SO

SOOO COR ea an ‘ ie SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

“TTA A

3 9088 01257 1758

> a .
OO Oy “ea2
ra age 22%
* JSAs% 5)

set bow
eeter

.

“Sh ix>
mh OS Le
33,9 ee Te Be

Yevaeryeeyersesy
sss

a
ar,

Z : ee ae ie ées F : . ‘
aie # oa =, 2 ter = . e Aa “ , . : ‘
2 - Sate or al ¢ i p F P
- > i ad s ’
a < - afer s - es © ‘ . 5
J eer = 4
3 Sos E F
ee att a F 2 3 '
‘ Lo
. E b : >
-* » ss - - x
z - * + .
. =o Be *.«< ~ " . 3
‘ ‘ b) :
‘ t 4% 2 .
i ‘ i
‘ . 7 1s ‘
et ’ >
' t 5 : . ‘
. “ = &-8 .
‘ ts A ts ‘
i ii ‘ .
7 : J
Bs. fF Le 4 ‘ . . .
eis hae : F ‘ wa ;
hw : t é 1
a" ts ; : ‘ae is :